owner's manual and maintenance information...2021 owner’s manual and maintenance information...

2021 OWNER’S MANUALAND MAINTENANCE INFORMATION

For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle.

The information contained within this supplement revises or adds to the“MAINTENANCE SCHEDULES” section in the “Maintenance and schedules”

section in the 2021 INFINITI QX50 Owner’s manual.

Read carefully and keep in the vehicle.

Printing: September 2020

Publication No. SU21E0 0J55U0

OWNER’S MANUAL SUPPLEMENT

SchulzH

Rectangle

30,000 miles/(48,000 km)/48 months

Perform at number of miles, kilometers ormonths, whichever comes first.

Standard maintenance:

Inspections:

• Brake lines & cables

• Brake pads & rotors

• CVT transmission fluid

• Engine drive belts*

• Fuel tank vapor vent system*

• Fuel lines/connections*

• Exhaust system

• Propeller shaft (AWD models)

• Steering gear and linkage

• Axle & suspension parts

• Differential gear oil (AWD models) (1)

• Transfer case oil (AWD models) (1)

• Drive shaft boots

• Horn, lights, signals, wipers, rear hatch/hood lift supports

• All fluids inspected (engine, wiper, brake,power steering, coolant)

• Engine drive belt and hose inspection

• Engine air filter

• Suspension components (shocks, sub-frame, tie rods)

• Differential and fluid (AWD models)

• Battery terminals and cables, battery test

• Tire pressure, treadwear and depth

Essentials:

• Replace engine oil & filter (2)

• Replace engine air filter (3)

• Replace brake fluid

• Tire rotation

Severe maintenance:

Inspections:


• Exhaust system



• Steering gear & linkage


Essentials:


(1) If towing a trailer, using a camper or acar-top carrier, or driving on rough or muddyroads, change (not just inspect) oil every20,000 miles (32,000 km) or 24 months.

(2) If the oil replacement indicator is dis-played, change the engine oil and filter withintwo weeks or less than 500 miles (800 km).

(3) If operating mainly in dusty conditions,more frequent maintenance may be required.

* Maintenance items and intervals with “ * ”are recommended by NISSAN for reliable ve-hicle operation. The owner need not performsuch maintenance in order to maintain theemission warranty or manufacturer recall li-ability. Other maintenance items and inter-vals are required.

SchulzH

Rectangle

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING

WARNING

Operating, servicing and maintaining a passenger vehicle oroff-highway motor vehicle can expose you to chemicalsincluding engine exhaust, carbon monoxide, phthalates, andlead, which are known to the State of California to causecancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. Tominimize exposure, avoid breathing exhaust, do not idle theengine except as necessary, service your vehicle in a well-ventilated area and wear gloves or wash your handsfrequently when servicing your vehicle. For more informationgo to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

This manual was prepared to help you under-stand the operation and maintenance of yourvehicle so that you may enjoy many miles(kilometers) of driving pleasure. Please readthrough this manual before operating yourvehicle.

A separate Warranty Information Booklet isincluded in your Owner’s literature portfolio.The “Maintenance and schedules” section ofthis manual explains details about maintain-ing and servicing your vehicle. Always carryit with you when you take your vehicle to anINFINITI retailer. The Warranty InformationBooklet contents provide complete informa-tion about all warranties covering this ve-hicle, the requirements to keep the warran-ties in effect as well as the INFINITIRoadside Assistance program.

Additionally, a separate Customer Care andLemon Law Information Booklet will explainhow to resolve any concerns you may havewith your vehicle, as well as clarify yourrights under your state’s lemon law.

In addition to factory-installed options, yourvehicle may also be equipped with additionalaccessories installed prior to delivery. It isrecommended that you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for details concerning the particular ac-cessories with which your vehicle is equipped.

It is important that you familiarize yourselfwith all disclosures, warnings, cautions andinstructions concerning proper use of suchaccessories prior to operating the vehicleand/or accessory. It is recommended thatyou visit an INFINITI retailer for details con-cerning the particular accessories with whichyour vehicle is equipped.

Before driving your vehicle, please read thisOwner's Manual carefully. This will ensurefamiliarity with controls and maintenance re-quirements, assisting you in the safe opera-tion of your vehicle.

WARNING

IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATIONREMINDERS!

Follow these important driving rules tohelp ensure a safe and comfortable trip foryou and your passengers!

• NEVER drive under the influence of alco-hol or drugs.

• ALWAYS observe posted speed limitsand never drive too fast for conditions.

• ALWAYS give your full attention todriving and avoid using vehicle featuresor taking other actions that could dis-tract you.

• ALWAYS use your seat belts and appro-priate child restraint systems. Pre-teenchildren should be seated in the rear seat.

• ALWAYS provide information about theproper use of vehicle safety features toall occupants of the vehicle.

• ALWAYS review this Owner’s Manualfor important safety information.

FOREWORD READ FIRST—THEN DRIVE SAFELY

For descriptions specified for all-wheel drivemodels, an AWD mark is placed at the begin-ning of the applicable sections/items.

As with other vehicles with features for off-road use, failure to operate all-wheel drivemodels correctly may result in loss of controlor an accident. For additional information,see “Driving safety precautions” (P. 5-10).

ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROAD DRIVING

This vehicle will handle and maneuver dif-ferently from an ordinary passenger car be-cause it has a higher center of gravity foroff-road use. As with other vehicles withfeatures of this type, failure to operate thisvehicle correctly may result in loss of con-trol or an accident.

For additional information, see “On- pave-ment and off-road driving precautions”(P. 5-8), “Avoiding collision and rollover”(P. 5-8) and “Driving safety precautions”(P. 5-10).

MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE

This vehicle should not be modified. Modi-fication could affect its performance,safety, emissions or durability and mayeven violate governmental regulations. Inaddition, damage or performance problemsresulting from modifications may not becovered under INFINITI warranties.

WARNING

Installing an aftermarket On-Board Diag-nostic (OBD) plug-in device that uses theport during normal driving, for example re-mote insurance company monitoring, re-mote vehicle diagnostics, telematics or en-gine reprogramming, may causeinterference or damage to vehicle systems.We do not recommend or endorse the useof any aftermarket OBD plug-in devices,unless specifically approved by INFINITI.The vehicle warranty may not cover dam-age caused by any aftermarket plug-indevice.

This manual includes information for all fea-tures and equipment available on this model.Features and equipment in your vehicle mayvary depending on model, trim level, optionsselected, order, date of production, region oravailability. Therefore, you may find informa-tion about features or equipment that are notincluded or installed on your vehicle.

All information, specifications and illustra-tions in this manual are those in effect at thetime of printing. INFINITI reserves the rightto change specifications, performance, de-sign or component suppliers without noticeand without obligation. From time to time,INFINITI may update or revise this manual toprovide Owners with the most accurate in-formation currently available. Please care-fully read and retain with this manual all revi-sion updates sent to you by INFINITI toensure you have access to accurate and up-to-date information regarding your vehicle.Current versions of vehicle Owner's Manualsand any updates can also be found in theOwner section of the INFINITI website athttps://owners.infinitiusa.com/iowners/navigation/manualsAndGuides. If you havequestions concerning any information in yourOwner's Manual, contact INFINITI Con-sumer Affairs. See the INFINITI CUSTOMERCARE PROGRAM page in this Owner’sManual for contact information.

WHEN READING THE MANUAL

IMPORTANT INFORMATIONABOUT THIS MANUAL

You will see various symbols in this manual.They are used in the following ways:

WARNING

This is used to indicate the presence of ahazard that could cause death or seriouspersonal injury. To avoid or reduce the risk,the procedures must be followed precisely.

CAUTION

This is used to indicate the presence of ahazard that could cause minor or moderatepersonal injury or damage to your vehicle.To avoid or reduce the risk, the proceduresmust be followed carefully.

If you see this symbol, it means “Do not dothis” or “Do not let this happen.”

If you see a symbol similar to these in anillustration, it means the arrow points to thefront of the vehicle.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar tothese indicate movement or action.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar tothese call attention to an item in theillustration.

CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATEADVISORY

Some vehicle parts, such as lithium batteries,may contain perchlorate material. The fol-lowing advisory is provided: “PerchlorateMaterial – special handling may apply. Foradditional information, refer towww.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/”.

© 2020 NISSAN NORTH AMERICA, INC.

All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’sManual may be reproduced or stored in aretrieval system, or transmitted in any form,or by any means, electronic, mechanical, pho-tocopying, recording or otherwise, withoutthe prior written permission of Nissan MotorCo., Ltd.

APD1005

INFINITI CARES . . .

Both INFINITI and your INFINITI retailer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and yourINFINITI retailer are our primary concerns. Your INFINITI retailer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and serviceneeds.

However, if there is something that yourINFINITI retailer cannot assist you with oryou would like to provide INFINITI directlywith comments or questions, please contactour (INFINITI’s) Consumer Affairs Depart-ment using our toll-free number:

For U.S. customers1-800-662-6200

For Canadian customers1-800-361-4792

The Consumer Affairs Department will askfor the following information:

– Your name, address, and telephonenumber

– Vehicle identification number (on dashpanel)

– Date of purchase

– Current odometer reading

– Your INFINITI retailer's name

– Your comments or questions

OR

You can write to INFINITI with the informa-tion on the left at:

For U.S. customersINFINITI Division

Nissan North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 685003Franklin, TN 37068-5003or via e-mail at:[email protected]

For Canadian customersINFINITI DivisionNissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5or via e-mail at:information.centre@nissancanada. com

If you prefer, visit us at:

www.infinitiUSA.com (for U.S. customers)

or

www.infiniti.ca (for Canadian customers)

We appreciate your interest in INFINITI and thank you for buying a quality INFINITI vehicle.

INFINITI CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM

Table ofcontents

Illustrated table of contents

Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Instruments and controls

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

Starting and driving

In case of emergency

Appearance and care

Do-it-yourself

Maintenance and schedules

Technical and consumer information

Index

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

0 Illustrated table of contents

Air bags, seat belts and child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 0-2Exterior front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-3Exterior rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-4Passenger compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-5

Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-6Engine compartment check locations . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-8Warning/indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-9

1. Rear seat manual fold flat lever (P. 1-2)2. Folding 2nd row bench (P. 1-2)3. Rear outboard seat belt with

pretensioner(s) (P. 1-11)

4. Head restraints/headrests (P. 1-7)5. Front seat belt with pretensioner(s) and

shoulder height adjuster (P. 1-11, 1-41)

6. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and

rollover supplemental air bag (P. 1-41)7. Supplemental air bags (P. 1-41)8. Driver and passenger supplemental knee

air bags (P. 1-41)9. Front seats (P. 1-2)10. Occupant classification sensor

(weight sensor) (P. 1-41)11. Front seat-mounted side-impact

supplemental air bag (P. 1-41)12. LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for

CHildren) (P. 1-22)13. Rear seat-mounted side-impact

supplemental air bag (P. 1-41)14. 2nd row seat top tether strap anchor

(located on bottom of seatback) (P. 1-22)Refer to the page number indicated in paren-theses for operating details.

LII2653

AIR BAGS, SEAT BELTS AND CHILDRESTRAINTS

0-2 Illustrated table of contents

1. Engine hood (P. 3-21)2. Wiper and washer switch (P. 2-32)

Wiper blades (P. 8-17)

3. Windshield (P. 8-17)4. Front camera (P. 5-32, 5-40, 5-77,

5-123)5. Power windows (P. 2-63)

6. Door locks (P. 3-4)INFINITI Intelligent Key (P. 3-6)Keys (P. 3-2)

7. Mirrors (P. 3-33)Side camera (if so equipped) (P. 4-10)

8. Tire pressure (P. 8-27)Flat tire (P. 6-3)Tire chains (P. 8-36)

9. Replacing bulbs (P. 8-24)Headlight switch (P. 2-36)Turn signal switch (P. 2-36)LED Daytime Running Lights (DRL)

system (P. 2-36)10. Fog light switch (if so equipped) (P. 2-36)11. Sonar sensors (if so equipped) (P. 5-160)12. Front view camera (if so equipped)

(P. 4-10)See the page number indicated in parenthe-ses for operating details.

LII2611

EXTERIOR FRONT

Illustrated table of contents 0-3

1. Rear wiper and washer switch (P. 2-32)2. Liftgate release (P. 3-21)

Rearview camera (P. 4-3)3. Sonar sensors (P. 5-160)

4. Replacing bulbs (P. 8-24)5. Fuel-filler cap (P. 3-28)

Fuel recommendation (P. 10-3)Fuel-filler door (P. 3-28)

6. Child safety rear door lock (P. 3-4)Refer to the page number indicated in paren-theses for operating details.

LIC3788

EXTERIOR REAR


1. Moonroof (if so equipped) (P. 2-66)2. Sun visors (P. 3-32)3. Map lights (P. 2-68)4. Sunglasses storage (P. 2-53)

5. Rearview mirror (P. 3-33)6. Glove box (P. 2-50)7. Console box (P. 2-50)8. Cup holders (P. 2-50)

Refer to the page number indicated in paren-theses for operating details.

LIC3789

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT


1. Vent (P. 4-33)2. Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System*

Steering wheel switch for audio control*

Center display multi-function control

buttons*

3. High beam/turn signal switch (P. 2-41)Paddle shifters (P. 5-18)Trip reset switch (P. 2-4)

4. Driver supplemental air bag (P. 1-41)Horn (P. 1-41)

5. Meters and gauges (P. 2-4)Warning and indicator lights (P. 2-9)Vehicle information display (P. 2-19)

6. Wiper and washer switch (P. 2-32)Rear wiper and washer switch (P. 2-32)

7. Automatic heater and air conditioning

controls (P. 4-34)Driver side climate controlled seat

switches (if so equipped) (P. 2-42)Driver side heated seat switches

(if so equipped) (P. 2-43)8. Upper and lower displays*

Navigation system* (if so equipped)9. Automatic heater and air conditioning

controls (P. 4-34)Passenger side climate controlled seat

switches (if so equipped) (P. 2-42)Passenger side heated seat switches

(if so equipped) (P. 2-43)Rear window defroster, outside mirror

defroster (if so equipped), and wiper

deicer (if so equipped) switch (P. 2-35)10. Front passenger supplemental air bag

(P. 1-41)11. Passenger supplemental knee air bag

(P. 1-41)

LII2654

INSTRUMENT PANEL


12. Glove box (P. 2-50)13. Audio system controls*

Front passenger air bag status light

(P. 1-41)14. INFINITI controller*15. Power outlet (P. 2-48)

USB port*Cup holders (P. 2-50)Storage (P. 2-50)

16. Shift lever (P. 5-18)17. Push-button ignition switch (P. 5-13)

Electronic parking brake switch (P. 5-23)Automatic brake hold switch (P. 5-25)

18. Hazard warning flasher switch (P. 6-2)19. ProPILOT Assist Switch (if so equipped)

(P. 5-77)Cruise control switches (if so equipped)

(P. 5-75)Distance control switch (if so equipped)

(P. 5-106)Control panel and vehicle information

display switches (P. 2-19)20. Driver supplemental knee air bag

(P. 1-41)21. Tilt and telescopic steering wheel control

(P. 3-31)

22. Hood release (P. 3-21)23. Instrument brightness control (P. 2-36)

Front and rear sonar system switch

(if so equipped) (P. 5-160)Steering assist switch (for vehicles with

ProPILOT Assist) (if so equipped)

(P. 2-45)Instrument panel liftgate switch (P. 3-21)Headlight switch (P. 2-36)Fog light switch (if so equipped) (P. 2-42)Head Up Display (HUD) OFF switch

(if so equipped) (P. 2-46)*: Refer to the separate INFINITI InTouch TM

Owner's Manual.



2.0L 4 cylinder (KR20DDET engine model)

1. Engine coolant reservoir (P. 8-15)2. Drive belt location (P. 8-15)3. Air filter (P. 8-15)

4. Brake fluid reservoir (P. 8-10)5. Battery (P. 8-12)6. Fuse/Fusible link box (P. 8-15)

7. Windshield-washer fluid reservoir

(P. 8-11)8. Engine oil filler cap (P. 8-6)9. Engine oil dipstick (P. 8-6)Refer to the page number indicated in paren-theses for operating details.

LDI3173

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECKLOCATIONS


Warning/Indicatorlight (red)

Name Page

or

Brake warninglight

2-10

Charge warninglight

2-11

Electric shiftcontrol systemwarning light

2-11

or

Electronic parkingbrake indicatorlight

2-11

Warning/Indicatorlight (red)

Name Page

Engine oil pressurewarning light

2-11

Master warninglight

2-12

Seat belt warninglight and chime

2-12

Security indicatorlight

2-12

Supplemental airbag warning light

2-12

Warning/Indicator

light(yellow)

Name Page

or

Anti-lock BrakingSystem (ABS)warning light

2-13

or

Electronic parkingbrake warninglight

2-13

ForwardEmergencyBraking (FEB) withPedestrianDetection systemwarning light

2-13

WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS


Warning/Indicator

light(yellow)

Name Page

Front passengerair bag status light

2-13

Low tire pressurewarning light

2-13

MalfunctionIndicator Light(MIL)

2-15

Master warninglight

2-12

Power steeringwarning light

2-16

Rear AutomaticBraking (RAB)warning light

2-16

Warning/Indicator

light(yellow)

Name Page

Slip indicator light 2-16

Vehicle DynamicControl (VDC)OFF indicator light

2-17

Warning/Indicator

light(other)

Name Page

Automatic brakehold indicator light(white/green)

2-17

Eco drive indicatorlight (green) (if soequipped)

2-17

Warning/Indicator

light(other)

Name Page

Front fog lightindicator light(green) (if soequipped)

2-17

High Beam Assistindicator light(green)

2-17

High beamindicator light(blue)

2-18

Side light andheadlight indicatorlight (green)

2-18

Turn signal/hazardindicator lights(green)

2-18


1 Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplementalrestraint system

Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2Front power seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3Rear bench seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-4Armrests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5Flexible seating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5

Head restraints/headrests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7Adjustable head restraint/headrestcomponents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-8Non-adjustable head restraint/headrestcomponents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-8Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10

Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11Precautions on seat belt usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11Seat belt warning light and chime . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-14Injured persons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-14Pregnant women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-14Three-point type seat belt with retractor . . . . . .1-15Seat belt extenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-19Seat belt maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-19

Child safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20Infants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20Small Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20Larger children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-21

Child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-22Precautions on child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-22LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers forCHildren) system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24Rear-facing child restraint installationusing LATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-27Rear-facing child restraint installationusing the seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-29Forward-facing child restraint installationusing LATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-32Forward-facing child restraint installationusing the seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-34Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-38

Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) . . . . . . . . . . . .1-41Precautions on SRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-41Supplemental air bag warning labels . . . . . . . . . 1-60Supplemental air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . .1-61

WARNING

• Do not ride in a moving vehicle when theseatback is reclined. This can be danger-ous. The shoulder belt will not be againstyour body. In an accident, you could bethrown into it and receive neck or otherserious injuries. You could also slide un-der the lap belt and receive serious inter-nal injuries.

• For the most effective protection whenthe vehicle is in motion, the seat shouldbe upright. Always sit well back and up-right in the seat with both feet on thefloor and adjust the seat properly. Foradditional information, see “Precautionson seat belt usage” (P. 1-11).

• After adjustment, gently rock in the seatto make sure it is securely locked.

• Do not leave children unattended insidethe vehicle. They could unknowingly ac-tivate switches or controls or make thevehicle move. Unattended children couldbecome involved in serious accidents.

• To help avoid risk of injury or deaththrough unintended operation of the ve-hicle and/or its systems, do not leavechildren, people who require the assis-tance of others or pets unattended inyour vehicle. Additionally, the tempera-ture inside a closed vehicle on a warm daycan quickly become high enough to causea significant risk of injury or death topeople and pets.

• Do not adjust the driver’s seat whiledriving so full attention may be given tovehicle operation. The seat may movesuddenly and could cause loss of controlof the vehicle.

• The seatback should not be reclined anymore than needed for comfort. Seatbelts are most effective when the pas-senger sits well back and straight up inthe seat. If the seatback is reclined, therisk of sliding under the lap belt and be-ing injured is increased.

CAUTION

When adjusting the seat positions, be surenot to contact any moving parts to avoidpossible injuries and/or damage.

ARS1152

SEATS

1-2 Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

FRONT POWER SEATADJUSTMENT

Operating tips• The power seat motor has an auto-reset

overload protection circuit. If the motorstops during operation, wait 30 secondsthen reactivate the switch.

• Do not operate the power seat switch for along period of time when the engine is off.This will discharge the battery.

For additional information, see “Memoryseat” (P. 3-36).

Forward and backward

Moving the switch as shown will slide theseat forward or backward to the desiredposition.

Reclining

Move the recline switch as shown until thedesired angle is obtained.

The reclining feature allows adjustment ofthe seatback for occupants of different sizesfor added comfort and to help obtain properseat belt fit. For additional information, see“Precautions on seat belt usage” (P. 1-11).Also, the seatback can be reclined to allowoccupants to rest when the vehicle is stoppedand the shift lever is in P (Park).

LRS2985

Safety-Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3

Seat lifter

Move the switch as shown to adjust theangle and height of the seat cushion.

Lumbar support (for driver's seatand if so equipped for passenger’sseat)

The lumbar support feature provides adjust-able lower back support to the driver andpassenger (if so equipped). Move the switchas shown to adjust the seat lumbar area.

REAR BENCH SEATADJUSTMENT

Forward and backward

Pull the center of the bar O1 up and hold itwhile you slide the seat forward or backwardto the desired position. Release the bar tolock the seat in position.

Reclining

To recline the seatback, pull up on the lever

O2 and lean back. To bring the seatback for-ward, pull the lever O2 up and lean your body

LRS3181 LRS3046

Driver’s seat

LRS2988


forward. Release the lever to lock the seat-back in position.

The recline feature allows adjustment of theseatback for occupants of different sizes foradded comfort and to help obtain proper seatbelt fit. For additional information, see “Pre-cautions on seat belt usage” (P. 1-11). Also,the seatback can be reclined to allow occu-pants to rest when the vehicle is stopped andthe shift lever is in P (Park).

WARNING

• After adjustment, gently rock in the seatto make sure it is securely locked.


• For the most effective protection whenthe vehicle is in motion, the seat shouldbe upright. Always sit well back and up-right in the seat and adjust the seat beltproperly. For additional information, see“Precautions on seat belt usage”(P. 1-11).

ARMRESTS

The rear bench seat comes equipped with anarmrest. Pull the armrest down as shown.

FLEXIBLE SEATING

WARNING

• Never allow anyone to ride in the cargoarea or on the rear seats when they are inthe fold-down position. In a collision,people riding in these areas withoutproper restraints are more likely to beseriously injured or killed.

• Do not allow people to ride in any area ofyour vehicle that is not equipped withseats and seat belts. Be sure everyone inyour vehicle is in a seat and using a seatbelt properly.

• Do not allow more than one person to usethe same seat belt.

• Do not fold down the rear seats whenoccupants are in the rear seat area or anyluggage is on the rear seats.

– Make sure that the seat path is clearbefore moving the seat.

– Be careful not to allow hands or feetto get caught or pinched in the seat.

• Head restraints/headrests should be ad-justed properly as they may provide sig-nificant protection against injury in anaccident. Always replace and adjustthem properly if they have been removedfor any reason.

• If the head restraints/headrests are re-moved for any reason, they should be se-curely stored to prevent them from caus-ing injury to passengers or damage to thevehicle in case of sudden braking or anaccident.

LRS2924


• When returning the seatbacks to the up-right position, be certain they are com-pletely secured in the latched position. Ifthey are not completely secured, passen-gers may be injured in an accident or sud-den stop.

• Properly secure all cargo to help preventit from sliding or shifting. Do not placecargo higher than the seatbacks. In asudden stop or collision, unsecured cargocould cause personal injury.

Folding the rear bench seat

To fold the rear bench seat flat for maximumcargo hauling:

1. Remove any object from the rear seat sit-ting area

2. Move each side of the rear seat com-pletely backwards. For additional infor-mation, see “Forward and backward”(P. 1-4).

3. Make sure that the head restraints/headrests are lowered. For additional in-formation, see “Lower” (P. 1-11).

4. Stow the rear seat belts in the seat belthooks found on the sides of the vehicle.

5. Lift up on the recline lever on the side ofthe outboard seats or pull the lever oneither side of the cargo area to fold theseatbacks flat.

• If one of the rear seatbacks does notfold flat completely, move the corre-sponding Front Power Seat forward,push up the seatback until it latches inplace and remove the head restraints/headrests. For additional information,see “Remove” (P. 1-9).

LRS3047

Rear seat shown

LRS3008

Cargo area shown


6. To return the rear bench seats to a seatingposition, push up on the seatback until itlatches in place.

WARNING

Head restraints/headrests supplement theother vehicle safety systems. They mayprovide additional protection against in-jury in certain rear end collisions. Adjust-able head restraints/headrests must beadjusted properly, as specified in this sec-tion. Check the adjustment after someoneelse uses the seat. Do not attach anythingto the head restraint/headrest stalk, ex-cept for genuine INFINITI accessories spe-cifically tested for use with the vehicle’shead restraint/headrest stalk. Do not re-move the head restraint/headrest. Do notuse the seat if the head restraint/headresthas been removed. If the head restraint/headrest was removed, reinstall and prop-erly adjust the head restraint/headrestbefore an occupant uses the seating posi-tion. Failure to follow these instructionscan reduce the effectiveness of the headrestraints/headrests. This may increasethe risk of serious injury or death in acollision.

The illustration shows the seating positionsequipped with head restraints/headrests.

� Indicates the seating position is equippedwith a head restraint.

� Indicates the seating position is equippedwith a headrest.

+ Indicates the seating position is notequipped with a head restraint or headrest (ifapplicable).

• Your vehicle is equipped with a headrestraint/headrest that may be integrated,adjustable or non-adjustable.

LRS2403

HEAD RESTRAINTS/HEADRESTS


• Adjustable head restraints/headrests havemultiple notches along the stalk(s) to lockthem in a desired adjustment position.

• The non-adjustable head restraints/headrests have a single locking notch tosecure them to the seat frame.

• Proper Adjustment:– For the adjustable type, align the head

restraint/headrest so the center of yourear is approximately level with the centerof the head restraint/headrest.

– If your ear position is still higher than therecommended alignment, place the headrestraint/headrest at the highestposition.

• If the head restraint/headrest has been re-moved, ensure that it is reinstalled andlocked in place before riding in that desig-nated seating position.

ADJUSTABLE HEADRESTRAINT/HEADRESTCOMPONENTS

1. Removable head restraint/headrest

2. Multiple notches

3. Lock knob

4. Stalks

NON-ADJUSTABLE HEADRESTRAINT/HEADRESTCOMPONENTS

1. Removable head restraint/headrest

2. Single notch

3. Lock knob

4. Stalks

LRS2300 LRS2299


REMOVE

Use the following procedure to remove thehead restraint/headrest:

1. Pull the head restraint/headrest up to thehighest position.

2. Push and hold the lock knob.

3. Remove the head restraint/headrest fromthe seat.

4. Store the head restraint/headrest prop-erly in a secure place so it is not loose inthe vehicle.

5. Reinstall and properly adjust the headrestraint/headrest before an occupantuses the seating position.

INSTALL

1. Align the head restraint/headrest stalkswith the holes in the seat. Make sure thatthe head restraint/headrest is facing thecorrect direction. The stalk with the notch(notches) O1 must be installed in the holewith the lock knob O2 .

2. Push and hold the lock knob and push thehead restraint/headrest down.

3. Properly adjust the head restraint/headrest before an occupant uses theseating position.

LRS2302 LRS2303


ADJUST

For adjustable head restraint/headrest

Adjust the head restraint/headrest so thecenter is level with the center of your ears. Ifyour ear position is still higher than the rec-ommended alignment, place the headrestraint/headrest at the highest position.

For non-adjustable head restraint/headrest

Make sure the head restraint/headrest is po-sitioned so the lock knob is engaged in thenotch before riding in that designated seatingposition.

Raise

To raise the head restraint/headrest, pull itup.


WRS0134 LRS2351 LRS2305


Lower

To lower, push and hold the lock knob andpush the head restraint/headrest down.


PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELTUSAGE

If you are wearing your seat belt properlyadjusted and you are sitting upright and wellback in your seat with both feet on the floor,your chances of being injured or killed in acollision and/or the severity of injury may begreatly reduced. INFINITI strongly encour-ages you and all of your passengers to buckleup every time you drive, even if your seatingposition includes a supplemental air bag.

Most U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories specify that seat belts be worn atall times when a vehicle is being driven.

LRS2306 SSS0136

SEAT BELTS


WARNING

• Every person who drives or rides in thisvehicle should use a seat belt at all times.Children should be in the rear seats and inan appropriate restraint.

WARNING

• The seat belt should be properly adjustedto a snug fit. Failure to do so may reducethe effectiveness of the entire restraintsystem and increase the chance or sever-ity of injury in an accident. Serious injuryor death can occur if the seat belt is notworn properly.

SSS0134 SSS0016


WARNING

• Always route the shoulder belt over yourshoulder and across your chest. Neverput the belt behind your back, under yourarm or across your neck. The belt shouldbe away from your face and neck, but notfalling off your shoulder.

• Position the lap belt as low and snug aspossible AROUND THE HIPS, NOT THEWAIST. A lap belt worn too high couldincrease the risk of internal injuries in anaccident.

• Be sure the seat belt tongue is securelyfastened to the proper buckle.

• Do not wear the seat belt inside out ortwisted. Doing so may reduce itseffectiveness.

• Do not allow more than one person to usethe same seat belt.

• Never carry more people in the vehiclethan there are seat belts.

• If the seat belt warning light glows con-tinuously while the ignition is turned onwith all doors closed and all seat beltsfastened, it may indicate a malfunctionin the system. Have the system checked.It is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

• No changes should be made to the seatbelt system. For example, do not modifythe seat belt, add material, or install de-vices that may change the seat belt rout-ing or tension. Doing so may affect theoperation of the seat belt system. Modi-fying or tampering with the seat beltsystem may result in serious personalinjury.

• Once a seat belt pretensioner(s) have ac-tivated, they cannot be reused and mustbe replaced together with the retractor.It is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

• All seat belt assemblies, including retrac-tors and attaching hardware, should beinspected after any collision. It is recom-mended that you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for this service. INFINITI recom-mends that all seat belt assemblies in useduring a collision be replaced unless thecollision was minor and the belts show nodamage and continue to operate prop-erly. Seat belt assemblies not in use dur-ing a collision should also be inspectedand replaced if either damage or im-proper operation is noted.

• All child restraints and attaching hard-ware should be inspected after any colli-sion. Always follow the restraint manu-facturer's inspection instructions andreplacement recommendations. Thechild restraints should be replaced if theyare damaged.

SSS0014


SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHTAND CHIME

The driver and front passenger seat isequipped with an enhanced seat belt reminderfunction. If your vehicle is equipped with anenhanced seat belt reminder function, a visualand audible alert will operate if a driver or frontpassenger seat belt is unbuckled at speeds ofapproximately 9 mph (15 km/h) or more underthe following conditions:

• If the driver seat belt is not fastened.

• The front passenger’s seat belt is not fas-tened and the seat is occupied by a passen-ger for 7 seconds after the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position.

• The front passenger’s seat belt is not fas-tened and objects or external force on thepassenger seat change the seat belt re-minder classification to Occupied.

The seat belt warning light will flash underthe conditions shown above until the neces-sary seat belt is securely fastened.

A warning chime will sound for approxi-mately 90 seconds or until one of the follow-ing conditions is met:

• The unbuckled front occupant’s seat belt issecurely fastened.

• The seat belt reminder function in the frontpassenger seat no longer detects that thefront passenger seat is occupied.

• The ignition is turned off or the vehicle isplaced in P (Park).

The below situations could result in the seatbelt reminder light being illuminated and thechime sounding, even with no occupant pres-ent in the passenger seat:

• Heavy objects placed on the seat.

• Someone pushing or pulling on the frontpassenger seat.

• An object placed under the front passengerseat.

• An object placed between the seat cushionand center console or between the seatcushion and the door.

• An object hanging on the seat or placed inthe seatback pocket.

• A child restraint or other object pressingagainst the rear of the seatback.

NOTE:

The rear seats are equipped with a seat beltwarning message in the vehicle informationdisplay.

For additional information, see “Vehicle In-formation Display” (P. 2-19).

INJURED PERSONS

INFINITI recommends that injured personsuse seat belts. Check with your doctor forspecific recommendations.

PREGNANT WOMEN

INFINITI recommends that pregnant womenuse seat belts. The seat belt should be wornsnug and always position the lap belt as lowas possible around the hips, not the waist.Place the shoulder belt over your shoulderand across your chest. Never run the lap/shoulder belt over your abdominal area. Con-tact your doctor for specific recommendations.

LRS0786


THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELTWITH RETRACTOR

WARNING

• Every person who drives or rides in thisvehicle should use a seat belt at all times.Children should be in the rear seats and inan appropriate restraint.


• For the most effective protection whenthe vehicle is in motion, the seat shouldbe upright. Always sit well back and up-right in the seat with both feet on thefloor and adjust the seat belt properly.

• Do not allow children to play with theseat belts. Most seating positions areequipped with Automatic Locking Re-tractor (ALR) mode seat belts. If the seatbelt becomes wrapped around a child’sneck with the ALR mode activated, thechild can be seriously injured or killed ifthe seat belt retracts and becomes tight.This can occur even if the vehicle isparked. Unbuckle the seat belt to releasethe child. If the seat belt cannot be un-buckled or is already unbuckled, releasethe child by cutting the seat belt with asuitable tool (such as a knife or scissors)to release the seat belt.


Fastening the seat belts

1. Adjust the seat. For additional informa-tion, see “Seats” (P. 1-2).

2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retrac-tor and insert the tongue into the buckle

OA until you hear and feel the latchengage.

• The retractor is designed to lock duringa sudden stop or on impact. A slow pull-ing motion permits the seat belt tomove and allows you some freedom ofmovement in the seat.

• If the seat belt cannot be pulled from itsfully retracted position, firmly pull thebelt and release it. Then smoothly pullthe belt out of the retractor.

LRS2985 LRS2674


3. Position the lap belt portion low and snugon the hips OB as shown.

4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward theretractor to take up extra slack OC . Be surethe shoulder belt is routed over yourshoulder and across your chest.

The front passenger seat and the rear seatingpositions three-point seat belts have twomodes of operation:

• Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR)

• Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)

The ELR mode allows the seat belt to extendand retract to allow the driver and passen-gers some freedom of movement in the seat.

The ELR locks the seat belt when the vehicleslows down rapidly or during certain impacts.

The ALR mode (child restraint mode) locksthe seat belt for child restraint installation.

When the ALR mode is activated, the seatbelt cannot be extended again until the seatbelt tongue is detached from the buckle andfully retracted. The seat belt returns to theELR mode after the seat belt fully retracts.For additional information, see “Child re-straints” (P. 1-22).

The ALR mode should be used only for childrestraint installation. During normal seatbelt use by an occupant, the ALR modeshould not be activated. If it is activated, itmay cause uncomfortable seat belt tension.It can also change the operation of the frontpassenger air bag. For additional informa-tion, see “Front passenger air bag and statuslight” (P. 1-51).

WARNING

When fastening the seat belts, be certainthat the seatbacks are completely securedin the latched position. If they are not com-pletely secured, passengers may be injuredin an accident or sudden stop.

Unfastening the seat belts

To unfasten the seat belt, press the button onthe buckle O1 . The seat belt automaticallyretracts.

Checking seat belt operation

Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seatbelt movement by two separate methods:

• When the seat belt is pulled quickly fromthe retractor.

• When the vehicle slows down rapidly.

LRS2675 WRS0139


To increase your confidence in the seat belts,check the operation as follows.

• Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forwardquickly. The retractor should lock and re-strict further belt movement.

If the retractor does not lock during thischeck, get the system checked. It is recom-mended that you visit an INFINITI retailer forthis service, or to learn more about seat beltoperation.

Shoulder belt height adjustment(front seats)

The shoulder belt anchor height should beadjusted to the position best for you. Foradditional information, see “Precautions onseat belt usage” (P. 1-11).

To adjust, push the button and then move theshoulder belt anchor to the desired positionso that the belt passes over the center of theshoulder. The belt should be away from yourface and neck, but not falling off of yourshoulder. Release the adjustment button tolock the shoulder belt anchor into position.

WARNING

• After adjustment, release the adjust-ment button and try to move the shoul-der belt anchor up and down to makesure it is securely fixed in position.

• The shoulder belt anchor height shouldbe adjusted to the position best for you.Failure to do so may reduce the effec-tiveness of the entire restraint systemand increase the chance or severity ofinjury in an accident.

• The shoulder belt should rest on themiddle of the shoulder. It must not restagainst the neck.

• Be sure that the seat belt is not twistedin any way.

• Be sure that the shoulder belt anchor issecured by trying to move the shoulderbelt anchor up and down afteradjustment.

SSS0896

�A Shoulder belt height adjust button


Seat belt hook

When the seat belt is not in use and whenfolding down the rear seats, hook the rearseat belts on the seat belt hooks.

SEAT BELT EXTENDERS

If, because of body size or driving position, itis not possible to properly fit the lap/shoulderbelt and fasten it, an extender that is compat-ible with the installed seat belts is availablefor purchase. The extender adds approxi-mately 8 in (200 mm) of length and may beused for all seating positions.

Seat belt extenders are available for the:

• Driver and front passenger seatingpositions

• Rear seating positions

It is recommended that you visit an INFINITIretailer for assistance with purchasing an ex-tender if an extender is required.

WARNING

• Only INFINITI seat belt extenders, madeby the same company which made theoriginal equipment seat belts, should beused with INFINITI seat belts.

• Adults and children who can use thestandard seat belt should not use an ex-tender. Such unnecessary use could re-sult in serious personal injury in the eventof an accident.

• Never use seat belt extenders to installchild restraints. If the child restraint isnot secured properly, the child could beseriously injured or killed in a collision ora sudden stop.

SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE• To clean the seat belt webbing, apply a

mild soap solution or any solution recom-mended for cleaning upholstery or carpet.Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seatbelts to dry in the shade. Do not allow theseat belts to retract until they are com-pletely dry.

• If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide ofthe seat belt anchors, the seat belts mayretract slowly. Wipe the shoulder belt guidewith a clean, dry cloth.

• Periodically check to see that the seat beltand the metal components, such as buck-les, tongues, retractors, flexible wires andanchors, work properly. If loose parts, de-terioration, cuts or other damage on thewebbing is found, the entire seat belt as-sembly should be replaced.

LRS3035


WARNING

Do not allow children to play with the seatbelts. Most seating positions are equippedwith Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)mode seat belts. If the seat belt becomeswrapped around a child’s neck with theALR mode activated, the child can be seri-ously injured or killed if the seat belt re-tracts and becomes tight. This can occureven if the vehicle is parked. Unbuckle theseat belt to release the child. If the seat beltcannot be unbuckled or is already unbuck-led, release the child by cutting the seatbelt with a suitable tool (such as a knife orscissors) to release the seat belt.

Children need adults to help protect them.They need to be properly restrained.

In addition to the general information in thismanual, child safety information is availablefrom many other sources, including doctors,teachers, government traffic safety offices,and community organizations. Every child isdifferent, so be sure to learn the best way totransport your child.

There are three basic types of child restraintsystems:

• Rear-facing child restraint

• Forward-facing child restraint

• Booster seat

The proper restraint depends on the child'ssize. Generally, infants up to about 1 year andless than 20 lbs. (9 kg) should be placed inrear-facing child restraints. Forward-facingchild restraints are available for children whooutgrow rear-facing child restraints and areat least 1 year old. Booster seats are used tohelp position a vehicle lap/shoulder belt on achild who can no longer use a forward-facingchild restraint.

WARNING

Infants and children need special protec-tion. The vehicle's seat belts may not fitthem properly. The shoulder belt may cometoo close to the face or neck. The lap beltmay not fit over their small hip bones. In anaccident, an improperly fitting seat beltcould cause serious or fatal injury. Alwaysuse appropriate child restraints.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require the use of approved childrestraints for infants and small children. Foradditional information, see “Child restraints”(P. 1-22).

A child restraint may be secured in the vehicleby using either the LATCH (Lower Anchor

and Tethers for CHildren) system or with thevehicle seat belt. For additional information,see “Child restraints” (P. 1-22).

INFINITI recommends that all pre-teens andchildren be restrained in the rear seat. Stud-ies show that children are safer when prop-erly restrained in the rear seat than in thefront seat.

This is especially important because your ve-hicle has a supplemental restraint system(air bag system) for the front passenger. Foradditional information, see “SupplementalRestraint System (SRS)” (P. 1-41).

INFANTS

Infants up to at least 1 year old should beplaced in a rear facing child restraint.INFINITI recommends that infants and smallchildren be placed in child restraints. Youshould choose a child restraint that fits yourvehicle and always follow the manufacturer'sinstructions for installation and use.

SMALL CHILDREN

Children that are over 1 year old and weigh atleast 9 kg (20 lbs.) should remain in a rear-facing child restraint as long as possible up tothe height or weight limit of the child re-straint. Children who outgrow the height orweight limit of the rear-facing child restraint

CHILD SAFETY


and are at least 1 year old should be securedin a forward-facing child restraint with a har-ness. Refer to the manufacturer’s instructionsfor minimum and maximum weight andheight recommendations. INFINITI recom-mends that small children be placed in childrestraints that comply with Federal MotorVehicle Safety Standards or Canadian MotorVehicle Safety Standards. You should choosea child restraint that fits your vehicle andalways follow the manufacturer’s instruc-tions for installation and use.

LARGER CHILDREN

Children should remain in a forward-facingchild restraint with a harness until they reachthe maximum height or weight limit allowedby the child restraint manufacturer.

Once a child outgrows the height or weightlimit of the harness-equipped forward-facingchild restraint, INFINITI recommends thatthe child be placed in a commercially availablebooster seat to obtain proper seat belt fit. Fora seat belt to fit properly, the booster seatshould raise the child so that the shoulder beltis properly positioned across the chest andthe top, middle portion of the shoulder. Theshoulder belt should not cross the neck orface and should not fall off the shoulder. Thelap belt should lie snugly across the lower hips

or upper thighs, not the abdomen. A boosterseat can only be used in seating positions thathave a three-point type seat belt. Thebooster seat should fit the vehicle seat andhave a label certifying that it complies withFederal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards orCanadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.

A booster seat should be used until the childcan pass the seat belt fit test below:

• Are the child’s back and hips against thevehicle seatback?

• Is the child able to sit without slouching?

• Do the child’s knees bend easily over thefront edge of the seat with feet flat on thefloor?

• Can the child safely wear the seat belt (lapbelt low and snug across the hips andshoulder belt across mid-chest andshoulder)?

• Is the child able to use the properly adjustedhead restraint/headrest?

• Will the child be able to stay in position forthe entire ride?

If you answered no to any of these questions,the child should remain in a booster seat us-ing a three-point type seat belt.

NOTE:

Laws in some communities may follow dif-ferent guidelines. Check local and stateregulations to confirm your child is using thecorrect restraint system before traveling.

LRS2690


WARNING

Never let a child stand or kneel on any seatand do not allow a child in the cargo area.The child could be seriously injured or killedin a sudden stop or collision.

PRECAUTIONS ON CHILDRESTRAINTS

WARNING

• Failure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use and installationof child restraints could result in seriousinjury or death of a child or other passen-gers in a sudden stop or collision:

– The child restraint must be used andinstalled properly. Always follow allof the child restraint manufacturer'sinstructions for installation and use.

– Infants and children should never beheld on anyone's lap. Even the stron-gest adult cannot resist the forces ofa collision.

– Do not put a seat belt around both achild and another passenger.

– INFINITI recommends that all childrestraints be installed in the rear seat.Studies show that children are saferwhen properly restrained in the rearseat than in the front seat. If you mustinstall a forward-facing child re-straint in the front seat, see

ARS1098 WRS0256

CHILD RESTRAINTS


“Forward-facing child restraint in-stallation using the seat belts”(P. 1-34).

– Even with the INFINITI Advanced AirBag System, never install a rear-facing child restraint in the front seat.An inflating air bag could seriously in-jure or kill a child. A rear-facing childrestraint must only be used in the rearseat.

– Be sure to purchase a child restraintthat will fit the child and vehicle.Some child restraints may not fitproperly in your vehicle.

– Child restraint anchorages are de-signed to withstand only those loadsimposed by correctly fitted child re-straints. Under no circumstances arethey to be used to attach adult seatbelts, or other items or equipment tothe vehicle. Doing so could damagethe child restraint anchorages. Thechild restraint will not be properly in-stalled using the damaged anchorage,and a child could be seriously injuredor killed in a collision.

– Never use the anchor points for adultseat belts, or other items.

– A child restraint with a top tetherstrap should not be used in the frontpassenger seat.

– Keep seatbacks as upright as possibleafter fitting the child restraint.

– Infants and children should always beplaced in an appropriate child re-straint while in the vehicle.

• When the child restraint is not in use,keep it secured with the LATCH systemor a seat belt. In a sudden stop or colli-sion, loose objects can injure occupantsor damage the vehicle.

CAUTION

A child restraint in a closed vehicle can be-come very hot. Check the seating surfaceand buckles before placing a child in thechild restraint.

This vehicle is equipped with a universal childrestraint anchor system, referred to as theLATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers forCHildren) system. Some child restraints in-clude rigid or webbing-mounted attachmentsthat can be connected to these anchors. Foradditional information, see “LATCH (LowerAnchors and Tethers for CHildren) system”(P. 1-24).

If you do not have a LATCH compatible childrestraint, the vehicle seat belts can be used.

Several manufacturers offer child restraintsfor infants and children of various sizes.When selecting any child restraint, keep thefollowing points in mind:

• Choose only a restraint with a label certify-ing that it complies with Federal MotorVehicle Safety Standard 213 or CanadianMotor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.

• Check the child restraint in your vehicle tobe sure it is compatible with the vehicle'sseat and seat belt system.

• If the child restraint is compatible with yourvehicle, place your child in the child restraintand check the various adjustments to besure the child restraint is compatible withyour child. Choose a child restraint that isdesigned for your child's height and weight.Always follow all recommendedprocedures.

• If the combined weight of the child andchild restraint is less than 65 lbs. (29.5 kg),you may use either the LATCH anchors orthe seat belt to install the child restraint (notboth at the same time).

• If the combined weight of the child andchild restraint is greater than 65 lbs. (29.5kg), use the vehicle's seat belt (not the loweranchors) to install the child restraint.


• Be sure to follow the child restraint manu-facturer's instructions for installation.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require that infants and smallchildren be restrained in an approved childrestraint at all times while the vehicle is be-ing operated. Canadian law requires the toptether strap on forward-facing child re-straints be secured to the designated anchorpoint on the vehicle.

LATCH (Lower Anchors andTethers for CHildren) SYSTEM

Your vehicle is equipped with special anchorpoints that are used with LATCH systemcompatible child restraints. This system mayalso be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIXcompatible system. With this system, you donot have to use a vehicle seat belt to securethe child restraint unless the combinedweight of the child and child restraint exceeds65 lbs. (29.5 kg). If the combined weight ofthe child and child restraint is greater than 65lbs. (29.5 kg), use the vehicle's seat belt (not

the lower anchors) to install the child re-straint. Be sure to follow the child restraintmanufacturer's instructions for installation.

The LATCH lower anchor points are providedto install child restraints in the following po-sitions only:

• Rear bench seat – outboard seatingpositions

LATCH lower anchor

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use and installation of childrestraints could result in serious injury ordeath of a child or other passengers in asudden stop or collision:

– Attach LATCH system compatible childrestraints only at the locations shown inthe illustration.

– Do not secure a child restraint in the rearcenter position using the LATCH systemanchors. The child restraint will not besecured properly.

– Inspect the lower anchors by insertingyour fingers into the lower anchor area.Feel to make sure there are no obstruc-tions over the anchors such as seat beltwebbing or seat cushion material. The

LRS2990

LATCH system lower anchor locations -bench seat


child restraint will not be secured prop-erly if the lower anchors are obstructed.

– Child restraint anchorages are designedto withstand only those loads imposedby correctly fitted child restraints. Un-der no circumstances are they to be usedto attach adult seat belts, or other itemsor equipment to the vehicle. Doing socould damage the child restraint an-chorages. The child restraint will not beproperly installed using the damagedanchorages, and a child could be seri-ously injured or killed in a collision.

LATCH lower anchor location

The LATCH lower anchors are located asshown. A label is attached to the seatback tohelp you locate the LATCH lower anchors.

LRS3036

LATCH lower anchor location

LRS3045

LATCH label locations rear bench


Installing child restraint LATCHlower anchor attachments

LATCH compatible child restraints includetwo rigid or webbing-mounted attachmentsthat can be connected to two anchors lo-cated at certain seating positions in your ve-hicle. With this system, you do not have touse a vehicle seat belt to secure the childrestraint. Check your child restraint for a labelstating that it is compatible with LATCH. Thisinformation may also be in the instructionsprovided by the child restraint manufacturer.

When installing a child restraint, carefullyread and follow the instructions in thismanual and those supplied with the childrestraint.

Top tether anchor

WARNING

• Do not allow cargo to contact the toptether strap when it is attached to thetop tether anchor. Properly secure thecargo so it does not contact the toptether strap. Cargo that is not properlysecured or cargo that contacts the toptether strap may damage it during a col-lision. A child could be seriously injured orkilled in a collision if the top tether strapis damaged.

• Child restraint anchorages are designedto withstand only those loads imposedby correctly fitted child restraints. Underno circumstances are they to be used toattach adult seat belts, or other items orequipment to the vehicle. Doing so coulddamage the child restraint anchorages.The child restraint will not be properlyinstalled using the damaged anchorages,and a child could be seriously injured orkilled in a collision.

LRS0661

LATCH webbing-mounted attachment

LRS0662

LATCH rigid-mounted attachment


Top tether anchor point locations

Anchor points are located in the followinglocations:

• Rear bench on the bottom of the seatbackin the seating positions shown.

If you have any questions when installing atop tether strap, it is recommended that youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

REAR-FACING CHILDRESTRAINT INSTALLATIONUSING LATCH

WARNING

Child restraint anchorages are designed towithstand only those loads imposed bycorrectly fitted child restraints. Under nocircumstances are they to be used to attachadult seat belts, or other items or equip-ment to the vehicle. Doing so could damagethe child restraint anchorages. The child re-straint will not be properly installed usingthe damaged anchorages, and a child couldbe seriously injured or killed in a collision.

For additional information, see “Child safety”(P. 1-20) and “Child restraints” (P. 1-22) be-fore installing a child restraint.

Do not use the lower anchors if the combinedweight of the child and the child restraintexceeds 65 lbs. (29.5 kg). If the combinedweight of the child and the child restraint isgreater than 65 lbs. (29.5 kg), use the vehi-cle's seat belt (not the lower anchors) to in-stall the child restraint. Be sure to follow thechild restraint manufacturer's instructions forinstallation.

Follow these steps to install a rear-facingchild restraint in the rear seats using theLATCH system:

1. Position the child restraint on the seat.Always follow the child restraint manu-facturer's instructions.

LRS3040

Rear bench seat

�1 Top tether strap

�2 Anchor point


2. Secure the child restraint anchor attach-ments to the LATCH lower anchors.Check to make sure the LATCH attach-ment is properly attached to the loweranchors.

3. For child restraints that are equipped withwebbing-mounted attachments, removeany additional slack from the anchor at-tachments. Press downward and rear-ward firmly in the center of the child re-straint with your hand to compress thevehicle seat cushion and seatback whiletightening the webbing of the anchorattachments.

LRS2997

Rear-facing webbing-mounted – step 2

LRS2996

Rear-facing rigid-mounted – step 2

LRS0673

Rear-facing – step 3


4. After attaching the child restraint, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push itfrom side to side while holding the childrestraint near the LATCH attachmentpath. The child restraint should not movemore than 1 inch (25 mm), from side toside. Try to tug it forward and check to seeif the LATCH attachment holds the re-straint in place. If the restraint is not se-cure, tighten the LATCH attachment asnecessary, or put the restraint in anotherseat and test it again. You may need to trya different child restraint or try installingby using the vehicle seat belt (if appli-

cable). Not all child restraints fit in all typesof vehicles.

5. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If thechild restraint is loose, repeat steps 2through 4.

REAR-FACING CHILDRESTRAINT INSTALLATIONUSING THE SEAT BELTS

WARNING

The three-point seat belt with AutomaticLocking Retractor (ALR) must be usedwhen installing a child restraint. Failure touse the ALR mode will result in the childrestraint not being properly secured. Therestraint could tip over or be loose andcause injury to a child in a sudden stop orcollision.



Follow these steps to install a rear-facingchild restraint using the vehicle seat belts inthe rear seats:

LRS0674



1. Child restraints for infants must be usedin the rear-facing direction and thereforemust not be used in the front seat. Posi-tion the child restraint on the seat. Alwaysfollow the child restraint manufacturer’sinstructions.

2. Route the seat belt tongue through thechild restraint and insert it into the buckleuntil you hear and feel the latch engage.Be sure to follow the child restraint manu-facturer’s instructions for belt routing.

3. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fullyextended. At this time, the seat belt re-tractor is in the ALR mode (child restraintmode). It reverts to the ELR mode whenthe seat belt is fully retracted.

WRS0256


WRS0761


LRS2395



4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up onthe shoulder belt to remove any slack inthe belt.

5. Remove any additional slack from the seatbelt; press downward and rearward firmlyin the center of the child restraint to com-press the vehicle seat cushion and seat-back while pulling up on the seat belt.

6. After attaching the child restraint, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push itfrom side to side while holding the childrestraint near the seat belt path. The childrestraint should not move more than 1inch (25 mm), from side to side. Try to tugit forward and check to see if the beltholds the restraint in place. If the restraintis not secure, tighten the seat belt as nec-essary, or put the restraint in another seatand test it again. You may need to try adifferent child restraint. Not all child re-straints fit in all types of vehicles.

LRS2396


WRS0762


LRS2397



7. Check to make sure that the child restraintis properly secured prior to each use. If theseat belt is not locked, repeat steps 1through 6.

After the child restraint is removed and theseat belt fully retracted, the ALR mode (childrestraint mode) is canceled.

FORWARD-FACING CHILDRESTRAINT INSTALLATIONUSING LATCH



Follow these steps to install a forward-facing child restraint in the rear seats usingthe LATCH system:

1. Position the child restraint on the seat.Always follow the child restraint manu-facturer's instructions.

2. Secure the child restraint anchor attach-ments to the LATCH lower anchors.Check to make sure the LATCH attach-ment is properly attached to the loweranchors.

If the child restraint is equipped with a toptether strap, route the top tether strapand secure the tether strap to the tetheranchor point. For additional information,see “Installing top tether strap” (P. 1-37).

Do not install child restraints that requirethe use of a top tether strap in seatingpositions that do not have a top tetheranchor.

3. The back of the child restraint should besecured against the vehicle seatback.

If necessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint/headrest to obtain the correctchild restraint fit. If the head restraint/headrest is removed, store it in a secureplace. Be sure to reinstall the headrestraint/headrest when the child re-straint is removed. For additional infor-mation, see “Head restraints/headrests”(P. 1-7).

LRS2995

Forward-facing webbing-mounted – step 2

LRS2994

Forward-facing rigid-mounted – step 2


If the seating position does not have anadjustable head restraint/headrest and itis interfering with the proper child re-straint fit, try another seating position or adifferent child restraint.

4. For child restraints that are equipped withwebbing-mounted attachments, removeany additional slack from the anchor at-tachments. Press downward and rear-ward firmly in the center of the child re-straint with your knee to compress thevehicle seat cushion and seatback whiletightening the webbing of the anchorattachments.

5. Tighten the tether strap according to themanufacturer's instructions to removeany slack.

6. After attaching the child restraint, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push itfrom side to side while holding the childrestraint near the LATCH attachmentpath. The child restraint should not movemore than 1 inch (25 mm), from side toside. Try to tug it forward and check to seeif the LATCH attachment holds the re-straint in place. If the restraint is not se-cure, tighten the LATCH attachment asnecessary, or put the restraint in anotherseat and test it again. You may need to trya different child restraint. Not all child re-straints fit in all types of vehicles.

LRS0671

Forward-facing – step 4

WRS0697



7. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If thechild restraint is loose, repeat steps 3through 6.

FORWARD-FACING CHILDRESTRAINT INSTALLATIONUSING THE SEAT BELTS

WARNING

The three-point seat belt with AutomaticLocking Retractor (ALR) must be usedwhen installing a child restraint. Failure touse the ALR mode will result in the childrestraint not being properly secured. Therestraint could tip over or be loose andcause injury to a child in a sudden stop orcollision. Also, it can change the operationof the front passenger air bag. For addi-tional information, see “Front passengerair bag and status light” (P. 1-51).



Follow these steps to install a forward-facingchild restraint using the vehicle seat belt in therear seats or in the front passenger seat:

1. If you must install a child restraint in thefront seat, it should be placed in aforward-facing direction only. Move theseat to the rearmost position. Child re-straints for infants must be used in therear-facing direction and, therefore,must not be used in the front seat.

2. Position the child restraint on the seat.Always follow the child restraint manu-facturer’s instructions.

The back of the child restraint should besecured against the vehicle seatback.

If necessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint/headrest to obtain the correctchild restraint fit. If the head restraint/headrest is removed, store it in a secureplace. Be sure to reinstall the headrestraint/headrest when the child re-straint is removed. For additional infor-mation, see “Head restraints/headrests”(P. 1-7).

If the seating position does not have anadjustable head restraint/headrest and itis interfering with the proper child re-straint fit, try another seating position or adifferent child restraint.

WRS0699

Forward-facing (front passenger seat) –step 1


3. Route the seat belt tongue through thechild restraint and insert it into the buckleuntil you hear and feel the latch engage.Be sure to follow the child restraint manu-facturer’s instructions for belt routing.

If the child restraint is equipped with a toptether strap, route the top tether strapand secure the tether strap to the tetheranchor point (rear seat installation only).For additional information, see “Installingtop tether strap” (P. 1-26).

Do not install child restraints that require theuse of a top tether strap in seating positionsthat do not have a top tether anchor.

4. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fullyextended. At this time, the seat belt re-tractor is in the ALR mode (child restraintmode). It reverts to ELR mode when theseat belt is fully retracted.

5. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up onthe shoulder belt to remove any slack inthe belt.

WRS0680


LRS0667


LRS0668



6. Remove any additional slack from the seatbelt; press downward and rearward firmlyin the center of the child restraint withyour knee to compress the vehicle seatcushion and seatback while pulling up onthe seat belt.

7. Tighten the tether strap according to themanufacturer's instructions to removeany slack.

8. After attaching the child restraint, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push itfrom side to side while holding the childrestraint near the seat belt path. The childrestraint should not move more than 1inch (25 mm), from side to side. Try to tugit forward and check to see if the beltholds the restraint in place. If the restraintis not secure, tighten the seat belt as nec-essary, or put the restraint in another seatand test it again. You may need to try adifferent child restraint. Not all child re-straints fit in all types of vehicles.

9. Check to make sure the child restraint isproperly secured prior to each use. If theseat belt is not locked, repeat steps 2through 8.

WRS0681


WRS0698



10. If the child restraint is installed in thefront passenger seat, place the ignitionswitch in the ON position. The front pas-senger air bag status light shouldilluminate. If this light is not illuminatedsee “Front passenger air bag and statuslight” (P. 1-51). Move the child restraintto another seating position. Have thesystem checked. It is recommended thatyou visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice.

After the child restraint is removed and theseat belt is fully retracted, the ALR mode(child restraint mode) is canceled.

Installing top tether strap

�1 Top tether strap

�2 Anchor point

The child restraint top tether strap must beused when installing the child restraint withseat belts.

First, secure the child restraint with the seatbelt.

Rear bench seat

1. Remove the head restraint/headrest andstore it in a secure place. Be sure to rein-stall the head restraint/headrest when thechild restraint is removed. For additionalinformation, see “Head restraints/headrests” in (P. 1-7).

2. Position the top tether strap O1 as shown.

3. Secure the tether strap to the tether an-chor point O2 as shown.

4. Tighten the tether strap according to themanufacturer’s instructions to removeany slack.

If you have any questions when installing atop tether strap, it is recommended that youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

WARNING

Child restraint anchorages are designed towithstand only those loads imposed bycorrectly fitted child restraints. Under nocircumstances are they to be used to attachadult seat belts, or other items or equip-ment to the vehicle. Doing so could damagethe child restraint anchorages. The child re-straint will not be properly installed usingthe damaged anchorage, and a child couldbe seriously injured or killed in a collision.

LRS0865


LRS3040

Rear bench seat


BOOSTER SEATS

For additional information on installing abooster seat in your vehicle, follow the in-structions outlined in this section.

Precautions on booster seats

WARNING

If a booster seat and seat belt are not usedproperly, the risk of a child being injured orkilled in a sudden stop or collision greatlyincreases:

– Make sure the shoulder portion of thebelt is away from the child's face andneck and the lap portion of the belt doesnot cross the stomach.

– Make sure the shoulder belt is not be-hind the child or under the child's arm.

– A booster seat must only be installed in aseating position that has a lap/shoulderbelt.

Booster seats of various sizes are offered byseveral manufacturers. When selecting anybooster seat, keep the following points inmind:

• Choose only a booster seat with a labelcertifying that it complies with Federal Mo-tor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Cana-dian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.

• Check the booster seat in your vehicle to besure it is compatible with the vehicle’s seatand seat belt system.

• Make sure the child’s head will be properlysupported by the booster seat or vehicleseat. The seatback must be at or above thecenter of the child’s ears. For example, if alow back booster seat is chosen, the vehicleseatback must be at or above the center ofthe child’s ears. If the seatback is lower thanthe center of the child’s ears, a high backbooster seat should be used.

• If the booster seat is compatible with yourvehicle, place the child in the booster seatand check the various adjustments to besure the booster seat is compatible with thechild. Always follow all recommendedprocedures.

LRS2479

A. Low back booster seat

B. High back booster seat

LRS0453


All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require that infants and smallchildren be restrained in an approved childrestraint at all times while the vehicle is be-ing operated.

The instructions in this section apply tobooster seat installation in the rear seats orthe front passenger seat.

Booster seat installation

WARNING

To avoid injury to child, do not use the lap/shoulder belt in the Automatic Locking Re-tractor (ALR) mode when using a boosterseat with the seat belts.

For additional information, see “Child safety”(P. 1-20), “Child restraints” (P. 1-22) and“Booster seats” (P. 1-38) before installing achild restraint.

Follow these steps to install a booster seat inthe rear seats or in the front passenger seat:

1. If you must install a booster seat in thefront seat, move the seat to the rearmostposition.

2. Position the booster seat on the seat.Only place it in a front-facing direction.Always follow the booster seat manufac-turer’s instructions.

LRS0464 WRS0699


3. The booster seat should be positioned onthe vehicle seat so that it is stable.

If necessary, adjust or remove the headrestraint/headrest to obtain the correctbooster seat fit. If the head restraint/headrest is removed, store it in a secureplace. Be sure to reinstall the headrestraint/headrest when the boosterseat is removed. For additional informa-tion, see “Head restraints/headrests”(P. 1-7).

If the seating position does not have anadjustable head restraint/headrest and itis interfering with the proper booster seatfit, try another seating position or a differ-ent booster seat.

4. Position the lap portion of the seat beltlow and snug on the child’s hips. Be sure tofollow the booster seat manufacturer’sinstructions for adjusting the seat beltrouting.

5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seatbelt toward the retractor to take up extraslack. Be sure the shoulder belt is posi-tioned across the top, middle portion ofthe child’s shoulder. Be sure to follow thebooster seat manufacturer’s instructionsfor adjusting the seat belt routing.

6. Follow the warnings, cautions and in-structions for properly fastening a seatbelt shown in “Three-point type seat beltwith retractor” (P. 1-15).

7. If the booster seat is installed in the frontpassenger seat, place the ignition switchin the ON position. The front passenger airbag status light may or may notilluminate, depending on the size of thechild and the type of booster seat beingused. For additional information, see“Front passenger air bag and status light”(P. 1-51).

LRS0454

Front passenger position

LRS0865


PRECAUTIONS ON SRSThis SRS section contains important infor-mation concerning the following systems:

• Driver and front passenger supplementalfront-impact air bag (INFINITI AdvancedAir Bag System)

• Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-mental air bag

• Rear outboard seat-mounted side-impactsupplemental air bag system

• Roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bag

• Driver and passenger supplemental kneeair bag

• Seat belt with pretensioner(s) (front andrear outboard seats)

Supplemental front-impact air bag system

The INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System canhelp cushion the impact force to the head andchest of the driver and front passenger incertain frontal collisions.

Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-mental air bag system

This system can help cushion the impactforce to the chest area of the driver and frontpassenger in certain side-impact collisions.The side air bags are designed to inflate onthe side where the vehicle is impacted.

Rear outboard seat-mounted side-impactsupplemental air bag system

This system can help cushion the impactforce to the chest area of the rear seat pas-sengers in certain side-impact collisions. Theside air bags are designed to inflate on theside where the vehicle is impacted.

Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and roll-over supplemental air bag system

This system can help cushion the impactforce to the head of occupants in front andrear outboard seating positions in certainside-impact or rollover collisions. In a sideimpact, the curtain air bags are designed toinflate on the side where the vehicle is im-pacted. In a rollover, the curtain air bags aredesigned to inflate and remain inflated for ashort time.

The SRS is designed to supplement the crashprotection provided by the driver and frontpassenger seat belts and is not a substitutefor them. Seat belts should always be cor-rectly worn and the occupant seated a suit-able distance away from the steering wheel,instrument panel and door finishers. For ad-ditional information, see “Seat belts” (P. 1-11).

Driver and passenger supplemental knee airbags

This system can help cushion the impactforce to the driver’s and front passenger’sknees in certain collisions.

The SRS is designed to supplement the crashprotection provided by the driver and frontpassenger seat belts and is not a substitutefor them. Seat belts should always be cor-rectly worn and the occupant seated a suit-able distance away from the steering wheel,instrument panel and door finishers. For ad-ditional information, see “Seat belts” (P. 1-11).

The supplemental air bags operate onlywhen the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition.

After placing the ignition switch in the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The supplemental air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7 sec-onds if the system is operational.

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTSYSTEM (SRS)


WARNING

• The front air bags ordinarily will not in-flate in the event of a side impact, rearimpact, rollover, or lower severity fron-tal collision. Always wear your seat beltsto help reduce the risk or severity of in-jury in various kinds of accidents.

• The front passenger air bag and passen-ger knee air bag will not inflate if thepassenger air bag status light is lit. Foradditional information, see “Front pas-senger air bag and status light” (P. 1-51).

• The seat belts and the front air bags aremost effective when you are sitting wellback and upright in the seat. The front airbags inflate with great force. Even withthe INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System,if you are unrestrained, leaning forward,sitting sideways or out of position in anyway, you are at greater risk of injury ordeath in a crash. You may also receiveserious or fatal injuries from the front airbag if you are up against it when it in-flates. Always sit back against the seat-back and as far away as practical fromthe steering wheel or instrument panel.Always properly use the seat belts.

• The driver and front passenger seat beltbuckles are equipped with sensors thatdetect if the seat belts are fastened. TheINFINITI Advanced Air Bag Systemmonitors the severity of a collision andseat belt usage then inflates the air bagsas needed. Failure to properly wear seatbelts can increase the risk or severity ofinjury in an accident.

• The front passenger seat is equippedwith an occupant classification sensor(weight sensor) that turns the front pas-senger air bag and passenger knee airbag OFF under some conditions. Thissensor is only used in this seat. Failure tobe properly seated and wearing the seatbelt can increase the risk or severity ofinjury in an accident. For additional in-formation, see “Front passenger air bagand status light” (P. 1-51).

• Keep hands on the outside of the steer-ing wheel. Placing them inside the steer-ing wheel rim could increase the risk thatthey are injured when the front air baginflates.

WRS0031


WARNING

• Never let children ride unrestrained orextend their hands or face out of thewindow. Do not attempt to hold them inyour lap or arms. Some examples of dan-gerous riding positions are shown in theillustrations.

ARS1133 ARS1041


ARS1042 ARS1043 ARS1044


WARNING

• Children may be severely injured or killedwhen the front air bags, side air bags orcurtain air bags inflate if they are notproperly restrained. Pre-teens and chil-dren should be properly restrained in therear seat, if possible.

• Even with the INFINITI Advanced AirBag System, never install a rear-facingchild restraint in the front seat. An in-flating front air bag could seriously injureor kill your child. For additional informa-tion, see “Child restraints” (P. 1-22).

WARNING

Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-mental air bags and roof-mounted curtainside-impact and rollover supplemental airbags:

• The side air bags and curtain air bagsordinarily will not inflate in the event of afrontal impact, rear impact, or lower se-verity side collision. Always wear yourseat belts to help reduce the risk or se-verity of injury in various kinds ofaccidents.

ARS1045 ARS1046 WRS0431


WARNING

• The seat belts, the side air bags and cur-tain air bags are most effective when youare sitting well back and upright in theseat with both feet on the floor. The sideair bag and curtain air bag inflate withgreat force. Do not allow anyone to placetheir hand, leg or face near the side airbag on the side of the seatback of thefront seat or near the side roof rails. Donot allow anyone sitting in the frontseats or rear outboard seats to extendtheir hand out of the window or leanagainst the door. Some examples of dan-gerous riding positions are shown in theprevious illustrations.

LRS3042 SSS0162


WARNING

• When sitting in the rear seat, do not holdonto the seatback of the front seat. If theside air bag inflates, you may be seriouslyinjured. Be especially careful with chil-dren, who should always be properly re-strained. Some examples of dangerousriding positions are shown in theillustrations.

• Do not use seat covers on the front seat-backs. They may interfere with side airbag inflation.

WRS0032 SSS0159


INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System(front seats)

1. Supplemental front-impact air bagmodules

2. Air bag Control Unit (ACU)

3. Occupant classification sensor (weightsensor)

4. Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-mental air bag modules

5. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bags

6. Rear outboard seat-mounted side-impactsupplemental air bag modules

7. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bag inflators

8. Satellite sensor (driver’s side shown; pas-senger side similar)

9. Seat belt with pretensioner(s) (front andrear outboard seats)

10. Pressure sensors in door (driver’s sideshown; front passenger side similar)

11. Driver and passenger supplemental kneeair bag

12. Crash zone sensor

LRS3278


WARNING

To ensure proper operation of the passen-ger’s INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System,please observe the following items.

• Do not allow a passenger in the rear seatto push or pull on the seatback pocket.

• Do not place heavy loads heavier than9.1 lbs. (4 kg) on the seatback, headrestraint/headrest or in the seatbackpocket.

• Make sure that there is nothing pressingagainst the rear of the seatback, such asa child restraint installed in the rear seator an object stored on the floor.

• Make sure that there is no object placedunder the front passenger seat.

• Make sure that there is no object placedbetween the seat cushion and the centerconsole or between the seat cushion andthe door.

• If a forward-facing child restraint is in-stalled in the front passenger seat, donot position the front passenger seat sothe child restraint contacts the instru-ment panel. If the child restraint doescontact the instrument panel, the sys-tem may determine the seat is occupiedand the passenger air bag may deploy ina collision. Also the front passenger airbag status light may not illuminate. Foradditional information, see “Child re-straints” (P. 1-22).

• Confirm the operating condition withthe front passenger air bag status light.

• If you notice that the front passenger airbag status light is not operating as de-scribed in this section, get the occupantclassification system checked. It is rec-ommended that you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for this service.

• Until you have confirmed with a retailerthat your passenger seat occupant clas-sification system is working properly,position the occupants in the rear seat-ing positions.

• Do not position the front passenger seatso it contacts the rear seat. If the frontseat does contact the rear seat, the airbag system may determine a sensor mal-function has occurred and the front pas-senger air bag status light may illuminateand the supplemental air bag warninglight may flash.

This vehicle is equipped with the INFINITIAdvanced Air Bag System for the driver andfront passenger seats. This system is de-signed to meet certification requirements un-der U.S. regulations. It is also permitted inCanada. All of the information, cautions andwarnings in this manual still apply and mustbe followed.

The driver supplemental front-impact air bagis located in the center of the steering wheel.The front passenger supplemental front-impact air bag is mounted in the dashboardabove the glove box. The front air bags aredesigned to inflate in higher severity frontalcollisions, although they may inflate if theforces in another type of collision are similarto those of a higher severity frontal impact.They may not inflate in certain frontal colli-sions. Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is notalways an indication of proper front air bagsystem operation.


The INFINITI Advanced Air Bag Systemmonitors information from the crash zonesensor, the Air bag Control Unit (ACU), seatbelt buckle sensor and occupant classifica-tion sensor (weight sensor). Inflator opera-tion is based on the severity of a collision andseat belt usage for the driver. For the frontpassenger, the occupant classification sensoris also monitored. Based on information fromthe sensor, only one front air bag may inflatein a crash, depending on the crash severityand whether the front occupants are beltedor unbelted. Additionally, the front passengerair bag and passenger knee air bag may beautomatically turned off under some condi-tions, depending on the weight detected onthe passenger seat and how the seat belt isused. If the front passenger air bag and pas-senger knee air bag is OFF, the front passen-ger air bag status light will be illuminated. Foradditional information, see “Front passengerair bag and status light” (P. 1-51). One frontair bag inflating does not indicate improperperformance of the system.

If you have any questions about your air bagsystem, it is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer to obtain information aboutthe system. If you are considering modifica-tion of your vehicle due to a disability, you

may also contact INFINITI. Contact informa-tion is contained in the front of this Owner'sManual.

When a front air bag inflates, a fairly loudnoise may be heard, followed by the releaseof smoke. This smoke is not harmful and doesnot indicate a fire. Care should be taken tonot inhale it, as it may cause irritation andchoking. Those with a history of a breathingcondition should get fresh air promptly.

Front air bags, along with the use of seatbelts, help to cushion the impact force on theface and chest of the front occupants. Theycan help save lives and reduce serious injuries.However, an inflating front air bag may causefacial abrasions or other injuries. Front airbags, other than the driver and passengerknee air bags, do not provide restraint to thelower body.

Even with INFINITI Advanced Air Bags, seatbelts should be correctly worn and the driverand passenger seated upright as far as prac-tical away from the steering wheel or instru-ment panel. The front air bags inflate quicklyin order to help protect the front occupants.Because of this, the force of the front air baginflating can increase the risk of injury if theoccupant is too close to, or is against, thefront air bag module during inflation.

The front air bags deflate quickly after acollision.

The front air bags operate only when theignition switch is placed in the ON position.



Front passenger air bag and status light

WARNING

The front passenger air bag and passengerknee air bag are designed to automaticallyturn OFF under some conditions. Read thissection carefully to learn how it operates.Proper use of the seat, seat belt, and childrestraints is necessary for most effectiveprotection. Failure to follow all instruc-tions in this manual concerning the use ofseats, seat belts, and child restraints canincrease the risk or severity of injury in anaccident.

Status lightThe front passenger seat is equipped with anoccupant classification sensor (weight sen-sor) that turns the front passenger air bagand passenger knee air bag on or off depend-ing on the weight applied to the front passen-ger seat. The status of the front passenger airbag and passenger knee air bag (ON or OFF)is indicated by the front passenger air bagstatus light which is located on theinstrument panel.

After the ignition switch is placed in the "ON"position, the front passenger air bag statuslight on the instrument panel illuminates forabout 7 seconds and then turns off or re-mains illuminated depending on the frontpassenger seat occupied status. The light op-erates as follows:

CONDITION DESCRIPTIONPASSENGER AIR BAGSTATUS LIGHT ( )

FRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG AND PASSENGER KNEE AIR BAGSTATUS

Empty Empty front passenger seat ON (illuminated) INHIBITED

Nobody/SomebodyBag or Child or Child Restraint or

Small Adult in front passenger seatON (illuminated) INHIBITED

Adult Adult in the front passenger seat OFF (dark) ACTIVATED

In addition to the above, certain objectsplaced on the front passenger seat may alsocause the light to operate as described abovedepending on their weight.

For additional information, see “Normal op-eration” (P. 1-53) and “Troubleshooting”(P. 1-54).

LRS0865


Front passenger air bagThe front passenger air bag and passengerknee air bag is designed to automatically turnOFF when the vehicle is operated undersome conditions as described below in accor-dance with U.S. regulations. If the front pas-senger air bag and passenger knee air bag isOFF, it will not inflate in a crash. The driver airbag and other air bags in your vehicle are notpart of this system.

The purpose of the regulation is to help re-duce the risk of injury or death from an inflat-ing air bag to certain front passenger seatoccupants, such as children, by requiring theair bag to be automatically turned OFF. Cer-tain sensors are used to meet therequirements.

The occupant classification sensor in this ve-hicle is a weight sensor. It is designed todetect an occupant and objects on the seatby weight. For example, if a child is in thefront passenger seat, the INFINITI AdvancedAir Bag System is designed to turn the frontpassenger air bag OFF in accordance withthe regulations. Also, if a child restraint of thetype specified in the regulations is on theseat, its weight and the child’s weight can bedetected and cause the air bag to turn OFF.

Front passenger seat adult occupants whoare properly seated and using the seat belt asoutlined in this manual should not cause thefront passenger air bag to be automaticallyturned OFF. For small adults it may be turnedOFF, however, if the occupant takes his/herweight off the seat cushion (for example, bynot sitting upright, by sitting on an edge ofthe seat, or by otherwise being out of posi-tion), this could cause the sensor to turn theair bag OFF. Always be sure to be seated andwearing the seat belt properly for the mosteffective protection by the seat belt andsupplemental air bag.

INFINITI recommends that pre-teens andchildren be properly restrained in a rear seat.INFINITI also recommends that appropriatechild restraints and booster seats be properlyinstalled in a rear seat. If this is not possible,the occupant classification sensor is designedto operate as described above to turn thefront passenger air bag and passenger kneeair bag OFF for specified child restraints asrequired by the regulations. Failing to prop-erly secure child restraints and to use the ALRmode may allow the restraint to tip or movein a collision or sudden stop. This can alsoresult in the front passenger air bag and pas-senger knee air bag inflating in a crash in-stead of being OFF. For additional informa-tion, see “Child restraints” (P. 1-22).

If the front passenger seat is not occupied,the front passenger air bag and passengerknee air bag is designed not to inflate in acrash. However, heavy objects placed on theseat could result in air bag inflation, becauseof the object’s weight detected by the occu-pant classification sensor. Other conditionscould also result in air bag inflation, such as ifa child is standing on the seat, or if twochildren are on the seat, contrary to the in-structions in this manual. Always be sure thatyou and all vehicle occupants are seated andrestrained properly.

Using the front passenger air bag status light,you can monitor when the front passenger airbag and passenger knee air bag is automati-cally turned OFF.

If an adult occupant is in the seat but thefront passenger air bag status light is illumi-nated (indicating that the front passenger airbag and passenger knee air bag is OFF), itcould be that the person is a small adult, or isnot sitting on the seat properly or not usingthe seat belt properly.

If a child restraint must be used in the frontseat, the front passenger air bag status lightmay or may not be illuminated, depending onthe size of the child and the type of childrestraint being used. If the air bag status lightis not illuminated (indicating that the front


passenger air bag and passenger knee air bagmight inflate in a crash), it could be that thechild restraint or seat belt is not being usedproperly. Make sure that the child restraint isinstalled properly, the seat belt is used prop-erly and the occupant is positioned properly.If the air bag status light is still not illumi-nated, reposition the occupant or child re-straint in a rear seat.

If the front passenger air bag status light willnot illuminate even though you believe thatthe child restraint, the seat belts and the oc-cupant are properly positioned, it is recom-mended that you take your vehicle to anINFINITI retailer. An INFINITI retailer cancheck system status by using a special tool.However, until you have confirmed with aretailer that your air bag is working properly,reposition the occupant or child restraint in arear seat.

The INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System andfront passenger air bag status light will take afew seconds to register a change in the frontpassenger seat status. This is normal systemoperation and does not indicate amalfunction.

If a malfunction occurs in the front passengerair bag system, the supplemental air bagwarning light , located in the meter andgauges area of the instrument panel, will beilluminated (blinking or steadily lit). Have thesystem checked. It is recommended that youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

Normal operationIn order for the occupant classification sen-sor system to classify the front passengerbased on weight, please follow the precau-tions and steps outlined below:

Precautions

• Make sure that there are no objects weigh-ing over 4 kg (9.1 lbs.) hanging on the seator placed in the seatback pocket.

• Make sure that a child restraint or otherobject is not pressing against the rear of theseatback.

• Make sure that a rear passenger is notpushing or pulling on the back of the frontpassenger seat.

• Make sure that the front passenger seat orseatback is not forced back against an ob-ject on the seat or floor behind it.

• Make sure that there is no object placedunder the front passenger seat.

Steps

1. Adjust the seat as outlined in the “Seats”section of this manual. Sit upright, leaningagainst the seatback, and centered on theseat cushion with your feet comfortablyextended to the floor.

2. Make sure there are no objects on yourlap.

3. Fasten the seat belt as outlined in the“Seat belts” section of this manual. Frontpassenger seat belt buckle status is moni-tored by the occupant classification sys-tem, and is used as an input to determineoccupancy status. So, it is highly recom-mended that the front passenger fastentheir seat belt.

4. Remain in this position for 30 secondsallowing the system to classify the frontpassenger before the vehicle is put intomotion.

5. Ensure proper classification by checkingthe front passenger air bag status light.


NOTE:

This vehicle's occupant classification sensorsystem generally keeps the classificationlocked during driving, so it is important thatyou confirm that the front passenger is prop-erly classified prior to driving. However, theoccupant classification sensor may recalculatethe weight of the occupant under some condi-tions (both while driving and when stopped),so front passenger seat occupants should con-tinue to remain seated as outlined above.

Troubleshooting

If you think the front passenger air bag statuslight is incorrect:

1. If the light is ON with an adult occupyingthe front passenger seat:

• Occupant is a small adult — the air bag lightis functioning as intended. The front pas-senger air bag and passenger knee air bagare suppressed.

However, if the occupant is not a small adult,then this may be due to the following condi-tions that may be interfering with the weightsensors:

• Occupant is not sitting upright, leaningagainst the seatback, and centered on theseat cushion with his/her feet comfortablyextended to the floor.


• A rear passenger pushing or pulling on theback of the front passenger seat.

• Forcing the front seat or seatback againstan object on the seat or floor behind it.


• An object placed between the seat cushionand center console or between the seatcushion and the door.

If the vehicle is moving, please come to a stopwhen it is safe to do so. Check and correctany of the above conditions. Restart the ve-hicle and wait 1 minute.

NOTE:

A system check will be performed duringwhich the front passenger air bag statuslight will remain lit for about 7 secondsinitially.

If the light is still ON after this, the personshould be advised not to ride in the frontpassenger seat and the vehicle should bechecked as soon as possible. It is recom-mended that you visit an INFINITI retailer forthis service.

2. If the light is OFF with a small adult, childor child restraint occupying the front pas-senger seat.

This may be due to the following condi-tions that may be interfering with theweight sensors:

• Small adult or child is not sitting upright,leaning against the seatback, and centeredon the seat cushion with his/her feet com-fortably extended to the floor.

• The child restraint is not properly installed,as outlined in the “Child Restraints”(P. 1-22) section of this manual.

• An object weighing over 4 kg (9.1 lbs.)hanging on the seat or placed in the seat-back pocket.


• A rear passenger pushing or pulling on theback of the front passenger seat.

• Forcing the front seat or seatback againstan object on the seat or floor behind it.


• An object placed between the seat cushionand center console.


If the vehicle is moving, please come to a stopwhen it is safe to do so. Check and correctany of the above conditions. Restart the ve-hicle and wait 1 minute.

NOTE:

A system check will be performed duringwhich the front passenger air bag statuslight will remain lit for about 7 secondsinitially.

If the light is still OFF after this, the smalladult, child or child restraint should be repo-sitioned in the rear seat and the vehicleshould be checked as soon as possible. It isrecommended that you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for this service.

3. If the light is OFF with no front passengerand no objects on the front passengerseat, the vehicle should be checked. It isrecommended that you visit an INFINITIretailer as soon as possible.

Other supplemental front-impact air bagprecautions

WARNING

• Do not place any objects on the steeringwheel pad or on the instrument panel.Also, do not place any objects betweenany occupant and the steering wheel orinstrument panel. Such objects may be-come dangerous projectiles and cause in-jury if the front air bags inflate.

• Immediately after inflation, severalfront air bag system components will behot. Do not touch them; you may se-verely burn yourself.

• No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring of thesupplemental air bag system. This is toprevent accidental inflation of thesupplemental air bag or damage to thesupplemental air bag system.

• Do not make unauthorized changes toyour vehicle's electrical system, suspen-sion system or front end structure. Thiscould affect proper operation of thefront air bag system.

• Tampering with the front air bag systemmay result in serious personal injury.Tampering includes changes to thesteering wheel and the instrument panelassembly by placing material over thesteering wheel pad and above the instru-ment panel or by installing additionaltrim material around the air bag system.

• Removing or modifying the front pas-senger seat may affect the function ofthe air bag system and result in seriouspersonal injury.

• Modifying or tampering with the frontpassenger seat may result in serious per-sonal injury. For example, do not changethe front seats by placing material on theseat cushion or by installing additionaltrim material, such as seat covers, on theseat that are not specifically designed toassure proper air bag operation. Addi-tionally, do not stow any objects underthe front passenger seat or the seatcushion and seatback. Such objects mayinterfere with the proper operation ofthe occupant classification sensor(weight sensor).


• No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring of theseat belt system. This may affect thefront air bag system. Tampering with theseat belt system may result in seriouspersonal injury.

• It is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for work on and aroundthe front air bag. It is also recommendedthat you visit an INFINITI retailer for in-stallation of electrical equipment. TheSupplemental Restraint System (SRS)wiring harnesses* should not be modifiedor disconnected. Unauthorized electricaltest equipment and probing devicesshould not be used on the air bag system.

• A cracked windshield should be replacedimmediately by a qualified repair facility.A cracked windshield could affect thefunction of the supplemental air bagsystem.

*The SRS wiring harness connectors are yel-low and orange for easy identification.

When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the front air bagsystem and guide the buyer to the appropri-ate sections in this Owner's Manual.

Front and rear outboardseat-mounted side-impactsupplemental air bag androof-mounted curtain side-impactand rollover supplemental air bagsystems

The side air bags are located in the outside ofthe seatback of the front and rear outboardseats. The curtain air bags are located in theside roof rails. All of the information, cau-tions and warnings in this manual must befollowed. The side air bags and curtain airbags are designed to inflate in higher severityside collisions, although they may inflate if

the forces in another type of collision aresimilar to those of a higher severity impact.They are designed to inflate on the sidewhere the vehicle is impacted. They may notinflate in certain side collisions.

Curtain air bags are also designed to inflate incertain types of rollover collisions or nearrollovers. As a result, certain vehicle move-ments (for example, during severe off-roading) may cause the curtain air bags toinflate.

Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always anindication of proper side air bag and curtainair bag operation.

When the side air bags and curtain air bagsinflate, a fairly loud noise may be heard, fol-lowed by the release of smoke. This smoke isnot harmful and does not indicate a fire. Careshould be taken not to inhale it, as it maycause irritation and choking. Those with ahistory of a breathing condition should getfresh air promptly.

Side air bags, along with the use of seat belts,help to cushion the impact force on the chestand pelvic area of the front and rear outboardoccupants. Curtain air bags help to cushionthe impact force to the head of occupants inthe front and rear outboard seating positions.They can help save lives and reduce serious

LRS3142


injuries. However, an inflating side air bagand curtain air bag may cause abrasions orother injuries. Side air bags and curtain airbags do not provide restraint to the lowerbody.

The seat belts should be correctly worn andthe driver, front passenger and rear outboardoccupants seated upright as far as practicalaway from the side air bag. Rear seat passen-gers should be seated as far away as practi-cal from the door finishers and side roof rails.The side air bags and curtain air bags inflatequickly in order to help protect the occupants.Because of this, the force of the side air bagand curtain air bag inflating can increase therisk of injury if the occupant is too close to, oris against, these air bag modules during infla-tion. The side air bag will deflate quickly afterthe collision is over.

The curtain air bag will remain inflated for ashort time.

The side air bags and curtain air bags oper-ate only when the ignition switch is placed inthe ON position.


WARNING

• Do not place any objects near the seat-back of the front and rear seats. Also, donot place any objects (an umbrella, bag,etc.) between the front and rear doorfinisher and the front and rear seat. Suchobjects may become dangerous projec-tiles and cause injury if a side air baginflate.

• Right after inflation, several side air bagand curtain air bag system componentswill be hot. Do not touch them; you mayseverely burn yourself.

• No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring of theside air bag and curtain air bag systems.This is to prevent damage to or acciden-tal inflation of the side air bag and cur-tain air bag or damage to the side air bagand curtain air bag systems.

• Do not make unauthorized changes toyour vehicle's electrical system, suspen-sion system or side panel. This could af-fect proper operation of the side air bagand curtain air bag systems.

• Tampering with the side air bag systemmay result in serious personal injury. Forexample, do not change the front andrear seats by placing material near theseatbacks or by installing additional trimmaterial, such as seat covers, around theside air bag.

• It is recommended that you visit aINFINITI retailer for work on and aroundthe side air bag and curtain air bag. It isalso recommended that you visit aINFINITI retailer for installation of elec-trical equipment. The SRS wiring har-nesses* should not be modified or dis-connected. Unauthorized electrical testequipment and probing devices shouldnot be used on the side air bag or curtainair bag system.

* The SRS wiring harness connectors are yel-low and orange for easy identification.

When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the side air bagand curtain air bag systems and guide thebuyer to the appropriate sections in thisOwner's Manual.


Driver and passenger supplementalknee air bag

The knee air bag is located in the knee bolster,on the driver’s and passenger’s side. All of theinformation, cautions and warnings in thismanual apply and must be followed. Theknee air bag is designed to inflate in higherseverity frontal collisions, although it may in-flate if the forces in another type of collisionare similar to those of a higher severity fron-tal impact. It may not inflate in certaincollisions.

Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always anindication of proper knee air bag operation.

When the knee air bag inflates, a fairly loudnoise may be heard, followed by release ofsmoke. This smoke is not harmful and doesnot indicate a fire. Care should be taken notto inhale it, as it may cause irritation andchoking. Those with a history of a breathingcondition should get fresh air promptly.

The knee air bag helps to cushion the impactforce on the knees of the driver and passen-ger. It can help reduce serious injuries. How-ever, an inflating knee air bag may causeabrasions or other injuries. The knee air bagprovides restraint to the lower body.

The knee air bag inflates quickly in order tohelp protect the occupants. Because of this,the force of the knee air bag inflating canincrease the risk of injury if the occupant istoo close to, or is against, this air bag moduleduring inflation. The knee air bag will deflatequickly after the collision is over OR the kneeair bag will remain inflated for a short time.

The knee air bag operates only when the ig-nition switch is placed in the ON position.


LRS3279

Driver’s side

LRS3280

Passenger’s side


WARNING

• Do not place any objects between theknee bolster and the driver’s or passen-ger’s seat. Such objects may becomedangerous projectiles and cause injury ifa knee air bag inflates.

• Right after inflation, the knee air bagsystem components will be hot. Do nottouch them; you may severely burnyourself.

• No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring of theknee air bag system. This is to preventdamage to or accidental inflation of theknee air bag system.

• Do not make unauthorized changes toyour vehicle's electrical system or sus-pension system. This could affect properoperation of the knee air bag system.

• Tampering with the knee air bag systemmay result in serious personal injury. Forexample, do not change the driver kneebolster or install additional trim materialaround the knee air bag.

• It is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for work on and aroundthe knee air bag. It is also recommendedthat you visit an INFINITI retailer for in-stallation of electrical equipment. TheSRS wiring harnesses* should not bemodified or disconnected. Unauthorizedelectrical test equipment and probingdevices should not be used on the kneeair bag system.

*The SRS wiring harness or connectors areyellow or orange for easy identification.

When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the knee air bagsystem and guide the buyer to the appropri-ate sections in this manual.

Seat belt with pretensioner(s) (frontand rear outboard seats)

WARNING

• The pretensioner(s) cannot be reused af-ter activation. They must be replaced to-gether with the retractor and buckle as aunit.

• If the vehicle becomes involved in a colli-sion but pretensioner(s) are not acti-vated, be sure to have the pretensionersystem checked and, if necessary, re-placed. It is recommended that you visitan INFINITI retailer for this service.

• No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring of thepretensioner system. This is to preventdamage to or accidental activation of thepretensioner(s). Tampering with the pre-tensioner system may result in seriouspersonal injury.

• It is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for work on and aroundthe pretensioner system. It is also recom-mended that you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for installation of electrical equip-ment. Unauthorized electrical testequipment and probing devices shouldnot be used on the pretensioner system.

• If you need to dispose of the pretension-er(s) or scrap the vehicle, it is recom-mended that you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for this service. Incorrect disposalprocedures could cause personal injury.


The pretensioner system may activate withthe supplemental air bag system in certaintypes of collisions. Working with the seat beltretractor, the pretensioner(s) help tighten theseat belt when the vehicle becomes involvedin certain types of collisions, helping to re-strain front seat occupants.

The pretensioner(s) are encased within theseat belt retractor and to the seat belt anchoraffixed to the floor of the vehicle. These seatbelts are used the same way as conventionalseat belts.

When pretensioner(s) activate, smoke is re-leased and a loud noise may be heard. Thissmoke is not harmful and does not indicate afire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as itmay cause irritation and choking. Those witha history of a breathing condition should getfresh air promptly.

After the pretensioner(s’) activation, load lim-iters allow the seat belt to release webbing (ifnecessary) to reduce forces against the chest.

The supplemental air bag warning lightis used to indicate malfunctions in the preten-sioner system. For additional information,see "Supplemental air bag warning light"(P. 1-61). If the operation of the supplementalair bag warning light indicates there is a mal-function, have the system checked. It is rec-ommended that you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.

When selling your vehicle, we request thatyou inform the buyer about the pretensionersystem and guide the buyer to the appropri-ate sections in this Owner's Manual.

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAGWARNING LABELSWarning labels about the supplementalfront-impact air bag systems are placed inthe vehicle as shown in the illustration.

WARNING

Do not use a rear-facing child restraint on aseat protected by an air bag in front of it. Ifthe air bag deploys, it may cause seriousinjury or death.

WRS0885

1. SRS air bag warning labels (located on thesun visors)


SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAGWARNING LIGHT

The supplemental air bag warning light, dis-playing in the instrument panel, moni-tors the circuits for the air bag systems, pre-tensioner(s) and all related wiring.

When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates for about 7 seconds and thenturns OFF. This means the system isoperational.

If any of the following conditions occur, thefront air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag,knee air bag and pretensioner systems needservicing:

• The supplemental air bag warning light re-mains on after approximately 7 seconds.

• The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

• The supplemental air bag warning lightdoes not come on at all.

Under these conditions, the front air bag, sideair bag, curtain air bag, knee air bag or pre-tensioner systems may not operate properly.They must be checked and repaired. It is rec-ommended that you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warning light ison, it could mean that the front air bag, sideair bag, curtain air bag, knee air bag and/orpretensioner systems will not operate in anaccident. To help avoid injury to yourself orothers, have your vehicle checked as soonas possible. It is recommended that youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

Repair and replacement procedure

The front air bags, side air bags, curtain airbags, knee air bags and pretensioner(s) aredesigned to inflate on a one-time-only basis.As a reminder, unless it is damaged, thesupplemental air bag warning light remainsilluminated after inflation has occurred.These systems should be repaired and/or re-placed as soon as possible. It is recom-mended that you visit an INFINITI retailer forthis service.

When maintenance work is required on thevehicle, the front air bags, side air bags, cur-tain air bags, knee air bags, pretensioner(s)and related parts should be pointed out to theperson performing the maintenance. The ig-nition switch should always be in the LOCKposition when working under the hood orinside the vehicle.

LRS0100


WARNING

• Once a front air bag, side air bag, curtainair bag or knee air bag has inflated, theair bag module will not function againand must be replaced. Additionally, theactivated pretensioner(s) must also bereplaced. The air bag module and preten-sioner(s) should be replaced. It is recom-mended that you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for this service. However, the airbag module and pretensioner(s) cannotbe repaired.

• The front air bag, side air bag, curtain airbag, knee air bag systems and the pre-tensioner system should be inspected ifthere is any damage to the front end orside portion of the vehicle. It is recom-mended that you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for this service.

• If you need to dispose of a supplementalair bag or pretensioner systems or scrapthe vehicle, it is recommended that youvisit an INFINITI retailer. Incorrect dis-posal procedures could cause personalinjury.

• If there is an impact to your vehicle fromany direction, your Occupant Classifica-tion Sensor (OCS) should be checked toverify it is still functioning correctly. It isrecommended that you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service. The OCS shouldbe checked even if no air bags deploy as aresult of the impact. Failure to verifyproper OCS function may result in an im-proper air bag deployment resulting ininjury or death.


MEMO


2 Instruments and controls

Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2Meters and gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4

Speedometer and odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7Distance To Empty (DTE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7Variable Compression Turbo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-8

Warning lights, indicator lights and audiblereminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9

Checking lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10Warning/Indicator lights (red) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10Warning/Indicator lights (yellow) . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13Warning/Indicator lights (other) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18

Vehicle information display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19How to use the vehicle informationdisplay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-19Startup display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20Resetting the trip computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20Oil control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20Vehicle information display warnings andindicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-21

Security systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29Vehicle security system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-29INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System . . . . . . . . . 2-30

Wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32Switch operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32Rain-sensing auto wiper system(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33Rear switch operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34

Rear window defroster, outside mirrordefroster (if so equipped), and wiper deicer(if so equipped) switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35Headlight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36

Headlight control switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36LED Daytime Running Lights (DRL)system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40Instrument brightness control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41Fog light switch (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42

Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42Climate controlled seat switches(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42Heated seats (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43Steering Assist switch (for vehicles withProPILOT Assist) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45Front and rear sonar system switch(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45Head Up Display (HUD) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . 2-46

How to use the HUD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46

Driver Assistance/Navigation linking . . . . . . . . . 2-47E-call (SOS) button (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48Power outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48

12v outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48Extended storage switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50

Front-door pockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50Seatback pockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51Front console lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-51Storage trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-52Console box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53Overhead sunglasses storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54Cargo area storage bin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55Luggage hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55Coat hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56Roof rack (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-56Cargo cover (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-62

Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-63

Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-63Rear door sunshade (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . 2-65

Moonroof (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-66Power moonroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-66

Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-68Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-69Personal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-69Cargo light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-69

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-70

Programming HomeLink® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-70Programming HomeLink® for Canadiancustomers and gate openers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-72Operating the HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-73Programming trouble-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-73Clearing the programmed information . . . . . . . 2-73Reprogramming a single HomeLink®button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-73If your vehicle is stolen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-74

1. Vent (P. 4-33)2. Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System*

Steering wheel switch for audio control*

Center display multi-function control

buttons*

3. High beam/turn signal switch (P. 2-41)Paddle shifters (P. 5-18)Trip reset switch (P. 2-4)

4. Driver supplemental air bag (P. 1-41)Horn (P. 1-41)

5. Meters and gauges (P. 2-4)Warning and indicator lights (P. 2-9)Vehicle information display (P. 2-19)

6. Wiper and washer switch (P. 2-32)Rear wiper and washer switch (P. 2-32)

7. Automatic heater and air conditioning

controls (P. 4-34)Driver side climate controlled seat

switches (if so equipped) (P. 2-42)Driver side heated seat switches

(if so equipped) (P. 2-43)8. Upper and lower displays*

Navigation system* (if so equipped)9. Automatic heater and air conditioning

controls (P. 4-34)Passenger side climate controlled seat

switches (if so equipped) (P. 2-42)Passenger side heated seat switches

(if so equipped) (P. 2-43)Rear window defroster, outside mirror

defroster (if so equipped), and wiper

deicer (if so equipped) switch (P. 2-35)10. Front passenger supplemental air bag

(P. 1-41)11. Passenger supplemental knee air bag

(P. 1-41)

LII2654

INSTRUMENT PANEL

2-2 Instruments and controls

12. Glove box (P. 2-50)13. Audio system controls*

Front passenger air bag status light

(P. 1-41)14. INFINITI controller*15. Power outlet (P. 2-48)

USB port*Cup holders (P. 2-50)Storage (P. 2-50)

16. Shift lever (P. 5-18)17. Push-button ignition switch (P. 5-13)

Electronic parking brake switch (P. 5-23)Automatic brake hold switch (P. 5-25)

18. Hazard warning flasher switch (P. 6-2)19. ProPILOT Assist Switch (if so equipped)

(P. 5-77)Cruise control switches (if so equipped)

(P. 5-75)Distance control switch (if so equipped)

(P. 5-106)Control panel and vehicle information

display switches (P. 2-19)20. Driver supplemental knee air bag

(P. 1-41)21. Tilt and telescopic steering wheel control

(P. 3-31)

22. Hood release (P. 3-21)23. Instrument brightness control (P. 2-36)

Front and rear sonar system switch

(if so equipped) (P. 5-160)Steering assist switch (for vehicles with

ProPILOT Assist) (if so equipped)

(P. 2-45)Instrument panel liftgate switch (P. 3-21)Headlight switch (P. 2-36)Fog light switch (if so equipped) (P. 2-42)Head Up Display (HUD) OFF switch

(if so equipped) (P. 2-46)*: Refer to the separate INFINITI InTouch TM

Owner's Manual.


Instruments and controls 2-3

1. Tachometer2. Warning and indicator lights3. Vehicle information display

OdometerTwin trip odometerTransmission position indicator

4. Speedometer5. Fuel gauge6. Engine coolant temperature gauge

SPEEDOMETER ANDODOMETER

This vehicle is equipped with a speedometerand odometer. The speedometer is locatedon the right side of the meter cluster. Theodometer is located within the vehicle infor-mation display.

LIC4174

METERS AND GAUGES


Speedometer

The speedometer indicates vehicle speed.

Odometer/Twin trip odometer

The odometer and the twin trip odometer O1

are displayed in the vehicle information dis-play when the ignition switch is placed in theON position.

The odometer records the total distance thevehicle has been driven.

The twin trip odometer records the distanceof individual trips.

Changing the display

Push the TRIP RESET switch O2 on the leftside of the steering column to change thedisplay as follows:

Trip → Trip → Odometer Mile-

age → Trip

Resetting the trip odometerPushing the TRIP RESET switch O2 for morethan 1 second resets the currently displayedtrip odometer to zero.

LIC3847 LIC3848


TACHOMETER

The tachometer indicates engine speed inrevolutions per minute (rpm). Do not rev theengine into the red zone O1 .

CAUTION

When engine speed approaches the redzone, reduce engine speed. Operating theengine in the red zone may cause seriousengine damage.

ENGINE COOLANTTEMPERATURE GAUGE

The gauge indicates the engine coolant tem-perature. The engine coolant temperature iswithin the normal range O1 when the gaugeneedle points within the zone shown in theillustration.

The engine coolant temperature varies withthe outside air temperature and drivingconditions.

CAUTION

If the gauge indicates coolant temperaturenear the hot (H) end of the normal range,reduce vehicle speed to decrease tempera-ture. If the gauge is over the normal range,stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible.If the engine is overheated, continued op-eration of the vehicle may seriously dam-age the engine. For additional information,see “If your vehicle overheats” (P. 6-7) forimmediate action required.

LIC3849 LIC3850


FUEL GAUGE

The gauge indicates the approximate fuellevel in the tank.

The gauge may move slightly during braking,turning, acceleration, or going up or downhills.

The gauge needle returns to 0 (Empty) afterthe ignition switch is placed in the OFFposition.

The low fuel warning comes on when theamount of fuel in the tank is getting low.

Refill the fuel tank once the Low Fuel warn-ing indicator in the vehicle information dis-play illuminates as indicated by LowFuel.

The indicates that the fuel-filler door islocated on the driver's side of the vehicle.

CAUTION

• If the vehicle runs out of fuel, theMalfunction Indicator Light (MIL) maycome on. Refuel as soon as possible. Af-ter a few driving trips. the lightshould turn off. If the light remains onafter a few driving trips, have the vehicleinspected. It is recommended that youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

• For additional information, see “Mal-function Indicator Light (MIL)”(P. 2-15).

DISTANCE TO EMPTY (DTE)Displays the estimated distance the vehiclecan be driven before refueling. The value iscalculated based on recent fuel economy, theamount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank, andthe actual fuel consumption.

Changes in driving patterns or conditions cancause the DTE value to vary. As a result, thevalue displayed may differ from the actualdistance that can be driven.

DTE display will change to “---” when the fuellevel in the tank is getting low, prior to the fuelgauge reaching 0 (Empty).

NOTE:• The DTE value after refill is estimated

based on recent fuel economy and amountof fuel added.

• If a small amount of fuel is added, or theignition is on during refueling, the displaymay not be updated.

• Conditions that affect the fuel economywill also affect the estimated DTE value(city/highway driving, idle time, remotestart time, terrain, seasonal weather,added vehicle weight, added deflectors,roof racks, etc.).

LIC3851


VARIABLE COMPRESSIONTURBO

Your engine is equipped with a variable com-pression ratio system called “Variable Com-pression Turbo”. This system can vary theengine compression ratio continuously.

According to driving conditions, the systemapplies optimum compression ratio auto-matically to achieve both high output andhigh fuel economy efficiency.

This is not a physical gauge. It is a displayoption in the vehicle information display thatcan be selected. For additional information,see “Vehicle information display” (P. 2-19).

�1 Compression ratio status displayDisplays the status of compression ratiocontrolled by Variable CompressionTurbo. The lowest compression ratio(8:1) and the highest (14:1) are displayedas “Power” and ”Eco” respectively.

�2 Turbo charger boost pressure gaugeDisplays the turbo charger boostpressure.

NOTE:

Under some conditions, the compression ra-tio may not change. This is not a malfunctionof the system.

CAUTION

If the Variable Compression Turbo be-comes faulty, the Malfunction IndicatorLight (MIL) may come on. For additionalinformation, see “Malfunction IndicatorLight (MIL)” (P. 2-15).

LIC3924


Warning/Indicator light (red) Warning/Indicator light (yellow) Warning/Indicator light (other)

or Brake warning light or Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)

warning light

Automatic brake hold indicator light

(white/green)

Charge warning light or Electronic parking brake

warning light

Eco drive indicator light (green)

(if so equipped)

Electric shift control system warning light Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) with

Pedestrian Detection system warning light

Front fog light indicator light (green)

(if so equipped)

or Electronic parking brake

indicator light

Front passenger air bag status light High Beam Assist indicator light (green)

Engine oil pressure warning light Low tire pressure warning light High beam indicator light (blue)

Master warning light Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) Side light and headlight indicator light

(green)

Seat belt warning light and chime Master warning light Turn signal/hazard indicator lights (green)

Security indicator light Power steering warning light

Supplemental air bag warning light Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) warning light

WARNING LIGHTS, INDICATORLIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS


Warning/Indicator light (red) Warning/Indicator light (yellow) Warning/Indicator light (other)

Slip indicator light

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF

indicator light

CHECKING LIGHTS

With all doors closed, apply the parkingbrake, fasten the seat belts and place theignition switch in the ON position withoutstarting the engine. The following lights (if soequipped) will come on:

, , , , or ,

The following lights (if so equipped) come onbriefly and then go off:

or , , , , ,or , ,

If any light fails to come on or operate in away other than described, it may indicate aburned-out bulb and/or a system malfunc-tion. Have the system checked. It is recom-mended that you visit an INFINITI retailer forthis service.

Some indicators and warnings are also dis-played in the vehicle information display be-tween the speedometer and tachometer. Foradditional information, see “Vehicle informa-tion display” (P. 2-19).

WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS(red)For additional information, see “Vehicle in-formation display” (P. 2-19).

or Brake warninglight

This light functions for the foot brake system.

Low brake fluid warning light

When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the light warns of a low brake fluidlevel. If the light comes on while the engine isrunning, with the parking brake not applied,stop the vehicle and perform the following:

1. Check the brake fluid level. Add brake fluidas necessary. For additional information,see “Brake fluid” (P. 8-10).

2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have thewarning system checked. It is recom-mended that you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.


WARNING

• Your brake system may not be workingproperly if the warning light is on. Driv-ing could be dangerous. If you judge it tobe safe, drive carefully to the nearestservice station for repairs. Otherwise,have your vehicle towed because drivingit could be dangerous.

• Pressing the brake pedal with the enginestopped and/or a low brake fluid levelmay increase your stopping distance andbraking will require greater pedal effortas well as pedal travel.

• If the brake fluid level is below the MINI-MUM or MIN mark on the brake fluidreservoir, do not drive until the brakesystem has been checked. It is recom-mended that you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for this service.

Charge warning light

If this light comes on while the engine is run-ning, it may indicate the charging system isnot functioning properly. Turn the engine offand check the generator belt. If the belt isloose, broken, or missing or if the light re-

mains on, have the system checked. It is rec-ommended that you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.

CAUTION

Do not continue driving if the generatorbelt is loose, broken or missing.

Electric shift control systemwarning light

This light illuminates when a malfunction oc-curs in the electric shift control system. Whenthe master warning light illuminates, thechime sounds and the following message isdisplayed in the vehicle information display:“When parked apply parking brake”.

When the ignition is placed in the OFF posi-tion, the chime sounds continuously. Ensurethe parking brake is applied

Have the system checked. It is recommendedthat you visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice.

or Electronic parkingbrake indicatorlight

This light illuminates when the electronicparking brake system is operating.

When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the electronic parking brake warn-ing light illuminates. When the engine isstarted and the parking brake is released, thewarning light turns off.

If the parking brake is not released, the elec-tronic parking brake warning light remainsilluminated. Ensure the electronic parkingbrake warning light has turned off beforedriving.

If the electronic parking brake warning lightilluminates or flashes while the electronicparking brake system warning light or

(yellow) illuminates, it may indicate thatthe electronic parking brake system is notfunctioning properly. Have the systemchecked. It is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

For additional information, see “Electronicparking brake” (P. 5-23).

Engine oil pressure warninglight

This light warns of low engine oil pressure. Ifthe light flickers or comes on during normaldriving, pull off the road in a safe area, stopthe engine immediately and call an INFINITIretailer or other authorized repair shop.


The engine oil pressure warning light is notdesigned to indicate a low oil level. Use thedipstick to check the oil level. For additionalinformation, see “Engine oil” (P. 8-6).

CAUTION

Running the engine with the engine oilpressure warning light on could cause seri-ous damage to the engine almost immedi-ately. Such damage is not covered by war-ranty. Turn off the engine as soon as it issafe to do so.

Master warning light

When the ignition switch is in the ON posi-tion, the master warning light illuminates ifany of the following (if so equipped) are dis-played on the vehicle information display:

• Parking brake warning

• Door warning (when vehicle is moving)

• Shift position warning

• Low battery warning

• Handle Release warning

For additional information, see “Vehicle in-formation display” (P. 2-19).

Seat belt warning light andchime

The light and chime remind you to fasten yourseat belts. The light illuminates whenever theignition switch is placed in the ON positionand remains illuminated until the driver's seatbelt is fastened. At the same time, the chimesounds for about 6 seconds unless the driv-er's seat belt is securely fastened.

The seat belt warning light may also illumi-nate if the front passenger's seat belt is notfastened when the front passenger's seat isoccupied. For 7 seconds after the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position, the sys-tem does not activate the warning light forthe front passenger.

The 2nd row seats may be also equipped witha seat belt warning light.

For additional information, see “Seat belts”(P. 1-11).

Security indicator light

This light blinks when the ignition switch isplaced in the OFF or LOCK position.

The blinking security indicator light indicatesthat the security systems equipped on thevehicle are operational.

For additional information, see “Security sys-tems” (P. 2-29).

Supplemental air bagwarning light

When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates for about 7 seconds and thenturns off. This means the system isoperational.

If any of the following conditions occur, thefront air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag, andpretensioner seat belt systems needservicing:

• The supplemental air bag warning light re-mains on after approximately 7 seconds.

• The supplemental air bag warning lightflashes intermittently.

• The supplemental air bag warning lightdoes not come on at all.

It is recommended that you visit an INFINITIretailer for these services.

Unless checked and repaired, the supplemen-tal restraint system (air bag system) and/orthe pretensioners may not function properly.For additional information, see “Supplemen-tal Restraint System (SRS)” (P. 1-41).


WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warning light ison, it could mean that the front air bag, sideair bag, curtain air bag and/or preten-sioner systems will not operate in an acci-dent. To help avoid injury to yourself orothers, have your vehicle checked as soonas possible. It is recommended that youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS(yellow)


or Anti-lock BrakingSystem (ABS)warning light

When the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, the ABS warning light illuminatesand then turns off. This indicates the ABS isoperational.

If the ABS light comes on while the engine isrunning, it may indicate the anti-lock brakingsystem is not functioning properly. Have thesystem checked. It is recommended that youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lockfunction is turned off. The brake system thenoperates normally, but without anti-lock as-sistance. For additional information, see“Brake system” (P. 5-152).

or Electronic parkingbrake warning light

The electronic parking brake system warninglight functions for the electronic parkingbrake system. If the warning light illuminates,it may indicate the electronic parking brakesystem is not functioning properly. Have thesystem checked. It is recommended that youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.


Forward EmergencyBraking (FEB) withPedestrian Detectionsystem warning light

This light comes on when the ignition switchis placed in the ON position. It turns off afterthe engine is started.

This light illuminates when the FEB with Pe-destrian Detection system is set to OFF in thelower display.

If the light illuminates when the FEB withPedestrian Detection system is on, it mayindicate that the system is unavailable. Foradditional information, see “Forward Emer-gency Braking (FEB) with Pedestrian Detec-tion” (P. 5-123) and “Predictive Forward Col-lision Warning (PFCW)” (P. 5-133).

Front passenger air bagstatus light

The front passenger air bag status light willbe lit and the passenger front air bag will beoff depending on how the front passengerseat is being used.

For additional information, see “Front pas-senger air bag and status light” (P. 1-51).

Low tire pressure warninglight

Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS) that monitors thetire pressure of all tires.

The low tire pressure warning light warns oflow tire pressure or indicates that the TPMSis not functioning properly.

After the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, this light illuminates for about 1 sec-ond and turns off.


Low tire pressure warning

If the vehicle is being driven with low tirepressure, the warning light will illuminate. A“Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warning alsoappears in the vehicle information display.

When the low tire pressure warning light il-luminates, you should stop and adjust thetire pressure of all four tires to the recom-mended COLD tire pressure shown on theTire and Loading Information label located inthe driver's door opening. The low tire pres-sure warning light does not automaticallyturn off when the tire pressure is adjusted.After the tire is inflated to the recommendedpressure, the vehicle must be driven atspeeds above 16 mph (25 km/h) to activatethe TPMS and turn off the low tire pressurewarning light. Use a tire pressure gauge tocheck the tire pressure.

The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warningappears each time the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position as long as the lowtire pressure warning light remainsilluminated.

For additional information, see “Vehicle in-formation display” (P. 2-19) and “Tire Pres-sure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P. 5-5) and(P. 6-3).

TPMS malfunction

If the TPMS is not functioning properly, thelow tire pressure warning light will flash forapproximately 1 minute when the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position. The lightwill remain on after 1 minute. Have the sys-tem checked. It is recommended that you visitan INFINITI retailer for this service. The "TirePressure Low — Add Air" warning does notappear if the low tire pressure warning lightilluminates to indicate a TPMS malfunction.

For additional information, see “Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS)” (P. 5-5) and “Tirepressure” (P. 8-27).

WARNING

• Radio waves could adversely affect elec-tric medical equipment. Those who use apacemaker should contact the electricmedical equipment manufacturer for thepossible influences before use.

• If the light does not illuminate with theignition switch placed in the ON position,have the vehicle checked as soon as pos-sible. It is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

• If the light illuminates while driving,avoid sudden steering maneuvers orabrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed,pull off the road to a safe location andstop the vehicle as soon as possible. Driv-ing with under-inflated tires may perma-nently damage the tires and increase thelikelihood of tire failure. Serious vehicledamage could occur and may lead to anaccident and could result in serious per-sonal injury or death. Check the tire pres-sure for all four tires. Adjust the tirepressure to the recommended COLD tirepressure show on the Tire and LoadingInformation label located in the driver’sdoor opening to turn the low tire pres-sure warning light OFF. If the light stillilluminates while driving after adjustingthe tire pressure, a tire may be flat or theTPMS may be malfunctioning. If youhave a flat tire, replace it with a replace-ment tire as soon as possible. If no tire isflat and all tires are properly inflated,have the vehicle checked. It is recom-mended that you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for this service.


• When replacing a wheel without theTPMS such as the spare tire, the TPMSwill not function and the low tire pres-sure warning light will flash for approxi-mately 1 minute. The light will remain onafter 1 minute. Have your tires replacedand/or TPMS system reset as soon aspossible. It is recommended that youvisit an INFINITI retailer for theseservices.

• Replacing tires with those not originallyspecified by INFINITI could affect theproper operation of the TPMS.

CAUTION

• The TPMS is not a substitute for theregular tire pressure check. Be sure tocheck the tire pressure regularly.

• If the vehicle is being driven at speeds ofless than 16 mph (25 km/h), the TPMSmay not operate correctly.

• Be sure to install the specified size oftires to the four wheels correctly.

Malfunction Indicator Light(MIL)

If this indicator light comes on steady orblinks while the engine is running, it may indi-cate a potential emission controlmalfunction.

The MIL may also come on steady if thefuel-filler cap is loose or missing, or if thevehicle runs out of fuel. Check to make surethe fuel-filler cap is installed and closedtightly, and that the vehicle has at least 3gallons (11.4 liters) of fuel in the fuel tank.

After a few driving trips, the light shouldturn off if no other potential emission controlsystem malfunction exists.

If this indicator light comes on steady for 20seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds whenthe engine is not running, it indicates that thevehicle is not ready for an emission controlsystem inspection/maintenance test. For ad-ditional information, see “Readiness forInspection/Maintenance (I/M) test”(P. 10-32).

Master warning light

When the ignition switch is in the ON posi-tion, the master warning light illuminates ifany of the following (if so equipped) are dis-played on the vehicle information display:

• I-Key system warnings

• Low washer fluid warning

• Door/ liftgate open warning (when vehicleis stopped)

• Loose fuel cap warning

• Low tire pressure warning

• Flat tire warning

• Transmission system warning

• Headlight warning

• Driver Attention Support system warning

• Shipping mode warning

• All Wheel Drive (AWD) system warning

• Adaptive Front lighting System (AFS)warning

• Driving Aids malfunction warning

• Chassis Control system warning

• Engine warnings



Power steering warninglight

WARNING

• If the engine is not running or is turnedoff while driving, the power assist for thesteering will not work. Steering will beharder to operate.

• When the power steering warning lightilluminates with the engine running,there will be no power assist for thesteering. You will still have control of thevehicle, but the steering will be harder tooperate. Have the power steering sys-tem checked. It is recommended that youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

Models with Direct Adaptive Steering®:

When the ignition switch is in the ON posi-tion, the power steering warning light illumi-nates. After starting the engine, the powersteering warning light stays on for a fewseconds and turns off. This indicates thatDirect Adaptive Steering is operational. Drivethe vehicle after the power steering warninglight turns off.

If the power steering warning light illumi-nates while driving, pull off the road to a safelocation and stop the vehicle. If the powersteering warning light turns off, you can drive

again. If the power steering warning lightcontinues to illuminate, have the DirectAdaptive Steering checked. It is recom-mended that you visit an INFINITI retailer forthis service. For additional information, see“Power Steering”. (P. 5-149).

Models with electric power steering:

When the ignition switch is in the ON posi-tion, the power steering warning light illumi-nates. After starting the engine, the powersteering warning light turns off. This indicatesthe electric power steering is operational.

If the power steering warning light illumi-nates while the engine is running, it may indi-cate the electric power steering is not func-tioning properly and may need servicing. It isrecommended that you have the electricpower steering checked by an INFINITIretailer.

When the power steering warning light illu-minates with the engine running, the powerassist to the steering will cease operation butyou will still have control of the vehicle. At thistime, greater steering efforts are required tooperate the steering wheel, especially insharp turns and at low speeds. For additionalinformation, see “Power Steering” (P. 5-149).

Rear Automatic Braking(RAB) warning light

This light comes on when the ignition switchis placed in the ON position. It turns off afterthe engine is started.

This light illuminates when the RAB system isturned off in the vehicle information display.

If the light illuminates when the RAB systemis on, it may indicate that the system is un-available. For additional information, see“Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)” (P. 5-118).

Slip indicator light

This indicator light will blink when the VDCsystem is operating, thus alerting the driver tothe fact that the road surface is slippery andthe vehicle is nearing its traction limits.

You may feel or hear the system working; thisis normal.

The light will blink for a few seconds after theVDC system stops limiting wheel spin.


The indicator light also comes on whenyou place the ignition switch in the ON posi-tion. The light will turn off after a period oftime if the system is operational. If the lightdoes not come on have the system checked. Itis recommended that you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service.

Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) OFF indicator light

This indicator light comes on when the VDC isturned off in the lower display. This indicatesthe VDC has been turned off.

Turn the VDC on again by reactivating it inthe lower display, or restarting the engine.The system will be reactivated. For additionalinformation, see “Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) system” (P. 5-154).

The VDC light also comes on when the igni-tion switch is placed in the ON position. Thelight will turn off after a period of time if thesystem is operational. If the light stays on orcomes on along with the indicator lightwhile you are driving, have the VDC systemchecked. It is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

WARNING

VDC should remain on unless freeing a ve-hicle from mud or snow.

While the VDC system is operating, youmight feel a slight vibration or hear the sys-tem working when starting the vehicle or ac-celerating, but this is normal.

WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS(other)


Automatic brake holdindicator light (white/green)

This light illuminates to show the status ofthe automatic brake hold system.

When the automatic brake hold system is onstandby, the indicator will illuminate white.

When the automatic brake hold system isoperating, the indicator will illuminate green.

For additional information, see “Automaticbrake hold” (P. 5-25).

ECO drive indicator light(green) (if so equipped)

When the ECO mode has been selected, theECO drive indicator light will illuminate, blink,or remain off depending on the acceleratorpedal operation. This is to help the driver driveeconomically. For additional information, see“ECO mode” (P. 5-30).

Front fog light indicatorlight (green) (if so equipped)

The front fog light indicator light illuminateswhen the front fog lights are on. For addi-tional information, see “Fog light switch”(P. 2-42).

High Beam Assist indicatorlight (green)

This indicator light illuminates when theheadlights come on while the headlightswitch is in the AUTO position with the highbeams selected. This indicates that the highbeam assist is operational.

For additional information, see “Headlightswitch” (P. 2-36).


High beam indicator light(blue)

This blue light comes on when the headlighthigh beams are on and goes out when thelow beams are selected.

The high beam indicator light also comes onwhen the passing signal is activated.

Side light and headlightindicator light (green)

The side light and headlight indicator lightilluminates when the side light or headlightsare on (not including daytime running or sig-nature lights). If the headlight switch is in theAUTO position, the side light and headlightindicator light will illuminate when the head-lights turn on. For additional information, see“Headlight switch” (P. 2-36).

Turn signal/hazard indicatorlights (green)

The appropriate light flashes when the turnsignal switch is activated.

Both lights flash when the hazard switch isturned on.

AUDIBLE REMINDERS

Brake pad wear warning

The disc brake pads have audible wear warn-ings. When a disc brake pad requires replace-ment, it makes a high pitched scraping soundwhen the vehicle is in motion, whether or notthe brake pedal is depressed. Have the brakeschecked as soon as possible if the warningsound is heard.

Key reminder chime (if so equipped)

A chime sounds if the driver's door is openedwhile the ignition switch is placed in the OFFposition or placed in the OFF or LOCK posi-tion with the key left in the vehicle. Make surethe ignition switch is placed in the LOCKposition, and take the key with you whenleaving the vehicle.

Light reminder chime

With the ignition switch placed in the OFFposition, a chime sounds when the driver'sdoor is opened if the headlights or parkinglights are on.

Turn the headlight control switch off beforeleaving the vehicle.

Intelligent Key door buzzer

The Intelligent Key door buzzer sounds if anyone of the following improper operations isfound.

• The Intelligent Key is left inside the vehiclewhen locking the doors.

• The Intelligent Key is taken outside the ve-hicle when operating the vehicle.

When the buzzer sounds, be sure to checkboth the vehicle and the Intelligent Key Sys-tem. For additional information, see“INFINITI Intelligent Key” (P. 3-2).


The vehicle information display is located tothe left of the speedometer. It displays suchitems as:

• Trip computer information

• Drive system warnings and settings (if soequipped)

• Cruise control system information (if soequipped)

• Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (if soequipped) system information

• Intelligent Key operation information

• Indicators and warnings

• Tire Pressure information

• Compass

• Audio

• Fuel Economy

• Driving Aids

• Engine Oil

• Chassis Control

• Navigation (if so equipped)

• ProPILOT Assist (if so equipped)

• Traffic Sign Recognition (if so equipped)

• Other information

HOW TO USE THE VEHICLEINFORMATION DISPLAY

The vehicle information display can be navi-gated using the and buttons lo-cated on the steering wheel.

1. and — select/enter the vehicleinformation display menu items

Vehicle settings and features can be ad-justed in the lower display. For additionalinformation, refer to the separate INFINITIInTouch TM Owner’s Manual.

LIC3224 LIC3944

VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY


STARTUP DISPLAYWhen the vehicle in placed in the ON positionthe screens that display in the vehicle infor-mation include:

• Active system status

• Trip computer

• Tire pressure information

• Fuel economy

• Warnings

• Audio

• Navigation (if so equipped)

• Engine Oil

• Speed

• Intelligent Cruise Control (if so equipped)

• Variable Compression Turbo

• Chassis Control

• Driving Aids

Warnings will only display if there are anypresent. For additional information see, “Ve-hicle information display warnings and indi-cators” (P. 2-21).

To control what items display in the vehicleinformation display, refer to the separateINFINITI InTouch TM Owner’s Manual

RESETTING THE TRIPCOMPUTER

1. Press the button until you reach thetrip computer mode.

2. Press the button again for morethan 1.5 seconds to reset average fuelconsumption, average speed, distance toempty, and journey time.

OIL CONTROL SYSTEMEngine oil information informs the distanceto oil change. Never exceed one year or 7500miles (12000 km) between oil changeintervals.

Display whenignition is ON

Display timing Action Required

Engine OilService due inxxx miles

Remaining oillife is less than940 miles(1500 km).

Plan to haveyour vehicleserviced.

Engine OilService due

Remaining oillife is 0 miles(0 km).

Have yourvehicle servicedwithin twoweeks or lessthan 500 miles(800 km).

The oil change interval cannot be adjustedmanually.

The distance to oil change interval is calcu-lated depending on the driving conditions andset automatically by the oil control system.

CAUTION

If the oil replacement indicator is displayed,change the engine oil within two weeks orless than 500 miles (800 km).

Operating the vehicle with deteriorated oilcan damage the engine.

To reset oil control system:

1. Place the ignition switch in the “ON”position.

2. Push the trip computer switches andlocated on the right side of the steer-

ing wheel to change the display.

3. Select the Engine Oil Service due in xxxmiles display.

4. Push and hold the or switch forlonger than 1 second. Hold until the re-maining distance changes to – – – miles(km).


VEHICLE INFORMATIONDISPLAY WARNINGS ANDINDICATORSThe following messages may appear in yourvehicle information display.

Engine start operation forIntelligent Key system (ifI-Key battery level is low)

This indicator appears when the battery ofthe Intelligent Key is low and when the Intel-ligent Key system and the vehicle are notcommunicating normally.

If this appears, touch the ignition switch withthe Intelligent Key while depressing the brakepedal. For additional information, see“INFINITI Intelligent Key battery discharge”(P. 5-15).

Key Battery Low

This indicator appears when the IntelligentKey battery is running out of power.

If this indicator appears, replace the batterywith a new one. For additional information,see “Battery replacement” (P. 8-22).

Key ID Incorrect

This warning appears when the ignitionswitch is placed in the OFF position and theIntelligent Key is not recognized by the sys-tem. You cannot start the engine with anunregistered key.

For additional information, see “INFINITI In-telligent Key System” (P. 3-2).

Key System Error: SeeOwner’s Manual

After the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition, this warning appears for a period oftime and then turns off.

The Key System Error message warns of amalfunction with the Intelligent Key system.If the warning appears while the engine isstopped, it may be impossible to start theengine.

If the warning appears while the engine isrunning, you can drive the vehicle. However inthese cases, have the system checked. It isrecommended that you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for this service.

No Key Detected

This warning appears when the IntelligentKey is left outside the vehicle with the ignitionswitch in the ON position. Make sure theIntelligent Key is inside the vehicle.

For additional information, see “INFINITI In-telligent Key System” (P. 3-2).

AFS System Error: See Owner’s Manual

This message may appear when the AdaptiveFront lighting System (AFS) encounters anerror.

For additional information, see AdaptiveFront lighting System (AFS) (P. 2-40).

Chassis Control System Error: SeeOwner’s Manual

This warning appears if the chassis control isnot functioning properly. Have the systemchecked. It is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

. For additional information, see “ChassisControl” (P. 5-156).

Check position of shift lever

This message appears when a malfunctionoccurs in the electric shift device.



Door/liftgate Open

This warning appears when a door or theliftgate has been opened.

Flat Tire — Visit dealer

This warning appears when the low tire pres-sure warning light in the meter illuminatesand one or more flat tires are detected whiledriving. For additional information, see “Flattire” (P. 6-3) and “Types of tires” (P. 8-33).

Headlight System Error: See Owner’sManual

This warning appears when there is an errorwith the system. For additional information,see “Headlight switch” (P. 2-36).

INFINITI Drive Mode Selector indicators

These indicators show the current drivemode of the vehicle.

For additional information, see “INFINITIDrive Mode Selector” (P. 5-28).

Loose Fuel Cap

This warning appears when the fuel-filler capis not tightened correctly after the vehicle hasbeen refueled. For additional information,see “Fuel-filler cap” (P. 3-28).

Low Fuel

This warning appears when the fuel level inthe fuel tank is getting low. Refuel as soon asit is convenient, preferably before the fuelgauge reaches 0 (Empty). There will be asmall reserve of fuel in the tank when the fuelgauge needle reaches 0 (Empty).

Low Washer Fluid

This warning appears when the windshield-washer fluid is at a low level. Add windshield-washer fluid as necessary. For additional in-formation, see “Windshield-washer fluid”(P. 8-11).

Power will turn off to save the battery

This warning appears in the message area ofthe vehicle information display after a periodof time if the shift lever has not moved fromthe P (Park) position.

Power turned off to save the battery

This message appears after the ignitionswitch is automatically turned off. For addi-tional information, see “Push-button ignitionswitch positions” (P. 5-14).

Press Brake Pedal

This message may appear in the followingsituations:

• The driver tries to release the electronicparking brake manually without depressingthe brake pedal.

• The vehicle is stopped on a steep hill; andthere is a possibility of moving backwards,even if the electronic parking brake isapplied.

• The vehicle moves while the automaticbrake hold is activated.


Push brake and start switchto drive

This indicator appears when the shift lever isin the P (Park) position.

This indicator also appears when the vehiclehas been started using the Remote EngineStart (if so equipped) function.


This indicator means that the engine will startby pushing the ignition switch with the brakepedal depressed. You can start the enginefrom any position of the ignition switch.

Push Ignition to OFF

After the Push Ignition to OFF indicator ap-pears, the warning will appear if the ignitionswitch is placed in the AUTO ACC positionwhen the shift lever is moved to the P (Park)position.

To turn off the Push warning, place the igni-tion switch in the ON position and then in theLOCK position.

Rear seat belt reminder

This rear seat belt reminder appears afterstarting the engine.

If any of the rear passenger seat belts are notfastened, the seat belt icon illuminates in redto show which seat belt is not fastened.When a rear passenger’s seat belt has beensecurely fastened, the color of the corre-sponding seat belt icon will change. Thewarning will automatically turn off after ap-proximately 35 seconds.

A chime will sound one time and the rear seatbelt warning will appear if a rear passenger’sseat belt is unfastened. The chime will not

sound when the vehicle speed exceeds 10mph (15km/h). The seat belt icon illuminatesin red until the corresponding rear passen-ger’s seat belt is fastened. The warning willautomatically turn off after approximately 35seconds.

Release Parking Brake

This warning appears in the message area ofthe vehicle information display when theparking brake is set and the vehicle is driven.

Reminder: Turn OFFHeadlights

This warning appears when the headlightsare left in the ON position when exiting thevehicle. Place the headlight switch in the OFFor AUTO position. For additional informa-tion, see “Headlight switch” (P. 2-36).

Shift system malfunction: Visit Dealer

This message appears when a malfunctionoccurs in the electric shift control system at 6mph (10 km/h) or higher.


Shift to Park

This warning appears only when all the fol-lowing conditions are met:

• The ignition switch is in the ON position.

• The driver’s door is open.

• Vehicle is stopped (or vehicle speed is lessthan 1.8 mph (3 km/h).

• Shift lever is in a position other than the P(Park) position.

If this warning appears, move the shift leverto the P position.

Shift to P range

This warning appears when the driver’s dooris opened with the shift position in any posi-tion other than the P (Park) position.

If this warning appears, move the shift leverto the P position.

Shipping Mode On Push Storage Fuse

This warning may appear if the extendedstorage switch is not pushed in. When thiswarning appears, push in the extended stor-age switch to turn off the warning. For addi-tional information, see “Extended storageswitch” (P. 2-49).


Stop vehicle and Applyparking brake

This message may appear when the batterycharge is low.

Please park vehicle as soon as possible. It isrecommended that you visit an INFINITIretailer.

Transmission Shift Positionindicator

This indicator shows the transmission shiftposition.

Tire Pressure Low - Add Air

This warning appears when the low tire pres-sure warning light in the meter illuminatesand low tire pressure is detected. The warn-ing appears each time the ignition switch isplaced in the ON position as long as the lowtire pressure warning light remains illumi-nated. If this warning appears, stop the ve-hicle and adjust the tire pressures of all fourtires to the recommended COLD tire pres-sure shown on the Tire and Loading Informa-tion label. For additional information, see“Low tire pressure warning light” (P. 2-13)and “Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS)” (P. 5-5).

When parked apply parkingbrake

This message appears when a malfunctionoccurs in the electric shift control system be-low 6 mph (10 km/h).


AWD Error: See Owner’sManual

This warning appears when the all-wheeldrive system is not functioning properly whilethe engine is running.

AWD High Temp. Stop vehicle

This warning may appear while trying to freea stuck vehicle due to increased oil tempera-ture. The driving mode may change to2-Wheel Drive (2WD). If this warning is dis-played, stop the vehicle with the engine idling,as soon as it is safe to do so. Then if thewarning turns off, you can continue driving.

AWD Tire Size Incorrect: SeeOwner’s Manual

This warning may appear if there is a largedifference between the diameters of thefront and rear wheels. Pull off the road in asafe area, with the engine idling. Check thatall the tire sizes are the same, that the tirepressure is correct and that the tires are notexcessively worn.

CVT (AT) Malfunction Service now

This warning appears when there is a prob-lem with the CVT system. If this warningcomes on, have the system checked. It is rec-ommended that you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.

CVT (AT) hot Power reduced

This transmission has a high fluid tempera-ture protection mode. If the fluid temperaturebecomes too high (for example, climbingsteep grades in high temperatures with heavyloads, such as when towing a trailer), enginepower and, under some conditions, vehiclespeed will be decreased automatically to re-duce the chance of transmission damage.Vehicle speed can be controlled with the ac-celerator pedal, but the engine and vehiclespeed may be reduced.


WARNING

When the high fluid temperature protec-tion mode operation occurs, vehicle speedmay be gradually reduced. The reducedspeed may be lower than other traffic,which could increase the chance of a colli-sion. Be especially careful when driving. Ifnecessary, pull to the side of the road at asafe place and allow the transmission toreturn to normal operation; or have it re-paired if necessary.

Engine hot Power reduced

This engine has a high fluid temperature pro-tection mode. If the fluid temperature be-comes too high (for example, climbing steepgrades in high temperatures with heavyloads, such as when towing a trailer), enginepower and, under some conditions, vehiclespeed will be decreased automatically to re-duce the chance of engine damage. Vehiclespeed can be controlled with the acceleratorpedal, but the engine and vehicle speed maybe reduced.

WARNING

When the high fluid temperature protec-tion mode operation occurs, vehicle speedmay be gradually reduced. The reducedspeed may be lower than other traffic,which could increase the chance of a colli-sion. Be especially careful when driving. Ifnecessary, pull to the side of the road at asafe place and allow the engine to return tonormal operation; or have it repaired ifnecessary.

Engine Malfunction: Power ReducedService now

This warning appears when the engine is notoperating under normal conditions. If thiswarning comes on, have the system checked.

It is recommended that you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service.

Engine Malfunction Service now

This warning appears when there is a prob-lem with the engine. If this warning comes on,have the system checked. It is recommendedthat you visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice.

Engine Stalled: Stop safely

This message appears 30 seconds before thevehicle is shut down due to an above normaloperating exhaust temperature. The Mal-function Indicator Light (MIL) and malfunc-tion warning (red) will illuminate. Have thesystem checked. It is recommended that youvisit an INFINITI retailer immediately for thisservice.

Service CVT (AT) Power reduced

This transmission has a high fluid tempera-ture protection mode. If the fluid temperaturebecomes too high (for example, climbingsteep grades in high temperatures with heavyloads, such as when towing a trailer), enginepower and, under some conditions, vehiclespeed will be decreased automatically to re-duce the chance of transmission damage.Vehicle speed can be controlled with the ac-celerator pedal, but the engine and vehiclespeed may be reduced.


WARNING

When the high fluid temperature protec-tion mode operation occurs, vehicle speedmay be gradually reduced. The reducedspeed may be lower than other traffic,which could increase the chance of a colli-sion. Be especially careful when driving. Ifnecessary, pull to the side of the road at asafe place and allow the transmission toreturn to normal operation; or have it re-paired if necessary.

Blind Spot Warning (BSW)indicator

This indicator appears when the BSW systemis engaged.

For additional information, see “Blind SpotWarning (BSW)” (P. 5-45) and “Blind SpotIntervention® (BSI)” (P. 5-54).

Cruise control indicator

This indicator shows the cruise control sys-tem status.

When cruise control is activated, a greencircle will appear to indicate it is set. Thevehicle information display will also displaythe speed the cruise control was set at. If youaccelerate past the set speed, the speed willblink until you either cancel cruise control or

go back to the set speed. If cruise control is onand canceled, the speed will be displayed toshow the speed the vehicle will return to if theresume button is activated.

Currently not available

This message appears when the VDC systemis turned off. The following systems (if soequipped) will be turned off automatically:BSI system, DCA system, LDP system andthe ProPILOT Assist system.

For additional information, see “Vehicle Dy-namic Control (VDC)” (P. 5-154), “Blind SpotIntervention® (BSI)” (P. 5-54), “DistanceControl Assist (DCA)” (P. 5-106), “Lane De-parture Prevention (LDP)” (P. 5-40) and/or“ProPILOT Assist” (P. 5-77).

Distance Control Assist(DCA) ON / Lane DeparturePrevention (LDP) ON / BlindSpot Intervention® (BSI) ON/ ProPILOT Assist statusindicator

This indicator shows when the DCA/LDP/BSI/ProPILOT system is engaged.

For additional information, see “DistanceControl Assist (DCA)” (P. 5-106), Lane De-parture Prevention (LDP) (P. 5-40), Blind

Spot Intervention® (BSI) (P. 5-54), ProPILOTAssist (P. 5-77).

Lane Departure Warning(LDW)/Lane DeparturePrevention (LDP) indicator

This indicator shows when the LDW/LDPsystems are engaged.

For additional information, see “Lane Depar-ture Warning (LDW)” (P. 5-35) and “LaneDeparture Prevention (LDP) (P. 5-40).

Malfunction

This warning appears when one or more ofthe following systems (if so equipped) is notfunctioning properly:

• Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI)

• Blind Spot Warning (BSW)

• Distance Control Assist (DCA)

• Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) withPedestrian Detection

• Lane Departure Warning (LDW)

• Lane Departure Prevention (LDP)

• Predictive Forward Collision Warning(PFCW)

• ProPilot Assist

• Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)

• Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR)


If one or more of these warning appears,have the system checked. It is recommendedthat you visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice.

Not Available Bad Weather

This message may appear when the SteeringAssist system is engaged.

Under the following condition, the SteeringAssist system is automatically canceled:

• When the wiper (HI) operates

The system will be available when the abovecondition no longer exists.

Not Available: High Camera Temp

This message appears when the camera de-tects an interior temperature of more than104°F (40°C).

For additional information, see “Blind SpotIntervention® (BSI)” (P. 5-54) , “Lane Depar-ture Warning (LDW)” (P. 5-35), “Lane Depar-ture Prevention (LDP)” (P. 5-40) or “TrafficSign Recognition (TSR)” (P. 5-32).

Not Available Poor Road Conditions

This message may appear when the ProPI-LOT Assist system, the Blind Spot Interven-tion® (BSI) system, the Lane Departure Pre-vention (LDP) system or the Distance ControlAssist (DCA) system is engaged.

Under the following conditions, the ProPI-LOT Assist system, the Blind Spot Interven-tion® (BSI) system, the Lane Departure Pre-vention (LDP) system, or the DistanceControl Assist (DCA) system, is automaticallycanceled:

• When the VDC operates

• When a wheel slips

The above system cannot be used in somesituations (VDC operates and wheel slips).

Not Available Seat Belt NotFastened

This message may appear when the Intelli-gent Cruise Control (ICC) (with ProPILOTAssist) system is engaged.

Under the following condition, the ICC (withProPILOT Assist) system is automaticallycanceled:

• When the driver’s seat belt is not fastened

The above system cannot be used when thedriver’s seat belt is not fastened.

Not Available Visibility is Impaired

This message may appear when the Intelli-gent Cruise Control (ICC) (with ProPILOTAssist) system is engaged.

Under the following conditions, The ICC(with ProPILOT Assist) system is automati-cally canceled:

• The camera area of the windshield isfogged up or covered with dirt, waterdrops, ice, snow, etc.

• Strong light, such as sunlight or high beamsfrom oncoming vehicles, enter the frontcamera

The system will be available when the aboveconditions no longer exist.

If the warning message continues to appear,stop the vehicle in a safe location, turn theengine off, and clean the windshield.

ProPILOT Assist indicators

These indicators show the ProPILOT Assistsystem status.

For additional information, see “ProPILOTAssist” (P. 5-77).

Rear Automatic Braking(RAB) indicator

This indicator appears to indicate the statusof the Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) system.For additional information, see “Rear Auto-matic Braking (RAB)” (P. 5-119).


Speed Limit Sign indicator

This message may appear when the TrafficSign Recognition system is engaged.

For additional information, see “Traffic SignRecognition (TSR)” (P. 5-32).

Steering Assist Alert


It will be displayed under the followingcondition:

• When not holding the steering wheel orwhen there is no steering wheel operation

Please hold on the steering wheel immedi-ately. When the steering operation is de-tected, the warning turns off and the steeringassist function is automatically restored.

Steering Assist Not Available:Cannot Detect Lane


Under the following conditions, the SteeringAssist system is automatically canceled:

• When lane markers in the traveling lanecannot be correctly detected for a period oftime due to such items as a snow rut, re-flection of light on a rainy day or severalunclear lane markers are present

If you want to use the Steering Assist systemagain, cancel the ProPILOT Assist systemand set it again when lane markers are clearlyvisible.

Steering Assist status

This indicator appears when the Steering As-sist system is engaged.

For additional information, see “ProPILOTAssist” (P. 5-77).

System fault See Owner’s Manual

This warning appears if there is a malfunctionin the Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) system.For additional information, see “Rear Auto-matic Braking (RAB)” (P. 5-119).

Unavailable: Front Radar Blocked

This message appears when the DistanceControl Assist (DCA), Forward EmergencyBraking (FEB) with Pedestrian Detection, orPredictive Forward Collision Warning(PFCW) systems become unavailable be-cause the front radar is obstructed. For addi-tional information, see “Distance Control As-sist (DCA)” (P. 5-106), “Forward EmergencyBraking (FEB) with Pedestrian Detection”(P. 5-123), or “Predictive Forward CollisionWarning (PFCW)” (P. 5-133).

Unavailable: Side Radar Obstruction

This message appears when one of the fol-lowing systems (if so equipped) becomes un-available because a radar blockage is de-tected.

• Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI)

• Blind Spot Warning (BSW)

• Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)

For additional information, see “Starting anddriving” (P. 5-4).


Vehicle ahead detectionindicator

This indicator shows when the following sys-tems (if so equipped) are engaged and havedetected a vehicle:

• Distance Control Assist (DCA)

• Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) withPedestrian Detection

• Predictive Forward Collision Warning(PFCW)

For additional information, see “DistanceControl Assist (DCA)” (P. 5-106), “ForwardEmergency Braking (FEB) with PedestrianDetection” (P. 5-123) or “Predictive ForwardCollision Warning (PFCW)” (P. 5-133) Your vehicle has two types of security

systems:

• Vehicle security system

• INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System

VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM

The vehicle security system provides visualand audible alarm signals if someone opensthe doors, liftgate or hood when the system isarmed. It is not, however, a motion detectiontype system that activates when a vehicle ismoved or when a vibration occurs.

The system helps deter vehicle theft but can-not prevent it nor can it prevent the theft ofinterior or exterior vehicle components in allsituations. Always secure your vehicle even ifparking for a brief period. Never leave yourIntelligent Key in the vehicle, and always lockthe vehicle when unattended. Be aware ofyour surroundings, and park in secure, well-litareas whenever possible.

Many devices offering additional protection,such as component locks, identificationmarkers, and tracking systems, are availableat auto supply stores and specialty shops. AnINFINITI retailer may also offer such equip-ment. Check with your insurance company tosee if you may be eligible for discounts forvarious theft protection features.

How to arm the vehicle securitysystem

1. Close all windows and the moonroof (if soequipped). (The system can be armed evenif the windows and moonroof are open.)

2. Remove the Intelligent Key from thevehicle.

LIC0661

SECURITY SYSTEMS


3. Close all doors, hood and liftgate. Lock alldoors. The doors can be locked with theIntelligent Key, door handle requestswitch, or power door lock switch.

4. Confirm that the security indicatorlight stays on for about 30 seconds. Thevehicle security system is now pre-armed.The vehicle security system will automati-cally shift into the armed phase. Thesecurity light begins to flash once everythree seconds. If during the pre-armedphase one of the following occurs, thesystem will not arm:

• Any door is unlocked with the IntelligentKey or door request switch.

• Ignition switch is placed in AUTO ACC orON position.

• Even when the driver and/or passengersare in the vehicle, the system will activatewith all the doors, hood and liftgate lockedwith the ignition switch placed in theLOCK position. When placing the ignitionswitch in the AUTO ACC or ON position,the system will be released.

Vehicle security system activation

The vehicle security system will give the fol-lowing alarm:

• The turn signals blink and the horn soundsintermittently.

• The alarm automatically turns off after aperiod of time. However, the alarm reacti-vates if the vehicle is tampered with again.The alarm can be shut off by pressing the

button on the Intelligent Key.

The alarm is activated by:

• Opening the door or liftgate without usingthe Intelligent Key (even if the door is un-locked by releasing the door inside lockswitch).

How to stop an activated alarm

The alarm stops only by unlocking the driver’sdoor or the liftgate by pressing thebutton on the Intelligent Key or pushing therequest switch on the driver's or passenger'sdoor with the Intelligent Key in range of thedoor handle.

INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEMThe INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System willnot allow the engine to start without the useof a registered INFINITI Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem key.

If the engine fails to start using a registeredINFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System key (forexample, when interference is caused by an-other INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer Systemkey, an automated toll road device or auto-matic payment device on the key ring), restartthe engine using the following procedures:

1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON posi-tion for approximately 5 seconds.

2. Place the ignition switch in the OFF orLOCK position, and wait approximately10 seconds.

3. Repeat steps 1 and 2.

4. Restart the engine while holding the de-vice (which may have caused the interfer-ence) separate from the registeredINFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System key.

If the no start condition re-occurs, INFINITIrecommends placing the registered INFINITI


Vehicle Immobilizer System key on a separatekey ring to avoid interference from otherdevices.

FCC Notice:

For USA:

This device complies with part 15 of the FCCRules. Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions: (1) This device may notcause harmful interference, and (2) this de-vice must accept any interference received,including interference that may cause unde-sired operation.

NOTE:

Changes or modifications not expressly ap-proved by the party responsible for compli-ance could void the user's authority to oper-ate the equipment.

For Canada:

This device complies with Industry Canadalicence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operationis subject to the following two conditions: (1)this device may not cause interference, and(2) this device must accept any interference,including interference that may cause unde-sired operation of the device.

Security indicator light

The security indicator light blinks wheneverthe ignition switch is placed in the OFF orLOCK position.

This function indicates the INFINITI VehicleImmobilizer System is operational.

If the INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System ismalfunctioning, the light will remain on whilethe ignition switch is placed in the ONposition.

If the light still remains on and/or the enginewill not start, seek service for the INFINITIVehicle Immobilizer System service as soonas possible. Please bring all registered keysthat you have. It is recommended that youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

LIC0474


SWITCH OPERATION

WARNING

In freezing temperatures the washer solu-tion may freeze on the windshield and ob-scure your vision which may lead to an ac-cident. Warm the windshield with thedefroster before you wash the windshield.

CAUTION

• Do not operate the washer continuouslyfor more than 30 seconds.

• Do not operate the washer if thewindshield-washer fluid reservoir isempty.

• Do not fill the windshield-washer fluidreservoir with windshield-washer fluidconcentrates at full strength. Somemethyl alcohol based windshield-washerfluid concentrates may permanentlystain the grille if spilled while filling thewindshield-washer fluid reservoir.

• Pre-mix windshield-washer fluid con-centrates with water to the manufactur-er’s recommended levels before pouringthe fluid into the windshield-washerfluid reservoir. Do not use thewindshield-washer fluid reservoir to mixthe windshield-washer fluid concentrateand water.

NOTE:

If the windshield wiper operation is inter-rupted by snow or ice, the wiper may stopmoving to protect its motor. If this occurs,turn the wiper switch to the OFF positionand remove the snow or ice that is on andaround the wiper arms. In approximately 1minute, turn the switch on again to operatethe wiper.

The windshield wiper and washer operateswhen the ignition switch is in the ON position.

Push the lever down to operate the wiper atthe following speed:

�1 Intermittent — intermittent operation canbe adjusted by turning the knob toward

OA (slower) or OB (faster). Also, the inter-mittent operation speed varies in accor-dance with the vehicle speed. (For ex-ample, when the vehicle speed is high, theintermittent operation speed will be

LIC4019

Type A (if so equipped)

LIC3097

Type B (if so equipped)

WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH


faster.) Further, if so equipped, the rain-sensing feature will adjust the speed ofthe intermittent operation. For additionalinformation, see “Rain-sensing autowiper system” (P. 2-33).

�2 Low — continuous low speed operation

�3 High — continuous high speed operation

Push the lever up O4 to have one sweepoperation of the wiper.

Pull the lever toward you O5 to operate thewasher. The wiper will also operate severaltimes.

Drip Wipe

A brief period of time after using the washer,the wiper will perform a one sweep operationautomatically to clear any remainingwindshield-washer fluid from the windshield.

NOTE:

The Drip Wipe feature may be disabled. Foradditional information, refer to the separateINFINITI InTouch™ Owner’s Manual.

RAIN-SENSING AUTO WIPERSYSTEM (if so equipped)

CAUTION

• Do not touch the rain sensor and aroundit when the wiper switch is in the AUTOposition and the ignition switch is in theON position. The wipers may operateunexpectedly and cause an injury or maydamage a wiper.

• The rain-sensing auto wipers are in-tended for use during rain. If the switch isleft in the AUTO position, the wipersmay operate unexpectedly when dirt,fingerprints, oil film or insects are stuckon or around the sensor. The wipers mayalso operate when exhaust gas or mois-ture affect the rain sensor.

• When the windshield glass is coated withwater repellent, the speed of the rain-sensing auto wipers may be higher eventhough the amount of the rainfall issmall.

• Be sure to turn off the rain-sensing autowiper system when you use a car wash.

• The rain-sensing auto wipers may notoperate if rain does not hit the rain sen-sor even if it is raining.

• Using Genuine NISSAN wiper blades isrecommended for proper operation ofthe rain-sensing auto wiper system. Foradditional information, see “Windshieldwiper blades” (P. 8-17).

The rain-sensing auto wiper system can au-tomatically turn on the wipers and adjust thewiper speed depending on the rainfall and thevehicle speed by using the rain sensor locatedon the upper part of the windshield.

LIC3817


To set the rain-sensing auto wiper system,place the lever in the AUTO position O1 . Thewiper will sweep once while the ignitionswitch is in the ON position.

The rain sensor sensitivity level can be ad-justed by turning the knob toward the front

O2 (High) or toward the rear O3 (Low).

– High — High sensitive operation

– Low — Low sensitive operation

To turn the rain-sensing auto wiper systemoff, rotate the lever to the OFF position, orrotate the lever to the low or high position.

The rain-sensing feature may be disabled.For additional information, refer to the sepa-rate INFINITI InTouch™ Owner’s Manual. REAR SWITCH OPERATION

WARNING

In freezing temperatures the washer solu-tion may freeze on the rear window andobscure your vision which may lead to anaccident. Warm the rear window with thedefroster before you wash the rearwindow.

CAUTION

• Do not operate the washer continuouslyfor more than 30 seconds.

• Do not operate the washer if thewindshield-washer fluid reservoir isempty.

• Do not fill the windshield-washer fluidreservoir with windshield-washer fluidconcentrates at full strength. Somemethyl alcohol based windshield-washerfluid concentrates may permanentlystain the grille if spilled while filling thewindshield-washer fluid reservoir.

• Pre-mix windshield-washer fluid con-centrates with water to the manufactur-er’s recommended levels before pouringthe fluid into the windshield-washerfluid reservoir. Do not use thewindshield-washer fluid reservoir to mixthe windshield-washer fluid concentrateand water.

LIC4244


NOTE:

If the rear window wiper operation is inter-rupted by snow, etc., the wiper may stopmoving to protect its motor. If this occurs,turn the wiper switch to OFF and remove thesnow, etc. on and around the wiper arms.After about 1 minute, turn the switch onagain to operate the wiper.

The rear window wiper and washer operatewhen the ignition switch is in the ON position.Turn the switch clockwise from the OFF po-sition to operate the wiper.

�1 Intermittent — intermittent operation (notadjustable)

�2 Low — continuous low speed operation

Push the switch forward O3 to operate thewasher. The wiper will also operate severaltimes.

If the windshield wipers are on and the ve-hicle is placed in R (Reverse) the rear wiperwill automatically turn on while the vehicleremains in R (Reverse).

NOTE:

The Reverse Link feature may be disabled.For additional information, refer to theseparate INFINITI InTouch™ Owner’s Manual.

To defrost the rear window glass and outsidemirrors (if so equipped), place the ignitionswitch in the ON position and push the rearwindow defroster switch on. The rear win-dow defroster indicator light comes on. Pushthe switch again to turn the defroster off.

The rear window defroster automaticallyturns off after approximately 15 minutes.

To turn on the wiper deicer (if so equipped),place the ignition switch in the ON positionand push the wiper deicer switch on. Thewiper deicer indicator light comes on. Pushthe switch again to turn the deicer off.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inner side of the rearwindow, be careful not to scratch or dam-age the rear window defroster.

NOTE:

The top and bottom few rows of wires on therear window are not part of the rear windowdefroster system. These wires make up theantenna for the audio system.

LIC3816

REAR WINDOW DEFROSTER, OUTSIDEMIRROR DEFROSTER (if so equipped), ANDWIPER DEICER (if so equipped) SWITCH


HEADLIGHT CONTROL SWITCH

Lighting

�1 Rotate the switch to the position,and the front parking, tail, license plate,and instrument panel lights will come on.

�2 Rotate the switch to the position,and the headlights will come on and allthe other lights remain on.

CAUTION

Use the headlights with the engine runningto avoid discharging the vehicle battery.

Autolight system

The autolight system allows the headlights toturn on and off automatically. The autolightsystem can:

• Turn on the headlights, front parking, tail,license plate and instrument panel lightsautomatically when it is dark.

• Turn off all the lights (except daytime run-ning lights) when it is light.

• Keep all the lights on for a period of timeafter you place the ignition switch in theOFF position and all doors are closed.

NOTE:Autolight activation sensitivity and thetime delay for autolight shutoff can beadjusted. For additional information, re-fer to the separate INFINITI InTouch™Owner’s Manual.

To turn on the autolight system:

1. Turn the headlight switch to the AUTOposition O1 .

2. Place the ignition switch in the ONposition.

3. The autolight system automatically turnsthe headlights on and off.

Initially, if the ignition switch is placed in theOFF position and a door is opened and leftopen, the headlights remain on for a period oftime. If another door is opened while theheadlights are on, then the timer is reset.

The headlights will turn on automatically attwilight or in rainy weather (when the wind-shield wiper is operated continuously).

If the ignition switch is pushed to the OFFposition and one of the doors is opened andthis condition is continued, the headlights re-main on for 5 minutes.

To turn the autolight system off, turn theswitch to the OFF, , or position.

LIC3818 LIC3819

HEADLIGHT SWITCH


Be sure you do not put anything on top of theautolight sensor located in the top side O1 ofthe instrument panel. The autolight sensorcontrols the autolight; if it is covered, theautolight sensor reacts as if it is dark out andthe headlights will illuminate. If this occurswhile parked with the engine off and the ig-nition switch placed in the ON position, yourvehicle's battery could become discharged.

Headlight beam select

�1 To select the high beam function, rotatethe headlight control switch to theposition, then push the lever forward.The high beam lights come on and the

light illuminates.

�2 Pull the lever back to select the low beam.

�3 Pulling and releasing the lever flashes theheadlight high beams on and off.

High Beam Assist

The High Beam Assist system will operatewhen the vehicle is driven at speeds of ap-proximately 25 mph (40 km/h) and above. Ifan oncoming vehicle or leading vehicle ap-pears in front of your vehicle when the head-light high beam is on, the headlight will beswitched to the low beam automatically.

WARNING

• The High Beam Assist system is a conve-nience but it is not a substitute for safedriving operation. The driver should re-main alert at all times, ensure safe driv-ing practices and switch the high beamsand low beam manually when necessary.

• The high beam or low beam may notswitch automatically under the follow-ing conditions. Switch the high beam andlow beam manually.

– During bad weather (rain, fog, snow,wind, etc.).

– When a light source similar to a head-light or tail light is in the vicinity of thevehicle.

LIC2237 LIC3820


– When the headlights of the oncomingvehicle or the leading vehicle areturned off, when the color of the lightis affected due to foreign materials onthe lights, or when the light beam isout of position.

– When there is a sudden, continuouschange in brightness.

– When driving on a road that passesover rolling hills, or a road that haslevel differences.

– When driving on a road with manycurves.

– When a sign or mirror-like surface isreflecting intense light towards thefront of the vehicle.

– When the container, etc. being towedby a leading vehicle is reflecting in-tense light.

– When a headlight on your vehicle isdamaged or dirty.

– When the vehicle is leaning at anangle due to a punctured tire, beingtowed, etc.

• The timing of switching the low beamand high beam may change under the fol-lowing situations.

– The brightness of the headlights ofthe oncoming vehicle or leadingvehicle.

– The movement and direction of theoncoming vehicle and the leadingvehicle.

– When only one light on the oncomingvehicle or the leading vehicle isilluminated.

– When the oncoming vehicle or theleading vehicle is a two-wheeledvehicle.

– Road conditions (incline, curve, theroad surface, etc.).

– The number of passengers and theamount of luggage.

High Beam Assist operation

To activate the High Beam Assist system,turn the headlight switch to the AUTO posi-tion O1 and push the lever forward O2 (highbeam position). The High Beam Assist indica-tor light in the meter will illuminate while theheadlights are turned on.

If the High Beam Assist indicator light doesnot illuminate in the above condition, it mayindicate that the system is not functioningproperly. Have the system checked. It is rec-ommended that you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.

LIC3819


When the vehicle speed lowers to less thanapproximately 16 mph (25 km/h), the head-light uses the low beam.

To turn off the High Beam Assist system, turnthe headlight switch to the position orselect the low beam position by placing thelever in the neutral position.

Ambient image sensor maintenanceThe ambient image sensor O1 for the HighBeam Assist system is located in front of theinside mirror. To maintain the proper opera-tion of the High Beam Assist system andprevent a system malfunction, be sure to ob-serve the following:

• Always keep the windshield clean.

• Do not attach a sticker (including transpar-ent material) or install an accessory nearthe ambient image sensor.

• Do not strike or damage the areas aroundthe ambient image sensor. Do not touch thesensor lens that is located on the ambientimage sensor.

If the ambient image sensor is damaged dueto an accident, it is recommended that youvisit an INFINITI retailer.

Battery saver system

The battery saver system automatically turnsoff the ignition after a period of time whenthe ignition switch is left in the AUTO ACC orON position.

The battery saver system automatically turnsoff the following lights after a period of timewhen the ignition switch is placed in the OFFposition and the doors are closed:

• Headlights, when the headlight switch is inthe or position

• Interior lights, when left in the ON position

CAUTION

Even though the battery saver feature au-tomatically turns off the headlights after aperiod of time, you should turn the head-light switch to the OFF position when theengine is not running to avoid dischargingthe vehicle battery.

LIC3821 LIC4259


Adaptive Front lighting System(AFS) (if so equipped)

The Adaptive Front lighting System (AFS) willautomatically adjust the headlights (lowbeam) toward the turning direction to im-prove the driver’s view. When the headlightswitch is ON and the driver operates thesteering wheel in a turn, the AFS system willbe activated.

The AFS will operate:

• when the headlight switch is ON.

• when the shift lever is in any position otherthan P (Park) or R (Reverse).

• when the vehicle is driven at above 16 mph(25 km/h) for the left-side headlight. Notethat the right-side low beam headlight willswivel but the left side will not swivel whenthe vehicle is at a stop and the steeringwheel is turned. The vehicle must attain aspeed above 16 mph (25 km/h) before AFSactivates the left-side headlight.

AFS will also adjust the headlight to a properaxis automatically, depending on the numberof occupants in the vehicle, the load the ve-hicle is carrying and the road conditions.

If the AFS OFF indicator blinks or the vehicleinformation display shows an AFS systemerror message after the ignition switch hasbeen pushed to the ON position, this mayindicate that the AFS is not functioning prop-erly. Have the system checked. It is recom-mended you visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice. When the engine is started, the head-lights will vibrate to check the system condi-tion. This is not a malfunction.

Automatic headlight aiming control(if so equipped)

Your vehicle is equipped with an automaticheadlight levelling system. The headlight axisis controlled automatically.

INFINITI recommends that you consult thelocal regulations on the use of lights.

LED DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS(DRL) SYSTEM

The LED portion of the headlights automati-cally illuminate at 100% intensity when theengine is started and the parking brake re-leased. The LED Daytime Running Lights(DRL) system operates with the headlightswitch in the OFF position. When you turnthe headlight switch to the position forfull illumination, the LED lights switch fromLED DRL system to the park function.

If the parking brake is applied before theengine is started, the LED DRL system doesnot illuminate. The LED DRL system illumi-nates when the parking brake is released. TheLED DRL system will remain on until theignition switch is placed in the OFF position.

It is necessary at dusk to turn the headlightswitch on for interior controls and switchesto illuminate, as those remain off while theswitch is in the OFF position.

WARNING

When the LED DRL system is active, taillights on your vehicle are not on. It is nec-essary at dusk to turn on your headlights.Failure to do so could cause an accidentinjuring yourself and others.


INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESSCONTROLPress the “+” button OA to increase the bright-ness of instrument panel lights.

Press the “-” button OB to decrease thebrightness of instrument panel lights.

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

Turn signal

�1 Move the lever up or down to signal theturning direction. When the turn is com-pleted, the turn signal cancelsautomatically.

Lane change signal

�2 Move the lever up or down until the turnsignal begins to flash, but the lever doesnot latch, to signal a lane change. Holdthe lever until the lane change iscompleted.

Move the lever up or down until the turnsignal begins to flash, but the lever does notlatch, and release the lever. The turn signalwill automatically flash three times.

Choose the appropriate method to signal alane change based on road and trafficconditions.

LIC4267 LIC3823


FOG LIGHT SWITCH (if soequipped)

To turn the fog lights on, turn the headlightswitch to the position, then push the foglight switch on.

To turn the fog lights on with the headlightswitch in the AUTO position, the headlightsmust be on, then push the fog light switch on.

To turn the fog lights off, push the fog lightswitch again.

The headlights must be on and the low beamsselected for the fog lights to operate. The foglights automatically turn off when the highbeam headlights are selected.

To sound the horn, push near the horn icon onthe steering wheel.

WARNING

Do not disassemble the horn. Doing socould affect proper operation of thesupplemental front air bag system. Tam-pering with the supplemental front air bagsystem may result in serious personalinjury.

WARNING

Do not use or allow occupants to use theclimate controlled seats if you or the occu-pants cannot monitor seat temperaturesor have an inability to feel pain in thosebody parts in contact with the seat. Use ofthe climate controlled seats by such peoplecould result in serious injury.

LIC3824 LIC4311 LIC3905

HORN CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEATSWITCHES (if so equipped)


CAUTION

• The battery could run down if the climatecontrol seat is operated while the engineis not running.

• Do not use the climate control seat forextended periods or when no one is usingthe seat.

• Do not put anything on the seat whichinsulates heat, such as a blanket, cush-ion, seat cover, etc. Otherwise, the seatmay become overheated.

• Do not place anything hard or heavy onthe seat or pierce it with a pin or similarobjects. This may result in damage to theclimate controlled seat.

• Any liquid spilled on the seat should beremoved immediately with a dry cloth.

• When cleaning the seat, never use gaso-line, benzine, thinner, or any similarmaterials.

• If any malfunctions are found or the cli-mate controlled seat does not operate,turn the switch off and have the systemchecked. It is recommended that youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

The climate controlled seat cools down thefront seat by blowing cool air from under thesurface of the seat. The climate controlswitch is located on the center console.

The climate controlled seat can be operatedas follows:


2. Push the climate controlled seat switchesto cool the seat. The indicator light on thecorresponding switch will illuminate.

3. Adjust the desired amount of air by push-ing the switch again. The climate con-trolled seat blower remains on low speedfor approximately 60 seconds after push-ing the switch on.

4. When the vehicle's interior is warmed orcooled, or before you leave the vehicle, besure to turn off the climate controlledseats. To turn off the climate controlledseats, push the switch until the indicatorlight does not illuminate.

WARNING

Do not use or allow occupants to use theseat heater if you or the occupants cannotmonitor elevated seat temperatures orhave an inability to feel pain in body partsthat contact the seat. Use of the seatheater by such people could result in seri-ous injury.

LIC3906

HEATED SEATS (if so equipped)


CAUTION

• The battery could run down if the seatheater is operated while the engine is notrunning.

• Do not use the seat heater for extendedperiods or when no one is using the seat.

• Do not put anything on the seat whichinsulates heat, such as a blanket, cush-ion, seat cover, etc. Otherwise, the seatmay become overheated.

• Do not place anything hard or heavy onthe seat or pierce it with a pin or similarobject. This may result in damage to theheater.

• Any liquid spilled on the heated seatshould be removed immediately with adry cloth.

• When cleaning the seat, never use gaso-line, benzine, thinner, or any similarmaterials.

• If any malfunctions are found or theheated seat does not operate, turn theswitch off and have the system checked.It is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

Switch operation:

The front seats are warmed by built-in heat-ers. The switches are located on the centerconsole and can be operated independentlyof each other.


2. Push the heated seat switch and selectthe desired heat range.

• For high heat, push the switch once.

• For medium heat, push the switch twice.

• For low heat, push the switch three times.

• The indicator light will illuminate when theheater is on.

3. To turn off the heater, push the heatedseat switch again. Make sure that the in-dicator light turns off.

The heater is controlled by a control mod-ule, automatically turning the heater onand off.

The indicator light will remain on as longas the switch is on.

When the seat is warmed, or before youleave the vehicle, be sure to turn theswitch off.

Touch screen operation:

• Touch the key on the lower display.Select an item from High, Mid, Low, orOFF.

NOTE:

For additional information, see “Heater andair conditioner (automatic)” (P. 4-34).

LHA5300


The Steering Assist switch is used to turn onand off the Steering Assist system that isactivated using the settings menu of the ve-hicle information display.

The Steering Assist system controls thesteering system to help keep your vehiclenear the center of the lane when driving. Foradditional information, see “ProPILOT As-sist” (P. 5-77).

WARNING

• The front sonar system is a conveniencebut it is not a substitute for properdriving.

• The rear sonar system is a conveniencebut it is not a substitute for proper back-ing. Always turn and check that it is safeto do so before backing up. Always backup slowly.

The front sonar system:

• is active when the ignition switch is in theON position and the shift lever is in a for-ward gear position.

• a beeping tone is emitted when the sensorsdetect obstacles within 3 ft (1.0 m) of thefront bumper.

The rear sonar system:

• is active when the ignition is in the ONposition and the shift lever is in R (Reverse).

• a beeping tone is emitted when the sensorsdetect obstacles within 4.9 ft (1.5 m) of therear bumper.

The front and rear sonar system may be en-abled by pushing the front and rear sonarswitch. Push the switch again to disable thesystem.

The system will automatically reset the nexttime the ignition switch is turned on.

For additional information, see “Front andrear sonar system” (P. 5-160).

LIC4495 LIC4270

STEERING ASSIST SWITCH (forvehicles with ProPILOT Assist) (if soequipped)

FRONT AND REAR SONAR SYSTEMSWITCH (if so equipped)


WARNING

• Failure to properly adjust the brightnessand position of the displayed image mayinterfere with the drivers ability to seethrough the windshield which couldcause an accident leading to severe in-jury or death.

• Do not use the head up display for ex-tended periods of time as that can causeyou to not see other vehicles, pedestri-ans or objects, which could cause an ac-cident leading to severe injury or death.

The HUD can display one or more of thefollowing features (if so equipped):

�1 Vehicle speed display

�2 Driving Aids

�3 Navigation/Warning

�4 Traffic Sign Recognition

NOTE:• Do not place any type of liquid on or near

the projector. Doing so may cause mal-function of the equipment.

• Do not touch any internal parts of the pro-jector. Doing so may cause malfunction ofthe equipment.

• To prevent scratches to the projectorglass, do not place any sharp objects on ornear the projector opening.

• Do not place any objects on the instrumentpanel which may obstruct the display ofthe HUD.

• When wearing polarized sunglasses it maybe difficult to recognize the display.

• Depending on weather conditions (rain,snow, sun light, temperature), it may bedifficult to recognize the display.

HOW TO USE THE HUD

To turn the HUD system on, push the HUDswitch. To turn the HUD off, push the switchagain.

If the HUD system is turned off, it will remainoff even if the vehicle is restarted.

To adjust the HUD settings when the systemis on:

1. Press the MENU button below the lowerdisplay.

2. Touch the “Settings” key and then the“Head Up Display” key.

LIC4268 LIC3829

HEAD UP DISPLAY (HUD) (if soequipped)


3. Adjust the positioning of the HUD on thewindshield by touching the arrows, andthe brightness by touching the brightnesskeys. To change what items are shown inthe HUD, touch the “Display items” key.The following items (if so equipped) maybe turned on or off:

– Driving Aids

– Navigation

– Traffic Sign Recognition

NOTE:

The emergency information may appeareven if the display contents are turned off.

DRIVER ASSISTANCE/NAVIGATION LINKING

The HUD will display driver assistance andnavigation information O3 .

The driver assistance display will displaywarning situations for the following systems:

• FEB with Pedestrian Detection

• LDW

• PFCW

• Hands-free warning (for vehicles with Pro-PILOT Assist) (if so equipped)

The Navigation System linking display willdisplay the following items:

• Intersection names

• Arrows indicating turning direction

• Distance to the next intersection

Display brightness

The brightness of the display may be con-trolled by the Navigation System. The bright-ness will also be adjusted automatically ac-cording to the exterior ambient lightingbrightness.

NOTE:• A sensor O1 is built into the Head Up Dis-

play to control the brightness of the im-age. Make sure the sensor is clear of ob-structions or the display may become darkand difficult to recognize.

LIC4264


The E-call (SOS) button is used in combina-tion with an INFINITI InTouch™ Servicessubscription to call for assistance in case ofan emergency.

Pressing the button will (with a paid subscrip-tion) reach a response specialist that will pro-vide assistance based on the situation de-scribed by the vehicle’s occupant. Foradditional information, or to enroll your ve-hicle, refer to www.InfinitiUSA.com/intouch,or call 855–444–7244.

12V OUTLETS

The power outlets are for powering electricalaccessories such as cellular telephones. Theyare rated at 12 volt, 120W (10A) maximum.

The instrument panel, rear console, and lug-gage area power outlets are powered onlywhen the ignition switch is in the AUTO ACCor ON position.

CAUTION

• The outlet and plug may be hot during orimmediately after use.

• Only certain power outlets are designedfor use with a cigarette lighter unit. Donot use any other power outlet for anaccessory lighter. It is recommendedthat you visit an INFINITI retailer for ad-ditional information.

• Do not use with accessories that exceeda 12 volt, 120W (10A) power draw.

LIC3830 LIC4260

Instrument Panel

LIC3832

Rear console

E-CALL (SOS) BUTTON (if soequipped)

POWER OUTLETS


• Do not use double adapters or more thanone electrical accessory.

• Use power outlets with the engine run-ning to avoid discharging the vehiclebattery.

• Avoid using power outlets when the airconditioner, headlights or rear windowdefroster is on.

• Before inserting or disconnecting a plug,be sure the electrical accessory beingused is turned off.

• Push the plug in as far as it will go. If goodcontact is not made, the plug may over-heat or the internal temperature fusemay open.

• When not in use, be sure to close the cap.Do not allow water or any other liquid tocontact the outlet.

The extended storage switch is used whenshipping the vehicle. It is located in the fusepanel on the driver’s side of the instrumentpanel. If any electrical equipment does notoperate, ensure the extended storage switchis pushed fully in place, as shown.

To inspect the extended storage switch, en-sure the ignition switch and headlight switchare off, remove the fuse box cover OA using asuitable tool in combination with a cloth toavoid damaging the trim.

LIC3833

Cargo Area

LIC3359

EXTENDED STORAGE SWITCH


FRONT-DOOR POCKETS

LIC3266

OFF position

LIC3268

ON position

LIC3834

STORAGE


SEATBACK POCKETS

The seatback pockets may be located on theback of the driver’s and/or passenger’s seats.The pockets can be used to store maps.

WARNING

To ensure proper operation of the driver’sand/or front passenger's INFINITI Ad-vanced Air Bag System (if so equipped),please observe the following items:

• Do not allow a passenger in the rear seatto push or pull on the seatback pocket orhead restraint/head rest.

• Do not place heavy loads heavier than9.1 lbs. (4 kg) on the seatback, headrestraint/head rest or in the seatbackpocket.

FRONT CONSOLE LID

The front console lid covers the front consolestorage tray and the front cup holders.

Slide the pocket lid towards the front of thevehicle to open.

LIC1328 LIC4550


STORAGE TRAYS

WARNING

Do not place sharp objects in the trays tohelp prevent injury in an accident or suddenstop.

The front console storage tray is equippedwith a rubber mat, which may be removed.

GLOVE BOX

Open the glove box by pulling the handle. Usethe master key when locking O1 or unlocking

O2 the glove box.

WARNING

Keep glove box lid closed while driving tohelp prevent injury in an accident or a sud-den stop.

LIC4261

Front console

LIC2214

Rear armrest

LIC3902


CONSOLE BOX

To open the console box, press down on thelatch. The latch will release.

To close, push the lid down until the locklatches.

OVERHEAD SUNGLASSESSTORAGE

To open the sunglasses holder, push O1 andrelease.

Only store one pair of sunglasses in theholder.

WARNING

Keep the sunglasses holder closed whiledriving to avoid obstructing the driver’sview and to help prevent an accident.

CAUTION

• Do not use for anything other thansunglasses.

• Do not leave sunglasses in the sunglassesholder while parking in direct sunlight.The heat may damage the sunglasses.

LIC3836 LIC3837


CUP HOLDERS

The front console cup holders are equippedwith a rubber mat, which may be removed.

CAUTION

• Do not recline the 2nd row seatbackwhen you use the cup holders on the reararmrest. Doing so may cause the bever-ages to spill over, and if they are hot,they may scald the passengers.

• Avoid abrupt starting and braking whenthe cup holder is being used to preventspilling the drink. If the liquid is hot, it canscald you or your passenger.

• Use only soft cups in the cup holder. Hardobjects can injure you in an accident.

CAUTION

• Do not use bottle holder for any otherobjects that could be thrown about in thevehicle and possibly injure people duringsudden braking or an accident.

• Do not use bottle holder for open liquidcontainers.

LIC4262

Front console

LIC2212

2nd row

LIC3839

Bottle holder — front


CARGO AREA STORAGE BIN

To access the floor storage area, pull up onthe handle O1 to lift the luggage board.

LUGGAGE HOOKS

When securing items using luggage hookslocated on the side finisher do not apply aload over more than 6.5 lbs. (29 N) to a singlehook.

The luggage hooks that are located on thefloor should have loads less than 110 lbs.(490 N) to a single hook.

The luggage hooks can be used to securecargo with ropes or other types of straps.

LIC3840

Bottle holder — rear

LIC2244 LTI2331


WARNING

• Properly secure all cargo with ropes orstraps to help prevent it from sliding orshifting. Do not place cargo higher thanthe seatbacks. In a sudden stop or colli-sion, unsecured cargo could cause per-sonal injury.

• Use suitable ropes and hooks to securecargo.

• Never allow anyone to ride in the lug-gage area. It is extremely dangerous toride in a cargo area inside of a vehicle. In acollision, people riding in these areas aremore likely to be seriously injured orkilled.

• Do not allow people to ride in any area ofyour vehicle that is not equipped withseats and seat belts.

• The child restraint top tether strap maybe damaged by contact with items in thecargo area. Secure any items in the cargoarea. Your child could be seriously injuredor killed in a collision if the top tetherstrap is damaged.

• Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in aseat and using a seat belt properly.

COAT HOOKS

The coat hooks, located on the rear assistgrips, may be used to store coats and otherarticles of clothing.

CAUTION

Do not apply a total load of more than 7.3lbs. (3.3 kg) to the side pillar coat hook or33 lbs. (15 kg) to the rear assist grip coathook.

ROOF RACK (if so equipped)

WARNING

• Always install the crossbars onto theroof side rails before loading cargo ofany kind. Loading cargo directly onto theroof side rails or the vehicle’s roof maycause vehicle damage.

• Roof rack cross bars should be evenlydistributed.

• Do not exceed maximum roof rack cross-bars load capacity and always distributethe load uniformly.

LIC4173 LIC4202


• Heavy loading of the crossbars has thepotential to affect the vehicle stabilityand handling during sudden or unusualhandling maneuvers.

• Properly secure all cargo with ropes orstraps to help prevent it from sliding orshifting. In a sudden stop or collision, un-secured cargo could cause personalinjury.

• Drive extra carefully when the vehicle isloaded at or near the cargo carrying ca-pacity, especially if the significant por-tion of that load is carried on thecrossbars.

CAUTION

• Use care when placing or removing itemsfrom the roof rack. If you cannot com-fortably lift the items onto the roof rackfrom the ground, use a ladder or a stool.

Do not apply any load directly to the roof siderails OA . Crossbars OB must be installed be-fore applying load/cargo/luggage to theroof of the vehicle.

INFINITI accessory crossbars may be avail-able through an INFINITI retailer. It is recom-mended that you visit an INFINITI retailer foradditional information.

The service load capacity for the roof siderails is 165 lbs. (74 kg.), however do not ex-ceed the crossbars load capacity.

Be careful that your vehicle does not exceedthe Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) orits Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR frontand rear).

For additional information regarding GVWRand GAWR, refer to:

• F.M.V.S.S. or C.M.V.S.S. certification label(located on the driver’s door pillar).

Installing crossbars (if so equipped)

WARNING

• It is recommended that you have the roofrack crossbars installed by an INFINITIretailer.

• Make sure the moonroof (if so equipped)is in the closed position during the instal-lation process.

• Protect the painted area on the vehicle’sroof under the crossbars by placing apiece of cloth under the cross bars to pre-vent scratch damage.

• Do not load the crossbars more than therated load capacity and always distrib-ute the load uniformly.

The roof rack crossbars may be installed orremoved. Use an L shaped allen key to installand remove the crossbars.


1. Manually remove the protective coversfrom the roof side rails.

2. Using an allen key, unturn the screw toremove the plastic cover.

3. Use an allen key to loosen the clamp screw.

LIC3890 LIC4561 LIC4593


4. Open the clamp approximately two inchesto minimize potential scratching of the roofside rails.

5. Determine crossbar orientation by locatingthe arrow that points to the front of thevehicle.

6. Align the pins on the passenger and driverside inner clamp with the holes in the roofside rails.

LIC3893 LIC3894 LIC3895


7. While holding the inner clamp, use an allenkey to tighten the clamping screw.

8. Tighten both the driver and passenger sideclamping screw.

NOTE:

Using an allen key, tighten to 10 N•m(7.4 ft.-lbs.).

9. Tighten both the driver and passenger sideshoulder screw.

NOTE:

Using an allen key, tighten to 10 N•m(7.4 ft.-lbs.).

LIC4594 LIC4595 LIC4562


10. Assemble the plastic cover. Slide thecover over the crossbar.

11. Ensure the cover is in the final position. 12. Using an allen key, tighten the screw toassemble plastic cover.

Using a torque wrench, tighten to 2 N•m(1.48 ft.-lbs.).

NOTE:

After assembling both the front and rearcrossbars, wiggle the crossbars by hand tocheck for loose parts. If either crossbar isloose, remove the crossbars and repeat steps1–12 carefully.To remove crossbars, reverse the installa-tion steps.

LIC3898 LIC3899 LIC4596


CARGO COVER (if so equipped)

WARNING

• Do not place objects on the cargo coverwhile the vehicle is parked or in motion,no matter how small. The object on thecargo cover could cause an injury in anaccident or sudden stop, and/or thecargo cover can become damaged.

• Do not leave the cargo cover in the ve-hicle with it disengaged from the holder.


• Properly secure cargo and do not allow itto contact the top tether strap when it isattached to the top tether anchor. Cargothat is not properly secured or cargo thatcontacts the top tether strap may dam-age the top tether strap during a colli-sion. If the cargo cover contacts the toptether strap when it is attached to thetop tether anchor, remove the cargocover from the vehicle or secure it on thecargo floor below its attachment loca-tion. If the cargo cover is not removed, itmay damage the top tether strap duringa collision. Your child could be seriouslyinjured or killed in a collision if the childrestraint top tether strap is damaged.

The cargo cover keeps the luggage compart-ment contents hidden from the outside.

To close the cargo cover, remove the coverfrom the grooves O1 and retract.

To open the cargo cover, extend the coverinto the grooves O1 to lock into place.

LIC3971


POWER WINDOWS

WARNING

• Make sure that all passengers have theirhands, etc., inside the vehicle while it is inmotion and before closing the windows.Use the window lock switch to preventunexpected use of the power windows.

• To help avoid risk of injury or deaththrough unintended operation of the ve-hicle and/or its systems, including en-trapment in windows or inadvertentdoor lock activation, do not leave chil-dren, people who require the assistanceof others or pets unattended in your ve-hicle. Additionally, the temperature in-side a closed vehicle on a warm day canquickly become high enough to cause asignificant risk of injury or death topeople and pets.

The power windows operate when the igni-tion switch is placed in the ON position or fora period of time after the ignition switch isplaced in the OFF position. If the driver's orpassenger's door is opened during this periodof time, the power to the windows iscanceled.

Driver's side power window switch

The driver's side control panel is equippedwith switches to open or close the front andrear passenger windows.

The window can be partially opened by push-ing the switch OA down lightly until the de-sired window position is reached. To closethe window partially, pull the switch OB upuntil the desired window position is reached.

Locking passengers' windows

When the window lock button OC is de-pressed, only the driver's side window can beopened or closed. Press it again to cancel thewindow lock function.

SIC4352

1. Driver side automatic switch

2. Front passenger side automatic switch

3. Left rear passenger automatic switch

4. Right rear passenger automatic switch

5. Window lock button

WINDOWS


Front passenger's power windowswitch

The passenger's window switch operatesonly the corresponding passenger's window.To open the window partially, push theswitch down lightly until the desired windowposition is reached. To close the window par-tially, pull the switch up until the desired win-dow position is reached.

Rear power window switch

The rear power window switches open orclose only the corresponding windows. Topartially open the window, push the switchdown lightly until the desired window posi-tion is reached. To partially close the window,pull the switch up lightly until the desiredwindow position is reached.

Automatic operation

To fully open a window equipped with auto-matic operation, push the window switchdown to the second detent and release it; itneed not be held. The window automaticallyopens all the way. To stop the window, liftthe switch up while the window is opening.

To fully close a window equipped with auto-matic operation, pull the switch up to thesecond detent and release it; it need not beheld. To stop the window, push the switchdown while the window is closing.

SIC4353 LIC0410 LIC0410


Auto-reverse function

The auto-reverse function can be activatedwhen a window is closed by automaticoperation.

Depending on the environment or drivingconditions, the auto-reverse function maybe activated if an impact or load similar tosomething being caught in the windowoccurs.

WARNING

There are some small distances immedi-ately before the closed position which can-not be detected. Make sure that all passen-gers have their hands, etc., inside thevehicle before closing the window.

If the vehicle's battery is disconnected, re-placed, or jump started, the power windowauto-reverse function may not operate prop-erly. If this occurs, it is recommended that youvisit an INFINITI retailer to re-initialize thepower window auto-reverse system.

If the control unit detects something caughtin a window equipped with automatic opera-tion as it is closing, the window will be imme-diately lowered.

REAR DOOR SUNSHADE (if soequipped)

The rear door sunshade is located within therear doors at the base of the window.

• To raise the sunshade, pull up the centertab O1 .

• Hook the sunshade slots onto the tabs ex-tending from the top of the window frame

O2 .

CAUTION

• Do not release the rear door sunshadeduring operation. This could damage thesunshade or cause injury.

• Do not forcefully pull the sunshade. Do-ing so may elongate the sunshade. Thiscould cause improper operation or coulddamage the sunshade.

• Do not place objects on or near the rearsunshade. This could cause improper op-eration or could damage the sunshade.

NOTE:To avoid damage to the sunshade, pleasenote the following:• Do not pull or push the sunshade, other

than upwards.

• Do not pull or push the sunshade with thesunshade hung on the hooks.

• Do not allow liquids or objects on the stor-ing area of the sunshade.

LIC4169


POWER MOONROOF

The front moonroof is a power moonroof,the rear moonroof is fixed glass. The powermoonroof will only operate when the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position. Themoonroof is operational for a period of time,even if the ignition switch is placed in the OFFposition. If the driver's door or the front pas-senger's door is opened during this period oftime, the power to the moonroof is canceled.

Sliding the moonroof

To slide the moonroof:

• To fully open the moonroof, push theswitch O1 toward the open position until itreaches the second detent. If the switch O1

is pushed to the first detent, only the sun-shade will open.

• To fully close the moonroof, push theswitch O2 toward the close position until itreaches the second detent. If the switch O2

is pushed to the first detent, the moonroofwill close but the sunshade will remainopen.

• To stop the moonroof during operation,push the O1 , O2 or O3 switch to the desiredposition.

Tilting the moonroof

To tilt up, push the moonroof switch O3 . Totilt down the moonroof, push the switch O3 ,or the switch O2 to the first detent. When theswitch O2 is pushed to the second detent, themoonroof will tilt down and the sunshade willclose.

Resetting the moonroof switch

If the moonroof does not operate properly,perform the following procedure to initializethe moonroof operation system.

1. If the moonroof and sunshade are open,close them fully by repeatedly pushing themoonroof switch to the close O2 position.

2. Push and hold the moonroof switch to theclose position O2 at the first detent.

3. After holding the switch for 10 seconds,the moonroof and sunshade move slightlyto the closed position and then move backa little.

4. The moonroof and sunshade will fullyopen and then fully close automatically.

5. Release the switch. Check if the moonroofswitch operates normally.

If the moonroof does not operate properlyafter performing the procedure above, haveyour vehicle checked. It is recommended thatyou visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

Auto-reverse function(when closing or tilting down themoonroof)

The auto-reverse function can be activatedwhen the moonroof and sunshade are closed

LIC3912

MOONROOF (if so equipped)


or tilted down by automatic operation whenthe ignition switch is placed in the ON posi-tion or for a period of time after the ignitionswitch is placed in the OFF position.

Depending on the environment or drivingconditions, the auto-reverse function maybe activated if an impact or load similar tosomething being caught in the moonroofoccurs.

WARNING

There are some small distances immedi-ately before the closed position which can-not be detected. Make sure that all passen-gers have their hands, etc., inside thevehicle before closing the moonroof.

When closing

If the control unit detects something caughtin the moonroof and sunshade as it moves tothe front, the moonroof and sunshade willimmediately open backward.

When tilting down

If the control unit detects something caughtin the moonroof as it tilts down, the moon-roof will immediately tilt up.

WARNING

• In an accident you could be thrown fromthe vehicle through an open moonroof.Always use seat belts and childrestraints.

• Do not allow anyone to stand up or ex-tend any portion of their body out of themoonroof opening while the vehicle is inmotion or while the moonroof is closing.

CAUTION

• Remove water drops, snow, ice or sandfrom the moonroof before opening.

• Do not place heavy objects on the moon-roof or surrounding area.

Panoramic sunshade

The panoramic sunshade operates when theignition switch is in the ON position. Whenopening or closing the sunshade the switchneed not be held.

To open the sunshade:

• To fully open the sunshade, slide the switch

O1 toward the OPEN position to the firstdetent.

• To fully open the sunshade and the moon-roof together, slide the switch O1 towardthe OPEN position to the second detent.

To close the sunshade:

• To fully close the sunshade, slide the switch

O2 toward the CLOSE position to the sec-ond detent. If the moonroof is open, boththe moonroof and the sunshade will closeautomatically.

• If the switch is slid O2 toward the CLOSEposition to the first detent while the moon-roof is open, only the moonroof will close.The sunshade will remain open.

To stop the sunshade during operation, pushthe switch O1 , O2 , or O3 at the desiredposition.

WARNING

• To avoid personal injury, keep yourhands, fingers and head away from thesunshade arm, the arm rail and sunshadeinlet port.

• Do not allow children near the sunshadesystem. They could be injured.

• Do not place objects on or near the sun-shade. This could cause improper opera-tion or damage it.


• Do not pull or push the sunshade. Thiscould cause improper operation or dam-age it.

CAUTION

• Do not place objects (such as newspa-pers, handkerchiefs, etc.) on the sun-shade inlet port. Doing so may entanglethese objects in the sunshade when it isextending or retracting, causing im-proper operation or damage to thesunshade.

• Do not push the sunshade arm with yourhands, etc., as this may deform it. Im-proper operation or damage to the sun-shade may result.

• Do not put any object into the sunshadeinlet port as this may result in improperoperation or damage the sunshade.

• Do not hang any object on the arm rail asthis may result in improper operation ordamage the sunshade.

• Do not forcefully pull the sunshade. Do-ing so may elongate the sunshade. Im-proper operation or damage to the sun-shade may result.

The interior lights will automatically turn onand stay on for a period of time when:

• The doors are unlocked by the IntelligentKey, a key or the request switch while alldoors are closed and the ignition switch isin the OFF position.

• The doors and/or liftgate is opened.

• The switch is individually pushed.

When the ON switch O1 is pushed, the inte-rior lights illuminate.

When the DOOR/OFF switch O2 is pushed,the interior lights do not illuminate unlessindividually pushed.

NOTE:

The footwell lights and step lights illuminatewhen the driver and passenger doors areopen regardless of the interior light switchposition. These lights will turn off automati-cally after a period of time while doors areopen to prevent the battery from becomingdischarged.

CAUTION

Do not use for extended periods of timewith the engine stopped. This could resultin a discharged battery.

LIC3841

INTERIOR LIGHTS


MAP LIGHTS

To turn the map lights on, push the switches.To turn them off, push the switches again.

CAUTION

Do not use for extended periods of timewith the engine stopped. This could resultin a discharged battery.

PERSONAL LIGHTS

To turn the rear personal lights on, push theswitch. To turn them off, push the switchagain.

CARGO LIGHT

The light illuminates when the liftgate isopened. When the liftgate is closed, the lightgoes off.

The light will go off after a period of time ifthe liftgate is left open, unless the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position.

For additional information, see “Exterior andinterior lights” (P. 8-24).

LIC3842 LIC3907

Rear personal lights


The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver pro-vides a convenient way to consolidate thefunctions of up to three individual hand-heldtransmitters into one built-in device.

HomeLink® Universal Transceiver:

• Will operate most radio frequency devicessuch as garage doors, gates, home andoffice lighting, entry door locks and securitysystems.

• Is powered by your vehicle's battery. Noseparate batteries are required. If the vehi-cle's battery is discharged or is discon-nected, HomeLink® will retain allprogramming.

When the HomeLink® Universal Transceiveris programmed, retain the original transmit-ter for future programming procedures (Ex-ample: new vehicle purchases). Upon sale ofthe vehicle, the programmed HomeLink®Universal Transceiver buttons should beerased for security purposes. For additionalinformation, see “Programming HomeLink®”(P. 2-70).

WARNING

• Your vehicle's engine should be turnedoff while programming the HomeLink®Universal Transceiver. For additional in-formation, see “Push-button ignitionswitch” (P. 5-13). Do not breathe ex-haust gases; they contain colorless andodorless carbon monoxide. Carbon mon-oxide is dangerous. It can cause uncon-sciousness or death.

• Do not use the HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver with any garage door openerthat lacks safety stop and reverse featuresas required by federal safety standards.(These standards became effective foropener models manufactured after April 1,1982.) A garage door opener which cannotdetect an object in the path of a closinggarage door and then automatically stopand reverse does not meet current federalsafety standards. Using a garage dooropener without these features increasesthe risk of serious injury or death.

• During the programming procedure yourgarage door or security gate will openand close (if the transmitter is withinrange). Make sure that people or objectsare clear of the garage door, gate, etc.,that you are programming.

PROGRAMMING HOMELINK®

If you have any questions or are having diffi-culty programming your HomeLink® but-tons, refer to the HomeLink® web site at:www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515.

NOTE:

Place the ignition switch in the ON position(without starting the engine) when pro-gramming HomeLink®. It is also recom-mended that a new battery be placed in thehand-held transmitter of the device beingprogrammed to HomeLink® for quicker pro-gramming and accurate transmission of theradio frequency.

HOMELINK® UNIVERSALTRANSCEIVER (if so equipped)


1. Position the end of your hand-held trans-mitter 1–3 in (2–8 cm) away from theHomeLink® surface, keeping theHomeLink® indicator light O1 in view.

2. Using both hands, simultaneously pressand hold the desired HomeLink® buttonand hand-held transmitter button. DONOT release until the HomeLink® indica-tor light O1 flashes slowly and then rap-idly. When the indicator light flashes rap-idly, both buttons may be released. (Therapid flashing indicates successfulprogramming.)

NOTE:

Some devices may require you to replaceStep 2 with the cycling procedure noted in“Programming HomeLink® for Canadiancustomers and gate openers” (P. 2-72).

3. Press and hold the programmedHomeLink® button and observe the indi-cator light.

• If the indicator light O1 is solid/continuous,programming is complete and your deviceshould activate when the HomeLink® but-ton is pressed and released.

• If the indicator light O1 blinks rapidly for 2seconds and then turns to a solid/continuous light, continue with Steps 4-6for a rolling code device. A second personmay make the following steps easier. Use aladder or other device. Do not stand onyour vehicle to perform the next steps.

4. At the receiver located on the garage dooropener motor in the garage, locate the“learn” or “smart” button (the name andcolor of the button may vary by manufac-turer but it is usually located near wherethe hanging antenna wire is attached tothe unit). If there is difficulty locating thebutton, reference the garage door open-er’s manual.

5. Press and release the “learn” or “smart”button.

NOTE:Once the button is pressed, you have ap-proximately 30 seconds to initiate the nextstep.

LIC2365 LIC4095


6. Return to the vehicle and firmly press andhold the trained HomeLink® button for 2seconds and release. Repeat the “press/hold/release” sequence up to three timesto complete the training process.HomeLink® should now activate yourrolling code equipped device.

7. If you have any questions or are havingdifficulty programming your HomeLink®buttons, refer to the HomeLink® web siteat: www.homelink.com or call1-800-355-3515.

PROGRAMMING HOMELINK®FOR CANADIAN CUSTOMERSAND GATE OPENERS

Canadian radio-frequency laws requiretransmitter signals to “time-out” (or quit) af-ter several seconds of transmission – whichmay not be long enough for HomeLink® topick up the signal during training. Similar tothis Canadian law, some U.S. gate operatorsare designed to “timeout” in the samemanner.

If you live in Canada or you are having diffi-culties training a gate operator or garagedoor opener by using the “Training” proce-dures, replace “Programming HomeLink®”step 2 with the following:

NOTE:

When programming a garage door opener,etc., unplug the device during the “cycling”process to prevent possible damage to thegarage door opener components.

1. For additional information, see “Program-ming HomeLink®” step 1, (P. 2-70).

2. Using both hands, simultaneously pressand hold the desired HomeLink® buttonand the hand-held transmitter button.During training, your hand-held transmit-ter may automatically stop transmitting.Continue to press and hold the desiredHomeLink® button while you press andre-press (“cycle”) your hand-held trans-mitter every 2 seconds until the frequencysignal has been learned. The HomeLink®indicator light will flash slowly and thenrapidly after several seconds upon suc-cessful training. DO NOT release until theHomeLink® indicator light flashes slowlyand then rapidly. When the indicator lightflashes rapidly, both buttons may be re-leased. The rapid flashing indicates suc-cessful training.Proceed with “Programming HomeLink®”step 3 to complete.If the device was unplugged during theprogramming procedure, remember toplug it back in when programming iscompleted.


OPERATING THE HOMELINK®UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER

The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver, afterit is programmed, can be used to activate theprogrammed device. To operate, simply pressand release the appropriate programmedHomeLink® Universal Transceiver button.The amber indicator light will illuminate whilethe signal is being transmitted.

For convenience, the hand-held transmitterof the device may also be used at any time.

PROGRAMMING TROUBLE-DIAGNOSIS

If the HomeLink® does not quickly learn thehand-held transmitter information:

• replace the hand-held transmitter batterieswith new batteries.

• position the hand-held transmitter with itsbattery area facing away from theHomeLink® surface.

• press and hold both the HomeLink® andhand-held transmitter buttons withoutinterruption.

• position the hand-held transmitter 1 - 3 in(2 - 8 cm) away from the HomeLink® sur-face. Hold the transmitter in that positionfor up to 15 seconds. If HomeLink® is notprogrammed within that time, try holdingthe transmitter in another position – keep-ing the indicator light in view at all times.

If you continue to have programming difficul-ties, please contact the INFINITI ConsumerAffairs Department. The phone numbers arelocated in the Foreword of this manual.

CLEARING THE PROGRAMMEDINFORMATION

The following procedure clears the pro-grammed information from both buttons. In-dividual buttons cannot be cleared. However,individual buttons can be reprogrammed. Foradditional information, see “Reprogramminga single HomeLink® button” (P. 2-73).

To clear all programming:

1. Press and hold the two outer HomeLink®buttons until the indicator light begins toflash in approximately 10 seconds. Do nothold for longer than 20 seconds.

2. Release both buttons.

HomeLink® is now in the programming modeand can be programmed at any time begin-ning with “Programming HomeLink®” - Step1.

REPROGRAMMING A SINGLEHOMELINK® BUTTON

To reprogram a HomeLink® Universal Trans-ceiver button, complete the following:

1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink®button. DO NOT release the button.

2. The indicator light will begin to flash after20 seconds. Without releasing theHomeLink® button, proceed with “Pro-gramming HomeLink®” - Step 1 (P. 2-70).

For questions or comments, contactHomeLink® at: www.homelink.com or1–800–355–3515 (except Mexico).

The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver but-ton has now been reprogrammed. The newdevice can be activated by pressing theHomeLink® button that was just pro-grammed. This procedure will not affect anyother programmed HomeLink® buttons.


IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN

If your vehicle is stolen, you should changethe codes of any non-rolling code device thathas been programmed into HomeLink®.Consult the Owner's Manual of each deviceor call the manufacturer or dealer of thosedevices for additional information.

When your vehicle is recovered, you willneed to reprogram the HomeLink® Univer-sal Transceiver with your new transmitterinformation.

FCC Notice:

For USA:

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCCRules. Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions: (1) This device may notcause interference, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference received, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation.

NOTE:

Changes or modifications not expressly ap-proved by the party responsible for compli-ance could void the user’s authority to oper-ate the equipment.

For Canada:

This device complies with Industry Canadalicence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operationis subject to the following two conditions: (1)this device may not cause interference, and(2) this device must accept any interference,including interference that may cause unde-sired operation of the device.


MEMO


3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2INFINITI Intelligent Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer Systemkeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4

Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4Locking with key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4Locking with inside lock knob Type A(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5Locking with inside lock knob Type B(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5Locking with power door lock switch . . . . . . . . . .3-5Automatic door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6Child safety rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6

INFINITI Intelligent Key System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6Operating range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-8Door locks/unlocks precaution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-9INFINITI Intelligent Key operation . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-9How to use the remote keyless entryfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13Warning signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16Troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16Log-in function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18

Remote Engine Start (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18Remote Engine Start operating range . . . . . . . . 3-19Remote starting the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19Extending engine run time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19Canceling a Remote Engine Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20

Conditions the Remote Engine Start willnot work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20

Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21

Operating the power liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22Motion-Activated Liftgate(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24Power liftgate main switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26Liftgate release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26Liftgate position setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27

Fuel-filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28Opening the fuel-filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28Fuel-filler cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28

Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31Manual operation (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31Automatic operation (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . 3-31

Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32Vanity mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33Card holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33

Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33Manual anti-glare rearview mirror(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33Automatic anti-glare rearview mirror(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34

Memory Seat (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36

Memory storage function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36Entry/exit function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37

Setting memory function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38

INFINITI INTELLIGENT KEY

Your vehicle can only be driven with the Intel-ligent Keys which are registered to your vehi-cle’s Intelligent Key System components andINFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer Systemcomponents.

Never leave the keys in the vehicle.

As many as four Intelligent Keys can be reg-istered and used with one vehicle. The newkeys must be registered prior to use with theIntelligent Key System and INFINITI VehicleImmobilizer System of your vehicle. It is rec-ommended that you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service. Since the registration processrequires erasing all memory in the IntelligentKey components when registering new keys,be sure to take all Intelligent Keys that youhave to an INFINITI retailer.

A key number plate is supplied with your keys.Record the key number and keep it in a safeplace (such as your wallet), not in the vehicle.If you lose your keys, it is recommended thatyou visit an INFINITI retailer for duplicates byusing the key number. INFINITI does not re-cord key numbers so it is very important tokeep track of your key number plate.

A key number is only necessary when youhave lost all keys and do not have one toduplicate from. If you still have a key, it can beduplicated without knowing the key number.

CAUTION

Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key withyou when driving. The Intelligent Key is aprecision device with a built-in transmit-ter. To avoid damaging it, please note thefollowing:

– The Intelligent Key is water resistant;however, wetting may damage the In-telligent Key. If the Intelligent Key getswet, immediately wipe until it is com-pletely dry.

– Do not bend, drop or strike it againstanother object.

– If the outside temperature is below 14°F(-10°C), the battery of the IntelligentKey may not function properly.

LPD2848

Type A (if so equipped)1. Intelligent Keys (two sets)

2. Mechanical key

3. Key number plate (one plate)

LPD2889


KEYS

3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

– Do not place the Intelligent Key for anextended period in a place where tem-peratures exceed 140°F (60°C).

– Do not change or modify the IntelligentKey.

– Do not use a magnet key holder.

– Do not place the Intelligent Key near anelectric appliance such as a television setor a personal computer.

– Do not allow the Intelligent Key to comeinto contact with water or salt water,and do not wash it in a washing machine.This could affect the system function.

If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, INFINITIrecommends erasing the ID code of that In-telligent Key from the vehicle. This may pre-vent the unauthorized use of the IntelligentKey to operate the vehicle. For informationregarding the erasing procedure, it is recom-mended that you visit an INFINITI retailer.

Mechanical key

The Intelligent Key contains the mechanicalkey.

To remove the mechanical key, release thelock knob on the back of the Intelligent Key.

To install the mechanical key, firmly insert itinto the Intelligent Key until the lock knobreturns to the lock position.

Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock thedriver's door and glove box if they areequipped with a key cylinder.

CAUTION

Always carry the mechanical key installedin the Intelligent Key slot.

For additional information, see “Doors”(P. 3-4) and “Storage” (P. 2-50).

Valet hand-off

When you have to leave a key with a valet,give them the Intelligent Key itself and keepthe mechanical key with you to protect yourbelongings.

To prevent the glove box from being openedduring valet hand-off, follow the procedurebelow.

1. Remove the mechanical key from the In-telligent Key.

2. Lock the glove box with the mechanicalkey.

3. Hand the Intelligent Key to the valet andkeep the mechanical key with you.

For additional information, see “Storage”(P. 2-50).

LPD2849

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3

INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEM KEYS

Additional or replacement keys:

If you still have a key, the key number is notnecessary when you need extra INFINITI Ve-hicle Immobilizer System keys. Your existingkey can be duplicated without knowing thekey number. As many as four INFINITI Ve-hicle Immobilizer System keys can be usedwith one vehicle. You should bring allINFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System keysthat you have to the INFINITI retailer forregistration. This is because the registrationprocess will erase the memory of all keycodes previously registered into the INFINITIVehicle Immobilizer System. After the regis-tration process, these components will onlyrecognize keys coded into the INFINITI Ve-hicle Immobilizer System during registration.Any key that is not given to the retailer at thetime of registration will no longer be able tostart your vehicle.

CAUTION

Do not allow the immobilizer system key,which contains an electrical transponder,to come into contact with water or saltwater. This could affect system function.

When the doors are locked using one of thefollowing methods, the doors cannot beopened using the inside or outside doorhandles. The doors must be unlocked to openthe doors.

WARNING

• Always have the doors locked while driv-ing. Along with the use of seat belts, thisprovides greater safety in the event of anaccident by helping to prevent personsfrom being thrown from the vehicle. Thisalso helps keep children and others fromunintentionally opening the doors, andwill help keep out intruders.

• Before opening any door, always look forand avoid oncoming traffic.


LOCKING WITH KEY

To lock or unlock the driver’s door, turn thekey toward the front of the vehicle O1 .

To unlock the driver’s door, turn the key to-ward the rear of the vehicle O3 , then return itto the neutral position O2 .

LPD2750

Driver’s door

DOORS


LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCKKNOB TYPE A (if so equipped)

To lock the door without the key, move theinside lock to the lock position O1 , then closethe door.

To unlock the door without the key, move theinside lock knob to the unlock position O2 .

LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCKKNOB TYPE B (if so equipped)

To lock the door without the key, move theinside lock knob to the lock position O1 , thenclose the door.

To unlock the door without the key, move theinside lock knob to the unlock position O2 .

For front doors, the door can also be un-locked by pulling on the inside handle leverone time O3 .

LOCKING WITH POWER DOORLOCK SWITCH

To lock all the doors without a key, push thedoor lock switch (driver's or front passenger'sside) to the lock position O1 . When lockingthe door this way, be certain not to leave thekey inside the vehicle.

To unlock all the doors without a key, pushthe door lock switch (driver's or front passen-ger's side) to the unlock position O2 .

LPD2714

Inside lock

LPD2713

Inside lock

SPA2727


Lockout protection

When any door is open and the power doorlock switch is moved to the lock position, alldoors will lock. If the Intelligent Key is left inthe vehicle after the door is closed, all doorswill unlock automatically and a chime willsound.

These functions help to prevent the Intelli-gent Key from being accidentally locked in-side the vehicle.

AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS• All doors lock automatically when the ve-

hicle speed reaches 15 mph (24 km/h).

• All doors unlock automatically when thetransmission is placed in the P (Park) posi-tion or when the ignition switch is placed inthe OFF position depending on the optionselected in the “Comfort & Convenience”options of the “Settings” menu.

NOTE:The Auto unlock features can be changedusing “Comfort & Convenience” options inthe “Settings” menu of the lower touch-screen display. For additional information,refer to the separate INFINITI InTouch™Owner’s Manual.

CHILD SAFETY REAR DOORLOCK

Child safety locks help prevent the rear doorsfrom being opened accidentally, especiallywhen small children are in the vehicle.

The child safety lock levers are located on theedge of the rear doors.

When the lever is in the LOCK position, thedoor can be opened only from the outside.

WARNING


• The Intelligent Key transmits radiowaves when the buttons are pressed.The FAA advises the radio waves mayaffect aircraft navigation and communi-cation systems. Do not operate the Intel-ligent Key while on an airplane. Makesure the buttons are not operated unin-tentionally when the unit is stored for aflight.

• Before leaving the vehicle, engage the P(Park) position and check that the elec-tronic parking brake warning light is illu-minated to confirm that the electronicparking brake is applied. The electronicparking brake warning light will remainon for a period of time after the driver’sdoor is locked.

LPD2753

INFINITI INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM


• Make sure to engage the P (Park) posi-tion and apply the parking brake whenparking your vehicle, riding on or off thevehicle or loading luggage. Failure to doso could cause the vehicle to move or rollaway unexpectedly and result in seriouspersonal injury or property damage.

The Intelligent Key system can operate all thedoor locks using the remote control functionor pushing the request switch on the vehiclewithout taking the key out from a pocket orpurse. The operating environment and/orconditions may affect the Intelligent Key sys-tem operation.

Be sure to read the following before using theIntelligent Key system.

CAUTION

• Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key withyou when operating the vehicle.

• Never leave the Intelligent Key in the ve-hicle when you leave the vehicle.

The Intelligent Key is always communicatingwith the vehicle as it receives radio waves.The Intelligent Key system transmits weakradio waves. Environmental conditions mayinterfere with the operation of the IntelligentKey system under the following operatingconditions:

• When operating near a location wherestrong radio waves are transmitted, such asa TV tower, power station and broadcast-ing station.

• When in possession of wireless equipment,such as a cellular telephone, transceiver ora CB radio.

• When the Intelligent Key is in contact withor covered by metallic materials.

• When any type of radio wave remote con-trol is used nearby.

• When the Intelligent Key is placed near anelectric appliance such as a personalcomputer.

• When the vehicle is parked near a parkingmeter.

In such cases, correct the operating condi-tions before using the Intelligent Key functionor use the mechanical key.

Although the life of the battery varies de-pending on the operating conditions, the bat-tery’s life is approximately two years. If thebattery is discharged, replace it with a newone.

When the Intelligent Key battery is low, a“Key Battery Low” indicator illuminates in thevehicle information display. For additional in-formation, see “Vehicle information displaywarnings and indicators” (P. 2-21).

Since the Intelligent Key is continuously re-ceiving radio waves, if the key is left nearequipment which transmits strong radiowaves, such as signals from a TV and per-sonal computer, the battery life may becomeshorter.

For additional information, see “Battery re-placement” (P. 8-22).

CAUTION

Listed below are conditions or occurrenceswhich will damage the Intelligent Key:

• Do not allow the Intelligent Key, whichcontains electrical components, to comeinto contact with water or salt water.This could affect the system function.

• Do not drop the Intelligent Key.


• Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharplyagainst another object.

• Do not change or modify the IntelligentKey.

• Wetting may damage the IntelligentKey. If the Intelligent Key gets wet, im-mediately wipe until it is completely dry.

• Do not place the Intelligent Key for anextended period in an area where tem-peratures exceed 140°F (60°C).

• Do not attach the Intelligent Key with akey holder that contains a magnet.

• Do not place the Intelligent Key nearequipment that produces a magneticfield, such as a TV, audio equipment andpersonal computers.

If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, INFINITIrecommends erasing the ID code of that In-telligent Key from the vehicle. This may pre-vent the unauthorized use of the IntelligentKey to operate the vehicle. For informationregarding the erasing procedure, it is recom-mended that you visit an INFINITI retailer. OPERATING RANGE

The Intelligent Key functions can only be usedwhen the Intelligent Key is within the speci-fied operating range from the door handlerequest switch or the one touch unlock sen-sor O1 .

When the Intelligent Key battery is dis-charged or strong radio waves are presentnear the operating location, the IntelligentKey operating range becomes narrower, andthe Intelligent Key may not function properly.

The operating range is within 31.5 in (80 cm)from each request switch or one touch unlocksensor O1 .

If the Intelligent Key is too close to the doorglass, handle or rear bumper, the requestswitches or the one touch unlock sensor maynot function.

If any of the front doors are recently closedand locked, you must wait 2 seconds beforeyou can unlock the door with the one touchunlock sensor. Pulling the handle within 2seconds of locking the door will allow youtime to confirm that the door has been lockedwithout accidentally unlocking the door withthe one touch unlock sensor.

If you pull the door handle with your glovedhand, the one touch unlock sensor operationmay not function.

When the Intelligent Key is within the operat-ing range, it is possible for anyone, evensomeone who does not carry the IntelligentKey, to push the request switch or the onetouch unlock sensor to lock/unlock the doorwithin range.

LPD2054


DOOR LOCKS/UNLOCKSPRECAUTION• Do not push the door handle request switch

with the Intelligent Key held in your hand asillustrated. The close distance to the doorhandle will cause the Intelligent Key systemto have difficulty recognizing that the Intel-ligent Key is outside the vehicle.

• Within 2 seconds after the doors are lockedusing the door handle request switch, makesure that the doors have been securelylocked by operating the door handles.

• To prevent the Intelligent Key from beingleft inside the vehicle, make sure you carrythe key with you before locking the doorsand liftgate.

• The Intelligent Key system (opening/closing doors with the door handle requestswitch or the one touch unlock sensor) canbe set to remain inactive. For additionalinformation, refer to the separate INFINITIInTouch™ Owner’s Manual.

• The door cannot be unlocked using the onetouch unlock operation after locking thedoor within 2 seconds. To unlock the door,release the one touch unlock sensor onceand touch it again.

• If a large amount of water runs down onthe door handle (for example, when wash-ing the vehicle or in heavy rain), the doormay unlock if the Intelligent Key is in rangeof operation. To prevent the door from be-ing unlocked, the Intelligent Key should bemore than 7 ft (2 m) away from the vehicle.

• Do not hold and pull the door handlequickly. The door will be unlocked but willnot open. Release the door handle onceand pull it again to open the door.

• If you pull the door handle with a glovedhand, the one touch unlock operation maynot function.

INFINITI INTELLIGENT KEYOPERATION

You can lock or unlock the doors withouttaking the Intelligent Key out of your pocketor bag.

LPD2716 LPD2717


When you carry the Intelligent Key with youand Selective Door Unlock is turned on using“Comfort & Convenience” options in the “Set-tings” menu of the lower touch-screen dis-play, you can unlock the corresponding doorby touching the one touch unlock sensor OB

(driver’s or front passenger’s) within therange of operation. After touching the onetouch unlock sensor, the door handle requestswitch OA (driver’s or front passenger’s) canbe pushed to unlock all doors.

When Selective Door Unlock is turned off inthe “Comfort & Convenience” options of the“Settings” menu of the lower touch-screendisplay and when carrying the Intelligent Key,

you can unlock all doors by touching a onetouch unlock sensor OB within the range ofoperation.

You can lock all doors by pushing the doorhandle request switch OA (driver’s or frontpassenger’s) once.

NOTE:

Selective Door Unlock can be changed using“Comfort & Convenience” options in the“Settings” menu of the lower touch-screendisplay. For additional information, refer tothe separate INFINITI InTouch™ Owner’sManual.

Locking all doors and fuel-fillerdoor

1. Place the ignition switch in the OFF posi-tion and make sure you carry the Intelli-gent Key with you.

2. Close all doors.

3. Push the door handle request switch (driv-er’s or front passenger’s) OA while carry-ing the Intelligent Key with you.

4. All the doors, liftgate and fuel-filler doorwill lock.

5. The hazard indicator flashes twice and theoutside chime sounds twice.

LPD2734 LPD2733 LPD3081


NOTE:• The one touch sensors and request

switches for all doors and liftgate can bedeactivated when the Lock/Unlock byDoor Handle setting is switched to OFF in“Comfort & Convenience” options of the“Settings” menu of the lower touch-screen display. For additional information,refer to the separate INFINITI InTouch™Owner’s Manual.

• Doors will lock with the Intelligent Keywhile the ignition switch is placed in theON position.

• Doors will not lock by pushing the doorhandle request switch with the IntelligentKey inside the vehicle. However, when anIntelligent Key is inside the vehicle, doorscan be locked with another registered In-telligent Key.

WARNING

After locking the doors using the requestswitch, make sure that the doors have beensecurely locked by operating the doorhandles within two seconds of locking.Failure to follow these instructions may re-sult in inadvertently unlocking the doors,which may decrease the safety and secu-rity of your vehicle.

CAUTION

• When locking the doors using the re-quest switch, make sure to have the In-telligent Key in your possession beforeoperating the request switch to preventthe Intelligent Key from being left in thevehicle.

• The request switch is operational onlywhen the Intelligent Key has been de-tected by the Intelligent Key system.

Lockout protection

To prevent the Intelligent Key from beingaccidentally locked in the vehicle, lockoutprotection is equipped with the IntelligentKey.

When the driver’s side door is open, the doorsare locked, then the Intelligent Key is leftinside the vehicle and the door is closed, alldoors will unlock automatically.

NOTE:

The doors may not lock when the IntelligentKey is in the same hand that is operating therequest switch to lock the door. Put the In-telligent Key in a purse, pocket or your otherhand.

CAUTION

The lockout protection may not functionunder the following conditions:

• When the Intelligent Key is placed on topof the instrument panel.

• When the Intelligent Key is placed insidethe glove box or a storage bin.

• When the Intelligent Key is placed insidethe door pockets.

• When the Intelligent Key is placed insideor near metallic materials.

LPD2734


Unlocking doors and fuel-filler door

1. Touch the one touch unlock sensor OB

(driver’s or front passenger’s) while carry-ing the Intelligent Key with you.

2. The door handle welcome lights illumi-nate, the hazard indicator lights flash onceand the vehicle beeps once.

If Selective Door Unlock is turned on in“Vehicle Settings” of the lower touch-screen display, the corresponding doorwill unlock. If Selective Door Unlock isturned off, all doors will unlock.

3. If Selective Door Unlock is turned on in“Vehicle Settings” of the lower touch-screen display, push the door handle re-quest switch OA (driver’s or front passen-ger’s) within 1 minute.

4. The hazard indicator flashes once and thevehicle beeps once again. All doors, lift-gate and fuel-filler door will unlock.

NOTE:

The unlocking operation can be changed inSelective Door Unlock in the “Comfort &Convenience” options of the “Settings”menu of the lower touch-screen display. Foradditional information, refer to the separateINFINITI InTouch™ Owner’s Manual.

All doors and the fuel-filler door will lockautomatically unless one of the following op-erations is performed within 1 minute afterpushing the request switch or one touch un-lock operation while the doors are locked.

• Opening any door.

• Pushing the ignition switch.

During this 1–minute time period, if thebutton on the Intelligent Key is pushed, alldoors will be locked automatically after an-other 1 minute has passed.

NOTE:

The one-touch unlock sensor can be deacti-vated when the Touch Sensitive Door Sensorsetting is switched to OFF in the “Comfort &Convenience” options of the “Settings”menu of the lower touch-screen display. Foradditional information, refer to the separateINFINITI InTouch™ Owner’s Manual.

LPD2733 LPD2734


If a door handle is pulled too quickly whileunlocking the doors using the one touch un-lock sensor, you may be unable to open thedoor. Returning the door handle to its originalposition will allow you to open the door.

Using the interior lights

The interior lights illuminate for a period oftime when a door is unlocked.

The lights can be turned off without waitingby performing one of the followingoperations:

• Placing the ignition switch in the ONposition.

• Locking the doors with the Intelligent Key.

• Switching the interior light switch to theOFF position.

For additional information, see “Interiorlights” (P. 2-68).

Door handle welcome lights

When you unlock the doors using the Intelli-gent Key, request switch or one touch unlocksensor, the door handle welcome lights OA

will illuminate for a period of time. The wel-come lights will also illuminate when youopen an unlocked door without carrying theIntelligent Key with you. When you lock thedoors using the Intelligent Key or requestswitch, the door handle welcome lights fadeout.

NOTE:

The door handle welcome lights and onetouch unlock sensor can be deactivated inthe ”Comfort & Convenience” options of the“Settings” menu in the lower touch-screendisplay. For additional information, refer tothe separate INFINITI InTouch™ Owner’sManual.

HOW TO USE THE REMOTEKEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION

The remote keyless entry function can oper-ate all door locks using the remote keylessfunction of the Intelligent Key. The remotekeyless function can operate at a distance of10 m (33 ft) away from the vehicle. The op-erating distance depends upon the conditionsaround the vehicle.

The remote keyless entry function will notfunction under the following conditions:

• When the Intelligent Key is not within theoperational range.

• When the Intelligent Key battery isdischarged.

LPD2732

Driver’s and passenger’s side


CAUTION

When locking the doors using the Intelli-gent Key, be sure not to leave the key in thevehicle.


1. (lock) button

2. (unlock) button

3. (liftgate) button

4. (panic) button


1. (remote engine start) button

2. (lock) button

3. (unlock) button

4. (liftgate) button

5. (panic) button

Locking doors

1. Place the ignition switch in the LOCKposition.

2. Close all doors.

LPD3701 LPD3702


3. Press the button on the IntelligentKey.

4. The hazard indicator lights flash twice andthe horn beeps once.

5. All doors, liftgate and fuel-filler door willbe locked.

WARNING

After locking the doors using the Intelli-gent Key, be sure that the doors have beensecurely locked by operating the doorhandles within two seconds of locking.Failure to follow these instructions may re-sult in inadvertently unlocking the doors,which may decrease the safety and secu-rity of your vehicle.

Unlocking doors

1. Press the button on the IntelligentKey.

2. The hazard indicator lights flash once andthe driver’s and fuel-filler doors unlock.

3. Press the button again within 1 min-ute to unlock all doors and liftgate.

All doors, liftgate and fuel-filler door will belocked automatically unless one of the fol-lowing operations is performed within 1 min-ute after pressing the button:

• Opening any doors.

• Pushing the ignition switch.

Using the interior lights

The interior lights illuminate for a period oftime when a door is unlocked.

The lights can be turned off without waitingby performing one of the followingoperations:

• Placing the ignition switch in the ONposition.

• Locking the doors with the Intelligent Key.

• Switching the interior light switch to theOFF position.

For additional information, see “Interiorlights” (P. 2-68).

Opening windows

The Intelligent Key allows you to simultane-ously open windows equipped with auto-matic operation.

To open the windows, press and hold thebutton on the Intelligent Key for longer

than 3 seconds after all doors are unlocked.

The door windows will open while pressingthe button on the Intelligent Key.

The door windows cannot be closed by usingthe Intelligent Key.

Releasing the rear liftgate

The rear liftgate can be opened and closed byperforming the following:

• Press the button for longer than 1second to open the rear liftgate.

• Press the button again for longer than1 second to close the rear liftgate.

When the button is pressed during theopen or close process, the liftgate motors willstop. When the button is pressed againfor longer than 1 second the liftgate will re-verse direction.

Using the panic alarm

If you are near your vehicle and feel threat-ened, you may activate the panic alarm to callattention by pressing and holding thebutton on the Intelligent Key for longer than0.5 seconds.

The panic alarm and headlights will stay onfor a period of time.


The panic alarm stops when:

• It has run for a period of time, or

• Any button is pressed on the Intelligent Key.

• The request switch on the driver or passen-ger door is pushed and the Intelligent Key isin range of the door handle.

Answer back horn feature

If desired, the answer back horn feature canbe deactivated using the Intelligent Key.When it is deactivated and the buttonis pressed, the hazard indicator lights flashtwice. When the button is pressed, nei-ther the hazard indicator lights nor the hornoperates.

NOTE:

If you change the answer back horn and lightflash feature with the Intelligent Key, thelower touch-screen display will show thecurrent mode after the ignition switch hasbeen cycled from the OFF to the ON positionof the ”Comfort & Convenience” options ofthe “Settings” menu in the lower touch-screen display can also be used to change theanswer back horn mode between “Conve-nience” and “Security” settings.

To deactivate: Press and hold the andbuttons for at least 2 seconds.

The hazard indicator lights will flash threetimes to confirm that the answer back hornfeature has been deactivated.

To activate: Press and hold the andbuttons for at least 2 seconds once

more.

The hazard indicator lights will flash once andthe horn will sound once to confirm that thehorn beep feature has been reactivated.

Deactivating the horn beep feature does notsilence the horn if the alarm is triggered.

WARNING SIGNALSTo help prevent the vehicle from moving un-expectedly by erroneous operation of the In-telligent Key or to help prevent the vehiclefrom being stolen, a chime or buzzer soundsfrom inside and outside the vehicle and awarning is displayed in the instrument panel.

When a chime or beep sounds or a warning isdisplayed, be sure to check the vehicle andthe Intelligent Key.

For additional information, see “Trouble-shooting guide” (P. 3-16) and the separateINFINITI InTouch™ Owner’s Manual.

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE

Verify the location of all Intelligent Keys thatare programmed for the vehicle. If anotherIntelligent Key is in range or inside the vehicle,the vehicle system may respond differentlythan expected.


Symptom Possible Cause Remedy

When engaging the P (Park) positionThe Push Ignition to OFF warning ap-pears in the display.

The ignition switch is in the ON position.Place the ignition switch in the OFFposition.

When opening the driver’s door to getout of the vehicle

The Door Open warning appears on thedisplay.


When closing the door after getting outof the vehicle

The No Key Detected warning appearson the display, the outside chime soundsthree times.


The Shift to P warning appears on thedisplay and the outside chime soundscontinuously.

The ignition switch is in the ON positionand the P (Park) position is not engaged.

Apply the parking brake.Place the ignition switch in the OFFposition.

When closing the door with the insidelock knob turned to LOCK

The outside chime sounds for approxi-mately 3 seconds and all the doors un-lock.

The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

When pushing the door handle or lift-gate request switch or the buttonon the Intelligent Key to lock the door

The outside chime sounds for approxi-mately 2 seconds.

The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

When pushing the ignition switch tostart the engine

The Key Battery Low warning appearson the display.

The battery charge may be getting low.Replace the battery with a new one. Foradditional information, see “Battery re-placement” (P. 8-22).

The No Key Detected warning appearson the display, the outside chime soundsthree times and the inside warning chimesounds for approximately 3 seconds.

The battery charge may be getting low.Replace the battery with a new one. Foradditional information, see “Battery re-placement” (P. 8-22).

When pushing the ignition switchThe Key System Error: See Owner’sManual warning appears on the display.

It warns of a malfunction with the Intelli-gent Key system.

It is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer.


LOG-IN FUNCTION

After setting up the user information, thesystem will automatically recognize the userupon turning on the vehicle.

There will be a personalized welcome greet-ing and screen prompt to log in.

This feature allows four drivers to use theirown registration, drive mode, driving posi-tion, air conditioner, and auto settings andmemorizes these custom settings.

The log-in user can be changed on the wel-come greeting screen or the User List screen.For additional information, refer to the sepa-rate INFINITI InTouch™ Owner’s Manual.

The log-in function is linked to the followingfeatures:

• Meter

• Audio

• Navigation system display

• Navigation settings

• Air conditioner

• Memory seat (if so equipped)

• Engine/transmission

• Steering

• Suspension (if so equipped)

• Active trace control system

• Driver assistance except for the ForwardEmergency Braking (FEB) with PedestrianDetection system (if so equipped)

• Body Control Module (BCM)

The button will be on the INFINITIIntelligent Key if the vehicle has Remote En-gine Start. This feature allows the engine tostart from outside the vehicle.

Vehicles with an automatic climate controlsystem will default to either a heating orcooling mode depending on outside andcabin temperatures. For additional informa-tion, see. “Remote Engine Start with Intelli-gent Climate Control” (P. 4-35).

Laws in some local communities may restrictthe use of remote starters. For example,some laws require a person using RemoteEngine Start to have the vehicle in view.Check local regulations for any requirements.

LPD2995

REMOTE ENGINE START (if soequipped)


Other conditions may affect the function ofthe Remote Engine Start feature. For addi-tional information, see “Conditions the Re-mote Engine Start will not work” (P. 3-20).

Other conditions can affect the performanceof the Intelligent Key transmitter. For addi-tional information, see “INFINITI IntelligentKey” (P. 3-6).

REMOTE ENGINE STARTOPERATING RANGE

WARNING

To help avoid risk of injury or deaththrough unintended operation of the ve-hicle and/or its systems, including entrap-ment in windows or inadvertent door lockactivation, do not leave children, peoplewho require the assistance of others orpets unattended in your vehicle. Addition-ally, the temperature inside a closed vehicleon a warm day can quickly become highenough to cause a significant risk of injuryor death to people and pets.

CAUTION

When the Intelligent Key battery is dis-charged or other strong radio wavesources are present near the operating lo-cation, the Intelligent Key operating rangebecomes narrower, and the Intelligent Keymay not function properly.

The Remote Engine Start function can onlybe used when the Intelligent Key is within thespecified operating range from the vehicle.

The Remote Engine Start operating range isapproximately 197 ft (60 m) from the vehicle.

REMOTE STARTING THEVEHICLE

To use the Remote Engine Start feature tostart the engine perform the following:

1. Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicle.

2. Press the button to lock all doors.

3. Within 5 seconds press and hold thebutton until the turn signal lights flash andthe tail lamps turn on. If the vehicle is notwithin view press and hold the but-ton for at least 2 seconds.

The following events will occur when the en-gine starts:

• The parking lights will turn on and remainon as long as the engine is running.

• The doors will be locked and the climatecontrol system may come on.

• The engine will continue to run for 10 min-utes. Repeat the steps to extend the timefor an additional 10 minutes. For additionalinformation, see “Extending engine runtime” (P. 3-19).

Depress and hold the brake then push thepush-button ignition switch to the ON posi-tion before driving. For additional informa-tion, see “Driving the vehicle” (P. 5-18).

EXTENDING ENGINE RUN TIMEThe Remote Engine Start feature can be ex-tended one time by performing the stepslisted in “Remote starting the vehicle” in thissection. Run time will be calculated asfollows:

• The first 10–minute run time will startwhen the Remote Engine Start function isperformed.


• The second 10 minutes will start immedi-ately when the Remote Engine Start func-tion is performed again. For example, if theengine has been running for 5 minutes, and10 minutes are added, the engine will runfor a total of 15 minutes.

• Extending engine run time will bring you tothe two Remote Engine Start limit.

A maximum of two Remote Engine Starts, ora single start with an extension, are allowedbetween ignition cycles.

The ignition switch must be cycled to the ONposition and then back to the OFF positionbefore the Remote Engine Start procedurecan be used again.

CANCELING A REMOTE ENGINESTARTTo cancel a Remote Engine Start, performone of the following:

• Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicle andpress until the parking lights turn off.

• Turn on the hazard indicator flashers.

• Cycle the ignition switch on and then off.

• The extended engine run time has expired.

• The first 10–minute timer has expired.

• The engine hood has been opened.

• The vehicle is shifted out of P (Park).

• The alarm sounds due to illegal entry intothe vehicle.

• The ignition switch is pushed without anIntelligent Key in the vehicle.

• The ignition switch is pushed with an Intel-ligent Key in the vehicle but the brake pedalis not depressed.

CONDITIONS THE REMOTEENGINE START WILL NOT WORKThe Remote Engine Start will not operate ifany of the following conditions are present:

• The ignition switch is placed in the ONposition.

• The hood is not securely closed.

• The hazard indicator lights are on.

• The engine is still running. The engine mustbe completely stopped. Wait at least 6 sec-onds if the engine goes from running to off.This is not applicable when extending en-gine run time.

• The button is not pressed and held forat least 2 seconds.

• The button is not pressed and heldwithin 5 seconds of pressing the lockbutton.

• The brake is pressed.

• The doors are not closed and locked.

• The liftgate is open.

• The Key System Error warning shows in thevehicle information display.

• The alarm sounds due to illegal entry intothe vehicle.

• Two Remote Engine Starts, or a single Re-mote Engine Start with an extension, havealready been used.

• The vehicle is not in P (Park).

• There is a detected registered key alreadyinside of the vehicle.

• The Remote Engine Start function hasbeen switched to the OFF position in the“Comfort & Convenience” options of the“Settings” menu of the lower touch-screendisplay. For additional information, refer tothe separate INFINITI InTouch™ Owner’sManual.

The Remote Engine Start may display awarning or indicator in the vehicle informa-tion display. For additional information, referto the separate INFINITI InTouch™ Owner’sManual.


1. Pull the hood lock release handle O1 lo-cated below the driver side instrumentpanel. The hood will spring up slightly.

2. Push the lever O2 at the front of the hoodto the side with your fingertips and raisethe hood.

When closing the hood, lower it slowly andmake sure it locks into place.

WARNING

• Make sure the hood is completely closedand latched before driving. Failure to doso could cause the hood to fly open andresult in an accident.

• If you see steam or smoke coming fromthe engine compartment, to avoid injurydo not open the hood.

WARNING

• Always be sure the liftgate has beenclosed securely to prevent it from open-ing while driving.

• Do not drive with the liftgate open. Thiscould allow dangerous exhaust gases tobe drawn into the vehicle. For additionalinformation, see “Exhaust gas (carbonmonoxide)” (P. 5-4).


• Always be sure that hands and feet areclear of the door frame to avoid injurywhile closing the liftgate.

LPD3018

HOOD LIFTGATE


OPERATING THE POWERLIFTGATE

WARNING

• Make sure that all passengers have theirhands, etc., inside the vehicle beforeclosing the liftgate.

• To help avoid risk of injury or deaththrough unintended operation of the ve-hicle and/or its systems, including en-trapment in windows or inadvertentdoor lock activation, do not leave chil-dren, people who require the assistanceof others or pets unattended in your ve-hicle. Additionally, the temperature in-side a closed vehicle on a warm day canquickly become high enough to cause asignificant risk of injury or death topeople or pets.

NOTE:

To open, close or reverse the power liftgate,engage the P (Park) position. Also, thepower liftgate will not operate if the batteryvoltage is low.

Power Open:The power liftgate automatically moves fromthe fully closed position to the fully openposition in approximately 5 to 8 seconds. Thepower open feature can be activated by theswitch on the Intelligent Key, the instrumentpanel switch or the liftgate opener switch OA .A chime sounds to indicate the power opensequence has been started.

LPD3058

Instrument panel switch

LPD2755

Liftgate opener switch and request switch


• When the vehicle is locked, the liftgate canbe opened by the instrument panel switch,Intelligent Key and liftgate opener switch

OA (with the Intelligent Key in liftgate op-eration range). The liftgate will individuallyunlock and open. Once the liftgate isclosed, the vehicle will remain unlocked. Tolock the liftgate, push the liftgate requestswitch OB (with the Intelligent Key in lift-gate operation range) or press thebutton on the Intelligent Key.

• To open the liftgate with the IntelligentKey, hold the button for 1 second.

• To open the liftgate with the instrumentpanel switch, hold the button for 1 second.

• To open the liftgate with the liftgateopener switch OA , the liftgate must be un-locked if the Intelligent Key is not in liftgateoperation range.

Power Close:The power liftgate automatically moves fromthe fully open position to the secondary po-sition. When the liftgate reaches the second-ary position, the cinching motor engages andpulls the liftgate to its primary latch position.Power close takes approximately 7 to 10seconds. The power close feature can be ac-tivated by the switch on the Intelligent Key,the instrument panel and the liftgate closeswitch OC . A chime sounds to indicate thepower close sequence has been started.

• If the liftgate opener switch OA is activatedwhile the cinching motor is engaged, thecinching motor will disengage and releasethe latch and the liftgate will open.

• The Intelligent Key button must be held for1 second before the liftgate closes.

• The liftgate close switch OC can only beused to close the liftgate if the power lift-gate main switch is in the ON position.

Stop - Reverse:During the open/close movement, the lift-gate can be stopped if the Intelligent Key,instrument panel or liftgate opener switch OA

or liftgate close switch OC is pushed. Theliftgate can be reversed if the Intelligent Key,instrument panel or liftgate opener switch OA

or liftgate request switch OB is pushed again.

Auto Reverse:If an obstacle is detected during power openor power close, a warning chime will soundand the liftgate will reverse direction and re-turn to the full open or full close position. If asecond obstacle is detected, the liftgate mo-tion will stop and the liftgate will entermanual mode.

LPD3032

Liftgate close switch


A pinch strip is mounted on each side of theliftgate. If an obstacle is detected by a pinchstrip during power close, the liftgate will re-verse direction and return to the full openposition.

NOTE:

If the pinch strip is damaged or removed, thepower close function will not operate.

WARNING

There are some small distances immedi-ately before the closed position which can-not be detected. Make sure that all passen-gers have their hands, etc., inside thevehicle before closing the liftgate. Manual Mode:

If power operation is not available, the lift-gate may be operated manually. Power op-eration may not be available if multiple ob-stacles have been detected in a single powercycle or if the battery voltage is low.

If the power liftgate opener switch OA ispushed during power open or close, thepower operation will be canceled and theliftgate can be operated manually.

To open the liftgate manually, unlock thedoors, push the liftgate opener switch OA andlift the liftgate.

To close, lower and push the liftgate downsecurely.

MOTION-ACTIVATED LIFTGATE(if so equipped)

The liftgate can be operated using a quickkicking motion under the center of the rearbumper.

To operate, the Intelligent Key must be within31.5 in (80 cm) of the liftgate.

NOTE:

Tow hitches are available as an accessory forthis vehicle. If a tow hitch is installed, theliftgate electronic control unit (ECU) needsto be replaced with an ECU programmedwith towing logic for the Motion-ActivatedLiftgate to function properly.

LPD2721


Proper operation technique• While at the rear of the vehicle, begin mak-

ing a quick forward kicking motion.

• Raise your foot straight under the center ofthe rear bumper then immediately returnyour foot to the ground in a continuousmotion.

• The kicking motion should be straight,smooth and consistent.

• After your kick motion is complete, stepback and allow the liftgate to open/close.

• Three beeps will sound and the liftgate willbegin moving within two seconds after thekick.

CAUTION

Before performing the kicking motion,steady your stance to prevent any loss ofbalance. Also, while making the kickingmotion, take caution around hot exhaustsystem parts. Otherwise, there may bedanger of injury.

WARNING

Prevent unintentional liftgate opening/closing. There may be conditions whenopening/closing the liftgate is not desired.Keep the Intelligent Key out of range of theliftgate, (31.5 in or 80 cm), when washingor working around the back of the vehicle.

LPD2765

Activation zone

LPD3033

DO: Quick forward kick and return whilethe key fob is within range

LPD2767

DO NOT: Swing foot side to side or pauseduring kick


CAUTION

• Interference or malfunction can becaused by parking in close proximity toradio or satellite towers.

• Intelligent Key interference could becaused if you have your key fob storednext to your cell phone or any RF-enabled smart card. For additional infor-mation, see “INFINITI Intelligent Key”(P. 3-6).

POWER LIFTGATE MAINSWITCH

The power liftgate operation can be turnedON OA or OFF OB by the power liftgate mainswitch located in the glove box.

When the power liftgate main switch ispushed to the OFF position, the power op-eration is not available by the power liftgateswitch or liftgate request switch on theliftgate.

Power operation is only available when thepower liftgate main switch is in the OFF po-sition by pressing the liftgate button on thekey fob.

Motion-Activated Liftgate (if so equipped)will not function when the power liftgatemain switch is in the OFF position.

LIFTGATE RELEASE

WARNING

• Always be sure the liftgate has beenclosed securely to prevent it from open-ing while driving.

• Do not drive with the liftgate open. Thiscould allow dangerous exhaust gases tobe drawn into the vehicle. For additionalinformation, see “Exhaust gas (carbonmonoxide)” (P. 5-4).

• To avoid personal injury, do not attemptto activate the power liftgate if one orboth of the liftgate struts are removed.

CAUTION

• If the power liftgate does not stay openor if the liftgate unexpectedly closes atany time while a continuous warningchime sounds, do not operate the lift-gate. There may be a pressure loss in oneor both of the liftgate struts. It is recom-mended that you have the liftgate in-spected. It is recommended that you visitan INFINITI retailer for this service.

LPD2723


• Do not activate the power liftgate if oneor both of the liftgate struts are re-moved. Damage to the liftgate or powerliftgate mechanisms may occur.

• Keep the power liftgate main switch (ifso equipped) in the OFF position whenwashing or working around the back ofthe vehicle (with Intelligent Key) to pre-vent inadvertent opening/closing.

Power liftgate release

If the liftgate cannot be opened with theinstrument panel switch, liftgate openerswitch or key fob due to a discharged battery,follow these steps:

1. Remove the cover OA on the inside of theliftgate.

2. Move the lever OB as illustrated to openthe liftgate.

It is recommended that you visit an INFINITIretailer as soon as possible for repair.

LIFTGATE POSITION SETTING

The liftgate can be set to open to a specificheight (garage mode) by performing the fol-lowing:

1. Open the liftgate using the request switchor the Intelligent Key.

2. Pull the liftgate down and move to thedesired height position (the liftgate willhave some resistance when being manu-ally adjusted).

LPD2749 LPD3031


3. Push and hold the power liftgate closeswitch located on the liftgate formore than 3 seconds or until two beepsare heard.

The liftgate will open to the selected positionsetting. To change the position of the liftgate,repeat steps 1-3.

OPENING THE FUEL-FILLERDOORThe fuel-filler door automatically unlockswhen the driver's door is unlocked.

1. Unlock the fuel-filler door using one of thefollowing operations:

• Unlock the driver’s door with the Intelli-gent Key.

• Push the power door lock switch to theunlock position.

• Touch the one touch unlock sensor(driver’s or front passenger’s) while car-rying the Intelligent Key with you. Foradditional information, see “Locking alldoors and fuel-filler door” (P. 3-10).

2. To open the fuel-filler door, push the rightside of the fuel-filler door to release.

To lock, close the fuel-filler door securely andlock the doors.

FUEL-FILLER CAP

WARNING

• Gasoline is extremely flammable andhighly explosive under certain condi-tions. You could be burned or seriouslyinjured if it is misused or mishandled. Al-ways stop the engine and do not smokeor allow open flames or sparks near thevehicle when refueling.

• Do not attempt to top off the fuel tankafter the fuel pump nozzle shuts off au-tomatically. Continued refueling maycause fuel overflow, resulting in fuelspray and possibly a fire.

LPD2725

FUEL-FILLER DOOR


• Use only an original equipment type fuel-filler cap as a replacement. It has abuilt-in safety valve needed for properoperation of the fuel system and emis-sion control system. An incorrect cap canresult in a serious malfunction and pos-sible injury. It could also cause theMalfunction Indicator Light (MIL) tocome on.

• Never pour fuel into the throttle body toattempt to start your vehicle.

• Do not fill a portable fuel container in thevehicle or trailer. Static electricity cancause an explosion of flammable liquid,vapor or gas in any vehicle or trailer. Toreduce the risk of serious injury or deathwhen filling portable fuel containers:

– Always place the container on theground when filling.

– Do not use electronic devices whenfilling.

– Keep the pump nozzle in contact withthe container while you are filling it.

– Use only approved portable fuel con-tainers for flammable liquid.

CAUTION

• Do not use a fuel containing more than15% ethanol in your vehicle. For addi-tional information, see “Fuel recommen-dation” (P. 10-3).

• The Loose Fuel Cap warning messagewill be displayed if the fuel-filler cap isnot properly tightened. It may take a fewdriving trips for the message to be dis-played. Failure to tighten the fuel-fillercap properly after the Loose Fuel Capwarning is displayed may cause the Mal-function Indicator Light (MIL) toilluminate.

• Failure to tighten the fuel-filler capproperly may cause the Malfunc-tion Indicator Light (MIL) to illuminate.If the light illuminates because thefuel-filler cap is loose or missing, tightenor install the cap and continue to drivethe vehicle. The light should turn offafter a few driving trips. If the lightdoes not turn off after a few drivingtrips, have the vehicle inspected. It is rec-ommended that you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for this service.

• For additional information, see “Mal-function Indicator Light (MIL)”(P. 2-15).

• If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body, flushit away with water to avoid paintdamage.


To remove the fuel-filler cap:

1. Turn the fuel-filler cap counterclockwiseto remove.

2. Put the fuel-filler cap on the cap holder OA

while refueling.

To install the fuel-filler cap:

1. Insert the fuel-filler cap straight into thefuel-filler tube.

2. Turn the fuel-filler cap clockwise until itclicks. The fuel-filler cap is a ratchetingtype.

Loose Fuel Cap warning

The Loose Fuel Cap warning will appear inthe vehicle information display when thefuel-filler cap is not tightened correctly afterthe vehicle has been refueled. It may take afew driving trips for the message to be dis-played. To turn off the warning, perform thefollowing:

1. Remove and install the fuel-filler cap assoon as possible. For additional informa-tion, see “Fuel-filler cap” (P. 3-28).

2. Tighten the fuel-filler cap until it a singleclick is heard.

3. Press the button on the steeringwheel for about 1 second to turn off theLoose Fuel Cap warning message in thevehicle information display.

LPD2726 LPD2985


WARNING

• Do not adjust the steering wheel whiledriving. You could lose control of yourvehicle and cause an accident.

• Do not adjust the steering wheel anycloser to you than is necessary for propersteering operation and comfort. Thedriver's air bag inflates with great force.If you are unrestrained, leaning forward,sitting sideways or out of position in anyway, you are at greater risk of injury ordeath in a crash. You may also receiveserious or fatal injuries from the air bag ifyou are up against it when it inflates.Always sit back against the seatback andas far away as practical from the steer-ing wheel. Always use the seat belts.

MANUAL OPERATION (if soequipped)

Tilt and telescopic operation

Push the lock lever O1 down:

• Adjust the steering wheel up or down indirection O2 to the desired position.

• Adjust the steering wheel forward or back-ward in direction O3 to the desired position.

Pull the lock lever O1 up firmly to lock thesteering wheel in place.

AUTOMATIC OPERATION (if soequipped)

Tilt and telescopic operation

To adjust the steering wheel move the switch

O1 in the following directions:

• Adjust the steering wheel up or down indirection O2 to the desired tilt position.

• Adjust the steering wheel forward or back-ward in direction O3 to the desired tele-scopic position.

LPD2728 LPD2752

STEERING WHEEL


Entry/Exit function (if so equipped)

The memory seat system will make the steer-ing wheel move up automatically when thedriver's door is opened and the ignition switchis in the LOCK position. This lets the driver getinto and out of the seat more easily. Thesteering wheel moves back into positionwhen the driver's door is closed and the igni-tion switch is pushed.


1. To block glare from the front, swing downthe sun visor O1 .

2. To block glare from the side, remove thesun visor from the center mount andswing the visor to the side O2 .

3. Slide the extension O3 sun visor in or outas needed.

CAUTION

• Do not store the sun visor before return-ing the extension to its original position.

• Do not pull the extension sun visor forc-ibly downward.

WPD0344

SUN VISORS


VANITY MIRRORS

To access the vanity mirror, pull the sun visordown and flip open the mirror cover. Thevanity mirror will illuminate when the mirrorcover is open.

CARD HOLDER

To use the card holder, slide card into the clip.Do not view information while operating thevehicle.

MANUAL ANTI-GLAREREARVIEW MIRROR (if soequipped)

Use the night position O1 to reduce glarefrom the headlights of vehicles behind you atnight.

Use the day position O2 when driving in day-light hours.

WARNING

Use the night position only when neces-sary, because it reduces rear view clarity.

LPD2583


LPD2340


WPD0126

MIRRORS


AUTOMATIC ANTI-GLAREREARVIEW MIRROR (if soequipped)

The inside mirror is designed so that it auto-matically dims during night time conditionsand according to the intensity of the head-lights of the vehicle following you. The auto-matic anti-glare feature is activated whenthe ignition switch is in the ON position.

NOTE:

Do not hang any objects over the sensors O1

or apply glass cleaner to the sensors. Doingso will reduce the sensitivity of the sensors,resulting in improper operation.

The indicator light O2 will illuminate when theautomatic anti-glare feature is operating.

To turn off the automatic anti-glare feature,press the O button. The indicator light willturn off.

To turn on the automatic anti-glare feature,press the | button. The indicator light willturn on.

For additional information on HomeLink®Universal Transceiver operation, see“HomeLink® Universal Transceiver”(P. 2-70).

OUTSIDE MIRRORS

The outside mirror remote control will oper-ate only when the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

Move the small switch O1 to select the left orright mirror. Adjust each mirror to the desiredposition using the large switch O2 . Move thesmall switch O1 to the center (neutral) posi-tion to prevent accidentally moving themirror.

LPD0469 LPD3035


WARNING

• Objects viewed in the outside mirror onthe passenger side are closer than theyappear. Be careful when moving to theright. Using only this mirror could causean accident. Use the inside mirror orglance over your shoulder to properlyjudge distances to other objects.

• Do not adjust the mirrors while driving.You could lose control of your vehicle andcause an accident.

Manual folding outside mirrors

Pull the outside mirror toward the door tofold it.

Heated mirrors (if so equipped)

The electric control type outside mirrors canbe heated to defrost, defog, or de-ice forimproved visibility. Push the rear window de-froster switch to activate the heating func-tion. Push the switch again to deactivate, orthe heating function will automatically turnoff after approximately 15 minutes.

Reverse tilt-down feature (if soequipped)

The reverse tilt-down feature will turn bothoutside mirror surfaces downward to providebetter rear visibility close to the vehicle whenthe mirror control switch is in either the L or Rposition.

The mirrors automatically return to theiroriginal position when you shift out of R(Reverse).

The outside mirror surfaces will return totheir original position when one of the fol-lowing conditions has occurred:

• The shift lever is moved to any positionother than R (Reverse).

• The outside mirror control switch is set tothe neutral or center position.

• The ignition switch is placed in the OFFposition.

NOTE:

If the outside mirror control switch is in thecenter position, the mirror surface will NOTturn downward when the shift lever ismoved to R (Reverse).


LPD3034


The memory seat system has two features:

• Memory storage function

• Entry/exit function

MEMORY STORAGE FUNCTION

Two positions for the driver's seat, steeringcolumn, and outside mirrors can be stored inthe memory seat. Follow these procedures toset the memory system.

NOTE:

The vehicle should be stopped while settingthe memory.

1. Adjust the driver's seat, steering column,and outside mirrors to the desired posi-tions by manually operating each adjust-ing switch. For additional information, see“Seats” (P. 1-2), “Steering wheel” (P. 3-31)and “Outside mirrors” (P. 3-34).

2. Push the SET switch and, within 5 sec-onds, push the memory switch (1 or 2).The indicator light for the pushed memoryswitch will come on and stay on for ap-proximately 5 seconds.

The chime will sound when the memory isstored.

NOTE:

If a new memory position is stored in thesame memory switch, the previous memoryposition will be overwritten by the newstored position.

Confirming memory storage• Push the SET switch.

• If a memory position has been stored in theswitch (1 or 2) then the indicator light forthe respective switch will stay on for ap-proximately 5 seconds.

LPD2729

MEMORY SEAT (if so equipped)


Linking log-in function to a storedmemory position

The log-in function can be linked to a storedmemory position with the followingprocedure.

1. Place the ignition switch in the ON posi-tion while carrying the Intelligent Key thatwas registered to the vehicle with a log-infunction.

NOTE:Make sure the Intelligent Keys are far apart.Otherwise, the vehicle may detect thewrong Intelligent Key.

2. Adjust the position of the driver’s seat,steering column and outside mirrors. Foradditional information, see “Seats”(P. 1-2), “Steering wheel” (P. 3-31) and“Outside mirrors” (P. 3-34).

3. Place the ignition switch in the OFFposition.

The next time you log in (selecting the user onthe display) after placing the ignition switch inthe ON position while carrying the IntelligentKey, the system will automatically adjust tothe memorized driving position.

For additional information, refer to the sepa-rate INFINITI InTouch™ Owner’s Manual and“Log-in function” in this section.

ENTRY/EXIT FUNCTION

This system is designed so that the driver'sseat and steering column will automaticallymove when you the vehicle is engaged in theP (Park) position. This allows the driver toeasily get in and out of the driver’s seat.

The driver’s seat will slide backward and thesteering column will move up when the igni-tion is switched to OFF and the driver’s dooris opened.

The driver’s seat and steering wheel will re-turn to the previous position when the igni-tion is switched to ON.

The entry/exit function can be adjusted orcanceled through the “Comfort & Conve-nience” options of the “Settings” menu in thelower touch-screen display by performing thefollowing:

• Switch the Lift Steering upon Exit from ONto OFF.

• Switch the Slide Driver Seat Back on Exitfrom ON to OFF.

For additional information, refer to the sepa-rate INFINITI InTouch™ Owner’s Manual.

Restarting the entry/exit function

If the battery cable is disconnected, or if thefuse opens, the stored memory positions willbe lost and some of the functions will berestricted:

1. Drive the vehicle over 25 mph (40 km/h).

OR

2. Open and close the driver's door morethan two times with the ignition switch inthe OFF position.

The entry/exit function should now workproperly.

SETTING MEMORY FUNCTION

The position of the following settings can belinked to the Intelligent Key and the memo-rized settings can be available for each Intel-ligent Key.

• Climate control system

• Navigation system

• Audio system

To use the memory function, set the climate,navigation and audio systems to the driver'spreferred settings. Lock the doors with theIntelligent Key. Each Intelligent Key may beset with the driver's individual preferences.


When a new Intelligent Key is used, “Connec-tion with the key has been done” will be dis-played on the vehicle information display andthe memorized settings are available.

To engage the memorized settings, performthe following:

1. Carry the Intelligent Key that is linked tothe memorized settings.

2. Unlock the doors by pushing the driver’sdoor handle request switch or thebutton on the Intelligent Key.

3. Place the ignition switch in the ON posi-tion. The settings linked to the IntelligentKey will start.

For additional information on using the cli-mate control system, see “Heater and air con-ditioner (automatic)” (P. 4-34).

For additional information, see “Monitor, cli-mate, audio, phone and voice recognitionsystems” (P. 4-2) or the separate INFINITIInTouch™ Owner’s Manual.

SYSTEM OPERATIONThe memory seat system will not work or willstop operating under the followingconditions:

• When the vehicle speed is above 4 mph (7km/h).

• When any of the memory switches arepushed while the memory seat is operating.

• When the switch for the driver’s seat andsteering column is pushed while thememory seat is operating.

• When the seat has already been moved tothe memorized position.

• When no seat position is stored in thememory switch.

• When the shift lever is moved from P (Park)to any other position.

The memory seat system can be adjusted andcanceled. It is recommended you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.


4 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voicerecognition systems

INFINITI InTouchTM Owner’s Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-2RearView Monitor (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3

RearView Monitor system operation . . . . . . . . . . .4-4How to read the displayed lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-4Difference between predicted and actualdistances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-5How to park with predicted course lines . . . . . . .4-6Adjusting the screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8How to turn on and off predicted courselines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8RearView Monitor system limitations . . . . . . . . . 4-8System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-9

Around View® Monitor (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . 4-10Around View® Monitor system operation . . . . .4-11Difference between predicted and actualdistances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16How to park with predicted course lines . . . . . .4-17How to switch the display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19Around View® Monitor settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19Adjusting the screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20Around View® Monitor systemlimitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23

Camera aiding sonar (parking sensor)(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23

Sonar system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24Turning on and off the sonar function . . . . . . . . 4-25Sonar system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27

Moving Object Detection (MOD)(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28

MOD system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29Turning MOD on and off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31MOD system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32

Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33Heater and air conditioner (automatic) . . . . . . . . . . 4-34

Automatic operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35Manual operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36Operating tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37CLIMATE setting screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37Rear climate control (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . 4-40

Heater and air conditioner settings(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41Servicing air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42USB/iPod® charging ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43Car phone or CB radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43

Refer to the INFINITI InTouchTM Owner’sManual that includes the following informa-tion.

• INFINITI InTouchTM Services(if so equipped)

• Navigation system (if so equipped)

• Audio system

• Apple CarPlay®

• Android AutoTM

• Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone system

• Viewing information

• Other settings

• Voice recognition

• General system information

INFINITI INTOUCHTM OWNER’SMANUAL

4-2 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

1. Upper touch-screen display (upperdisplay)

2. Lower touch-screen display (lowerdisplay)

3. MENU button

4. button

WARNING

• Failure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use of the Rear-View Monitor system could result in se-rious injury or death.

• RearView Monitor is a convenience fea-ture and is not a substitute for properbacking. Always turn and look out thewindows and check mirrors to be surethat it is safe to move before operatingthe vehicle. Always back up slowly.

LHA4749

REARVIEW MONITOR (if soequipped)

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-3

• The system is designed as an aid to thedriver in showing large stationary ob-jects directly behind the vehicle, to helpavoid damaging the vehicle.

• The distance guide line and the vehiclewidth line should be used as a referenceonly when the vehicle is on a level pavedsurface. The distance viewed on themonitor is for reference only and may bedifferent than the actual distance be-tween the vehicle and displayed objects.

CAUTION

Do not scratch the camera lens when clean-ing dirt or snow from the front of thecamera.

The RearView Monitor system automaticallyshows a rear view of the vehicle in the uppertouch-screen display (upper display) whenthe shift lever is shifted into the R (Reverse)position. When activating the RearViewMonitor, the guide lines, the icons and themessages may not be displayed immediately.The radio can still be heard while the Rear-View Monitor is active.

To display the rear view, the RearView Moni-tor system uses a camera located just abovethe vehicle’s license plate O1 .

REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEMOPERATION

With the engine running, move the shift leverto the R (Reverse) position to operate theRearView Monitor. When activating theRearView Monitor, the guide lines, the iconsand the messages may not be displayedimmediately.

HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYEDLINES

Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle widthand distances to objects with reference tothe vehicle body line OA are displayed on themonitor.

Distance guide lines

Indicate distances from the vehicle body.

• Red line O1 : approx. 1.5 ft (0.5 m)

• Yellow line O2 : approx. 3 ft (1 m)

• Green line O3 : approx. 7 ft (2 m)

LHA4552 LHA4805


Vehicle width guide lines O4

Indicate the vehicle width when backing up.

Predicted course lines O5

Indicate the predicted course when backingup. The predicted course lines will be dis-played on the monitor when the shift lever isin the R (Reverse) position and the steeringwheel is turned. The predicted course lineswill move depending on how much the steer-ing wheel is turned and will not be displayedwhile the steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position.

The vehicle width guide lines and the width ofthe predicted course lines are wider than theactual width and course.

DIFFERENCE BETWEENPREDICTED AND ACTUALDISTANCES

The displayed guidelines and their locationson the ground are for approximate referenceonly. Objects on uphill or downhill surfaces orprojecting objects will be actually located atdistances different from those displayed inthe monitor relative to the guidelines (refer toillustrations). When in doubt, turn around andview the objects as you are backing up, orpark and exit the vehicle to view the position-ing of objects behind the vehicle.

Backing up on a steep uphill

When backing up the vehicle up a hill, thedistance guide lines and the vehicle widthguide lines are shown closer than the actualdistance. Note that any object on the hill isfurther than it appears on the upper display.

Backing up on a steep downhill

When backing up the vehicle down a hill, thedistance guide lines and the vehicle widthguide lines are shown farther than the actualdistance. Note that any object on the hill iscloser than it appears on the upper display.

LHA5287 LHA5288


Backing up near a projecting object

The predicted course lines OA do not touchthe object in the display. However, the vehiclemay hit the object if it projects over the actualbacking up course.

Backing up behind a projectingobject

The position OC is shown farther than theposition OB in the display. However, the po-sition OC is actually at the same distance asthe position OA . The vehicle may hit the object

when backing up to the position OA if theobject projects over the actual backing upcourse.

HOW TO PARK WITHPREDICTED COURSE LINES

WARNING

• If the tires are replaced with differentsized tires, the predicted course linesmay be displayed incorrectly.

• On a snow-covered or slippery road,there may be a difference between thepredicted course line and the actualcourse line.

• If the battery is disconnected or becomesdischarged, the predicted course linesmay be displayed incorrectly. If this oc-curs, please perform the followingprocedures:

– Turn the steering wheel from lock tolock while the engine is running.

– Drive the vehicle on a straight roadfor more than 5 minutes.

• When the steering wheel is turned withthe ignition switch in the ON position,the predicted course lines may be dis-played incorrectly.

LHA4995 LHA5289


1. Visually check that the parking space issafe before parking your vehicle.

2. The rear view of the vehicle is displayed onthe screen OA when the shift lever ismoved to the R (Reverse) position. Whenactivating the RearView Monitor, theguide lines, the icons and the messagesmay not be displayed immediately.

3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting thesteering wheel so that the predictedcourse lines OB enter the parking space

OC .

4. Maneuver the steering wheel to make thevehicle width guide lines OD parallel to theparking space OC while referring to thepredicted course lines.

5. When the vehicle is parked in the spacecompletely, press the Park button locatednear the shift lever to place the vehicle inthe P (Park) position and apply the parkingbrake.

LHA5043 LHA4770


ADJUSTING THE SCREEN

The RearView Monitor settings can bechanged with the following procedure on theupper display.

1. Press the MENU button while the Rear-View Monitor screen is shown on the up-per display.

2. Touch the “Settings” key and then the“Camera” key.

3. Touch the “Display Settings” key. Select apreferred item, “Brightness”, “Contrast”,Tint”, “Color”, and “Black Level” of theRearView Monitor and adjust the value bytouching the “+” or “-” key.

You can also press the button and eitherturn or move the INFINITI controller to adjustthe day/night settings. Pressing thebutton again will switch the screen to AUTOmode. While the adjustment screen is shownon the upper display you can also touch either“+” or “-” key.

The upper and lower display screens can beturned on or off by pressing and holding the

button.

NOTE:

Do not adjust the Brightness, Contrast, Tint,Color, and Black Level of the RearViewMonitor while the vehicle is moving. Makesure the parking brake is firmly applied.

HOW TO TURN ON AND OFFPREDICTED COURSE LINESTo toggle on and off the predicted courselines while in the P (Park) position:

1. Press the MENU button.

2. Touch the “Settings” key.

3. Touch the “Camera” key.

4. Touch the “Predicted Course Lines” key toturn the feature on or off.When the predicted course lines areturned on, the indicator light is on.

REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEMLIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations forRearView Monitor. Failure to operate thevehicle in accordance with these systemlimitations could result in serious injury ordeath.

• The system cannot completely eliminateblind spots and may not show everyobject.

• Underneath the bumper and the cornerareas of the bumper cannot be viewed onthe RearView Monitor because of itsmonitoring range limitation. The systemwill not show small objects below thebumper, and may not show objects closeto the bumper or on the ground.

• Objects viewed in the RearView Monitordiffer from actual distance because awide-angle lens is used.

LHA5228


• Objects in the RearView Monitor will ap-pear visually opposite compared to whenviewed in the rearview and outsidemirrors.

• Use the displayed lines as a reference.The lines are highly affected by the num-ber of occupants, fuel level, vehicle posi-tion, road conditions and road grade.

• Make sure that the liftgate is securelyclosed when backing up.

• Do not put anything on the rearviewcamera. The rearview camera is installedabove the license plate.

• When washing the vehicle with highpressure water, be sure not to spray itaround the camera. Otherwise, watermay enter the camera unit causing watercondensation on the lens, a malfunction,fire or an electric shock.

• Do not strike the camera. It is a precisioninstrument. Otherwise, it may malfunc-tion or cause damage resulting in a fire oran electric shock.

The following are operating limitations anddo not represent a system malfunction:

• When the temperature is extremely high orlow, the screen may not clearly displayobjects.

• When strong light directly shines on thecamera, objects may not be displayedclearly.

• Vertical lines may be seen in objects on thescreen. This is due to strong reflected lightfrom the bumper.

• The screen may flicker under fluorescentlight.

• The colors of objects on the RearViewMonitor may differ somewhat from the ac-tual color of objects.

• Objects on the monitor may not be clear ina dark environment.

• There may be a delay when switching be-tween views.

• If dirt, rain or snow accumulate on the cam-era, the RearView Monitor may not displayobjects clearly. Clean the camera.

• Do not use wax on the camera lens. Wipeoff any wax with a clean cloth dampenedwith a diluted mild cleaning agent, thenwipe with a dry cloth.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

CAUTION

• Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner toclean the camera. This will causediscoloration.

• Do not damage the camera as the moni-tor screen may be adversely affected.

If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on the cam-era O1 , the RearView Monitor may not dis-play objects clearly. Clean the camera by wip-ing it with a cloth dampened with a dilutedmild cleaning agent and then wiping it with adry cloth.

LHA4552


1. Upper touch-screen display(upper display)

2. Lower touch-screen display(lower display)

3. MENU button

4. CAMERA button

LHA4750

AROUND VIEW® MONITOR (if soequipped)


WARNING

• Failure to follow the warnings and in-structions for the proper use of theAround View® Monitor system could re-sult in serious injury or death.

• The Around View® Monitor is a conve-nience feature and is not a substitute forproper vehicle operation because it hasareas where objects cannot be viewed.The four corners of the vehicle in particu-lar, are areas where objects do not al-ways appear in the bird’s-eye, front, orrear views. Always check your surround-ings to be sure that it is safe to movebefore operating the vehicle. Always op-erate the vehicle slowly.

• The driver is always responsible forsafety during parking and othermaneuvers.

CAUTION

Do not scratch the camera lens when clean-ing dirt or snow from the front of thecamera.

The Around View® Monitor system is de-signed as an aid to the driver in situationssuch as slot parking or parallel parking.

The monitor displays various views of theposition of the vehicle in a split screen format.Not all views are available at all times.

Available views:

• Front ViewAn approximately 150–degree view of thefront of the vehicle.

• Rear ViewAn approximately 150–degree view of therear of the vehicle.

• Bird's-Eye ViewThe surrounding views of the vehicle fromabove.

• Front-Side ViewThe view around and ahead of the frontpassenger's side wheel.

• Front-Wide ViewAn approximately 180–degree view of thefront the vehicle.

• Rear-Wide ViewAn approximately 180–degree view of therear of the vehicle.

To display the multiple views, the AroundView® Monitor system uses cameras locatedin the front grille, on the vehicle’s outsidemirrors and one just above the vehicle’s li-cense plate O1 .

AROUND VIEW® MONITORSYSTEM OPERATIONWith the engine running, move the shift leverto the R (Reverse) position or press theCAMERA button to operate the AroundView® Monitor. When activating the AroundView® Monitor, the guide lines, the icons andthe messages may not be displayedimmediately.

LHA4554


When the camera is first activated with thebird’s-eye view in the display, a red icon willflash on the upper display. This indicates thatthe sonar system is activated. For additionalinformation on the front and rear sonar sys-tem, see “Front and rear sonar system”(P. 5-160).

Available views

WARNING

• The distance guide lines and the vehiclewidth lines should be used as a referenceonly when the vehicle is on a paved, levelsurface. The apparent distance viewedon the monitor may be different than theactual distance between the vehicle anddisplayed objects.

• Use the displayed lines and the bird’s-eye view as a reference. The lines and thebird’s-eye view are greatly affected bythe number of occupants, cargo, fuellevel, vehicle position, road conditionand road grade.

• If the tires are replaced with differentsized tires, the predicted course lines andthe bird's-eye view may be displayedincorrectly.

• When driving the vehicle up a hill, objectsviewed in the monitor are further thanthey appear. When driving the vehicledown a hill, objects viewed in the monitorare closer than they appear.

• Objects in the rear view will appear visu-ally opposite compared to when viewedin the monitor and outside mirrors.

• Use the mirrors or actually look to prop-erly judge distances to other objects.

• On a snow-covered or slippery road,there may be a difference between thepredicted course lines and the actualcourse line.

• The vehicle width and predicted courselines are wider than the actual width andcourse.

• The displayed lines will appear slightlyoff to the right, because the rearviewcamera is not installed in the rear centerof the vehicle.

Front and rear view

Guiding lines that indicate the approximatevehicle width and distance to objects withreference to the vehicle body line OA are dis-played on the monitor.


Indicate distances from the vehicle body:

• Red line O1 : approximately 1.5 ft (0.5 m)

• Yellow line O2 : approximately 3 ft (1 m)

• Green line O3 : approximately 7 ft (2 m)

• Green line O4 : approximately 10 ft (3 m)(if so equipped)

SAA1840

Front view


Vehicle width guide lines O5 :

Indicate the approximate vehicle width whenbacking up.

Predicted course lines O6 :

Indicate the predicted course when operatingthe vehicle. The predicted course lines will bedisplayed on the monitor when the steeringwheel is turned. The predicted course lineswill move depending on how much the steer-ing wheel is turned and may not be displayedwhile the steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position.

The front view will not be displayed when thevehicle speed is above 6 mph (10 km/h).

NOTE:

When the monitor displays the front viewand the steering wheel turns about 90 de-grees or less from the straight-ahead posi-tion, both the right and left predicted courselines O6 are displayed. When the steeringwheel turns about 90 degrees or more, a lineis displayed only on the opposite side of theturn.

Bird’s-eye view

The bird's-eye view shows the overhead viewof the vehicle, which helps confirm the vehicleposition and the predicted course to a park-ing space.

The vehicle icon O1 shows the position of thevehicle. Note that the apparent distance be-tween objects viewed in the bird's-eye viewmay differ somewhat from the actual dis-tance to the vehicle.

The areas that the cameras cannot cover O2

are indicated in black.

LHA4992

Rear view

LHA4534

Front view


The non-viewable area O2 is highlighted inyellow for several seconds after the bird’s-eye view is displayed. It will be shown only thefirst time after the ignition switch is placed inthe ON position.

In addition, the non-viewable corners are dis-played in red and will blink for the first 3seconds O3 to remind the drivers to becautious.

Predicted course lines O4 indicate the pre-dicted course when operating the vehicle.The predicted course lines will be displayedon the monitor when the steering wheel is

turned. The predicted course lines will movedepending on how much the steering wheel isturned.

When the monitor displays the front view andthe steering wheel turns about 90 degrees orless from the neutral position, the two greenpredicted course lines are shown in front ofthe vehicle.

When the steering wheel turns about 90 de-grees or more, one green predicted courseline is shown in front of the vehicle and theother predicted course line is shown at theside of the vehicle.

When the monitor displays the rear view, thepredicted course lines are shown at the backof the vehicle.

WARNING

• Objects in the bird's-eye view will appearfurther than the actual distance.

• Tall objects, such as a curb or vehicle,may be misaligned or not displayed atthe seam of the views.

• Objects that are above the camera can-not be displayed.

• The view of the bird's-eye view may bemisaligned when the camera positionalters.

• A line on the ground may be misalignedand is not seen as being straight at theseam of the views. The misalignment willincrease as the line proceeds away fromthe vehicle.

LHA4535

Rear view


Front-side view

Guiding lines

Guiding lines that indicate the approximatewidth and the front end of the vehicle aredisplayed on the monitor.

The front-of-vehicle line O1 shows the frontpart of the vehicle.

The side-of-vehicle line O2 shows the ap-proximate vehicle width including the outsidemirrors.

The extensions O3 of both the front O1 andside O2 lines are shown with a green dottedline.

Front-wide and rear-wide view

The front-wide and rear-wide views show awider area on the entire screen and allowsthe checking of the blind corners on right andleft sides. The rear-wide view displays anapproximately 180-degree area while thefront-view and rear-view display an approxi-mately 150-degree area. The predictedcourse lines are not displayed when using thefront-wide and rear-wide view.


Indicates distances from the vehicle body:

• Red line O1 : approximately 1.5 ft (0.5 m)

• Yellow line O2 : approximately 3 ft (1 m)

• Green line O3 : approximately 7 ft (2 m)

• Green line O4 : approximately 10 ft (3 m) (ifso equipped)

Vehicle width guide lines O5

Indicate the vehicle width when backing up.

LHA2652 LHA4555

Front-wide view

LHA5217

Rear-wide view


DIFFERENCE BETWEENPREDICTED AND ACTUALDISTANCES

The displayed guidelines and their locationson the ground are for approximate referenceonly. Objects on uphill or downhill surfaces orprojecting objects will be actually located atdistances different from those displayed inthe monitor relative to the guidelines (refer toillustrations). When in doubt, turn around andview the objects as you are backing up, orpark and exit the vehicle to view the position-ing of objects behind the vehicle.

Backing up on a steep uphill

When backing up the vehicle up a hill, thedistance guide lines and the vehicle widthguide lines are shown closer than the actualdistance. Note that any object on the hill isfurther than it appears on the upper display.

Backing up on a steep downhill

When backing up the vehicle down a hill, thedistance guide lines and the vehicle widthguide lines are shown farther than the actualdistance. Note that any object on the hill iscloser than it appears on the upper display.

LHA5287 LHA5288


Backing up near a projecting object

The predicted course lines OA do not touchthe object in the display. However, the vehiclemay hit the object if it projects over the actualbacking up course.

Backing up behind a projectingobject

The position OC is shown farther than theposition OB in the display. However, the po-sition OC is actually at the same distance asthe position OA . The vehicle may hit the object

when backing up to the position OA if theobject projects over the actual backing upcourse.

HOW TO PARK WITHPREDICTED COURSE LINES

WARNING

• If the tires are replaced with differentsized tires, the predicted course linesmay be displayed incorrectly.

• On a snow-covered or slippery road,there may be a difference between thepredicted course line and the actualcourse line.

• If the battery is disconnected or becomesdischarged, the predicted course linesmay be displayed incorrectly. If this oc-curs, please perform the followingprocedures:

– Turn the steering wheel from lock tolock while the engine is running.

– Drive the vehicle on a straight roadfor more than 5 minutes.

• When the steering wheel is turned withthe ignition switch in the ON position,the predicted course lines may be dis-played incorrectly.

LHA4995 LHA5289


1. Visually check that the parking space issafe before parking your vehicle.

2. The rear view of the vehicle is displayed onthe screen OA when the shift lever ismoved to the R (Reverse) position. Whenactivating the Around View® Monitor, theguide lines, the icons and the messagesmay not be displayed immediately.

3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting thesteering wheel so that the predictedcourse lines OB enter the parking space

OC .

LHA5043 LHA4770


4. Maneuver the steering wheel to make thevehicle width guide lines OD parallel to theparking space OC while referring to thepredicted course lines.

5. When the vehicle is parked in the spacecompletely, press the Park button locatednear the shift lever to place the vehicle inthe P (Park) position and apply the parkingbrake.

HOW TO SWITCH THE DISPLAYWith the ignition switch in the ON position,press the CAMERA button or with theengine running, move the shift lever to the R(Reverse) position to operate the AroundView® Monitor.

The Around View® Monitor displays differ-ent split screen views depending on the posi-tion of the shift lever. When activating theAround View® Monitor, the guide lines, theicons and the messages may not be displayedimmediately. Press the CAMERA but-ton or touch the “Change View” key to switchbetween the available views.

If the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position,the available views are:

• Rear view/bird’s-eye view split screen

• Rear view/front-side view split screen

• Rear-wide view

If the shift lever is in the P (Park) or D (Drive)position, the available views are:

• Front view/bird’s-eye view split screen

• Front view/front-side view split screen

• Front-wide view

The display will switch from the AroundView® Monitor screen when:

• The shift lever is in the D (Drive) positionand the vehicle speed increases above ap-proximately 6 mph (10 km/h).

• A different screen is selected.

AROUND VIEW® MONITORSETTINGSTo set up the Around View® Monitor to yourpreferred settings, press the MENU button,touch the “Settings” key, then touch the“Camera” key on the lower display then touchthe “Camera” key again.For additional information about the sonar,see “Camera aiding sonar (parking sensor)”(P. 4-23). For information about the displayscreen adjustment, see “Adjusting the screen”(P. 4-20).

LHA5229


Designs and items displayed on the screenmay vary depending on model.

Moving Object Detection:

When this item is turned on, the MOD isactivated. When this item is turned off (indi-cator turns off), the MOD system isdeactivated.

MOD Volume:

Adjusts the MOD volume between “High”,“Medium” or “Low” by touching the key on thedisplay screen.

Unviewable Area Reminder:

With this item turned on, the non-viewablearea is highlighted in yellow for three secondsafter the bird's-eye view is displayed. It willonly be shown the first time after the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON position.

Predicted Course Lines:

When this item is turned on, the predictedcourse lines are displayed in the front view,rear view and bird's-eye view.

Auto Show Sonar Image:

When the sonar detects an object while thisitem is turned on, the Around View® Monitorwill interrupt the current view in the display toshow the surrounding area of the vehicle.

ADJUSTING THE SCREEN

The Around View® Monitor settings can bechanged with the following procedure on theupper display.

1. Press the MENU button.

2. Touch the “Settings” key and then the“Camera” key.

3. Touch the “Display Settings” key. Select apreferred item, “Brightness”, ”Contrast”,Tint”, “Color”, and “Black Level” of theAround View® Monitor and adjust thevalue by touching the “+” or “-” key.

You can also press and hold the CAM-ERA button and either turn or move theINFINITI controller to the left or the right toadjust the day/night settings. Pressing andholding the CAMERA button again willswitch the screen to AUTO mode. While theadjustment screen is shown on the upper orlower display you can also touch either “+” or“-” key.

NOTE:

Do not adjust the Brightness, Contrast, Tint,Color, and Black Level of the Around View®Monitor while the vehicle is moving. Makesure the parking brake is firmly applied.LHA5228


AROUND VIEW® MONITORSYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations forAround View® Monitor. Failure to operatethe vehicle in accordance with these sys-tem limitations could result in serious in-jury or death.

• Do not use the Around View® Monitorwith the outside mirrors in the stored po-sition, and make sure that the liftgate issecurely closed when operating the ve-hicle using the Around View® Monitor.

• The apparent distance between objectsviewed on the Around View® Monitordiffers from the actual distance.

• The cameras are installed on the frontgrille, the outside mirrors and above therear license plate. Do not put anything onthe vehicle that covers the cameras.

• When washing the vehicle with highpressure water, be sure not to spray itaround the cameras. Otherwise, watermay enter the camera unit causing watercondensation on the lens, a malfunction,fire or an electric shock.

• Do not strike the cameras. They are pre-cision instruments. Doing so could causea malfunction or cause damage resultingin a fire or an electric shock.

There are some areas where the system willnot show objects and the system does notwarn of moving objects. When in the front orrear view display, an object below the bum-per or on the ground may not be viewed O1 .When in the bird’s-eye view, a tall object nearthe seam O2 of the camera viewing areas willnot appear in the monitor.

The following are operating limitations anddo not represent a system malfunction:

• There may be a delay when switching be-tween views.

• When the temperature is extremely high orlow, the screen may not display objectsclearly.

• When strong light directly shines on thecamera, objects may not be displayedclearly.

• The screen may flicker under fluorescentlight.

• The colors of objects on the Around View®Monitor may differ somewhat from the ac-tual color of objects.

• Objects on the Around View® Monitor maynot be clear and the color of the object maydiffer in a dark environment.

• There may be differences in sharpness be-tween each camera view of the bird's-eyeview.

LHA4348


• Do not use wax on the camera lens. Wipeoff any wax with a clean cloth that hasbeen dampened with a diluted mild clean-ing agent, then wipe with a dry cloth.

System temporarily unavailable

When the “!” icon is displayed on the screen,there are abnormal conditions in the AroundView® Monitor. This will not hinder normaldriving operation but the system should beinspected. It is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

When the “[X]” icon is displayed on thescreen, the camera image may be receivingtemporary electronic disturbances from sur-rounding devices. This will not hinder normaldriving operation but the system should beinspected. It is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

LHA5236 LHA5237


SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

CAUTION


• Do not damage the cameras as the moni-tor screen may be adversely affected.

If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any of thecameras O1 , the Around View® Monitor maynot display objects clearly. Clean the cameraby wiping with a cloth dampened with a di-luted mild cleaning agent and then wipingwith a dry cloth.

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use of the sonar functionas outlined in this section could result inserious injury or death.

• The sonar is a convenience feature. It isnot a substitute for proper parking.

• This function is designed as an aid to thedriver in detecting large stationary ob-jects to help avoid damaging the vehicle.

• The driver is always responsible forsafety during parking and othermaneuvers.

• Always look around and check that it issafe to move before parking.

• Read and understand the limitations ofthe sonar as contained in this section.

The sonar function helps to inform the driverof large stationary objects around the vehiclewhen parking by issuing an audible and visualalert.

LHA4554

CAMERA AIDING SONAR (parkingsensor) (if so equipped)


SONAR SYSTEM OPERATION


2. Sonar indicator

3. CAMERA button


5. MENU button

The system gives the tone for front objectswhen the shift lever is in the “D” (Drive) posi-tion and both front and rear objects when theshift lever is in the “R” (Reverse) position.

When the camera image is shown on theupper display, the system shows the sonarindicator regardless of the shift lever position.

The system is deactivated at speeds above6 mph (10 km/h). It is reactivated at lowerspeeds.

The colors of the sonar indicators and thedistance guide lines in the front, front-wide,rear, and rear-wide views indicate differentdistances to the object.

When the objects are detected, the indicator(green) appears and blinks and the tonesounds intermittently. When the vehiclemoves closer to the object, the color of theindicator turns yellow and the rate of theblinking and the rate of the tone increase.When the vehicle is very close to the object,the indicator stops blinking and turns red, andthe tone sounds continuously.

The intermittent tone will stop after 3 sec-onds when an object is detected by only thecorner sonar and the distance does notchange.

The tone will stop when the object is nolonger near the vehicle.

LHA5238


TURNING ON AND OFF THESONAR FUNCTION

When the “ ” key OA is selected, theindicator OB will turn off and the sonar will beturned off temporarily. The Moving ObjectDetection (MOD) system will also be turnedoff at the same time. For additional informa-tion, see “Moving Object Detection (MOD)”(P. 4-28). When the “ ” key OA is selectedagain, the indicator will turn on and the sonarwill turn back on.

In the below cases, the sonar will be turnedback on automatically:

• When the shift lever is placed in the “R”(Reverse) position.

• When the CAMERA button is pressedand a screen other than the camera view isshown on the display.

• When vehicle speed decreases below ap-proximately 6 mph (10 km/h).

• When the ignition switch is placed in the“OFF” position and turned back to the “ON”position again.

To prevent the sonar system from activatingaltogether, use the “Sonar” menu. For addi-tional information, see “Sonar function set-tings” (P. 4-26).

LHA5239 LHA5230


Sonar function settings

To set up the sonar function to your preferredsettings, press the MENU button, touch the“Settings” key, and then touch the “ParkingSonar” key on the lower display.

Designs and items displayed on the screenmay vary depending on the models.

Auto Show Sonar Image (if so equipped):When the sonar detects an object while thisitem is turned on, the Around View® Monitorwill interrupt the current view in the display toshow the surrounding area of the vehicle.

Front (if so equipped): When this item isturned on, the front sonar sensors are activeand a sonar indicator OC will appear at thecorner of the vehicle to inform the driverwhen an obstacle is near. Another sonar indi-cator OD may also appear on either a sideview, front or rear-wide view Around View®Monitor screen to aid the driver when anobject is near.

Rear: When this item is turned on, the rearsonar sensors are active and a sonar indicator

OC will appear at the corner of the vehicle toinform the driver when an obstacle is near.Another sonar indicator OD may also appearon either a side view, front or rear-wide viewAround View® Monitor screen to aid thedriver when an object is near.

Distance: Adjust the sensitivity level of thesonar to “Short”, “Medium”, or “Long”.

Volume: Adjust the volume of the buzzer to“High”, “Medium”, or “Low”.

SONAR SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations forthe sonar function. Failure to operate thevehicle in accordance with these systemlimitations could result in serious injury ordeath.

• Inclement weather or ultrasonic sourcessuch as an automatic car wash, a truck’scompressed-air brakes or a pneumaticdrill may affect the function of the sys-tem, including reduced performance or afalse activation.

• The system is not designed to preventcontact with small or moving objects.

LHA5275 LHA5276


• The system will not detect small objectsbelow the bumper, and may not detectobjects close to the bumper or on theground.

• The system may not detect the followingobjects:

– Fluffy objects such as snow, cloth,cotton, grass or wool.

– Thin objects such as rope, wire orchain.

– Wedge-shaped objects.

• If your vehicle sustains damage to thebumper fascia, leaving it misaligned orbent, the sensing zone may be alteredcausing inaccurate measurement of ob-jects or false alarms.

CAUTION

Excessive noise (such as audio system vol-ume or an open vehicle window) will inter-fere with the tone and it may not be heard.

System temporarily unavailable

When the amber markers are displayed at thecorners of the vehicle icon and the functioncannot be activated from the Camera settingmenu (the setting items are grayed out), thesonar system may be malfunctioning.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

CAUTION

Keep the surface of the sonar sensors (lo-cated on the front and rear bumper fascia)free from accumulations of snow, ice anddirt. Do not scratch the surface of the sonarsensors when cleaning. If the sensors arecovered, the accuracy of the sonar functionwill be diminished.




3. MENU button

4. CAMERA button

LHA4750

MOVING OBJECT DETECTION(MOD) (if so equipped)


WARNING

• Failure to follow the warnings and in-structions for proper use of the MovingObject Detection system could result inserious injury or death.

• The MOD system is not a substitute forproper vehicle operation and is not de-signed to prevent contact with objectssurrounding the vehicle. When maneu-vering, always use the outside mirrorsand rearview mirror and turn and checkthe surroundings to ensure it is safe tomaneuver.

• The system is deactivated at speedsabove 6 mph (10 km/h). It is reactivatedat lower speeds.

• The MOD system is not designed to de-tect surrounding stationary objects.

The MOD system can inform the driver ofmoving objects near the vehicle when back-ing out of garages, maneuvering in parkinglots and in other such instances.

The MOD system detects moving objects byusing image processing technology on theimage shown in the display.

MOD SYSTEM OPERATION

The MOD system will turn on automaticallyunder the following conditions:

• When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)position. When activating the AroundView® Monitor, the guide lines, the iconsand the messages may not be displayedimmediately.

• When the CAMERA button is pressedto activate the camera view on the display.

• When vehicle speed decreases below ap-proximately 6 mph (10 km/h) and the cam-era screen is shown in the upper display.

The MOD system operates in the followingconditions when the camera view isdisplayed:

• When the shift lever is in the P (Park) or N(Neutral) position and the vehicle isstopped, the MOD system detects movingobjects in the bird’s-eye view. The MODsystem will not operate if the outside mir-rors are moving in or out, in the stowedposition, or if either front door is opened.

LHA5241

Front and bird’s-eye views


• When the shift lever is in the D (Drive) po-sition and the vehicle speed is below ap-proximately 6 mph (10 km/h), the MODsystem detects moving objects in the frontview or front-wide view.

• When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)position and the vehicle speed is below ap-proximately 6 mph (10 km/h), the MODsystem detects moving objects in the rearview or rear-wide view. When activatingthe Around View® Monitor, the guide lines,the icons and the messages may not bedisplayed immediately. The MOD systemwill not operate if the liftgate is open.

The MOD system does not detect movingobjects in the front-side view. The MOD iconis not displayed on the screen when in thisview.

NOTE:

When activating the Around View® Moni-tor, the guide lines, the icons and the mes-sages may not be displayed immediately.

When the MOD system detects moving ob-jects near the vehicle, a yellow frame will bedisplayed on the view where the objects aredetected. While the MOD system continues

to detect moving objects, the yellow framecontinues to be displayed.

NOTE:

While the sonar (if so equipped) is beeping,the MOD system does not chime.

In the bird’s-eye view, the yellow frame O1 isdisplayed on each camera image (front, rear,right, left) depending on where moving ob-jects are detected.

The yellow frame O2 is displayed on eachview in the front view and rear view modes.

LHA5242

Front-wide view

LHA5290

Rear and bird’s-eye views

LHA5291

Rear and front-side views


A blue or green MOD icon O3 is displayed inthe view where the MOD system is operative.A gray MOD icon is displayed in the viewwhere the MOD system is not operative.

If the MOD system is turned off, the MODicon O3 is not displayed.

TURNING MOD ON AND OFF

1. Press the MENU button beneath thelower display.

2. Touch the “Settings” key

3. Touch the “Camera’ key then the “Cam-era” key again.

4. Touch “Moving Object Detection” on themenu screen to switch between on andoff.

You can also turn MOD on and off by touch-ing the “ ” key O4 on the upper display.When MOD is on, the indicator will turn yel-low. When MOD is off, the indicator will turnblack.

When the sonar or MOD system is com-pletely turned off from the setting menu, the“ ” will turn black.

MOD SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations forMOD. Failure to operate the vehicle in ac-cordance with these system limitationscould result in serious injury or death.

• Do not use the MOD system when tow-ing a trailer. The system may not func-tion properly.

• Excessive noise (for example, audio sys-tem volume or open vehicle window) willinterfere with the chime sound, and itmay not be heard.

• The MOD system performance will belimited according to environmental con-ditions and surrounding objects such as:

– When there is low contrast betweenbackground and the moving objects.

– When there is a blinking source oflight.

– When strong light such as anothervehicle’s headlight or sunlight ispresent.

– When camera orientation is not in itsusual position, such as when a mirroris folded.

– When there is dirt, water drops orsnow on the camera lens.

– When the position of the moving ob-jects in the display is not changed.

• The MOD system might detect flowingwater droplets on the camera lens, whitesmoke from the muffler, moving shad-ows, etc.

• The MOD system may not functionproperly depending on the speed, direc-tion, distance or shape of the movingobjects.

LHA5292

Rear-wide view


• If your vehicle sustains damage to theparts where the camera is installed, leav-ing it misaligned or bent, the sensingzone may be altered and the MOD sys-tem may not detect objects properly.

• When the temperature is extremely highor low, the screen may not display ob-jects clearly. This is not a malfunction.

NOTE:

The blue or green MOD icon will change toorange if one of the following has occurred:

• When the system is malfunctioning.

• When the component temperature reachesa high level (icon will blink).

• When the Rear View camera has detecteda blockage (icon will blink).

If the icon light continues to illuminate or-ange, have the MOD system checked. It isrecommended that you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for this service.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

CAUTION


• Do not damage the camera as the moni-tor screen may be adversely affected.

If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any of thecameras O1 , the MOD system may not oper-ate properly. Clean the camera by wipingwith a cloth dampened with a diluted mildcleaning agent and then wiping with a drycloth.

LHA4554


Adjust air flow direction for the center vents

O1 , driver’s and passenger's side vents O2 ,rear console vents O3 , by moving the ventslide and/or vent assemblies.

Open or close the vents using the dial. Movethe dial toward the to open the vents ortoward the to close them.

LHA4575

VENTS


1. Lower touch-screen display (lower display)2. Temperature control increase button

(passenger’s side)3. Temperature control decrease button

(passenger’s side)4. Air recirculation button5. Front defroster button

6. Rear window and outside mirror (if so

equipped) defroster switch7. ON-OFF button8. CLIMATE button9. MENU button10. Manual air flow control button11. Fan speed decrease button12. Fan speed increase button

13.AUTO button14. Temperature control decrease button

(driver’s side)15. Temperature control increase button

(driver’s side)

WARNING

• The air conditioner cooling function op-erates only when the engine is running.

• Do not leave children or adults whowould normally require the assistance ofothers alone in your vehicle. Pets shouldalso not be left alone. They could acci-dentally injure themselves or othersthrough inadvertent operation of thevehicle. Also, on hot, sunny days, tem-peratures in a closed vehicle couldquickly become high enough to cause se-vere or possibly fatal injuries to people oranimals.

• Do not use the recirculation mode forlong periods as it may cause the interiorair to become stale and the windows tofog up.

Start the engine and operate the controls toactivate the air conditioner.

LHA4574

HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER(automatic)


NOTE:• Odors from inside and outside the vehicle

can build up in the air conditioner unit.Odor can enter the passenger compart-ment through the vents.

• When parking, set the heater and air con-ditioner controls to turn off air recircula-tion to allow fresh air into the passengercompartment. This should help reduceodors inside the vehicle

AUTOMATIC OPERATION

Press the AUTO button to set the automaticcontrol mode that keeps the air distribution,temperature and the fan speed automatically.

Cooling and/or dehumidifiedheating (AUTO)

This mode may be used all year round as thesystem automatically works to keep a con-stant temperature. Air flow distribution, airintake control, and fan speed are also con-trolled automatically.

1. Press the CLIMATE button on thelower display menu. The CLIMATE screenwill display on the lower display.

2. Press the AUTO button on. (The indicatoron the button will illuminate and AUTOwill be displayed on the CLIMATE screen.)

3. Press the temperature controlbuttons on the driver’s side to set the de-sired temperature.

• The temperature of the passenger com-partment will be maintained automatically.Air flow distribution, air intake control andfan speed are also controlled automatically.

• A visible mist may be seen coming from thevents in hot, humid conditions as the air iscooled rapidly. This does not indicate amalfunction.

Dehumidified defrosting ordefogging

1. Press the front defroster button on.(The indicator light on the button willcome on.)

2. Operate the temperature con-trol buttons to set the desiredtemperature.

• To quickly remove ice from the outside ofthe windows, use the fan speed con-trol button or the “ ” key to set the fanspeed to maximum.

• As soon as possible after the windshield isclean, press the AUTO button to return tothe automatic mode.

• When the front defroster button ispressed, the air conditioner will automati-cally be turned on at outside temperaturesapproximately 32°F (0°C) to defog thewindshield. The air recirculate mode auto-matically turns off, allowing outside air tobe drawn into the passenger compartmentto further improve the defoggingperformance.

Remote Engine Start withIntelligent Climate Control (if soequipped)

Vehicles equipped with automatic climatecontrols and Remote Engine Start functionmay go into automatic heating or coolingmode when Remote Engine Start is activateddepending on outside and cabin tempera-tures. During this period, the climate controldisplay and buttons will be inoperable untilthe ignition switch is turned on. In RemoteEngine Start defrosting mode, the rear win-dow defroster, heated seat (if so equipped)and heated steering wheel (if so equipped)may be activated automatically. In RemoteEngine Start cooling mode, the climate con-trolled seat (if so equipped) may be activatedautomatically.


Voice Recognition logic (if soequipped)

When the climate control system is on, thefan speed may be automatically lowered sothat commands are more easily recognized.Fan speed can be adjusted using the fanspeed decrease and increase buttons, ifdesired.

MANUAL OPERATION

Fan speed control

Press the fan speed increase andfan speed decrease buttons to manually con-trol the fan speed. Fan speed can also becontrolled by touching the “ ” or “ ”keys on the lower display.

Press the AUTO button to return to auto-matic control of the fan speed.

Temperature control

Press the temperature controlbuttons up or down to set the desiredtemperature.

The temperature can be set within the fol-lowing range:

• For U.S.: 60 to 90ºF (16 to 32ºC)

• For Canada: 64 to 90ºF (18 to 32ºC)

Air recirculation

Press the air recirculation button torecirculate interior air inside the vehicle. The

indicator light on the button will comeon.

The air recirculation cannot be activatedwhen the air conditioner is in the frontdefrosting mode.

When the outside temperature exceeds 70°F(21°C), the air conditioning system may de-fault to air recirculation mode automaticallyto reduce overall power consumption. To exitair recirculation mode, deselect the airrecirculation button (indicator will turn off) toenter fresh air mode.

Automatic intake air control

In the AUTO mode, the intake air will becontrolled automatically. To manually controlthe intake air, press the air recirculationbutton. To return to the automatic controlmode, press and hold the air recircula-tion button for about 2 seconds. The indica-tor light will flash twice, and then the intakeair will be controlled automatically.

Air flow control

Press the button to manually controlair flow. Pressing the button repeatedly willcycle through the available modes and dis-play the corresponding icon on the lower dis-play. Air flow can also be controlled by touch-ing the “ ” key on the lower display:

— Air flows from center and side

vents.— Air flows from center and side

vents and foot outlets.— Air flows mainly from foot out-

lets.— Air flows from defroster and foot

outlets.

To turn system off

Press the ON-OFF button.

CLIMATE button

Press the CLIMATE button to show theCLIMATE screen on the lower display.

Rear window and outside mirror(if so equipped) defroster switch

For additional information, see “Rear windowdefroster, outside mirror defroster, and wiperdeicer (if so equipped) switch” (P. 2-35).


OPERATING TIPS

The sensors, OA and OB on the instrumentpanel, help the system maintain a constanttemperature. Do not put anything on oraround these sensors.

• When the engine coolant temperature andoutside air temperature are low, the air mayflow from defroster or foot outlets to ini-tialize automatic heating mode. This is not amalfunction. After the coolant temperaturewarms up, air will flow normally from thefoot outlets

• A visible mist may be seen coming from theventilators in hot, humid conditions as theair is cooled rapidly. This does not indicate amalfunction.

CLIMATE SETTING SCREEN

Climate control settings can be changed onthe screen.

Available setting items may vary dependingon models and specifications.

Press the CLIMATE button on thelower display menu. The CLIMATE screenwill display on the lower display.

LHA4686

LHA5299



Heating (A/C off)

The air conditioner does not activate in thismode. When you need to heat only, use thismode.

1. Press the CLIMATE button.

2. If the Climate system is off, press theON-OFF button to turn the system on.

3. If the A/C indicator is on, touch the “A/C” key to turn the A/C off.

4. Press the temperature controlbuttons on the driver’s side to set thedesired temperature.

• When in AUTO mode, the temperature ofthe passenger compartment will be main-tained automatically. Air flow distributionand fan speed are also controlledautomatically.

• Do not set the temperature lower than theoutside air temperature or the system maynot work properly.

• This procedure is not recommended if win-dows fog up.

When the outside temperature decreases toapproximately 32°F (0°C), the A/C functiondoes not activate even if the A/C indi-cator light illuminates.

Air conditioning (A/C)

Touch the “ A/C” key to turn the A/Cmode on or off. Turn on the A/C mode foreffective cooling and dehumidifying. Whenthe A/C indicator light is on, the A/C mode ison.

Sync mode setting

The driver’s, passenger’s and rear (if soequipped) temperature setpoints can be syn-chronized using the “ SYNC” key on thelower display. When the key is touched, tem-perature settings become synchronized andthe SYNC indicator turns on.

• If the driver’s side temperature buttons arepressed, the driver’s side, passenger’s side,and rear (if so equipped) temperature set-tings will update simultaneously.

• If the passenger’s side or rear (if soequipped) temperature buttons arepressed, Sync mode will exit, the indicatorlight will go off, and the temperature willupdate based on the button pressed. Driv-er’s side temperature will remain the sameuntil manually changed.

LHA5300


LHA5280

Type C (if so equipped)


Heated seats (if so equipped)

Touch the “ Heated seat” key on theCLIMATE screen on the lower display to turnthe heated seats on or off. When the heatedseats are on, the indicator light is on.

Steering wheel heater (if soequipped)

The heated steering wheel system is de-signed to operate only when the surface tem-perature of the steering wheel is below 68°F(20°C).

If the surface temperature of the steeringwheel is below 68°F (20°C), the system willheat the steering wheel and cycle off and onto maintain a temperature above 68°F(20°C). The indicator light will remain on aslong as the system is on.

Touch the “ Steering Heater” key on theCLIMATE screen on the lower display to turnthe steering wheel heater on or off. When thesteering wheel heater is on, the indicator lightis on.

NOTE:• Once activated, your heated steering

wheel will automatically turn on and off tomaintain a temperature above 68°F(20°C), or after 30 minutes.

• When the temperature of the steeringwheel is above 122°F (50°C) and theheated steering wheel is turned on, thesystem will not heat the steering wheel.This does not indicate a malfunction.

Automatic Climate Control System(if so equipped)

The Automatic Climate Control Systemkeeps the air inside of the vehicle clean, usingthe automatic air recirculation control withthe exhaust gas/outside odor detecting sen-sor with ion control.

O1 “Auto Recirc” key

Touch to turn on the automatic recirculationmode.

O2 Plasmacluster® icon

Indicates the Plasmacluster® ion emissionstatus.

Ion control:

The Automatic Climate Control System unitgenerates highly concentrated Plasmaclus-ter® ions into the air blown from the ventila-tors to reduce odor absorbed into the interiortrim and to suppress airborne bacteria. Thehigh-density Plasmacluster®ions also have aproven skin moisture preserving effect.

LHA5281


The Plasmacluster® icon on the CLIMATEscreen indicates the status of the Plasma-cluster® ion emission from the system andchanges with the amount of the air flow.

Automatic air recirculation control with theexhaust gas/outside odor detection sensor:

The Automatic Climate Control Systemcomes with an exhaust gas detection/outside odor sensor. When the automatic aircirculation control is activated, the sensor de-tects odors outside the vehicle such as pulp orchemicals, and exhaust such as gasoline ordiesel. When such odors or gases are de-tected the display and the system automati-cally change from fresh air mode to the recir-culation mode.

When the automatic air recirculation is on, forthe first 5 minutes, the air recirculation modeis selected to prevent dust, dirt, and pollenfrom entering the vehicle and to clean the airinside of the vehicle.

After 5 minutes, the sensor detects exhaustgas and automatically alternates betweenthe air recirculation mode and the fresh airmode.

The automatic air recirculation mode can beactivated under the following conditions.

• The air flow control is not in the front de-froster mode (the indicator light on the

front defroster button is turned off).

• The outside temperature is about 32°F(0°C) or more.

REAR CLIMATE CONTROL (if soequipped)

1. Rear temperature display2. Rear temperature control increase

button3. Rear temperature control decrease

buttonYou can adjust the climate control system forrear seat passengers using the buttons on theback of the console.

Press the to increase the reartemperature.

LHA4582

Rear temperature switch (if so equipped)


Press the to decrease the reartemperature.

If front passengers touch the “ SYNC”key on the CLIMATE screen, the rear tem-perature settings will synchronize with thedriver’s and passenger’s side settings.

Heater and air conditioner settings can bechanged on the screen.

1. Press the MENU button on thelower display menu.

2. Using the arrow, tab over to the nextscreen and touch the “Settings” key.Touch the arrow again to get to the nextscreen and touch “Other”.

3. Touch the “CLIMATE” key.

Available setting items may vary dependingon models and specifications.

Available settings

• Use A/C While Idle (if so equipped)

Touch to turn on/off the Idling Stop Prior-ity mode. While this item is turned on andthe engine is on, the Climate Control willnot be affected by the Idling Stop activa-tion. Otherwise, when the engine is off bythe Idle Stop function, the Climate ControlSystem will be able to heat and cool thecabin.

• Steering Wheel Heater

Touch to turn the steering wheel heater onand off.

• Auto Steering Wheel Heater

The automatic control mode for thesteering-wheel heating can be turned onand off. When the item is turned on, thesteering-wheel heating will turn on auto-matically if the temperature inside the ve-hicle compartment is low at the time whenthe ignition switch is turned on. Regardlessof the temperature, the steering-wheelheating will turn off after 30 minutes. Ifthe steering-wheel heater is turned on oroff manually by touching on the CLI-MATE screen, the automatic steering-wheel heating control mode will be can-celed and will return to the manual mode.

LHA4633

HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONERSETTINGS (if so equipped)


–– If the surface temperature of thesteering-wheel is above the temperaturewithin which the system is designed tooperate, the system will not heat thesteering-wheel. This is not a malfunction.

The air conditioner system in your INFINITIvehicle is charged with a refrigerant designedwith the environment in mind.

This refrigerant does not harm the earth'sozone layer.

Special charging equipment and lubricant isrequired when servicing your INFINITI airconditioner. Using improper refrigerants orlubricants will cause severe damage to yourair conditioner system. For additional infor-mation, see “Air conditioner system refriger-ant and oil recommendations” (P. 10-7).

It is recommended that you visit an INFINITIretailer for servicing your “environmentallyfriendly” air conditioning system.

WARNING

The air conditioner system contains refrig-erant under high pressure. To avoid per-sonal injury, any air conditioner serviceshould be done only by an experiencedtechnician with proper equipment.

There are USB/iPod® charging ports locatedin the 1st row on the inside of the console boxand in the 2nd row on the back of the centerconsole. These ports will charge compatibledevices.

NOTE:

The USB/iPod® charging ports will not op-erate with the display screen. Only the USBconnection port located beneath the instru-ment panel will operate USB/iPod® devices.

LHA4564

1st row

SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER USB/iPod® CHARGING PORTS


The vehicle is equipped with a shark fin an-tenna and an antenna pattern is printed in-side the rear window.

CAUTION

• Do not place metalized film near the rearwindow glass or attach any metal parts toit. This may cause poor reception or noise.

• When cleaning the inside of the rear win-dow, be careful not to scratch or damagethe rear window antenna. Lightly wipealong the antenna with a dampened softcloth.

When installing a CB, ham radio or car phonein your vehicle, be sure to observe the follow-ing precautions; otherwise, the new equip-ment may adversely affect the engine controlsystem and other electronic parts.

WARNING

• A cellular phone should not be used forany purpose while driving so full atten-tion may be given to vehicle operation.Some jurisdictions prohibit the use ofcellular phones while driving.

• If you must make a call while your vehicleis in motion, the hands free cellular phoneoperational mode is highly recom-mended. Exercise extreme caution at alltimes so full attention may be given tovehicle operation.

• If you are unable to devote full attentionto vehicle operation while talking on thephone, pull off the road to a safe locationand stop your vehicle.

CAUTION

• Keep the antenna as far away as possiblefrom the electronic control modules.

• Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in(20 cm) away from the electronic controlsystem harnesses. Do not route the an-tenna wire next to any harness.

• Adjust the antenna standing-wave ratioas recommended by the manufacturer.

• Connect the ground wire from the CBradio chassis to the body.

• For additional information,, it is recom-mended that you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for servicing.

LHA4565

2nd row

ANTENNA CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO


5 Starting and driving

Precautions when starting and driving . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4Three-way catalyst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) . . . . . .5-5On-pavement and off-road drivingprecautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-8Avoiding collision and rollover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-8Off-road recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-9Rapid air pressure loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-9Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10Driving safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10Intelligent All-Wheel Drive (AWD) drivingsafety precautions (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12

Push-button ignition switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13Operating range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14Push-button ignition switch positions . . . . . . . . 5-14Emergency engine shut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15INFINITI Intelligent Key batterydischarge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System . . . . . . . . . 5-16

Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16

Remote Engine Start (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . .5-17Driving the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18

Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18

Electronic parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23Automatic operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23Manual operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24When towing a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25

Automatic brake hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25How to activate/deactivate theautomatic brake hold function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26How to use the automatic brake holdfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27

INFINITI Drive Mode Selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28Standard mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29Sport mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29Personal mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29ECO mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30

Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) (if so equipped) . . 5-32System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33Turning the Traffic Sign Recognition(TSR) system on and off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34

Lane Departure Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35LDW system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36How to enable/disable the LDW system . . . . . 5-37LDW system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38

System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39

Lane Departure Prevention (LDP)(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40

LDP system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41How to enable/disable the LDP system . . . . . . 5-42LDP system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45

Blind Spot Warning (BSW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45BSW system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47How to enable/disable the BSW system . . . . . 5-48BSW system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49BSW driving situations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-52System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-53

Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI) (if so equipped) . . . 5-54BSI system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56How to enable/disable the BSI system . . . . . . . 5-58BSI system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-58BSI driving situations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-60System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-65System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-65System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-65

Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-67RCTA system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68How to enable/disable the RCTA system . . . . 5-70RCTA system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-71System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-73System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-74

Cruise control (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-75Precautions on cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-75Cruise control operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-76

ProPILOT Assist (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-77ProPILOT Assist system operation . . . . . . . . . . 5-79Turning the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-82Operating ProPILOT Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-82How to enable/disable the SteeringAssist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-86Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)(for vehicles with ProPILOT Assist) . . . . . . . . . . 5-87Steering Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-97Conventional (fixed speed) cruise controlmode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-103

Distance Control Assist (DCA) (if so equipped) . . 5-106DCA system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-108How to enable/disable the DCA system . . . . 5-111DCA system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-112

DCA driving situations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-114System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-115System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-117

Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-118RAB system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-119Turning the RAB system on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-120RAB system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-120System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-122System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-122

Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) withPedestrian Detection system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-123

System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-124Turning the FEB with PedestrianDetection system on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-126FEB with Pedestrian Detection systemlimitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-127System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-130System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-131System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-132

Predictive Forward Collision Warning(PFCW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-133

PFCW system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-135Turning the PFCW system on/off . . . . . . . . . . 5-136PFCW system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-137System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-142

System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-143System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-143

Break-in schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-144Fuel efficient driving tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-144Increasing fuel economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-145Intelligent All-Wheel Drive (AWD)(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-146Parking/parking on hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-148Power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-149

Electric power steering type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-149Direct Adaptive Steering® type . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-150

Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-152Brake precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-152Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-152Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-153

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system . . . . . . . . 5-154Brake force distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-155

Chassis Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-156Active Trace Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-156Active Engine Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-157Active Ride Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-158

Hill start assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-159Front and rear sonar system (if so equipped) . . . 5-160

System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-160

How to enable/disable the sonar system . . . . 5-162Sonar limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-163System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-164System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-164

Cold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-165Freeing a frozen door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-165Antifreeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-165Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-165Draining of coolant water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-165

Tire equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-165Special winter equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-166Driving on snow or ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-166Engine block heater (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . 5-166

Active noise cancellation/Active soundenhancement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-167

Active noise cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-167Active sound enhancement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-168

WARNING

• Do not leave children or adults whowould normally require the assistance ofothers alone in your vehicle. Pets shouldalso not be left alone. They could acci-dentally injure themselves or othersthrough inadvertent operation of thevehicle. Also, on hot, sunny days, tem-peratures in a closed vehicle couldquickly become high enough to cause se-vere or possibly fatal injuries to people oranimals.


EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide)

WARNING

• Do not breathe exhaust gases; they con-tain colorless and odorless carbon mon-oxide. Carbon monoxide is dangerous. Itcan cause unconsciousness or death.

• If you suspect that exhaust fumes areentering the vehicle, drive with all win-dows fully open, and have the vehicle in-spected immediately.

• Do not run the engine in closed spacessuch as a garage.

• Do not park the vehicle with the enginerunning for any extended length of time.

• Keep the rear vent windows, liftgates,doors and trunk lids (if so equipped)closed while driving, otherwise exhaustgases could be drawn into the passengercompartment. If you must drive with oneof these open, follow these precautions:

1. Open all the windows.

2. Set the air recirculation buttonto off and the fan control dial to highto circulate the air.

• If electrical wiring or other cable connec-tions must pass to a trailer through theseal on the liftgate or the body, followthe manufacturer's recommendation toprevent carbon monoxide entry into thevehicle.

• The exhaust system and body should beinspected by a qualified mechanic when-ever:

a. The vehicle is raised for service.

b. You suspect that exhaust fumes areentering into the passengercompartment.

c. You notice a change in the sound ofthe exhaust system.

d. You have had an accident involvingdamage to the exhaust system, un-derbody, or rear of the vehicle.

THREE-WAY CATALYST

The three-way catalyst is an emission controldevice installed in the exhaust system. Ex-haust gases in the three-way catalyst areburned at high temperatures to help reducepollutants.

WARNING

• The exhaust gas and the exhaust systemare very hot. Keep people, animals orflammable materials away from the ex-haust system components.

• Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as dry grass,waste paper or rags. They may ignite andcause a fire.

PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTINGAND DRIVING

5-4 Starting and driving

CAUTION

• Do not use leaded gasoline. Depositsfrom leaded gasoline will seriously re-duce the three-way catalyst's ability tohelp reduce exhaust pollutants.

• Keep your engine tuned up. Malfunc-tions in the ignition, fuel injection, orelectrical systems can cause over richfuel flow into the three-way catalyst,causing it to overheat. Do not keep driv-ing if the engine misfires, or if noticeableloss of performance or other unusual op-erating conditions are detected. Havethe vehicle inspected promptly. It is rec-ommended that you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for this service.

• Avoid driving with an extremely low fuellevel. Running out of fuel could cause theengine to misfire, damaging the three-way catalyst.

• Do not race the engine while warming itup.

• Do not push or tow your vehicle to startthe engine.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORINGSYSTEM (TPMS)

Each tire, including the spare (if provided),should be checked monthly when cold andinflated to the inflation pressure recom-mended by the vehicle manufacturer on thevehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label.(If your vehicle has tires of a different sizethan the size indicated on the vehicle placardor tire inflation pressure label, you shoulddetermine the proper tire inflation pressurefor those tires.)

As an added safety feature, your vehicle hasbeen equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitor-ing System (TPMS) that illuminates a low tirepressure telltale when one or more of yourtires is significantly under-inflated. Accord-ingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illu-minates, you should stop and check all yourtires as soon as possible, and inflate them tothe proper pressure. Driving on a significantlyunder-inflated tire causes the tire to overheatand can lead to tire failure. Under-inflationalso reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life,and may affect the vehicle’s handling andstopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not a substitutefor proper tire maintenance, and it is the driv-er’s responsibility to maintain correct tirepressure, even if under-inflation has notreached the level to trigger illumination of theTPMS low tire pressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped with aTPMS malfunction indicator to indicatewhen the system is not operating properly.The TPMS malfunction indicator is combinedwith the low tire pressure telltale. When thesystem detects a malfunction, the telltale willflash for approximately one minute and thenremain continuously illuminated. This se-quence will continue upon subsequent vehiclestart-ups as long as the malfunction exists.When the malfunction indicator is illumi-nated, the system may not be able to detector signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMSmalfunctions may occur for a variety of rea-sons, including the installation of replace-ment or alternate tires or wheels on the ve-hicle that prevent the TPMS from functioningproperly. Always check the TPMS malfunc-tion telltale after replacing one or more tiresor wheels on your vehicle to ensure that thereplacement or alternate tires and wheels al-low the TPMS to continue to functionproperly.

Starting and driving 5-5

Additional information:

• When replacing a wheel without the TPMSsuch as the spare tire, the TPMS does notmonitor the tire pressure of the spare tire.

• The TPMS will activate only when the ve-hicle is driven at speeds above 16 mph (25km/h). Also, this system may not detect asudden drop in tire pressure (for example, aflat tire while driving).

• The low tire pressure warning light doesnot automatically turn off when the tirepressure is adjusted. After the tire is in-flated to the recommended pressure, thevehicle must be driven at speeds above 16mph (25 km/h) to activate the TPMS andturn off the low tire pressure warning light.Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tirepressure.

• The “Tire Pressure Low — Add Air” warningappears in the vehicle information displaywhen the low tire pressure warning light isilluminated and low tire pressure is de-tected. The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air”warning turns off when the low tire pres-sure warning light turns off.

• The “Tire Pressure Low — Add Air” warningappears each time the ignition switch is inthe ON position as long as the low tirepressure warning light remains illuminated.

• The “Tire Pressure Low — Add Air” warningdoes not appear if the low tire pressurewarning light illuminates to indicate aTPMS malfunction.

• Tire pressure rises and falls depending onthe heat caused by the vehicle’s operationand the outside temperature. Do not re-duce the tire pressure after driving becausethe tire pressure rises after driving. Lowoutside temperature can lower the tem-perature of the air inside the tire which cancause a lower tire inflation pressure. Thismay cause the low tire pressure warninglight to illuminate. If the warning light illu-minates, check the tire pressure for all fourtires.

• The Tire and Loading Information label islocated in the driver's door opening.

• You can also check the pressure of all tires(except the spare tire) on the vehicle infor-mation display screen. The order of the tirepressure figures displayed on the screencorresponds with the actual order of thetire position.

For additional information, see “Low tirepressure warning light” (P. 2-13) and “TirePressure Low — Add Air” (P. 2-24).

WARNING


• If the low tire pressure warning light illu-minates while driving, avoid suddensteering maneuvers or abrupt braking,reduce vehicle speed, pull off the road toa safe location and stop the vehicle assoon as possible. Driving with under-inflated tires may permanently damagethe tires and increase the likelihood oftire failure. Serious vehicle damage couldoccur and may lead to an accident andcould result in serious personal injury.Check the tire pressure for all four tires.Adjust the tire pressure to the recom-mended COLD tire pressure shown onthe Tire and Loading Information label toturn the low tire pressure warning lightoff. If you have a flat tire, replace it witha replacement tire as soon as possible.(For additional information, see “Flattire” (P. 6-3) for changing a flat tire.)


• When replacing a wheel without theTPMS such as the spare tire, when aspare tire is mounted or a wheel is re-placed, tire pressure will not be indi-cated, the TPMS will not function andthe low tire pressure warning light willflash for approximately 1 minute. Thelight will remain on after 1 minute. Haveyour tires replaced and/or TPMS systemreset as soon as possible. It is recom-mended that you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for this service.


• Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tiresealant into the tires, as this may cause amalfunction of the tire pressure sensors.

CAUTION

• The TPMS may not function properlywhen the wheels are equipped with tirechains or the wheels are buried in snow.

• Do not place metalized film or any metalparts (antenna, etc.) on the windows.This may cause poor reception of the sig-nals from the tire pressure sensors, andthe TPMS will not function properly.

Some devices and transmitters may tempo-rarily interfere with the operation of theTPMS and cause the low tire pressure warn-ing light to illuminate.

Some examples are:• Facilities or electric devices using similar

radio frequencies are near the vehicle.• If a transmitter set to similar frequencies is

being used in or near the vehicle.• If a computer (or similar equipment) or a

DC/AC converter is being used in or nearthe vehicle.

The low tire pressure warning light may illu-minate in the following cases:

• If the vehicle is equipped with a wheel andtire without TPMS.

• If the TPMS has been replaced and the IDhas not been registered.

• If the wheel is not originally specified byINFINITI.

FCC Notice:

For USA:

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCCRules. Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions: (1) This device may notcause harmful interference, and (2) this de-vice must accept any interference received,including interference that may cause unde-sired operation.

Note: Changes or modifications not ex-pressly approved by the party responsiblefor compliance could void the user’s author-ity to operate the equipment.

For Canada:

This device complies with Industry Canadalicence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operationis subject to the following two conditions: (1)this device may not cause interference, and(2) this device must accept any interference,including interference that may cause unde-sired operation of the device

TPMS with Tire Inflation Indicator

When adding air to an under-inflated tire, theTPMS with Tire Inflation Indicator providesvisual and audible signals outside the vehicleto help you inflate the tires to the recom-mended COLD tire pressure.

Vehicle set-up:

1. Park the vehicle in a safe and level place.

2. Apply the parking brake and place theshift lever in the P (Park) position.

3. Place the ignition switch in the ON posi-tion. Do not start the engine.


Operation:

1. Add air to the tire.

2. After a few seconds, the hazard indicatorswill start flashing.

3. When the designated pressure is reached,the horn beeps once and the hazard indi-cators stop flashing.

4. Perform the above steps for each tire.

• If the tire is over-inflated more than ap-proximately 4 psi (30 kPa), the hornbeeps and the hazard indicators flashthree times. To correct the pressure,push the core of the valve stem on thetire briefly to release pressure. When thepressure reaches the designated pres-sure, the horn beeps once.

• If the hazard indicator does not flashwithin approximately 15 seconds afterstarting to inflate the tire, it indicatesthat the TPMS with Tire Inflation Indi-cator is not operating.

• The TPMS will not activate the TPMSwith Tire Inflation Indicator under thefollowing conditions:– If there is interference from an exter-

nal device or transmitter.– The air pressure from the inflation de-

vice is not sufficient to inflate the tire.

– There is a malfunction in the TPMS.– There is a malfunction in the horn or

hazard indicators.– The identification code of the tire

pressure sensor is not registered tothe system.

– The battery of the tire pressure sensoris low.

• If the TPMS with Tire Inflation Indicatordoes not operate due to TPMS interfer-ence, move the vehicle about 3 ft (1 m)backward or forward and try again.

If the TPMS with Tire Inflation Indicator isnot working, use a tire pressure gauge.

ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROADDRIVING PRECAUTIONS

Utility vehicles have a significantly higherrollover rate than other types of vehicles.

They have higher ground clearance than pas-senger cars to make them capable of per-forming in a variety of on-pavement and off-road applications. This gives them a highercenter of gravity than ordinary vehicles. Anadvantage of higher ground clearance is abetter view of the road, allowing you to an-ticipate problems. However, they are not de-signed for cornering at the same speeds asconventional 2-Wheel Drive vehicles anymore than low-slung sports cars are de-

signed to perform satisfactorily under off-road conditions. If at all possible, avoid sharpturns at high speeds. As with other vehicles ofthis type, failure to operate this vehicle cor-rectly may result in loss of control or vehiclerollover. In a rollover crash, an unbelted per-son is significantly more likely to die than aperson wearing a seat belt.

For additional information, see “Drivingsafety precautions” (P. 5-10).

AVOIDING COLLISION ANDROLLOVER

WARNING

Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe andprudent manner may result in loss of con-trol or an accident.

Be alert and drive defensively at all times.Obey all traffic regulations. Avoid excessivespeed, high speed cornering, or sudden steer-ing maneuvers, because these driving prac-tices could cause you to lose control of yourvehicle.

As with any vehicle, loss of control could re-sult in a collision with other vehicles or ob-jects or cause the vehicle to roll over, par-ticularly if the loss of control causes thevehicle to slide sideways.


Be attentive at all times, and avoid drivingwhen tired. Never drive when under the influ-ence of alcohol or drugs (including prescrip-tion or over-the-counter drugs which maycause drowsiness). Always wear your seatbelt as outlined in the “Safety – Seats, seatbelts and supplemental restraint system” sec-tion of this manual, and also instruct yourpassengers to do so.

Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury incollisions and rollovers. In a rollover crash, anunbelted person is significantly more likelyto die than a person wearing a seat belt.

OFF-ROAD RECOVERY

While driving, the right side or left side wheelsmay unintentionally leave the road surface. Ifthis occurs, maintain control of the vehicle byfollowing the procedure below. Please notethat this procedure is only a general guide.The vehicle must be driven as appropriatebased on the conditions of the vehicle, roadand traffic.

1. Remain calm and do not overreact.

2. Do not apply the brakes.

3. Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheelwith both hands and try to hold a straightcourse.

4. When appropriate, slowly release the ac-celerator pedal to gradually slow thevehicle.

5. If there is nothing in the way, steer thevehicle to follow the road while vehiclespeed is reduced. Do not attempt to drivethe vehicle back onto the road surfaceuntil vehicle speed is reduced.

6. When it is safe to do so, gradually turn thesteering wheel until both tires return tothe road surface. When all tires are on theroad surface, steer the vehicle to stay inthe appropriate driving lane.

• If you decide that it is not safe to returnthe vehicle to the road surface based onvehicle, road or traffic conditions,gradually slow the vehicle to a stop in asafe place off the road.

RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS

Rapid air pressure loss or a “blow-out” canoccur if the tire is punctured or is damageddue to hitting a curb or pothole. Rapid airpressure loss can also be caused by driving onunder-inflated tires.

Rapid air pressure loss can affect the han-dling and stability of the vehicle, especially athighway speeds.

Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by main-taining the correct air pressure and visuallyinspecting the tires for wear and damage. Foradditional information, see “Wheels and tires”(P. 8-27). If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or“blows-out” while driving, maintain control ofthe vehicle by following the procedure below.Please note that this procedure is only a gen-eral guide. The vehicle must be driven as ap-propriate based on the conditions of the ve-hicle, road and traffic.

WARNING

The following actions can increase thechance of losing control of the vehicle ifthere is a sudden loss of tire air pressure.Losing control of the vehicle may cause acollision and result in personal injury.

• The vehicle generally moves or pulls inthe direction of the flat tire.

• Do not rapidly apply the brakes.

• Do not rapidly release the acceleratorpedal.

• Do not rapidly turn the steering wheel.

1. Remain calm and do not overreact.

2. Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheelwith both hands and try to hold a straightcourse.


3. When appropriate, slowly release the ac-celerator pedal to gradually slow thevehicle.

4. Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe loca-tion off the road and away from traffic ifpossible.

5. Lightly apply the brake pedal to graduallystop the vehicle.

6. Turn on the hazard warning flashers andcontact a roadside emergency service tochange the tire. For additional informa-tion, see “Flat tire” (P. 6-3).

DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGSAND DRIVING

WARNING

Never drive under the influence of alcoholor drugs. Alcohol in the bloodstream re-duces coordination, delays reaction timeand impairs judgement. Driving afterdrinking alcohol increases the likelihood ofbeing involved in an accident injuring your-self and others. Additionally, if you are in-jured in an accident, alcohol can increasethe severity of the injury.

INFINITI is committed to safe driving. How-ever, you must choose not to drive under theinfluence of alcohol. Every year thousands ofpeople are injured or killed in alcohol-relatedaccidents. Although the local laws vary onwhat is considered to be legally intoxicated,the fact is that alcohol affects all people dif-ferently and most people underestimate theeffects of alcohol.

Remember, drinking and driving don't mix!And that is true for drugs, too (over-the-counter, prescription, and illegal drugs). Don'tdrive if your ability to operate your vehicle isimpaired by alcohol, drugs, or some otherphysical condition.

DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

Your INFINITI is designed for both normaland off-road use. However, avoid driving indeep water or mud as your INFINITI is mainlydesigned for leisure use, unlike a conventionaloff-road vehicle.

Remember that 2-Wheel Drive (2WD) mod-els are less capable than All-Wheel Drive(AWD) models for rough road driving andextrication when stuck in deep snow or mud,or the like.

Please observe the following precautions:

WARNING

• Spinning the front wheels on slipperysurfaces may cause the AWD warningmessage to display and the AWD systemto automatically switch from the AWDto the 2WD mode. This could reduce thetraction. Be especially careful when tow-ing a trailer (AWD models).

• Drive carefully when off the road andavoid dangerous areas. Every personwho drives or rides in this vehicle shouldbe seated with their seat belt fastened.This will keep you and your passengers inposition when driving over rough terrain.

• Do not drive across steep slopes. Insteaddrive either straight up or straight downthe slopes. Off-road vehicles can tip oversideways much more easily than they canforward or backward.

• Many hills are too steep for any vehicle.If you drive up them, you may stall. If youdrive down them, you may not be able tocontrol your speed. If you drive acrossthem, you may roll over.

• Do not shift gears while driving ondownhill grades as this could cause lossof control of the vehicle.


• Stay alert when driving to the top of ahill. At the top there could be a drop-offor other hazard that could cause anaccident.

• If your engine stalls or you cannot makeit to the top of a steep hill, never attemptto turn around. Your vehicle could tip orroll over. Always back straight down in R(Reverse) gear and apply brakes to con-trol your speed.

• Heavy braking going down a hill couldcause your brakes to overheat and fade,resulting in loss of control and an acci-dent. Apply brakes lightly and use a lowgear to control your speed.

• Unsecured cargo can be thrown aroundwhen driving over rough terrain. Prop-erly secure all cargo so it will not bethrown forward and cause injury to youor your passengers.

• Secure heavy loads in the cargo area asfar forward and as low as possible. Donot equip the vehicle with tires largerthan specified in this manual. This couldcause your vehicle to roll over.

• Do not grip the inside or spokes of thesteering wheel when driving off-road.The steering wheel could move suddenlyand injure your hands. Instead drive withyour fingers and thumbs on the outsideof the rim.

• Before operating the vehicle, ensure thatthe driver and all passengers have theirseat belts fastened.

• Always drive with the floor mats in placeas the floor may become hot.

• Lower your speed when encounteringstrong crosswinds. With a higher centerof gravity, your INFINITI is more af-fected by strong side winds. Slowerspeeds ensure better vehicle control.

• Do not drive beyond the performance ca-pability of the tires, even with AWDengaged.

• For AWD equipped vehicles, do not at-tempt to raise two wheels off the groundand shift the transmission to any drive orreverse position with the engine running.Doing so may result in drivetrain damageor unexpected vehicle movement whichcould result in serious vehicle damage orpersonal injury.

• Do not attempt to test an AWDequipped vehicle on a 2-wheel dyna-mometer (such as the dynamometersused by some states for emissions test-ing) or similar equipment even if theother two wheels are raised off theground. Make sure you inform test facil-ity personnel that your vehicle isequipped with AWD before it is placedon a dynamometer. Using the wrong testequipment may result in drivetrain dam-age or unexpected vehicle movementwhich could result in serious vehicle dam-age or personal injury.

• When a wheel is off the ground due to anunlevel surface, do not spin the wheelexcessively.

• Accelerating quickly, sharp steering ma-neuvers or sudden braking may causeloss of control.

• If at all possible, avoid sharp turning ma-neuvers, particularly at high speeds.Your INFINITI vehicle has a higher centerof gravity than a passenger car. The ve-hicle is not designed for cornering at thesame speeds as passenger cars. Failureto operate this vehicle correctly could re-sult in loss of control and/or a rolloveraccident.


• Always use tires of the same type, size,brand, construction (bias, bias-belted, orradial), and tread pattern on all fourwheels. Install tire chains on the frontwheels when driving on slippery roadsand drive carefully.

• Be sure to check the brakes immediatelyafter driving in mud or water. For addi-tional information, see “Brake precau-tions” (P. 5-152).

• Avoid parking your vehicle on steep hills.If you get out of the vehicle and it rollsforward, backward or sideways, youcould be injured.

• Whenever you drive off-road throughsand, mud or water as deep as the wheelhub, more frequent maintenance may berequired. For additional information, see“Additional maintenance items for se-vere operating conditions” (P. 9-7).

INTELLIGENT ALL-WHEELDRIVE (AWD) DRIVING SAFETYPRECAUTIONS (if so equipped)

WARNING


• Always use tires of the same type, size,brand, construction (bias, bias-belted orradial), and tread pattern on all fourwheels. Install tire chains on the frontwheels when driving on slippery roadsand drive carefully.

• This vehicle is not designed for off-road(rough road) use. Do not drive on sandyor muddy roads that tires may get stuckin.

• For AWD equipped vehicles, do not at-tempt to raise two wheels off the groundand shift the transmission to any D(Drive) or R (Reverse) position with theengine running. Doing so may result indrivetrain damage or unexpected vehiclemovement which could result in seriousvehicle damage or personal injury.

• Do not attempt to test an AWDequipped vehicle on a 2-wheel dyna-mometer (such as the dynamometersused by some states for emissions test-ing) or similar equipment even if theother two wheels are raised off theground. Make sure you inform test facil-ity personnel that your vehicle isequipped with AWD before it is placedon a dynamometer. Using the wrong testequipment may result in drivetrain dam-age or unexpected vehicle movementwhich could result in serious vehicle dam-age or personal injury.

• When a wheel is off the ground due to anunlevel surface, do not spin the wheelexcessively.


WARNING

Do not operate the push-button ignitionswitch while driving the vehicle except inan emergency. (The engine will stop whenthe ignition switch is pushed three con-secutive times in quick succession or theignition switch is pushed and held for morethan 2 seconds.) If the engine stops whilethe vehicle is being driven, this could leadto a crash and serious injury.

When the ignition switch is pushed withoutdepressing the brake pedal, the ignitionswitch will change as follows:

Push the ignition switch center:

• Once to change to ON.

• Two times to change to OFF.

The ignition switch will automatically returnto the LOCK position when any door is eitheropened or closed with the switch in the OFFposition.

The ignition lock is designed so that the igni-tion switch cannot be placed in the OFF po-sition until the shift lever is in the P (Park)position.

When the ignition switch cannot be placed inthe OFF position, proceed as follows:

1. Press the Park button to place the vehiclein the P (Park) position.

2. Push the ignition switch. The ignitionswitch position will change to the ONposition.

3. Push the ignition switch again to the OFFposition.

The shift lever can be moved from the P(Park) position if the ignition switch is in theON position and the brake pedal isdepressed.

If the battery of the vehicle is discharged, theignition switch cannot be moved from theLOCK position.

Some indicators and warnings for operationare displayed on the vehicle information dis-play. For additional information, see “Vehicleinformation display” (P. 2-19).

LSD2911

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH


OPERATING RANGE

The Intelligent Key functions can only be usedwhen the Intelligent Key is within the speci-fied operating range.

When the Intelligent Key battery is almostdischarged or strong radio waves are presentnear the operating location, the IntelligentKey system’s operating range becomes nar-rower and may not function properly.

If the Intelligent Key is within the operatingrange, it is possible for anyone, even some-one who does not carry the Intelligent Key, topush the ignition switch to start the engine.

The operating range of the engine start func-tion is inside of the vehicle O1 .

• The luggage area is not included in theoperating range, but the Intelligent Keymay function.

• If the Intelligent Key is placed on the instru-ment panel or inside the glove box, storagebin or door pocket, the Intelligent Key maynot function.

• If the Intelligent Key is placed near the dooror window outside the vehicle, the Intelli-gent Key may function.

PUSH-BUTTON IGNITIONSWITCH POSITIONS

LOCK (Normal parking position)

The ignition switch can only be locked in thisposition.

The ignition switch will be unlocked when it isplaced in the ON position while carrying theIntelligent Key.

The ignition switch will lock when any door isopened or closed with the ignition switchedoff.

ON (Normal operating position)

This position turns on the ignition system andelectrical accessories.

ON has a battery saver feature that will placethe ignition switch in the OFF position, if thevehicle is not running, after some time underthe following conditions:

• All doors are closed.

• The shift lever is in P (Park).

The battery saver feature will be canceled ifany of the following occur:

• Any door is opened.

• The shift lever is moved out of the P (Park)position.

• The ignition switch changes position.

CAUTION

Do not leave the vehicle with the ignitionswitch in the ON position when the engineis not running for an extended period. Thiscan discharge the battery.

OFF

The ignition switch is in the OFF positionwhen the engine is turned off using the igni-tion switch. No lights will illuminate on theignition switch.

LSD2020


AUTO ACC

With the vehicle in the P (Park) position, theIntelligent Key with you and the ignitionswitch placed from the ON position to theOFF position, the radio can still be used for aperiod of time, or until the driver’s door isopened.

After a period of time, functions such as ra-dio, navigation, and Bluetooth® Hands-FreePhone System may be restarted by pressingthe POWER button/VOLUME control knobor the key fob unlock button. For additionalinformation, see the “Monitor, climate, audio,phone and voice recognition systems”(P. 4-2).

EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF

To shut off the engine in an emergency situ-ation while driving, perform the followingprocedure:

• Rapidly push the ignition switch three con-secutive times in less than 1.5 seconds, or

• Push and hold the ignition switch for morethan 2 seconds.

INFINITI INTELLIGENT KEYBATTERY DISCHARGE

If the battery of the Intelligent Key is dis-charged or environmental conditions inter-fere with the Intelligent Key operation, startthe engine according to the following proce-dure:


2. Firmly apply the foot brake.

3. Touch the ignition switch with the Intelli-gent Key as illustrated. (A chime willsound.)

4. Push the ignition switch while depressingthe brake pedal within 10 seconds afterthe chime sounds. The engine will start.

After step 3 is performed, when the ignitionswitch is pushed without depressing thebrake pedal, the ignition switch position willchange to ON.

NOTE:• When the ignition switch is placed in the

ON position or the engine is started by theabove procedure, the Intelligent Key bat-tery discharge indicator may appear in thevehicle information display even when theIntelligent Key is inside the vehicle. This isnot a malfunction. To turn off the Intelli-gent Key battery discharge indicator,touch the ignition switch with the Intelli-gent Key again.

• If the Intelligent Key battery discharge in-dicator appears, replace the battery assoon as possible. For additional informa-tion, see “Battery replacement” (P. 8-22).

LSD3572


INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEM

The INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System willnot allow the engine to start without the useof the registered key.

If the engine fails to start using the registeredkey, it may be due to interference caused byanother registered key, an automated tollroad device or automated payment device onthe key ring. Restart the engine using thefollowing procedures:

1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON posi-tion for approximately 5 seconds.

2. Place the ignition switch in the OFF orLOCK position and wait approximately 5seconds.

3. Repeat steps 1 and 2.

4. Restart the engine while holding the de-vice (which may have caused the interfer-ence) separate from the registered key.

If the no start condition re-occurs, INFINITIrecommends placing the registered key on aseparate key ring to avoid interference fromother devices.

• Make sure the area around the vehicle isclear.

• Check fluid levels such as engine oil, cool-ant, brake fluid, and windshield-washerfluid as frequently as possible, or at leastwhenever you refuel.

• Check that all windows and lights are clean.

• Visually inspect tires for their appearanceand condition. Also check tires for properinflation.

• Check that all doors are closed.

• Position seat and adjust headrestraints/headrests.

• Adjust inside and outside mirrors.

• Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers todo likewise.

• Check the operation of warning lightswhen the ignition switch is placed in the ONposition. For additional information, see“Warning lights, indicator lights and audiblereminders” (P. 2-9)

1. Apply the parking brake.

2. Press the Park button to place the vehiclein P (Park) or move the shift lever to N(Neutral). P (Park) is recommended.

The starter is designed not to operate ifthe shift lever is in any of the drivingpositions.

3. Push the ignition switch to the ON posi-tion. Depress the brake pedal and pushthe ignition switch to start the engine.

To start the engine immediately, push andrelease the ignition switch while depress-ing the brake pedal with the ignitionswitch in any position.

• If the engine is very hard to start inextremely cold weather or when re-starting, depress the accelerator pedal alittle (approximately 1/3 to the floor)and while holding, crank the engine. Re-lease the accelerator pedal when theengine starts.

BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE STARTING THE ENGINE


• If the engine is very hard to start be-cause it is flooded, depress the accel-erator pedal all the way to the floor andhold it. Push the ignition switch to theON position to start cranking the en-gine. After 5 or 6 seconds, stop crankingby pushing the ignition switch to theLOCK position. After cranking the en-gine, release the accelerator pedal.Crank the engine with your foot off theaccelerator pedal by depressing thebrake pedal and pushing the ignitionswitch to start the engine. If the enginestarts, but fails to run, repeat the aboveprocedure.

CAUTION

Do not operate the starter for more than15 seconds at a time. If the engine does notstart, push the ignition switch to the OFFposition and wait 10 seconds before crank-ing again, otherwise the starter could bedamaged.

4. Warm-up:

Allow the engine to idle for at least 30seconds after starting. Do not race theengine while warming it up. Drive at amoderate speed for a short distance first,especially in cold weather. In coldweather, keep the engine running for aminimum of 2 - 3 minutes before shuttingit off. Starting and stopping the engineover a short period of time may make thevehicle more difficult to start.

5. To stop the engine, place the shift lever inthe P (Park) position and push the ignitionswitch to the OFF position.

NOTE:Care should be taken to avoid situationsthat can lead to potential battery dis-charge and potential no-start conditionssuch as:

1. Installation or extended use of electronicaccessories that consume battery powerwhen the engine is not running (phonechargers, GPS, DVD players, etc.).

2. The vehicle is not driven regularly and/oronly driven short distances.

In these cases, the battery may need to becharged to maintain battery health.

REMOTE ENGINE START (if soequipped)

Vehicles started with the Remote EngineStart require the ignition switch to be placedin the ON position before the shift lever canbe moved from the P (Park) position. To placethe ignition switch in the ON position, followthese steps:

1. Make sure that the Intelligent Key is onyou.

2. Apply the brake.

3. Push the ignition switch once to the ONposition.

For additional information, see “INFINITI In-telligent Key” (P. 3-2).


CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLETRANSMISSION (CVT)

WARNING

• Do not depress the accelerator pedalwhile shifting from P (Park) or N (Neu-tral) to R (Reverse), D (Drive), or M(Manual shift mode). Always depress thebrake pedal until shifting is completed.Failure to do so could cause you to losecontrol and have an accident.

• Cold engine idle speed is high, so use cau-tion when shifting into a forward or re-verse gear before the engine has warmedup.

• Do not downshift abruptly on slipperyroads. This may cause a loss of control.

• Never shift to either the P (Park) or R(Reverse) position while the vehicle ismoving forward and P (Park) or D (Drive)position while the vehicle is reversing.This could cause an accident or damagethe transmission.

• Except in an emergency, do not shift tothe N (Neutral) position while driving.Coasting with the transmission in the N(Neutral) position may cause seriousdamage to the transmission.

CAUTION

• To avoid possible damage to your ve-hicle, when stopping the vehicle on anuphill grade, do not hold the vehicle bydepressing the accelerator pedal. Thefoot brake should be used for thispurpose.

• Do not hang items on the shift lever. Thismay cause an accident due to a suddenstart.

The CVT in your vehicle is electronically con-trolled to produce maximum power andsmooth operation.

The recommended operating procedures forthis transmission are shown on the followingpages. Follow these procedures for maxi-mum vehicle performance and drivingenjoyment.

Engine power may be automatically reducedto protect the CVT if the engine speed in-creases quickly when driving on slipperyroads or while being tested on somedynamometers.

Starting the vehicle

1. After starting the engine, fully depress thefoot brake pedal before moving the shiftlever out of the P (Park) position.This Continuously Variable Transmissionis designed so that the foot brake pedalmust be depressed before shifting from P(Park) to any driving position while theignition switch is in the ON position.The shift lever cannot be moved out ofthe P (Park) position and into any of theother positions if the ignition switch isplaced in the OFF position.

2. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed andmove the shift lever to a driving position.

3. Release the parking brake and foot brakepedal and then gradually start the vehiclein motion.

WARNING

• Do not depress the accelerator pedalwhile shifting from P (Park) or N (Neu-tral) to R (Reverse), D (Drive), or M(Manual shift mode). Always depress thebrake pedal until shifting is completed.Failure to do so could cause you to losecontrol and have an accident.

DRIVING THE VEHICLE


• Cold engine idle speed is high, so use cau-tion when shifting into a forward or re-verse gear before the engine has warmedup.

• Do not downshift abruptly on slipperyroads. This may cause a loss of control.

• Never shift to either the P (Park) or R(Reverse) position while the vehicle ismoving forward and P (Park) or D (Drive)position while the vehicle is reversing.This could cause an accident or damagethe transmission.

CAUTION

• To avoid possible damage to your ve-hicle, when stopping the vehicle on anuphill grade, do not hold the vehicle bydepressing the accelerator pedal. Thefoot brake should be used for thispurpose.

• Except in an emergency, do not shift tothe N (Neutral) position while driving.Coasting with the transmission in the N(Neutral) position may cause seriousdamage to the transmission.

• Do not hang items on the shift lever. Thismay cause an accident due to a suddenstart.

Shifting

Press the shift lever button to shift

Shift without pressing the shift lever

button

After starting the engine, fully depress thebrake pedal, press the shift lever button andmove the shift lever from the P (Park) positionto any of the desired shift positions. Confirmthat the vehicle is in the desired shift position

by checking the shift indicator located nearthe shift lever or the vehicle informationdisplay.

WARNING

Apply the electronic parking brake if theshift lever is in any position while the en-gine is not running. Failure to do so couldcause the vehicle to move unexpectedly orroll away and result in serious personal in-jury or property damage.

CAUTION

• Use the P (Park), R (Reverse) or D (Drive)position only when the vehicle is com-pletely stopped.

• After switching to the desired shift posi-tion, release your hand from the shift le-ver to let it return to the idle position.Holding the shift lever in a mid-way po-sition may also damage the shift controlsystem.

• Do not operate the shift lever while theaccelerator pedal is depressed. This maycause a sudden start which could result inan accident.

LSD3872


• The following operations are not allowedbecause excessive force would be ap-plied to the transmission and this mayresult in damage to the vehicle:

– Moving the shift lever to the R (Re-verse) position when driving forward.

– Moving the shift lever to the D (Drive)position when reversing.

If these operations are attempted, a chimesounds and the vehicle shifts to the N (Neu-tral) position.

P (Park)

CAUTION

• To prevent transmission damage, use theP (Park) position only when the vehicle iscompletely stopped.

• Do not slide the shift lever while pressingthe Park button. This may damage theshift control system.

Use this position when the vehicle is parkedor starting the engine. Always make sure thatthe vehicle is completely stopped beforepressing the Park button O1 to engage the P(Park) position. For maximum safety, thebrake pedal must be depressed before en-gaging the P (Park) position. Use this positiontogether with the parking brake. When park-

ing on a hill, first depress the brake pedal,apply the parking brake and then engage theP (Park) position. The parking lock should notbe used as a brake when parking. In order tosecure the vehicle, always apply the elec-tronic parking brake in addition to the parkinglock.

In the event of a malfunction of the vehicle’selectronics, the transmission may lock in theP (Park) position. Have the vehicle’s electron-ics checked immediately. It is recommendedthat you visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice.

The P (Park) position is automatically en-gaged if:

• You switch off the ignition switch.

• You unfasten the driver’s seat belt andopen the driver’s door when the vehicle isstationary or driving at a very low speedand the transmission is in the D (Drive) po-sition or R (Reverse) position.

R (Reverse)

CAUTION

To prevent transmission damage, use the R(Reverse) position only when the vehicle iscompletely stopped.

Use the R (Reverse) position to back up. Makesure the vehicle is completely stopped beforeselecting the R (Reverse) position. The brakepedal must be depressed and the shift leverbutton pressed to move the shift lever fromthe idle position to R (Reverse).

If the vehicle is placed in the R (Reverse)position while forwarding, the chime willsound and the vehicle will switch into the N(Neutral) position.

N (Neutral)

Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged.The engine can be started in this position. Youmay shift to N (Neutral) and restart a stalledengine while the vehicle is moving. You canselect this position by holding the shift leverat this position for 0.5 seconds.

D (Drive)

Use this position for all normal forward driv-ing. The CVT changes gears automatically. Allforward gears are available. If the vehicle isplaced in the D (Drive) position while revers-ing, the chime will sound and the vehicle willswitch into the N (Neutral) position.


Manual shift mode

The transmission enters the manual shiftmode by moving the shift lever again to the D(Drive) position when the vehicle is in the Drange.

You can select the manual shift range bypulling the left side or right side paddle shifter

OA and OB . To cancel the manual shift mode,move the shift lever to the D (Drive) positionagain. The transmission returns to the auto-matic drive mode.

When the shift lever is shifted from D (Drive)to the manual shift mode with the vehicle

stopped or while driving, the transmissionenters the manual shift mode. Shift rangescan be selected manually. Shift ranges canalso be selected using the paddle shifters onthe steering wheel. When you pull the paddleshifter while in the D (Drive) position, thetransmission will shift to the upper or lowerrange temporarily. If the paddle shifters arenot used for about 5–10 seconds, the trans-mission will automatically return to the D(Drive) position. If you want to return to the D(Drive) position manually, pull and hold eitherpaddle shifter for about 1.5 seconds.

In the manual shift mode, the shift range isdisplayed on the position indicator in the me-ter. When moving the shift lever to themanual shift mode, the position indicator dis-plays 1 (1st) up to 8 (8th) depending on ve-hicle speed.

Shift ranges up or down one by one asfollows:

1⇔ 2 ⇔ 3 ⇔ 4 ⇔ 5 ⇔ 6 ⇔ 7⇔ 8

8 (8th)

Use this position for all normal forward driv-ing at highway speeds.

7 (7th), 6 (6th) and 5 (5th)

Use this position when driving up long slopes,or for engine braking when driving down longslopes.

4 (4th), 3 (3rd) and 2 (2nd)

Use these positions for hill climbing or enginebraking on downhill grades.

1 (1st)

Use this position when climbing steep hillsslowly or when driving slowly, or for maxi-mum engine braking on steep downhillgrades.

LSD2822

Manual shift gate

LSD2914

Paddle shifters


• Remember not to drive at high speeds forextended periods of time in lower than 8thgear. This reduces fuel economy.

When shifting up

Use the + (up) side paddle shifter OB . (Shifts tohigher range.)

When shifting down

Use the − (down) side paddle shifter OA .(Shifts to lower range.)

• The transmission will automatically down-shift the gears. (For example, if you selectthe 3rd range, the transmission will shiftdown between the 3rd and 1st gears.)

• Moving the shift lever rapidly to the sameside twice will shift the ranges insuccession.

When canceling the manual shift mode

Move the shift lever to the D (Drive) positionto return the transmission to the normal driv-ing mode.

• In the manual shift mode, the transmissionmay not shift to the selected gear. Thishelps maintain driving performance andreduces the chance of vehicle damage orloss of control.

• When this situation occurs, the Continu-ously Variable Transmission (CVT) posi-tion indicator will blink and the chime willsound.

• In the manual shift mode, the transmissionmay shift up automatically to a higherrange than selected if the engine speed istoo high. When the vehicle speed de-creases, the transmission automaticallyshifts down and shifts to 1st gear beforethe vehicle comes to a stop.

• CVT operation is limited to automatic drivemode when CVT fluid temperature is ex-tremely low even if manual shift mode isselected. This is not a malfunction. WhenCVT fluid warms up, manual mode can beselected.

• When the CVT fluid temperature is high,the shift range may upshift in lower rpmthan usual. This is not a malfunction.

Accelerator downshift— in D (Drive) position —

For passing or hill climbing, depress the ac-celerator pedal to the floor. This shifts thetransmission down into a lower gear, de-pending on the vehicle speed.

High fluid temperature protectionmode

This transmission has a high fluid tempera-ture protection mode. If the fluid temperaturebecomes too high (for example, when climb-ing steep grades in high temperatures withheavy loads, such as when towing a trailer),engine power and, under some conditions,vehicle speed will be decreased automaticallyto reduce the chance of transmission dam-age. Vehicle speed can be controlled with theaccelerator pedal, but the engine and vehiclespeed may be limited.

Fail-safe

When the fail-safe operation occurs, theContinuously Variable Transmission will notbe shifted into the selected driving position.

If the vehicle is driven under extreme condi-tions, such as excessive wheel spinning andsubsequent hard braking, the fail-safe sys-tem may be activated. The Malfunction Indi-cator Light (MIL) may come on to indicatethe fail-safe mode is activated. For addi-tional information, see “Malfunction Indica-tor Light (MIL)” (P. 2-15). This will occureven if all electrical circuits are functioningproperly. In this case, place the ignitionswitch in the OFF position and wait for 10


seconds. Then place the ignition switch backin the ON position. The vehicle should returnto its normal operating condition. If it doesnot return to its normal operating condition,have the transmission checked and repaired,if necessary. It is recommended that you visitan INFINITI retailer for this service.

WARNING

When the high fluid temperature protec-tion mode or fail-safe operation occurs, ve-hicle speed may be gradually reduced. Thereduced speed may be lower than othertraffic, which could increase the chance ofa collision. Be especially careful when driv-ing. If necessary, pull to the side of the roadat a safe place and allow the transmissionto return to normal operation, or have itrepaired if necessary.

WARNING

• Be sure the parking brake is fully re-leased before driving. Failure to do socan cause brake failure and lead to anaccident.

• Do not release the parking brake fromoutside the vehicle.

• Do not use the shift lever in place of theparking brake. When parking, be sure theparking brake is fully engaged.


The electronic parking brake can be appliedor released automatically or by operating theparking brake switch.

AUTOMATIC OPERATION

The electronic parking brake will apply auto-matically if the ignition switch is placed in theOFF position when the brake force is main-tained by the automatic brake hold function.

The electronic parking brake is automaticallyreleased as soon as the vehicle starts and theaccelerator pedal is depressed.

The driver’s seat belt needs to be fastened.

LSD2915

ELECTRONIC PARKING BRAKE


WARNING

• The electronic parking brake will not beautomatically applied when the engine isstopped without using the ignitionswitch (for example, by engine stalling).Without the vehicle stationary, the elec-tronic parking brake will not be auto-matically applied even if the engine isturned off with the ignition switch.

• Before leaving the vehicle, press the Parkbutton to place the vehicle in the P (Park)position and check that the electronicparking brake indicator light is illumi-nated to confirm that the electronicparking brake is applied. The electronicparking brake indicator light will remainon for a period of time after the driver’sdoor is locked.

CAUTION

When parking in an area where the outsidetemperature is below 32°F (0°C), the park-ing brake, if applied, may freeze in placeand may be difficult to release.

For safe parking, it is recommended thatyou place the shift lever in the P (Park)position and securely block the wheels.

NOTE:• If a malfunction occurs in the electronic

parking brake system (for example, due tobattery discharge), it is recommended thatyou visit an INFINITI retailer.

• If the shift lever is moved to the P (Park)position when the brake force is main-tained by the automatic brake hold func-tion, the electronic parking brake will ap-ply automatically.

• If the driver’s seat belt is unfastened whenthe brake force is maintained by the auto-matic brake hold function, the electronicparking brake will apply automatically.

• If the ignition switch is placed in the OFFposition when the brake force is main-tained by the automatic brake hold func-tion, the electronic parking brake will ap-ply automatically.

• Under the following conditions, the elec-tronic parking brake will automatically beapplied and the brake force of the auto-matic brake hold will be released:– The braking force is applied by the auto-

matic brake hold function for 3 minutesor longer.

– The vehicle is placed in the “P” (Park)position.

– The driver’s seat belt is unfastened.

– The ignition switch is placed in the“OFF” position.

– The electronic parking brake is applied.– If a malfunction occurs in the automatic

brake hold function.

MANUAL OPERATIONThe electronic parking brake will not be auto-matically applied if the engine is stoppedwithout using the ignition switch (for ex-ample, by engine stalling). In such a case, youhave to apply the parking brake manually.

To apply: Pull the switch up O1 . The indicatorlight OA will illuminate.

To release: With the ignition switch in the ONposition, depress the brake pedal and pushthe switch down O2 . The indicator light OA

will turn off.

Before driving, check that the electronicparking brake indicator light (red) (if soequipped) or goes out. For addi-tional information, see “Warning lights, indi-cator lights and audible reminders” (P. 2-9).

NOTE:• A buzzer will sound if the vehicle is driven

without releasing the parking brake. Foradditional information, see “Warninglights, indicator lights and audible remind-ers” (P. 2-9).


• While the electronic parking brake is ap-plied or released, an operating sound isheard from the lower side of the rear seat.This is normal and does not indicate amalfunction.

• When the electronic parking brake is fre-quently applied and released in a short pe-riod of time, the parking brake may notoperate in order to prevent the parkingbrake system from overheating. If this oc-curs, operate the electronic parking brakeswitch again after waiting approximately1 minute.

• If the electronic parking brake must be ap-plied while driving in an emergency, pull upand hold the parking brake switch. Whenyou release the parking brake switch, theparking brake will be released.

• While pulling up the electronic parkingbrake switch during driving, the parkingbrake is applied and a chime sounds. Theelectronic parking brake indicator light(red) in the meter and in the parking brakeswitch illuminates. This does not indicate amalfunction. The electronic parking brakeindicator light (red) in the meter and in theparking brake switch turns off when theparking brake is released.

• When pulling the electronic parking brakeswitch up with the ignition switch in theOFF or AUTO ACC position, the parkingbrake switch indicator light will continueto illuminate for a short period of time.

WHEN TOWING A TRAILER

Depending on the weight of the vehicle andtrailer and the steepness of the slope, theremay be a tendency for the vehicle to movebackwards when starting from a standstill.When this occurs, you can use the parkingbrake switch in the same way as a conven-tional lever type parking brake.

Before starting on sloping roads when tow-ing a trailer, be sure to read the following toprevent the vehicle from moving backwardsunintentionally.

• Release the parking brake switch as soonas the engine is delivering enough torque tothe wheels.

The automatic brake hold function maintainsthe braking force without the driver having todepress the brake pedal when the vehicle isstopped at a traffic light or intersection. Assoon as the driver depresses the acceleratorpedal again, the automatic brake hold func-tion is deactivated and the braking force isreleased. The operating status of the auto-matic brake hold can be displayed on thevehicle information display.

WARNING

• The automatic brake hold function is notdesigned to hold the vehicle on a steephill or slippery road. Never use the auto-matic brake hold when the vehicle isstopped on a steep hill or slippery road.Failure to do so may cause the vehicle tomove.

• The automatic brake hold function is de-signed to operate on gradients between—30% to +30%. Outside this range thesystem may not operate. The automaticbrake hold warning may appear in theVehicle Information Display to requestthat the driver retake control by de-pressing the brake pedal.

AUTOMATIC BRAKE HOLD


• When the automatic brake hold functionis activated but fails to maintain the ve-hicle at a standstill, depress the brakepedal to stop the vehicle. If the vehicleunexpectedly moves due to outside con-ditions, the chime may sound and auto-matic brake hold warning may illuminatein the vehicle information display.

• Be sure to deactivate the automaticbrake hold function when using a carwash or towing your vehicle.

• Make sure to place the shift lever in the P(Park) position and apply the parkingbrake when parking your vehicle, ridingon or off the vehicle, or loading luggage.Failure to do so could cause the vehicle tomove or roll away unexpectedly and re-sult in serious personal injury or propertydamage.

WARNING

• If any of the following conditions occur,the automatic brake hold function maynot function. Have the system checkedpromptly. It is recommended that youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.Failure to operate the vehicle in accor-dance with these conditions could causethe vehicle to move or roll away unex-pectedly and result in serious personalinjury or property damage.

– A warning message appears in the ve-hicle information display.

– The indicator light on the automaticbrake hold switch does not illuminatewhen the switch is pushed.

• The automatic brake hold function willnot be activated if the Slip indicatorlight, electronic parking brake warninglight or master warning light illuminateand the chassis control system faultmessage appears in the vehicle informa-tion display.

• To maintain the braking force to keepthe vehicle to a standstill, a noise may beheard. This is not a malfunction.

HOW TO ACTIVATE/DEACTIVATE THE AUTOMATICBRAKE HOLD FUNCTION

For additional information on activating anddeactivating the automatic brake hold func-tion, refer to the instructions outlined in thissection.

How to activate the automaticbrake hold function

1. With the ignition switch in the ON posi-tion, push the automatic brake hold switch

O1 . The indicator light on the automaticbrake hold switch O2 illuminates.

LSD2916


2. When the automatic brake hold functiongoes into standby, the automatic brakehold indicator light (white) illuminates.

To use the automatic brake hold function, thefollowing conditions need to be met:

• The driver’s seat belt is fastened.

• The electronic parking brake is released.

• The shift lever is not in the P (Park) position.

• The vehicle is not parked on a steep hill

NOTE:

The automatic brake hold function resets toOFF every time the ignition switch isswitched from the ON position to the OFFposition.

How to deactivate the automaticbrake hold function

While the automatic brake hold function isactivated, push the automatic brake holdswitch to turn off the automatic brake holdindicator light and deactivate the automaticbrake hold function. To deactivate the auto-matic brake hold function while the brakeforce has been maintained by the automaticbrake hold function, depress the brake pedaland push the automatic brake hold switch.

WARNING

Make sure to firmly depress and hold thebrake pedal when turning off the auto-matic brake hold function while the brakeforce is applied. When the automatic brakehold function is deactivated, the brakeforce will be released. This could cause thevehicle to move or roll away unexpectedly.Failure to prevent the vehicle from rollingmay result in serious personal injury orproperty damage.

HOW TO USE THE AUTOMATICBRAKE HOLD FUNCTION

For additional information on using the auto-matic brake hold function, refer to the in-structions outlined in this section.

To maintain braking forceautomatically

With the automatic brake hold function acti-vated and the automatic brake hold indicatorlight (white) illuminated on the meter, depressthe braking pedal to stop the vehicle. Theautomatic brake hold indicator illuminatesgreen on the meter, the brake force is auto-matically applied without your foot de-pressed on the brake pedal. While the brake

hold is maintained, the automatic brake holdindicator light (green) illuminates on themeter.

To start the vehicle from a standstill

With the shift lever not in the P (Park) or N(Neutral) position, depress the acceleratorpedal while the brake force is maintained. Thebrake force will automatically be released torestart the vehicle.

The automatic brake hold indicator light(white) on the meter illuminates and the au-tomatic brake hold returns to standby.

Parking

When the shift lever is in the P (Park) positionwith the brake force maintained by the auto-matic brake hold function, the parking brakewill automatically be applied and the brakeforce of the automatic brake hold will bereleased. The automatic brake hold indicatorlight turns off. When the parking brake isapplied with the brake force maintained bythe automatic brake hold function, the brakeforce of the automatic brake hold will bereleased. The automatic brake hold indicatorlight turns off.


NOTE:• Under the following conditions, the park-

ing brake will automatically be applied andthe brake force of the automatic brakehold will be released:– The braking force is applied by the auto-

matic brake hold function for 3 minutesor longer

– The driver's seat belt is unfastened– The ignition switch is placed in the OFF

position– If a malfunction occurs in the automatic

brake hold function– When the P (Park) range is selected– The electronic parking brake is applied

by driver’s operation

• When the vehicle stops, but the brakeforce is not automatically applied, depressthe brake pedal firmly until the automaticbrake hold indicator light (green)illuminates.

Automatic brake hold functiondisplay

The automatic brake hold function status isshown by color in the “Chassis Control” modein the vehicle information display. For addi-tional information, see “Vehicle informationdisplay” (P. 2-19).

Also depending on the driving situations,some warnings or indicators may be dis-played in the vehicle information display. Foradditional information, see “Vehicle informa-tion display warnings and indicators”(P. 2-21)

Four driving modes can be selected by usingthe Drive Mode Selector switch: STAN-DARD, SPORT, ECO and PERSONAL.

NOTE:• When the Drive Mode Selector switch se-

lects a mode, the mode may not switchquickly. This is not a malfunction.

• Select the STANDARD mode center fornormal driving.

LSD3922 LSD2917

Drive Mode Selector switch

INFINITI DRIVE MODE SELECTOR


STANDARD MODE

STANDARD mode is recommended for nor-mal driving. Push the Drive Mode Selectorswitch until “STANDARD” appears in the ve-hicle information display. STANDARD modewill also be displayed in the upper display.

SPORT MODE

The SPORT mode adjusts the engine andtransmission to enhance performance. Pushthe Drive Mode Selector switch to theSPORT position. “SPORT” appears in the ve-hicle information display. SPORT mode willalso be displayed in the upper display.

NOTE:

In the SPORT mode, fuel economy may bereduced.

PERSONAL MODE

PERSONAL mode is used for adjusting thesteering mode and drive modes. Turn thePERSONAL mode off for normal driving.Push the Drive Mode Selector switch until“PERSONAL” appears in the vehicle informa-tion display. PERSONAL mode will also bedisplayed in the upper display. For additionalinformation, refer to the INFINITI InTouch™Owner’s Manual.

How to set the PERSONAL mode

Perform the following steps to set the PER-SONAL mode:

1. Press the MENU button O1 and select“Drive Mode Selector” on the lowerdisplay.

2. Select “Engine/Transmission,” “Steering,”“Active Trace Control” or “Active EngineBrake” and select each item. (See “Engine/Transmission,” “Steering,” “Active TraceControl” or “Active Engine Brake” aboutthe feature of each item.)

3. Select “Back” or press the MENU buttonto finish the PERSONAL mode setting.

Engine/Transmission:

“Engine/Transmission” can be set to “Stan-dard,” “Sport” or “Eco.”

Steering (models with Direct AdaptiveSteering®):

Four combinations of steering mode andsteering response can be set.

Mode Response

Sport

Dynamic+

Dynamic

Default

Standard Default

Steering (models without Direct AdaptiveSteering®):

“Steering” can be set to “Sport” or “Standard.”

Active Trace Control:

“Active Trace Control” can be set to ON (en-abled) or OFF (disabled). For additional infor-mation, see “Active Trace Control” (P. 5-156).

LSD2982


Active Engine Brake:

“Active Engine Brake” can be set to ON (en-abled) or OFF (disabled). For additional infor-mation, see “Active Engine Brake” (P. 5-157 ).

Reset Drive Mode Settings to Default:

Select “Reset Drive Mode Settings to De-fault” and select “OK” to restore all the PER-SONAL mode settings to default.

ECO MODE

The ECO mode adjusts the engine and trans-mission to enhance fuel economy.

NOTE:

Selecting this drive mode will not necessarilyimprove fuel economy as many driving fac-tors influence its effectiveness.

Operation

Push the Drive Mode Selector switch to theECO position. “ECO” appears in the vehicleinformation display and the ECO drive indi-cator light illuminates on the instrumentpanel. ECO mode will also be displayed in theupper display.

When the accelerator pedal is depressedwithin the range of economy drive, the ECOdrive indicator light illuminates in green.When the accelerator pedal is depressedabove the range of economy drive, the ECOdrive indicator light turns off. For ECO pedalsystem equipped models, see “ECO pedalsystem” (P. 5-30).

The ECO drive indicator light will not illumi-nate in the following cases:

• When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)position.

• When the vehicle speed is below 3 mph (4.8km/h) or over 90 mph (144 km/h).

• When the Intelligent Cruise Control system(if so equipped) is operated.

ECO pedal system (if so equipped)

The ECO pedal system helps assist the driverto improve fuel economy by increasing thereaction force of the accelerator pedal. Whenthe ECO drive indicator light is blinking orturns off, the ECO pedal system increasesthe reaction force of the accelerator pedal.

ECO drive indicatorlight

Illuminates orblinks

Illuminates(green)

When the pedal isdepressed within

range of economydrive

Blinks (green)

When the pedal isdepressed almostover the range of

economy drive

Not illumi-nated

When the pedal isdepressed over

the range ofeconomy drive

When the ECO drive indicator light illumi-nates in green, the accelerator reaction forceis normal. When the ECO drive indicator lightis blinking or turns off, the ECO pedal systemincreases the reaction force of the accelera-tor pedal.

The ECO pedal system may not vary accel-erator reaction force under the followingconditions:

• When the shift lever is in the N (Neutral) orR (Reverse) position.

• When Intelligent Cruise Control (if soequipped) is being operated.


If the ECO pedal system malfunctions, it willcancel automatically. The ECO pedal systemwill not vary the reaction force of the accel-erator pedal.

When the Drive Mode Selector switch ispushed and the drive mode changes from theECO mode to another mode (STANDARD,SPORT or PERSONAL) while the ECO pedalsystem is operating, the ECO pedal systemcontinues to operate until the pedal isreleased.

If the accelerator pedal is depressed quickly,the ECO pedal system will not increase thereaction force of the accelerator pedal. TheECO pedal system is not designed to preventthe vehicle from accelerating.

Adjusting the ECO pedal system reactionforceThe ECO pedal system reaction force can beadjusted. The reaction force setting will bemaintained until the setting is changed even ifthe engine is turned off.

Setting ECO pedal reaction force 1. Press the MENU O1 button and select“Settings” in the lower display.

2. Select “Drive Mode Enhancement.”

3. Select “ECO Pedal” and then select either“OFF,” “Soft” or “Standard” in the lowerdisplay. When the ECO pedal system isturned off, the accelerator will operatenormally.

LSD2965 LSD3574


The TSR system provides the driver with in-formation about the most recently detectedspeed limit. The system captures the roadsign information with the multi-sensing frontcamera unit O1 located on the windshield infront of the inside rearview mirror and dis-plays the detected signs in the vehicle infor-mation display. For vehicles equipped with anavigation system, the speed limit displayedis based on a combination of navigation sys-tem data and live camera recognition. TSRinformation is always displayed at the top ofthe vehicle information display, and option-ally in the main central area of the displayscreen.

WARNING

The TSR system is only intended to be asupport device to provide the driver withinformation. It is not a replacement for thedriver’s attention to traffic conditions orresponsibility to drive safely. It cannot pre-vent accidents due to carelessness. It is thedriver’s responsibility to stay alert anddrive safely at all times.

LSD3934 LSD2823

TRAFFIC SIGN RECOGNITION (TSR)(if so equipped)


SYSTEM OPERATION

The Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) systemdisplays the following types of road signs:

CAUTION

• The TSR system is intended as an aid tocareful driving. It is the driver’s responsi-bility to stay alert, drive safely, and ob-serve all road regulations that currentlyapply, including looking out for roadsigns.

• The TSR system may not function prop-erly under the following conditions:

– When the road sign is not clearly vis-ible, for example, due to damage orweather conditions.

– When rain, snow or dirt adheres tothe windshield in front of the multi-sensing camera unit.

– When the headlights are not brightdue to dirt on the lens or if the aimingis not adjusted properly.

– When strong light enters the cameraunit. (For example, the light directlyshines on the front of the vehicle atsunrise or sunset.)

– When a sudden change in brightnessoccurs. (For example, when the ve-hicle enters or exits a tunnel or undera bridge.)

– In areas not covered by the naviga-tion system.

– If there are deviations in relation tothe navigation, for example due tochanges in the road routing.

– When overtaking buses or truckswith speed stickers.

LSD3330 LSD3378


TURNING THE TRAFFIC SIGNRECOGNITION (TSR) SYSTEM ONAND OFF

Perform the following steps to enable or dis-able the TSR system.

1. Press the MENU button O1 below thelower display screen.

2. Select “Driver Assistance.”

3. Select “Traffic Sign Assist.”

4. Select “ON” to turn the “Traffic Sign Rec-ognition” system on or off.

SYSTEM TEMPORARILYUNAVAILABLE

If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight underhigh temperature conditions (over approxi-mately 104°F [40°C]) and then started, theTSR system may be deactivated automati-cally. The “Not Available: High CameraTemp.” warning message will appear in thevehicle information display.

Action to take:

When the interior temperature is reduced, theTSR system will resume operatingautomatically.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTION

If the TSR system malfunctions, it will beturned off automatically and the system“Malfunction” warning message will appearin the vehicle information display.

Action to take:

If the TSR “Malfunction” message appears,pull of the road at a safe location and stop thevehicle. Turn the engine off and restart theengine. If the TSR “Malfunction” messagecontinues to appear, have the systemchecked. It is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

The TSR system uses the same multi-sensingfront camera unit that is used by the LaneDeparture Warning (LDW) system, located infront of the interior rearview mirror. For ad-ditional information, see ”System mainte-nance” (P. 5-39).

LSD2965


WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use of the LDW systemcould result in serious injury or death.

• This system is only a warning device toinform the driver of a potential unin-tended lane departure. It will not steerthe vehicle or prevent loss of control. It isthe driver’s responsibility to stay alert,drive safely, keep the vehicle in the trav-eling lane, and be in control of the vehicleat all times.

The LDW system will operate when the ve-hicle is driven at speeds of approximately 37mph (60 km/h) and above, and only when thelane markings are clearly visible on the road.

The LDW system monitors the lane markerson the traveling lane using the camera unit O1

located above the inside mirror.

The LDW system warns the driver with anindicator in the vehicle information displayand the steering wheel will vibrate, indicatingthat the vehicle is beginning to leave the driv-ing lane. For additional information, see“LDW system operation” (P. 5-36).

LSD2823

LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW)


LDW SYSTEM OPERATION

The LDW system provides a lane departurewarning function when the vehicle is driven at

speeds of approximately 37 mph (60 km/h)and above and the lane markings are clear.When the vehicle approaches either the leftor the right side of the traveling lane, the

steering wheel will vibrate and the LDW indi-cator on the instrument panel will blink toalert the driver.

The warning function will stop when the ve-hicle returns inside of the lane markers.

LSD3040


HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THELDW SYSTEM

Perform the following steps to enable or dis-able the LDW system:

1. Press the MENU button below the lowerdisplay screen.


3. Select “Lane Assist.”

4. Select “ON” to turn the “Lane DepartureWarning” system on or off.

LDW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations forthe LDW system. Failure to follow thewarnings and instructions for proper use ofthe LDW system could result in serious in-jury or death.

• This system is only a warning device toinform the driver of a potential unin-tended lane departure. It will not steerthe vehicle or prevent loss of control. It isthe driver’s responsibility to stay alert,drive safely, keep the vehicle in the trav-eling lane, and be in control of the vehicleat all times.

• The system will not operate at speedsbelow approximately 37 mph (60 km/h)or if it cannot detect lane markers.

LSD3935


• Do not use the LDW system under thefollowing conditions as it may not func-tion properly:

– During bad weather (rain, fog, snow,etc.).

– When driving on slippery roads, suchas on ice or snow.

– When driving on winding or unevenroads.

– When there is a lane closure due toroad repairs.

– When driving in a makeshift or tem-porary lane.

– When driving on roads where the lanewidth is too narrow.

– When driving without normal tireconditions (for example, tire wear,low tire pressure, installation ofspare tire, tire chains, nonstandardwheels).

– When the vehicle is equipped withnon-original brake parts or suspen-sion parts.

– When you are towing a trailer orother vehicle.

The system may not function properly underthe following conditions:

• On roads where there are multiple parallellane markers; lane markers that are fadedor not painted clearly; yellow painted lanemarkers; non-standard lane markers; orlane markers covered with water, dirt,snow, etc.

• On roads where the discontinued lanemarkers are still detectable.

• On roads where there are sharp curves.

• On roads where there are sharply contrast-ing objects, such as shadows, snow, water,wheel ruts, seams or lines remaining afterroad repairs. (The LDW system could de-tect these items as lane markers.)

• On roads where the traveling lane mergesor separates.

• When the vehicle’s traveling direction doesnot align with the lane marker.

• When traveling close to the vehicle in frontof you, which obstructs the lane cameraunit detection range.

• When rain, snow, dirt or an object adheresto the windshield in front of the lane cam-era unit.

• When the headlights are not bright due todirt on the lens or if the aiming is not ad-justed properly.

• When strong light enters the lane cameraunit. (For example, the light directly shineson the front of the vehicle at sunrise orsunset.)

• When a sudden change in brightness oc-curs. (For example, when the vehicle entersor exits a tunnel or under a bridge.)


If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight underhigh temperature conditions (over approxi-mately 104°F [40°C]) and then started, theLDW system may be deactivated automati-cally and the following message will appear inthe vehicle information display: “Not avail-able: High Camera Temp.”

When the interior temperature is reduced, theLDW system will resume operatingautomatically.

The LDW system is not designed to warnunder the following conditions:

• When you operate the lane change signaland change traveling lanes in the directionof the signal. (The LDW system will becomeoperable again approximately 2 secondsafter the lane change signal is turned off.)

• When the vehicle speed lowers to less thanapproximately 37 mph (60 km/h).


After the above conditions have finished andthe necessary operating conditions are satis-fied, the LDW functions will resume.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTION

If the LDW system malfunctions, it will cancelautomatically and “Malfunction” will appearin the vehicle information display. If “Mal-function” appears in vehicle information dis-play, pull off the road to a safe location andstop the vehicle. Place the shift lever in the P(Park) position and ignition switch in the OFFposition and restart the engine. If “Malfunc-tion” continues to appear in vehicle informa-tion display, have the system checked. It isrecommended that you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for this service.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

The lane camera unit O1 for the LDW systemis located above the inside mirror. To keep theproper operation of the LDW system andprevent a system malfunction, be sure to ob-serve the following:


• Do not attach a sticker (including transpar-ent material) or install an accessory nearthe camera unit.

• Do not place reflective materials, such aswhite paper or a mirror, on the instrumentpanel. The reflection of sunlight may ad-versely affect the camera unit’s capabilityof detecting the lane markers.

• Do not strike or damage the areas aroundthe camera unit. Do not touch the cameralens or remove the screw located on thecamera unit. If the camera unit is damageddue to an accident, it is recommended thatyou visit an INFINITI retailer.

LSD3075


WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use of the LDP systemcould result in serious injury or death.

• The LDP system will not steer the vehicleor prevent loss of control. It is the driv-er’s responsibility to stay alert, drivesafely, keep the vehicle in the travelinglane, and be in control of the vehicle at alltimes.

• The LDP system is primarily intended foruse on well-developed freeways or high-ways. It may not detect the lane markersin certain road, weather, or drivingconditions.

The LDP system will operate when the ve-hicle is driven at speeds of approximately 37mph (60 km/h) and above, and only when thelane markings are clearly visible on the road.

The LDP system warns the driver with awarning indicator in the vehicle informationdisplay, the steering wheel will vibrate andhelps assist the driver to return the vehicle tothe center of the traveling lane by applyingthe brakes to the left or right wheels individu-ally (for a short period of time).

The LDP system monitors the lane markerson the traveling lane using the camera unit O1

located above the inside mirror.

LSD2823

LANE DEPARTURE PREVENTION(LDP) (if so equipped)


LDP SYSTEM OPERATION

1. LDP indicator

2. Lower display buttons

3. LDP ON indicator

4. ProPILOT Assist switch

The LDP system operates above approxi-mately 37 mph (60 km/h). When the vehicleapproaches either the left or the right side ofthe traveling lane, the steering wheel will vi-brate and the LDP indicator (orange) on theinstrument panel will blink to alert the driver.Then, the LDP system will automatically ap-ply the brakes for a short period of time tohelp assist the driver to return the vehicle tothe center of the traveling lane.

To turn on the LDP system, push the ProPI-LOT Assist switch on the steering wheel af-ter starting the engine. The LDP ON indicatoron the instrument panel will illuminate. Pushthe ProPILOT Assist switch on the steeringwheel again to turn off the LDP system. TheLDP ON indicator will turn off.

LSD3896


HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THELDP SYSTEM

When the LDP system is enabled in the lowerdisplay, the system can be turned off tempo-rarily by pushing the ProPILOT Assist switchon the steering wheel.

Perform the following steps to enable or dis-able the LDP system.



3. Select “Lane Assist.”

4. Select “ON” to turn the “Lane Interven-tion” system on or off.

NOTE:

Turning on the ProPILOT Assist system (if soequipped) will turn on the LDP system at thesame time. For additional information, see“ProPILOT Assist” (P. 5-77).

LDP SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations forthe LDP system. Failure to follow thewarnings and instructions for proper use ofthe LDP system could result in serious in-jury or death.

LSD3935


• The LDP system may activate if youchange lanes without first activatingyour turn signal or, for example, if a con-struction zone directs traffic to cross anexisting lane marker. If this occurs youmay need to apply corrective steering tocomplete your lane change.

• Because the LDP may not activate underthe road, weather, and lane marker con-ditions described in this section, it maynot activate every time your vehicle be-gins to leave its lane and you will need toapply corrective steering.

• The LDP system will not operate atspeeds below approximately 37 mph (60km/h) or if it cannot detect lane markers.

• Do not use the LDP system under thefollowing conditions as it may not func-tion properly:

– During bad weather (rain, fog, snow,etc.).

– When driving on slippery roads, suchas on ice or snow.



– When driving in a makeshift or tem-porary lane.


– When driving without normal tireconditions (for example, tire wear,low tire pressure, installation ofspare tire, tire chains, non-standardwheels).

– When the vehicle is equipped withnonoriginal brake parts or suspen-sion parts.

– When you are towing a trailer orother vehicle.

The system may not function properly un-der the following conditions:

• On roads where there are multiple paral-lel lane markers; lane markers that arefaded or not painted clearly; yellowpainted lane markers; non-standard lanemarkers; or lane markers covered withwater, dirt, snow, etc.

• On roads where discontinued lane mark-ers are still detectable.

• On roads where there are sharp curves.

• On roads where there are sharply con-trasting objects, such as shadows, snow,water, wheel ruts, seams or lines remain-ing after road repairs. (The LDP systemcould detect these items as lane markers.)

• On roads where the traveling lanemerges or separates.

• When the vehicle’s traveling directiondoes not align with the lane marker.

• When traveling close to the vehicle infront of you, which obstructs the lanecamera unit detection range.

• When rain, snow or dirt adheres to thewindshield in front of the lane cameraunit.

• When the headlights are not bright dueto dirt on the lens or if the aiming is notadjusted properly.

• When strong light enters the lane cam-era unit. (For example, the light directlyshines on the front of the vehicle at sun-rise or sunset.)

• When a sudden change in brightness oc-curs. (For example, when the vehicle en-ters or exits a tunnel or under a bridge.)

While the LDP system is operating, you mayhear a sound of brake operation. This is nor-mal and indicates that the LDP system isoperating properly.



Condition A:

The warning and assist functions of the LDPsystem are not designed to work under thefollowing conditions:

• When you operate the lane change signaland change the traveling lanes in the direc-tion of the signal. (The LDP system will bedeactivated for approximately 2 secondsafter the lane change signal is turned off.)

• When the vehicle speed lowers to less thanapproximately 37 mph (60 km/h).

After the above conditions have finished andthe necessary operating conditions are satis-fied, the warning and assist functions willresume.

Condition B:

The assist function of the LDP system is notdesigned to work under the following condi-tions (warning is still functional):

• When the brake pedal is depressed.

• When the steering wheel is turned as far asnecessary for the vehicle to change lanes.

• When the vehicle is accelerated during LDPsystem operation.

• When the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)approach warning occurs.

• When the hazard warning flashers areoperated.

• When driving on a curve at high speed.

After the above conditions have finished andthe necessary operating conditions are satis-fied, the LDP system application of thebrakes will resume.

Condition C:

If the following messages appear in the ve-hicle information display the LDP system willbe turned off automatically:

• “Not Available Poor Road Conditions”:When the VDC system (except TractionControl System [TCS] function) or ABSoperates.

• “Currently not available”:When the VDC system is turned off.

Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist,turn off the LDP system. Push the ProPILOTAssist switch on the steering wheel again toturn the LDP system back on.

Temporary disabled status at hightemperature:

If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight underhigh temperature conditions (over approxi-mately 104°F [40°C]) and then the LDP sys-tem is turned on, the LDP system may bedeactivated automatically and the followingmessage will appear on the vehicle informa-tion display: “Not available: High CameraTemp.” When the interior temperature is re-duced, the system will resume operatingautomatically.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTION

If the LDP system malfunctions, it will cancelautomatically. The LDP indicator (orange)will illuminate in the display. If the LDP indi-cator (orange) illuminates in the display, pulloff the road to a safe location and stop thevehicle. Turn the engine off and restart theengine. If the LDP indicator (orange) contin-ues to illuminate, have the LDP systemchecked. It is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.


SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

The lane camera unit O1 for the LDP systemis located behind the inside mirror. To keepthe proper operation of the LDP system andprevent a system malfunction, be sure to ob-serve the following:




• Do not strike or damage the areas aroundthe camera unit. Do not touch the cameralens or remove the screw located on thecamera unit. If the camera unit is damageddue to an accident, it is recommended thatyou visit an INFINITI retailer.

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use of the BSW systemcould result in serious injury or death.

• The BSW system is not a replacement forproper driving procedures and is not de-signed to prevent contact with vehiclesor objects. When changing lanes, alwaysuse the side and rear mirrors and turnand look in the direction your vehicle willmove to ensure it is safe to change lanes.Never rely solely on the BSW system.

The BSW system helps alert the driver ofother vehicles in adjacent lanes when chang-ing lanes.

LSD3075

BLIND SPOT WARNING (BSW)


The BSW system uses radar sensors O1 in-stalled near the rear bumper to detect othervehicles in an adjacent lane.

The radar sensors can detect vehicles on ei-ther side of your vehicle within the detectionzone shown as illustrated. This detectionzone starts from the outside mirror of yourvehicle and extends approximately 10 ft (3.0m) behind the rear bumper, and approxi-mately 10 ft (3.0 m) sideways.

LSD2920 SSD1030

Detection zone


1. Side Indicator Light

2. BSW Indicator

BSW SYSTEM OPERATION

The BSW system operates above approxi-mately 20 mph (32 km/h).

If the radar sensors detect a vehicle in thedetection zone, the side indicator light O1

illuminates. If the turn signal is then activated,the system chimes (twice) and the side indi-cator light flashes. The side indicator lightcontinues to flash until the detected vehicleleaves the detection zone.

The side indicator light illuminates for a fewseconds when the ignition switch is placed inthe ON position.

The brightness of the side indicator light isadjusted automatically depending on thebrightness of the ambient light.

If a vehicle comes into the detection zoneafter the driver activates the turn signal, thenonly the side indicator light flashes and nochime sounds. For additional information, see“BSW driving situations” (P. 5-50).

LSD2921


HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THEBSW SYSTEM

Perform the following steps to enable or dis-able the BSW system.



3. Select “Blind Spot Assist.”

4. Select “ON” to turn the “Blind Spot Warn-ing” system on or off.

NOTE:• When enabling/disabling the system, the

system will retain current settings even ifthe engine is restarted.

• The RCTA system is integrated into theBSW system. There is not a separate se-lection in the lower display for the RCTAsystem. When the BSW is disabled, theRCTA system is also disabled.

LSD3936


BSW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations forthe BSW system. Failure to operate thevehicle in accordance with these systemlimitations could result in serious injury ordeath.

• The BSW system cannot detect all ve-hicles under all conditions.

• The radar sensors may not be able to de-tect and activate BSW when certain ob-jects are present such as:

– Pedestrian, bicycles, animals.

– Vehicles such as motorcycles, lowheight vehicles, or high ground clear-ance vehicles.

– Oncoming vehicles.

– Vehicles remaining in the detectionzone when you accelerate from astop.

– A vehicle merging into an adjacentlane at a speed approximately thesame as your vehicle.

– A vehicle approaching rapidly frombehind.

– A vehicle which your vehicle over-takes rapidly.

– A vehicle that passes through the de-tection zone quickly.

– When overtaking several vehicles in arow, the vehicles after the first ve-hicle may not be detected if they aretraveling close together.

• The radar sensors’ detection zone is de-signed based on a standard lane width.When driving in a wider lane, the radarsensors may not detect vehicles in an ad-jacent lane. When driving in a narrowlane, the radar sensors may detect ve-hicles driving two lanes away.

• The radar sensors are designed to ignoremost stationary objects; however, ob-jects such as guardrails, walls, foliageand parked vehicles may occasionally bedetected. This is a normal operationcondition.

• The following conditions may reduce theability of the radar to detect other ve-hicles:

– Severe weather

– Road spray

– Ice/frost/snow/dirt build-up on thevehicle

• Do not attach stickers (including trans-parent material), install accessories orapply additional paint near the radarsensors. These conditions may reducethe ability of the radar to detect othervehicles.

• Excessive noise (for example, audio sys-tem volume, open vehicle window) willinterfere with the chime sound, and itmay not be heard.


BSW DRIVING SITUATIONS

Indicator on

Indicator off

Indicator flashing

Another vehicle approaching frombehind

Illustration 1: The side indicator light illumi-nates if a vehicle enters the detection zonefrom behind in an adjacent lane.

Illustration 2: If the driver activates the turnsignal when another vehicle is in the detec-tion zone, then the system chimes (twice) andthe side indicator light flashes.

NOTE:• The radar sensors may not detect vehicles

which are approaching rapidly frombehind.

• If the driver activates the turn signal be-fore a vehicle enters the detection zone,the side indicator light will flash but nochime will sound when the other vehicle isdetected.

LSD2299

Illustration 1 – Approaching from behind

LSD2300



Overtaking another vehicle

Illustration 3: The side BSW/RCTA indicatorlight illuminates if you overtake a vehicle andthat vehicle stays in the detection zone forapproximately 2 seconds.

Illustration 4: If the driver activates the turnsignal while another vehicle is in the detectionzone, then the system chimes (twice) and theside BSW/RCTA indicator light flashes.

NOTE:• When overtaking several vehicles in a row,

the vehicles after the first vehicle may notbe detected if they are traveling closetogether.

• The radar sensors may not detect slowermoving vehicles if they are passed quickly.

• If the driver activates the turn signal be-fore a vehicle enters the detection zone,the side BSW/RCTA indicator light willflash but no chime will sound when theother vehicle is detected.

LSD2302

Illustration 3 – Overtaking another vehicle

LSD2303



Entering from the side

Illustration 5: The side BSW/RCTA indicatorlight illuminates if a vehicle enters the detec-tion zone from either side.

Illustration 6: If the driver activates the turnsignal while another vehicle is in the detectionzone, then the system chimes (twice) and theside BSW/RCTA indicator light flashes.

NOTE:• If the driver activates the turn signal be-

fore a vehicle enters the detection zone,the side BSW/RCTA indicator light willflash but no chime will sound when theother vehicle is detected.

• The radar sensors may not detect a vehiclewhich is traveling at about the same speedas your vehicle when it enters the detec-tion zone.


When radar blockage is detected, the systemwill be deactivated automatically. The “Un-available: Side Radar Obstruction” warningmessage will appear in the vehicle informa-tion display.

The system is not available until the condi-tions no longer exist.

The radar sensors may be blocked by tempo-rary ambient conditions such as splashingwater, mist or fog. The blocked conditionmay also be caused by objects such as ice,frost or dirt obstructing the radar sensors.

NOTE:

If the BSW system stops working, the RCTAsystem will also stop working.

Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist,the system will resume automatically.

LSD2305

Illustration 5 – Entering from the side

LSD2308



Malfunction

If the BSW system malfunctions, it will turnoff automatically. The system malfunctionwarning message will appear in the vehicleinformation display.

NOTE:


Action to take:

Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place thevehicle in the P (Park) position, turn the en-gine off and restart the engine. If the mes-sage continues to appear, have the systemchecked. It is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

The two radar sensors O1 for the BSW sys-tem are located near the rear bumper. Alwayskeep the area near the radar sensors clean.

The radar sensors may be blocked by tempo-rary ambient conditions such as splashingwater, mist or fog.

The blocked condition may also be caused byobjects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructingthe radar sensors.

Check for and remove objects obstructingthe area around the radar sensors.

Do not attach stickers (including transparentmaterial), install accessories or apply addi-tional paint near the radar sensors.

Do not strike or damage the area around theradar sensors. It is recommended that youvisit an INFINITI retailer if the area aroundthe radar sensors is damaged due to acollision.

Radio frequency statement(Type A) (if so equipped)

For USA

FCC: OAYSRR3B

This device complies with part 15 of the FCCRules.

Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) This device may not causeharmful interference, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference received, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation.

LSD2920


FCC Warning


For Canada

Applicable law: Canada 310

This device complies with Industry Canadalicence-exempt RSS standard(s).

Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) This device may not cause in-terference, and (2) this device must acceptany interference, including interference thatmay cause undesired operation of the device.

Frequency bands: 24.05–24.25GHz

Output power: less than 20 milliwatts

Radio frequency statement(Type B) (if so equipped)

For USA

FCC: OAYSRR3B


Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) this device may not causeharmful interference, and (2) this device must

accept any interference received, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation.

FCC Warning


For Canada


This device contains licence-exempttransmitter(s)/receiver(s) that comply withInnovation, Science and Economic Develop-ment Canada’s licence-exempt RSS(s).

Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) This device may not cause in-terference, and (2) This device must acceptany interference, including interference thatmay cause undesired operation of the device.

Radio frequency radiation exposure informa-tion: This equipment complies with radiationexposure limits set forth for an uncontrolledenvironment. This equipment should be in-stalled and operated with minimum distanceof 20 cm between the radiator and yourbody.

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use of the BSI system couldresult in serious injury or death.

• The BSI system is not a replacement forproper driving procedure and is not de-signed to prevent contact with vehiclesor objects. When changing lanes, alwaysuse the side and rear mirrors and turnand look in the direction you will move toensure it is safe to change lanes. Neverrely solely on the BSI system.

• There is a limitation to the detection ca-pability of the radar or the sonar. Notevery moving object or vehicle will be de-tected. Using the BSI system under someroad, ground, lane marker, traffic orweather conditions could lead to im-proper system operation. Always rely onyour own operation to avoid accidents.

The BSI system helps alert the driver of othervehicles in adjacent lanes when changinglanes and helps assist the driver to return thevehicle to the center of the traveling lane.

BLIND SPOT INTERVENTION® (BSI)(if so equipped)


The BSI system uses radar sensors O2 in-stalled near the rear bumper to detect othervehicles in an adjacent lane. In addition to theradar sensors, the BSI system uses a camera

O1 installed behind the windshield to monitorthe lane markers of your traveling lane.

The radar sensors can detect vehicles on ei-ther side of your vehicle within the detectionzone shown as illustrated. This detectionzone starts from the outside mirror of yourvehicle and extends approximately 10 ft (3.0m) sideways.

LSD2924 SSD1030

Detection zone


BSI SYSTEM OPERATION

1. Side indicator light

2. BSW indicator

3. BSI ON indicator


The BSI system operates above approxi-mately 37 mph (60 km/h).

If the radar sensors detect a vehicle in thedetection zone, the side indicator light (1)illuminates.

If the turn signal is then activated, the systemchimes (twice) and the side indicator lightflashes. The side indicator light continues toflash until the detected vehicle leaves thedetection zone.

If the BSI system is on and your vehicle ap-proaches a lane marker while another vehicleis in the detection zone, the system chimes(three times) and the side indicator lightflashes. The BSI system activates to help re-turn the vehicle back to the center of thedriving lane. The BSI system operates regard-less of turn signal usage.

NOTE:• BSI warning and system application will

only be activated if the side indicator lightis already illuminated when your vehicleapproaches a lane marker. If another ve-hicle comes into the detection zone afteryour vehicle has crossed a lane marker, noBSI warning or system application will beactivated. For additional information, see“BSI driving situations” (P. 5-60 ).

LSD3899


• The BSI system is typically activated ear-lier than the Lane Departure Prevention(LDP) system when your vehicle is ap-proaching a lane marker.

The BSI system turns on when the ProPILOTAssist switch on the steering wheel is pushedwhen the “Blind Spot Intervention” is enabledin the “Driver Assistance” menu in the lowerdisplay. The BSI ON indicator on the instru-ment panel illuminates when the BSI systemis turned on.

The BSI system provides a chime and turns onor flashes the side indicator light even if theBSW system is off.


HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THEBSI SYSTEM

When the BSI system is enabled in the lowerdisplay, the system can be turned off tempo-rarily by pushing the ProPILOT Assist switchon the steering wheel.

Perform the following steps to enable or dis-able the BSI system:




4. Select “ON” to turn the “Blind Spot Inter-vention” system on or off.

• Select the “Blind Spot Indicator” to set it toeither “Bright”, “Dark” or “Standard”.

BSI SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations forthe BSI system. Failure to operate the vehiclein accordance with these system limitationscould result in serious injury or death.

• The BSI system cannot detect all vehiclesunder all conditions.

• The radar sensors may not be able to de-tect and activate BSI when certain ob-jects are present such as:

– Pedestrians, bicycles, or animals.

– Vehicles such as motorcycles, lowheight vehicles, or high ground clear-ance vehicles.

LSD3936


– Oncoming vehicles.

– Vehicles remaining in the detectionzone when you accelerate from astop. For additional information, see“BSI driving situations” (P. 5-60).

– A vehicle merging into an adjacentlane at a speed approximately thesame as your vehicle. For additionalinformation, see “BSI driving situa-tions” (P. 5-60).

– A vehicle approaching rapidly frombehind. For additional information,see “BSI driving situations” (P. 5-60).

– A vehicle which your vehicle over-takes rapidly. For additional infor-mation, see “BSI driving situations”(P. 5-60).

– A vehicle that passes through the de-tection zone quickly.

– When overtaking several vehicles in arow, the vehicles after the first ve-hicle may not be detected if they aretraveling close together.

• The radar sensors’ detection zone is de-signed based on a standard lane width.When driving in a wider lane, the radarsensors may not detect vehicles in an ad-jacent lane. When driving in a narrowlane, the radar sensors may detect ve-hicles driving two lanes away.

• The radar sensors are designed to ignoremost stationary objects; however, ob-jects such as guardrails, walls, foliageand parked vehicles may occasionally bedetected. This is a normal drivingcondition.


– Severe weather

– Road spray

– Ice/frost/dirt build-up on the vehicle


• The camera may not detect lane markersin the following situations and the BSIsystem may not operate properly:

– On roads where there are multipleparallel lane markers; lane markersthat are faded or not painted clearly;yellow painted lane markers; non-standard lane markers; lane markerscovered with water, dirt, snow, etc.

– On roads where discontinued lanemarkers are still detectable.

– On roads where there are sharpcurves.

– On roads where there are sharplycontrasting objects, such as shad-ows, snow, water, wheel ruts, seamsor lines remaining after road repairs.

– On roads where the traveling lanemerges or separates.

– When the vehicle’s traveling directiondoes not align with the lane markers.

– When traveling close to the vehicle infront of you, which obstructs the lanecamera unit detection range.

– When rain, snow or dirt adheres tothe windshield in front of a lane cam-era unit.

– When the headlights are not brightdue to dirt on the lens or if aiming isnot adjusted properly.


– When strong light enters a lane cam-era unit (e.g., light directly shines onthe front of the vehicle at sunrise orsunset).

– When a sudden change in brightnessoccurs (e.g., when the vehicle entersor exits a tunnel or under a bridge).

• Do not use the BSI system under the fol-lowing conditions because the systemmay not function properly:

– During bad weather (e.g., rain, fog,snow, etc.).

– When driving on slippery roads, suchas on ice or snow, etc.



– When driving in a makeshift lane.


– When driving with a tire that is notwithin normal tire conditions (e.g.,tire wear, low tire pressure, installa-tion of spare tire, tire chains, non-standard wheels).

– When the vehicle is equipped withnon-original brake parts or suspen-sion parts.

• Do not use the BSI system when towing atrailer.

• Excessive noise (e.g., audio system vol-ume, open vehicle window) will interferewith the chime sound, and it may not beheard.

BSI DRIVING SITUATIONS

Another vehicle approaching frombehind

Illustration 1: The side indicator light illumi-nates if a vehicle enters the detection zonefrom behind in an adjacent lane.

However, if the overtaking vehicle is travelingmuch faster than your vehicle, the indicatorlight may not illuminate before the detectedvehicle is beside your vehicle. Always use theside and rear mirrors and turn and look in thedirection your vehicle will move to ensure it issafe to change lanes.

SSD1026



Illustration 2: If the driver activates the turnsignal then the system chimes a sound (twice)and the side indicator light flashes.

NOTE:

If the driver activates the turn signal beforea vehicle enters the detection zone, the sideindicator light will flash but no chime willsound when the other vehicle is detected.

Illustration 3: If the BSI system is on and yourvehicle is approaching a lane marker and avehicle is in the detection zone, the systemchimes a sound (three times), and the sideindicator light flashes. Then the BSI systemslightly applies the brakes on one side to helpreturn the vehicle back to the center of thedriving lane.

NOTE:

Illustration 4: If you accelerate from a stopwith a vehicle in the detection zone, theother vehicle may not be detected.

SSD1031


LSD2048


SSD1032

Illustration 4 – Accelerate from a stop


Overtaking another vehicle

Illustration 5: The side indicator light illumi-nates if you overtake a vehicle and that ve-hicle stays in the detection zone for approxi-mately 3 seconds.

The radar sensors may not detect slowermoving vehicles if they are passed quickly.

Illustration 6: If the driver activates the turnsignal while another vehicle is in the detectionzone, then the system chimes a sound (twice)and the side indicator light flashes.

Illustration 7: If the BSI system is on and yourvehicle approaches a lane marker while an-other vehicle is in the detection zone the sys-tem chimes a sound (three times) and the sideindicator light flashes. Then, the BSI systemslightly applies the brakes on the appropriateside to help return the vehicle back to thecenter of the driving lane.

SSD1033


SSD1034


LSD2072



NOTE:

Illustration 8: When overtaking several ve-hicles in a row, the vehicles after the firstvehicle may not be detected if they are trav-eling close together.

Entering from the side

Illustration 9: The side indicator light illumi-nates if a vehicle enters the detection zonefrom either side.

NOTE:

The radar sensors may not detect a vehiclewhich is traveling at about the same speed asyour vehicle when it enters the detectionzone.

SSD1036

Illustration 8 – Overtaking several vehicles

LSD2050



Illustration 10: If the driver activates the turnsignal while another vehicle is in the detectionzone, then the side indicator light flashes anda chime will sound twice.

NOTE:

If the driver activates the turn signal beforea vehicle enters the detection zone, the sideindicator light will flash but no chime willsound when another vehicle is detected.

Illustration 11: If the BSI system is on andyour vehicle approaches the lane markerwhile another vehicle is in the detection zone,the side indicator light flashes and a chimewill sound three times. Then, the BSI systemslightly applies the brakes on the appropriateside to help return the vehicle back to thecenter of the driving lane.

NOTE:• Illustration 12: The BSI system will not op-

erate if your vehicle is on a lane markerwhen another vehicle enters the detectionzone. In this case, only the BSW systemoperates.

• BSI braking will not operate or will stopoperating and only a warning chime willsound under the following conditions:– When the brake pedal is depressed.– When the vehicle is accelerated during

BSI system operation.– When steering quickly.

SSD1038


SSD1094


LSD2051



– When the ICC, DCA, PFCW or FEB withPedestrian Detection warnings sound.

– When the hazard warning flashers areoperated.

– When driving on a curve at a high speed.


When any of the following messages appearon the vehicle information display, a chimewill sound and the BSI system will be turnedoff automatically.

• “Not Available Poor Road Conditions”:When the VDC system (except tractioncontrol system function) or ABS operates.

• “Currently Not Available”:When the VDC system is turned off.

• “Not Available: High Camera Temp”:When the camera detects that the interiortemperature is high (over approximately104°F [40°C]).

• “Unavailable: Side Radar Obstruction”:When side radar blockage is detected.

Turn off the BSI system and turn it on againwhen the above conditions no longer exist.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTION

When the BSI system malfunctions, it will beturned off automatically, a chime will soundand the warning message will appear in thevehicle information display.

Action to take:Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place thevehicle in the P (Park) position, turn the en-gine off and restart the engine. If the warninglight (orange) continues to illuminate, havethe system checked. It is recommended thatyou visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

The lane camera unit O1 for the BSI system islocated above the inside mirror. The two ra-dar sensors O2 for the BSI system are locatednear the rear bumper. To keep the properoperation of the BSI system and prevent asystem malfunction, be sure to observe thefollowing:

• Always keep the windshield and the areanear the radar sensors clean.

LSD2924


• The radar sensors may be blocked by tem-porary ambient conditions such as splash-ing water, mist or fog. The blocked condi-tion may also be caused by objects such asice, frost or dirt obstructing the radar sen-sors. Check for and remove objects ob-structing the area around the radarsensors.

• Do not attach stickers (including transpar-ent material), install accessories or applyadditional paint near the camera unit orradar sensors.


• Do not strike or damage the area aroundthe radar sensors. Do not touch the cameralens or remove the screw located on thecamera unit. It is recommended that youvisit an INFINITI retailer if the camera unitand/or area around the radar sensors isdamaged due to a collision.


For USA

FCC: OAYSRR3B



FCC Warning


For Canada



Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) This device may not cause in-terference, and (2) this device must accept

any interference, including interference thatmay cause undesired operation of the device.




For USA

FCC: OAYSRR3B


Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) this device may not causeharmful interference, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference received, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation.

FCC Warning



For Canada





WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use of the RCTA systemcould result in serious injury or death.

• The RCTA system is not a replacementfor proper driving procedures and is notdesigned to prevent contact with ve-hicles or objects. When backing out of aparking space, always use the side andrear mirrors and turn and look in the di-rection your vehicle will move. Never relysolely on the RCTA system.

The RCTA system will assist you when back-ing out from a parking space. When the ve-hicle is in reverse, the system is designed todetect other vehicles approaching from theright or left of the vehicle. If the system de-tects cross traffic, it will alert you.

REAR CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT(RCTA)


RCTA SYSTEM OPERATION

1. Side indicator light

The RCTA system can help alert the driver ofan approaching vehicle when the driver isbacking out of a parking space.

When the shift position is in R (Reverse) andthe vehicle speed is less than approximately 5mph (8 km/h), the RCTA system isoperational.

If the radar detects an approaching vehiclefrom either side, the system chimes (once)and the side indicator light flashes on the sidethe vehicle is approaching from.

LSD3608


The RCTA system uses radar sensors O1 in-stalled on both sides near the rear bumper todetect an approaching vehicle.

The radar sensors O1 can detect an ap-proaching vehicle from up to approximately66 ft (20 m) away.

LSD2216 LSD2920


HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THERCTA SYSTEM

Perform the following steps to enable or dis-able the RCTA system.




4. Select “ON” to turn the “Blind Spot Warn-ing” system on or off.

NOTE:• The RCTA system is integrated into the

BSW system. There is not a separate se-lection in the vehicle information displayfor the RCTA system. When the BSW isdisabled, the RCTA system is alsodisabled.

• When enabling/disabling the system, thesystem setting will be retained even if theengine is restarted.

LSD3936


RCTA SYSTEM LIMITATIONS WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations forthe RCTA system. Failure to operate thevehicle in accordance with these systemlimitations could result in serious injury ordeath.

• Always check surroundings and turn tocheck what is behind you before backingup. The radar sensors detect approach-ing (moving) vehicles. The radar sensorscannot detect every object such as:

– Pedestrians, bicycles, motorcycles,animals or child-operated toy ve-hicles

– A vehicle that is passing at speedsgreater than approximately 19 mph(30 km/h)

– A vehicle that is passing at speedslower than approximately 5 mph(8 km/h)

• The radar sensors may not detect ap-proaching vehicles in certain situations:

– Illustration OA : When a vehicleparked next to you obstructs thebeam of the radar sensor.

– Illustration OB : When the vehicle isparked in an angled parking space.

– Illustration OC : When the vehicle isparked on inclined ground.

– Illustration OD : When an approachingvehicle turns into your vehicle's park-ing lot aisle.

– Illustration OE : When the angleformed by your vehicle and ap-proaching vehicle is small.

LSD3195



– Severe weather

– Road spray

– Ice/frost/snow/dirt build-up on thevehicle


• Excessive noise (e.g., audio system vol-ume, open vehicle window) will interferewith the chime sound, and it may not beheard.

NOTE:

In the case of several vehicles approaching ina row (Illustration 1) or in the opposite direc-tion (Illustration 2), a chime may not besounded by the RCTA system after the firstvehicle passes the sensors.

LSD2043

Illustration 1

LSD2044

Illustration 2



When radar blockage is detected, the systemwill be deactivated automatically. The “Un-

available: Side Radar Obstruction” warningmessage will appear in the vehicle informa-tion display.

The systems are not available until the condi-tions no longer exist.



NOTE:


Action to takeWhen the above conditions no longer exist,the system will resume automatically.

Malfunction

When the RCTA system malfunctions, it willturn off automatically. The system malfunc-tion warning message will appear in the ve-hicle information display.

NOTE:


LSD3609


Action to takeStop the vehicle in a safe location, place thevehicle in the P (Park) position, turn the en-gine off and restart the engine. If the mes-sage continues to appear, have the systemchecked. It is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

The two radar sensors O1 for the BSW andRCTA systems are located near the rearbumper. Always keep the area near the radarsensors clean.



Check for and remove objects obstructingthe area around the radar sensors.

Do not attach stickers (including transparentmaterial), install accessories or apply addi-tional paint near the radar sensors.

Do not strike or damage the area around theradar sensors. It is recommended that youvisit an INFINITI retailer if the area aroundthe radar sensors is damaged due to acollision.


For USA

FCC: OAYSRR3B



LSD2920


FCC Warning


For Canada



Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) This device may not cause in-terference, and (2) this device must acceptany interference, including interference thatmay cause undesired operation of the device.




For USA

FCC: OAYSRR3B


Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) this device may not causeharmful interference, and (2) this device must

accept any interference received, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation.

FCC Warning


For Canada





PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISECONTROL

1. RES+ switch

2. SET– switch

3. Cruise control switch

4. CANCEL switch

• If the cruise control system malfunctions, itwill cancel automatically. The indica-tor in the vehicle information display willblink to warn the driver.

• If the engine coolant temperature becomesexcessively high, the cruise control systemwill be canceled automatically.

LSD2929

CRUISE CONTROL (if so equipped)


• If the indicator blinks, turn the Cruisecontrol switch off and have the sys-tem checked. It is recommended that youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

• The indicator may sometimes blinkwhen the Cruise control switch isturned on while pushing the RES+, SET– orCANCEL switch. To properly set the cruisecontrol system, perform the steps below.

WARNING

Do not use the cruise control when drivingunder the following conditions:

• When it is not possible to keep the ve-hicle at a set speed

• In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies inspeed

• On winding or hilly roads

• On slippery roads (rain, snow, ice, etc.)

• In very windy areas

Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle con-trol and result in an accident.

CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONSThe cruise control allows driving at a speedbetween 25 - 89 mph (40 - 144 km/h) with-out keeping your foot on the acceleratorpedal.

To turn on the cruise control, push the Cruisecontrol switch on. The indicator inthe vehicle information display will illuminate.

To set cruising speed, accelerate the vehicleto the desired speed, push the SET– switchand release it. The indicator in the ve-hicle information display will illuminate. Takeyour foot off the accelerator pedal. Your ve-hicle maintains the set speed.

• To pass another vehicle, depress the accel-erator pedal. When you release the pedal,the vehicle returns to the previously setspeed.

• The vehicle may not maintain the set speedwhen going up or down steep hills. If thishappens, drive without the cruise control.

To cancel the preset speed, use one of thefollowing three methods:

• Push the CANCEL switch; the indica-tor in the vehicle information display goesout.

• Tap the brake pedal; the indicatorgoes out.

• Push the Cruise control switch off.The indicator in the vehicle informa-tion display go out.

The cruise control is automatically canceledand the indicator in the vehicle informa-tion display goes out if:

• You depress the brake pedal while pushingthe RES+ or SET– switch. The preset speedis deleted from memory.

• The vehicle slows down more than 8 mph(13 km/h) below the set speed.

• You move the shift lever to N (Neutral).

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one ofthe following three methods:

• Depress the accelerator pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, push andrelease the SET– switch.

• Push and hold the RES+ switch. When thevehicle attains the speed you desire, releasethe switch.

• Push and release the RES+ switch. Eachtime you do this, the set speed increases byabout 1 mph (1.6 km/h).


To reset at a slower cruising speed, use oneof the following three methods:

• Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the ve-hicle attains the desired speed, push theSET– switch and release it.

• Push and hold the SET– switch. Release theswitch when the vehicle slows to the de-sired speed.

• Push and release the SET– switch. Eachtime you do this, the set speed decreases byabout 1 mph (1.6 km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push and re-lease the RES+ switch. The vehicle returns tothe last set cruising speed when the vehiclespeed is over 25 mph (40 km/h).

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use of the ProPILOT Assistsystem could result in serious injury ordeath.

• ProPILOT Assist is not a self-drivingsystem. Within the limits of its capabili-ties, as described in this manual, it helpsthe driver with certain driving activities.

• The ProPILOT Assist system is not a re-placement for proper driving proceduresand is not designed to correct careless,inattentive or absent-minded driving.ProPILOT Assist will not always steerthe vehicle to keep it in the lane. The Pro-PILOT Assist system is not designed toprevent loss of control. It is the driver’sresponsibility to stay alert, drive safely,keep the vehicle in the traveling lane, andbe in control of the vehicle at all times.

• There are limitations to the ProPILOTAssist system capability. The ProPILOTAssist system does not function in alldriving, traffic, weather, and road condi-tions. It is the driver’s responsibility tostay alert, drive safely, keep the vehiclein the traveling lane, and be in control ofthe vehicle at all times.

• The ProPILOT Assist system is only anaid to assist the driver and is not a colli-sion warning or avoidance device.

• The ProPILOT Assist system is for high-way use only and is not intended for citydriving. Failure to apply the brakes orsteer the vehicle when necessary may re-sult in a serious accident.

• Always observe posted speed limits anddo not set the speed over them.

• Never take your hands off the steeringwheel when driving. Always keep yourhands on the steering wheel and driveyour vehicle safely.

• Never unfasten your safety belt whenusing ProPILOT Assist. Doing so auto-matically cancels the ProPILOT Assistsystem.

• The ProPILOT Assist system does notreact to stationary and slow movingvehicles.

PROPILOT ASSIST (if so equipped)


• Always drive carefully and attentivelywhen using the ProPILOT Assist system.Read and understand the Owner’sManual thoroughly before using theProPILOT Assist system. To avoid seri-ous injury or death, do not rely on thesystem to prevent accidents or to controlthe vehicle’s speed in emergency situa-tions. Do not use the ProPILOT Assistsystem except in appropriate road andtraffic conditions.

The ProPILOT Assist system is intended toenhance the operation of the vehicle whenfollowing a vehicle traveling in the same laneand direction.

The ProPILOT Assist system uses a multi-sensing front camera OA installed behind thewindshield and a radar sensor located on thefront of the vehicle OB to measure the dis-tance to the vehicle ahead in the same laneand to monitor the lane markers. If the vehicledetects a slower moving vehicle ahead, thesystem will reduce the vehicle speed so thatyour vehicle follows the vehicle in front at theselected distance. The system will also helpkeep the vehicle centered in the traveling lanewhen clear lane markings are detected.

LSD2943


PROPILOT ASSIST SYSTEMOPERATION

�1 Steering-wheel-mounted control (left)

�2 Vehicle information display

�3 Steering-wheel-mounted control (right)

�4 ProPILOT Assist switch

The ProPILOT Assist system has the follow-ing two functions:

1. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)

The ICC system can be set to one of twocruise control modes:

• Conventional (fixed speed) cruise controlmode: For cruising at a preset speed

NOTE:Steering assist is not available in the conven-tional (fixed speed) cruise control mode.

• Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode:The ICC system maintains a selected dis-tance from the vehicle in front of you withinthe speed range of 0 to 90 mph (0 to 144km/h) up to the set speed. The set speedcan be selected by the driver between 20 to90 mph (30 to 144 km/h). When the ve-hicle ahead slows to a stop, your vehiclegradually decelerates to a standstill. Whenthe vehicle is stopped, the ICC systemmaintains braking force to keep your ve-hicle stopped.

NOTE:When your vehicle is stopped for less than 3seconds and the vehicle ahead begins tomove, your vehicle will start moving againautomatically.

LSD2996


– When your vehicle is at a standstillfor more than 3 seconds and the ve-hicle ahead begins to accelerate,push the RES+ switch or lightly de-press the accelerator pedal. The ICCsystem starts to follow the vehicleahead.

– When no vehicle is detected aheadwithin the driver selected distance,the vehicle travels at the speed set bythe driver. The speed must be above20 mph (30 km/h) to use this func-tion.

NOTE:Even if the Forward Emergency Brakingwith Pedestrian Detection setting is turnedoff by the driver using the “Driver Assis-tance” menu in the lower display, ForwardEmergency Braking with Pedestrian Detec-tion will be automatically turned on whenICC is used.

2. Steering Assist

The Steering Assist function controls thesteering system to help keep your vehiclewithin the traveling lane.

When there is no vehicle ahead, SteeringAssist is not available at speeds under 37mph (60 km/h).

ProPILOT Assist switches

�1 DISTANCE switch:

– Long

– Middle

– Short

�2 RES+ switch:

Resumes set speed or increases speedincrementally

�3 CANCEL switch:

Deactivates the ProPILOT Assist system

�4 SET- switch:

Sets desired cruise speed or reduces speedincrementally

�5 ProPILOT Assist switch:

Turns the ProPILOT Assist system on or off

�6 Steering Assist switch:

Turns the Steering Assist function on or off

LSD2945 LSD3031


The ProPILOT Assist systemdisplay and indicators

�1 Lane marker indicator

Indicates whether the system detects lanemarkers

• No lane markers displayed: Steering As-sist is turned off

• Lane marker indicator (gray): No lanemarkers detected

• Lane marker indicator (green): Lanemarkers detected

• Lane marker indicator (yellow): Lane de-parture is detected

�2 Set distance indicator

Displays the selected distance

�3 Vehicle ahead detection indicator

Indicates whether the system detects a ve-hicle in front of you

�4 Steering Assist indicator

Indicates the status of the Steering Assistfunction by the color of the indicator

• Steering Assist indicator (gray): SteeringAssist standby

• Steering Assist indicator (green): Steer-ing Assist active

• Steering Assist indicator (orange):Steering Assist malfunction

�5 ProPILOT Assist activation

Displays once the ProPILOT Assist system isactivated

�6 ProPILOT Assist status indicator

Indicates the status of the ProPILOT Assistsystem by the color of the indicator

– ProPILOT Assist status indicator(white): ProPILOT Assist is on but instandby.

– ProPILOT Assist status indicator (blue):ProPILOT Assist active

�7 Steering Assist status indicator/warning

Displays the status of the Steering Assist bythe color of the indicator/warning

• No Steering Assist status indicator dis-played: Steering Assist is turned off


• Steering Assist indicator (green): Steer-ing Assist active

• Steering Assist indicator (yellow): Steer-ing Assist malfunction

�8 Set vehicle speed indicator

Indicates the set vehicle speed

�9 Speed control status indicator/warning

Displays the status of speed control by thecolor and shape of the indicator/warning

– Speed control status indicator/warning(gray): ICC standby

– Speed control status indicator/warning(solid green ): ICC (distance controlmode) is active (vehicle detectedahead). Your vehicle matches the speedof the vehicle ahead.

– Speed control status indicator/warning(green outline ): ICC (maintain

LSD3614


speed control mode) is active (no ve-hicle detected ahead). Your vehiclemaintains the driver-selected set speed.

– Speed control status indicator/warning(solid yellow ): ICC malfunction

TURNING THE CONVENTIONAL(fixed speed) CRUISE CONTROLMODE ON

NOTE:

ProPILOT Assist provides no approachwarnings, automatic braking, or steering as-sist in the conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode.

To choose the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode, push and hold the Pro-PILOT Assist switch for longer than approxi-mately 1.5 seconds. For additional informa-tion, see “Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode” (P. 5-103).

OPERATING PROPILOT ASSIST

1. Push the ProPILOT Assist switch OA . Thisturns on the ProPILOT Assist system anddisplays the status of the ProPILOT Assistsystem on the vehicle information display

OB .

2. Accelerate or decelerate your vehicle tothe desired speed.

3. Push the SET- switch OC . The ProPILOTAssist system begins to automaticallymaintain the set speed. The ProPILOT As-sist activation indicator OD and ProPILOTAssist status indicator OE illuminate (blue).When a vehicle ahead is traveling at a speedof 20 mph (30 km/h) or below and theSET- switch is pushed, the set speed ofyour vehicle is 20 mph (30 km/h).

NOTE:

Turning the ProPILOT Assist system on willturn on the Lane Departure Prevention systemat the same time. For additional information,see “Lane Departure Prevention” (P. 5-40).

LSD3615 LSD3616


When the SET- switch is pushed under thefollowing conditions, the ProPILOT Assistsystem cannot be set and the set vehiclespeed indicator O1 blinks for approximately 2seconds:

• When traveling below 20 mph (30 km/h)and the vehicle ahead is not detected

• When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive)position or manual shift mode

• When the electronic parking brake isapplied

• When the brakes are operated by the driver

• When the VDC system is off. For additionalinformation, see “Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) system” (P. 5-154).

• When the VDC system (including the trac-tion control system) is operating

• When a wheel is slipping

• When any door is open

• When the driver’s seat belt is not fastened

How to change the set vehiclespeed

The set vehicle speed can be adjusted.

To change to a faster cruising speed:

• Push and hold the RES+ switch. The setvehicle speed increases by approximately5 mph (5 km/h).

• Push, then quickly release, the RES+ switch.Each time you do this, the set speed in-creases by approximately 1 mph (1 km/h).

LSD3617 LSD2948


To change to a slower cruising speed:

• Push and hold the SET- switch. The setvehicle speed decreases by approximately5 mph (5 km/h).

• Push, then quickly release, the SET- switch.Each time you do this, the set speed de-creases by approximately 1 mph (1 km/h).

How to momentarily accelerate ordecelerate• Depress the accelerator pedal when accel-

eration is required. Release the acceleratorpedal to resume the previously set vehiclespeed.

• Depress the brake pedal when decelerationis required. Control by the ProPILOT Assistsystem is canceled. Push the RES+ switchto resume the previously set vehicle speed.

WARNING

When the accelerator pedal is depressedand you are approaching the vehicle ahead,the ICC system will neither control thebrake nor warn the driver with the chimeand display. The driver must manually con-trol the vehicle speed to maintain a safedistance to the vehicle ahead. Failure to doso could result in severe personal injury ordeath.

NOTE:

When you accelerate by depressing the ac-celerator pedal or decelerate by pushing theSET- switch and the vehicle travels fasterthan the speed set by the driver, the setspeed vehicle indicator will blink.

How to change the set distance tothe vehicle ahead

The distance to the vehicle ahead can beselected at any time.

Each time the DISTANCE switch OA ispushed, the set distance will change to long,middle, short and back to long again in thatsequence.

LSD2949


Distance Approximate distance at60 mph (100 km/h) [ft (m)]

1. Long 200 (60)2. Middle 150 (45)3. Short 90 (30)

• The distance to the vehicle ahead changesautomatically according to the vehiclespeed. The higher the vehicle speed, thelonger the distance.

• The distance setting will remain at the cur-rent setting even if the engine is restarted.

LSD2806


HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THESTEERING ASSIST

�1 Lower display buttons

�2 Lower display

�3 Steering Assist switch

Use the following methods to enable or dis-able the Steering Assist.

Steering Assist switch:

To turn the Steering Assist on or off, push theSteering Assist switch O3 on the instrumentpanel.

NOTE:• When the Steering Assist switch is used to

turn the system on or off, the system re-members the setting even if the ignitionswitch is cycled. The switch must bepushed again to change the setting to onor off.

• The Steering Assist switch changes thestatus of the “Steering Assist” selectionmade in the “Settings” screen in the lowerdisplay.

Setting in the lower display:



3. Select “Lane Centering Assist.”

4. Select “ON” to turn the “Steering Assist”system on or off.

LSD3626


NOTE:• When the Cruise screen is displayed on the

vehicle information display, press the OKbutton on the steering wheel to call up the“Driving Aids” setting display in the upperdisplay.

• When enabling/disabling the systemthrough the lower display, the system re-tains the current settings even if the en-gine is restarted.

How to cancel the ProPILOT Assistsystem

To cancel the ProPILOT Assist system, useone of the following methods:

• Push the CANCEL switch.

• Tap the brake pedal (except at a standstill).

• Push the ProPILOT Assist switch to turnthe system off. The ProPILOT Assist statusindicator will go out.

When the ProPILOT Assist system is can-celed while the vehicle is stopped, the elec-tronic parking brake is automaticallyactivated.

WARNING

To prevent the vehicle from moving or roll-ing unexpectedly, which could result in se-rious personal injury or property damage,before exiting the vehicle make sure topush the ProPILOT Assist switch to turnthe system off, place the shift lever in the P(Park) position, and turn the engine off.

INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL(ICC) (for vehicles with ProPILOTAssist)

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use of the ICC systemcould result in serious injury or death.

• The ICC system is only an aid to assist thedriver and is not a collision warning oravoidance device. It is recommended forhighway use only and it is not intendedfor city driving. It is the driver’s respon-sibility to stay alert, drive safely, and bein control of the vehicle at all times.

• There are limitations to the ICC systemcapability. The ICC system does notfunction in all driving, traffic, weather,and road conditions. It is the driver’s re-sponsibility to stay alert, drive safely,keep the vehicle in the traveling lane, andbe in control of the vehicle at all times.

• Always observe posted speed limits anddo not set the speed over them.

• The ICC system does not react to sta-tionary and slow moving vehicles.

• Always drive carefully and attentivelywhen using the ICC system. Read andunderstand the Owner’s Manual thor-oughly before using the ICC system. Toavoid serious injury or death, do not relyon the system to prevent accidents or tocontrol the vehicle’s speed in emergencysituations. Do not use the ICC systemexcept in appropriate road and trafficconditions.

ICC system operation

The ICC system is designed to maintain aselected distance from the vehicle in front ofyou and can reduce the speed to match aslower vehicle ahead. The system deceleratesthe vehicle as necessary and if the vehicle


ahead comes to a stop, the vehicle deceler-ates to a standstill. However, the ICC systemcan only apply up to 40% of the vehicle’s totalbraking power. This system should only beused when traffic conditions allow vehiclespeeds to remain fairly constant or when ve-hicle speeds change gradually. If a vehiclemoves into the traveling lane ahead or if avehicle traveling ahead rapidly decelerates,the distance between vehicles may becomecloser because the ICC system cannot decel-erate the vehicle quickly enough. If this oc-curs, the ICC system sounds a warning chimeand blinks the system display to notify thedriver to take necessary action.

The ICC system cancels and a warning chimesounds if the speed is below approximately15 mph (25 km/h) and a vehicle is not de-tected ahead.

The ICC system operates as follows:

• When there are no vehicles traveling ahead,the ICC system maintains the speed set bythe driver. The set speed range is betweenapproximately 20 and 90 mph (30 and 144km/h).

• When there is a vehicle traveling ahead, theICC system adjusts the speed to maintainthe distance, selected by the driver, fromthe vehicle ahead. If the vehicle aheadcomes to a stop, the vehicle decelerates toa standstill. Once your vehicle stops, theICC system keeps the vehicle stopped.

• When your vehicle is stopped for less than3 seconds and the vehicle ahead begins tomove, your vehicle will start moving againautomatically.

• When your vehicle is at a standstill for morethan 3 seconds and the vehicle ahead be-gins to accelerate, push the RES+ switch orlightly depress the accelerator pedal. TheICC system starts to follow the vehicleahead.

• When the vehicle traveling ahead moves toa different traveling lane, the ICC systemaccelerates and maintains vehicle speed upto the set speed.

The ICC system does not control vehiclespeed or warn you when you approach sta-tionary and slow moving vehicles. You mustpay attention to vehicle operation to main-tain proper distance from vehicles aheadwhen approaching toll gates or trafficcongestion.

When driving on the freeway at a set speedand approaching a slower traveling vehicleahead, the ICC system adjusts the speed tomaintain the distance, selected by the driver,from the vehicle ahead. If the vehicle aheadchanges lanes or exits the freeway, the ICCsystem accelerates and maintains the speedup to the set speed. Pay attention to thedriving operation to maintain control of thevehicle as it accelerates to the set speed.

The vehicle may not maintain the set speedon winding or hilly roads. If this occurs, youwill have to manually control the vehiclespeed.

SSD0254


Normally when controlling the distance to avehicle ahead, the system automatically ac-celerates or decelerates your vehicle accord-ing to the speed of the vehicle ahead.

Depress the accelerator to properly acceler-ate your vehicle when acceleration is requiredfor a lane change. Depress the brake pedalwhen deceleration is required to maintain asafe distance to the vehicle ahead due tosudden braking or if a vehicle cuts in. Alwaysstay alert when using the ICC system.

No vehicle detected ahead

The driver sets the desired vehicle speedbased on the road conditions. The ICC sys-tem maintains the set vehicle speed, similar tostandard cruise control, as long as no vehicleis detected in the lane ahead. The ICC systemdisplays the set speed.

Vehicle detected ahead

When a vehicle is detected in the lane ahead,the ICC system decelerates the vehicle bycontrolling the throttle and applying thebrakes to match the speed of a slower vehicleahead. The ICC system then controls the ve-hicle speed based on the speed of the vehicleahead to maintain the driver selecteddistance.

NOTE:• The stop lights of the vehicle come on

when braking is performed by the ICCsystem.

LSD3618

System set display with no vehicle detectedahead

LSD2989

System set display with vehicle ahead


• When the brake is applied by the system, anoise may be heard. This is not amalfunction.

When the ICC system detects a vehicleahead, the vehicle ahead detection indicatorand the speed control status indicator (dis-tance control mode) illuminates (solid green

).

Vehicle ahead stopsWhen the vehicle ahead decelerates to stop,your vehicle decelerates to a standstill withinthe system capability. Once your vehiclestops, the ICC system automatically appliesthe brakes to keep the vehicle stopped. Whenyour vehicle is at a standstill, the “(RES+)Press to start” message is displayed on thevehicle information display.

NOTE:

When your vehicle stops for less than 3 sec-onds, your vehicle will automatically followthe vehicle as it accelerates from a stop.

Vehicle ahead accelerates

When your vehicle is stopped and the vehicleahead begins to accelerate, push the RES+switch or lightly depress the acceleratorpedal. The ICC system starts to follow thevehicle ahead.

Vehicle ahead not detected

When a vehicle is no longer detected ahead,the ICC system gradually accelerates yourvehicle to resume the previously set vehiclespeed. The ICC system then maintains the setspeed.

When a vehicle is no longer detected, thevehicle ahead detection indicator turns offand speed control status indicator (maintainspeed control mode) illuminates (green out-line ).

The ICC system gradually accelerates to theset speed, but you can depress the accelera-tor pedal to quickly accelerate. When a ve-hicle is no longer detected and your vehicle istraveling under approximately 15 mph (25km/h), the ICC system automatically cancels.

When passing another vehicle, the set speedindicator OB flashes when the vehicle speedexceeds the set speed. The vehicle aheaddetection indicator turns off when the areaahead of the vehicle is open. When the pedalis released, the vehicle returns to the previ-ously set speed. Even though your vehiclespeed is set in the ICC system, you can de-press the accelerator pedal when it is neces-sary to accelerate your vehicle rapidly.

LSD3620


Cut-in detection

If a vehicle moves into your traveling lanenear your vehicle, the ICC system may informthe driver by flashing the vehicle ahead de-tection indicator.

Approach warning

If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicleahead due to rapid deceleration of that ve-hicle or if another vehicle cuts in, the systemwarns the driver with the chime and ICC sys-tem display. Decelerate by depressing thebrake pedal to maintain a safe vehicle dis-tance if:

• The chime sounds.

• The vehicle ahead detection indicator andset distance indicator blink.

• You judge it necessary to maintain a safedistance.

The warning chime may not sound in somecases when there is a short distance betweenvehicles. Some examples are:

• When the vehicles are traveling at the samespeed and the distance between vehicles isnot changing.

• When the vehicle ahead is traveling fasterand the distance between vehicles isincreasing.

• When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle.

The warning chime will not sound when:

• Your vehicle approaches other vehicles thatare parked or moving slowly.

• The accelerator pedal is depressed, over-riding the system.

NOTE:

The approach warning chime may sound andthe system display may flash when the radarsensor detects objects on the side of the ve-hicle or on the side of the road. This maycause the ICC system to decelerate or accel-erate the vehicle. The radar sensor may de-tect these objects when the vehicle is drivenon winding, narrow, or hilly roads or whenthe vehicle is entering or exiting a curve. Inthese cases, you will have to manually con-trol the proper distance ahead of yourvehicle.

Also, the sensor sensitivity can be affectedby vehicle operation (steering maneuver ordriving position in the lane) or traffic or ve-hicle conditions (for example, if a vehicle isbeing driven with some damage).

Acceleration when passing

When the ICC system is engaged above 44mph and following a slower vehicle (belowICC set speed), and the turn signal is acti-vated to the left, the ICC system will auto-matically start to accelerate the vehicle tohelp initiate passing on the left and will beginto reduce the distance to vehicle directlyahead. Only the left side turn signal operatesthis feature. As the driver steers the vehicleand moves into the passing lane, if no vehicleis detected ahead the ICC system will con-tinue to accelerate to the ICC system setspeed. If another vehicle is detected ahead,then the vehicle will accelerate up to the fol-lowing speed of that vehicle. If the vehicle isnot steered into the left lane to pass, theacceleration will stop after a short time andregain the set following distance. Accelera-tion can be stopped at any point by depress-ing the brake pedal or the CANCEL switch onthe steering wheel.


WARNING

In order to reduce the risk of a collision thatmay result in serious injury or death, pleasebe aware of the following:

• This function is only activated with theleft turn signal and will briefly acceleratethe vehicle even if a lane change is notinitiated. This can include non-passingsituations such as left side exits.

• Ensure that when passing another ve-hicle, the adjacent lane is clear before ini-tiating the pass. Sudden changes in traf-fic may occur while passing- alwaysmanually steer or brake as needed- neversolely rely on the system.

ICC system limitations

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations forthe ICC system. Failure to operate the ve-hicle in accordance with these system limi-tations could result in serious injury ordeath:

• The ICC system is primarily intended foruse on straight, dry, open roads withlight traffic. It is not advisable to use theICC system in city traffic or congestedareas.

• The ICC system will not adapt automati-cally to road conditions. This systemshould be used in evenly flowing traffic.Do not use the system on roads withsharp curves or on icy roads, in heavy rainor in fog.

• As there is a performance limit to thedistance control function, never relysolely on the ICC system. This systemdoes not correct careless, inattentive orabsentminded driving or overcome poorvisibility in rain, fog, or other badweather. Decelerate the vehicle speed bydepressing the brake pedal, dependingon the distance to the vehicle ahead andthe surrounding circumstances in orderto maintain a safe distance betweenvehicles.

• When the ICC system automaticallybrings the car to a stop, your vehicle canautomatically accelerate if the vehicle isstopped for less than approximately 3seconds. Be prepared to stop your ve-hicle if necessary.

• Always pay attention to the operation ofthe vehicle and be ready to manuallycontrol the proper following distance.The ICC system may not be able to main-tain the selected distance between ve-hicles (following distance) or selectedvehicle speed under some circumstances.

• The system may not detect the vehicle infront of you in certain road or weatherconditions. To avoid accidents, never usethe ICC system under the following con-ditions:

– On roads with heavy, high-speedtraffic or sharp curves

– On slippery road surfaces such as onice or snow, etc.

– During bad weather (rain, fog, snow,etc.)

– When rain, snow or dirt adhere to thebumper around the distance sensor

– On steep downhill roads (the vehiclemay go beyond the set vehicle speedand frequent braking may result inoverheating the brakes)

– On repeated uphill and downhill roads


– When traffic conditions make it diffi-cult to keep a proper distance be-tween vehicles because of frequentacceleration or deceleration

– Interference by other radar sources.

• Do not use the ICC system if you aretowing a trailer. The system may not de-tect a vehicle ahead.

• In some road or traffic conditions, a ve-hicle or object can unexpectedly comeinto the sensor detection zone and causeautomatic braking. Always stay alertand avoid using the ICC system wherenot recommended in this warningsection.

The ICC system will not detect the followingobjects:

• Stationary or slow moving vehicles

• Pedestrians or objects in the roadway

• Oncoming vehicles in the same lane

• Motorcycles traveling offset in the travellane

The following are some conditions in whichthe radar sensor cannot properly detect avehicle ahead and the system may not oper-ate properly:

• When the sensor detection is reduced (con-ditions such as rain, snow, fog, dust storms,sandstorms, and road spray from othervehicles)

• Driving on a steep downhill slope or roadswith sharp curves

• Driving on a bumpy road surface, such asan uneven dirt road

• If dirt, ice, snow or other material is cover-ing the radar sensor area

• A complicated-shaped vehicle such as a carcarrier trailer or flatbed truck/trailer is nearthe vehicle ahead.

• Interference by other radar sources

• When your vehicle is towing a trailer, etc.

• When excessively heavy baggage is loadedin the rear seat or cargo area of yourvehicle.

The ICC system is designed to automaticallycheck the radar sensor’s operation within thelimitations of the system.

The detection zone of the radar sensor islimited. A vehicle ahead must be in the detec-tion zone for the ICC system to maintain theselected distance from the vehicle ahead. Avehicle ahead may move outside of the de-tection zone due to its position within thesame lane of travel. Motorcycles may not bedetected in the same lane ahead if they are

traveling offset from the center line of thelane. A vehicle that is entering the lane aheadmay not be detected until the vehicle hascompletely moved into the lane.

If this occurs, the ICC system may warn youby blinking the system indicator and soundingthe chime. The driver may have to manuallycontrol the proper distance away from thevehicle traveling ahead.

The ICC system (with ProPILOT Assist) usesa multi-sensing front camera. The followingare some conditions in which the camera maynot properly detect a vehicle and detection ofa vehicle ahead may be delayed:

• Poor visibility (conditions such as rain,snow, fog, dust storms, sandstorms, androad spray from other vehicles)

• The camera area of the windshield isfogged up or covered with dirt, waterdrops, ice, snow, etc.

• Strong light (for example, sunlight or highbeams from oncoming vehicles) enters thefront camera

• A sudden change in brightness occurs (forexample, when the vehicle enters or exits atunnel or shaded area or lightning flashes)


SSD0252


When driving on some roads, such as wind-ing, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roadswhich are under construction, the radar sen-sor may detect vehicles in a different lane, ormay temporarily not detect a vehicle travelingahead. This may cause the radar system todecelerate or accelerate the vehicle.

The detection of vehicles may also be af-fected by vehicle operation (steering maneu-ver or traveling position in the lane, etc.) orvehicle condition.

If this occurs, the ICC system may warn youby blinking the system indicator and soundingthe chime unexpectedly. You will have tomanually control the proper distance awayfrom the vehicle traveling ahead.

Automatic cancellation

The following are conditions in which the ICCsystem may be temporarily unavailable. Inthese instances, the ICC system may not can-cel and may not be able to maintain the se-lected following distance from the vehicleahead.

Condition A

Under the following conditions, the ICC sys-tem is automatically canceled. A chime willsound and the system will not be able to beset:

• Any door is open.

• The driver’s seat belt is not fastened.

• The vehicle ahead is not detected and yourvehicle is traveling below the speed of 15mph (25 km/h).

• Your vehicle has been stopped by the ICCsystem for approximately 3 minutes orlonger.

• The shift lever is not in the D (Drive) positionor manual shift mode.

• The electronic parking brake is applied.

• The VDC system is turned off.

• The Forward Emergency Braking with Pe-destrian Detection applies harder braking.

• VDC (including the traction control system)operates.

• A wheel slips.

• When distance measurement becomes im-paired due to adhesion of dirt or obstruc-tion to the sensor.

• When the radar signal is temporarilyinterrupted.

SSD0253


Action to take:

When the conditions listed above are no lon-ger present, turn the system off using theProPILOT Assist switch. Turn the ProPILOTAssist system back on to use the system.

NOTE:When the ICC system is canceled underthe following conditions at a standstill,the electronic parking brake is automati-cally activated:• Any door is open.

• The driver’s seat belt is not fastened.

• Your vehicle has been stopped by the ICCsystem for approximately 3 minutes orlonger.

• The shift lever is not in the D (Drive) posi-tion or manual shift mode.

• The VDC system is turned off.

• When distance measurement becomes im-paired due to adhesion of dirt or obstruc-tion to the sensor.

• When the radar signal is temporarilyinterrupted.

Condition B

When the radar sensor of the front bumper iscovered with dirt or is obstructed, the ICCsystem will automatically be canceled.

The chime will sound and the “Unavailable:Front Radar Blocked” warning message willappear in the vehicle information display.

Action to take:

If the warning message appears, stop thevehicle in a safe place, press the Park buttonto place the vehicle in the P (Park) position,and turn the engine off. When the radar sig-nal is temporarily interrupted, clean the sen-sor area of the front bumper and restart theengine. If the “Unavailable: Front RadarBlocked” warning message continues to bedisplayed, have the system checked. It is rec-ommended that you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.

Condition C

When driving on roads with limited roadstructures or buildings (for example, longbridges, deserts, snow fields, driving next tolong walls), the system may illuminate thesystem warning light and display the “Un-available: Front Radar Blocked” message.

Action to take:

When the above driving conditions no longerexist, turn the system back on.

ICC system malfunction

If the ICC system malfunctions, it will beturned off automatically, a chime will sound,and the speed control status warning (or-ange) will illuminate.

Action to take:

If the warning light comes on, stop the vehiclein a safe place. Turn the engine off, restartthe engine and set the ICC system again. If itis not possible to set the ICC system or theindicator stays on, it may be a malfunction.Although the normal driving can be contin-ued, the ICC system should be inspected. It isrecommended that you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for this service.

ICC sensor maintenance

The radar sensor is located on the front of thevehicle.

To keep the ICC system operating properly,be sure to observe the following:

• Always keep the sensor area clean.

• Do not strike or damage the areas aroundthe sensor.

• Do not attach a sticker (including transpar-ent material) or install an accessory nearthe sensor. This could cause failure ormalfunction.


• Do not attach metallic objects near thesensor area (brush guard, etc.). This couldcause failure or malfunction.

• Do not alter, remove, or paint the frontbumper.

Before customizing or restoring the frontbumper, it is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer.

The camera sensor is located above the in-side mirror.

To keep the proper operation of the systemsand prevent a system malfunction, be sure toobserve the following:




• Do not strike or damage the areas aroundthe camera unit. Do not touch the cameralens or remove the screw located on thecamera unit.

If the camera unit is damaged due to anaccident, it is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer.

STEERING ASSIST

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use of the Steering Assistcould result in serious injury or death.

• The Steering Assist is not a replacementfor proper driving procedures and is notdesigned to correct careless, inattentiveor absent-minded driving. The SteeringAssist will not always steer the vehicle tokeep it in the lane. It is not designed toprevent loss of control. It is the driver’sresponsibility to stay alert, drive safely,keep the vehicle in the traveling lane, andbe in control of the vehicle at all times.

• As there is a performance limit to theSteering Assist’s capability, never relysolely on the system. The Steering Assistdoes not function in all driving, traffic,weather, and road conditions. Alwaysdrive safely, pay attention to the opera-tion of the vehicle, and manually controlyour vehicle appropriately.

• The Steering Assist is intended for use onwell-developed freeways or highwayswith gentle (moderate) curves. To avoidrisk of an accident, do not use this systemon local or non-highway roads.

• The Steering Assist only steers the ve-hicle to maintain its position in the centerof a lane. The vehicle will not steer toavoid objects in the road in front of thevehicle or to avoid a vehicle moving intoyour lane.

• It is the driver’s responsibility to stayalert, drive safely, keep the vehicle in thetraveling lane, and be in control of thevehicle at all times. Never take yourhands off the steering wheel when driv-ing. Always keep your hands on thesteering wheel and drive your vehiclesafely.

• Always drive carefully and attentivelywhen using the Steering Assist. Readand understand the Owner’s Manualthoroughly before using the Steering As-sist. To avoid serious injury or death, donot rely on the system to prevent acci-dents or to control the vehicle’s speed inemergency situations. Do not use theSteering Assist except in appropriateroad and traffic conditions.


Steering Assist operation

The Steering Assist controls the steering sys-tem to help keep your vehicle near the centerof the lane when driving. The Steering Assistis combined with the Intelligent Cruise Con-trol (ICC) system. For additional information,see “Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (for ve-hicles with ProPILOT Assist)” (P. 5-87).

The Steering Assist can be activated whenthe following conditions are met:

• The ICC system is activated.

• Lane markers on both sides are clearlydetected.

• A vehicle ahead is detected (when the ve-hicle is driven at speeds under 37 mph[60 km/h])

• The driver grips the steering wheel.

• The vehicle is driven at the center of thelane.

• The turn signals are not operated.

• The windshield wiper is not operated in thehigh (HI) speed operation (the steering as-sist function is disabled after the wiper op-erates for approximately 10 seconds).

Steering Assist display andindicators

�1 Steering Assist status indicator/warning

Displays the status of the Steering Assist bythe color of the indicator/warning


• Steering Assist indicator (green): SteeringAssist active

• Steering Assist indicator (yellow): SteeringAssist malfunction

�2 Steering Assist indicator

Indicates the status of the Steering Assist bythe color of the indicator


• Steering Assist indicator (green): SteeringAssist active

�3 Lane marker indicator

Indicates whether the system detects thelane marker

• Lane marker indicator (gray): Lane markersnot detected

• Lane marker indicator (green): Lane mark-ers detected

• Lane marker indicator (yellow): Lane de-parture is detected

When the Steering Assist is in operation, theSteering Assist status indicator O1 , theSteering Assist indicator O2 , and the lanemarker indicator O3 on the vehicle informa-tion display turn green. A chime sounds whenthe Steering Assist initially activates.

When the Steering Assist deactivates, theSteering Assist status indicator O1 , theSteering Assist indicator O2 , and the lanemarker indicator O3 on the vehicle informa-tion display turn gray and a chime soundstwice.

LSD2990


Lane Departure Prevention (LDP)

When a curve or strong cross wind exceedsthe capabilities of the Steering Assist andyour vehicle approaches either the left or theright side of the traveling lane, a warningchime sounds and the LDP indicator light(orange) on the instrument panel flashes toalert the driver. Then, the LDP system auto-matically applies the brakes for a short periodof time to help assist the driver to return thevehicle to the center of the traveling lane. Thisaction is in addition to any Steering Assistactions.

Hands on detection When the Steering Assist is activated, itmonitors the driver’s steering wheeloperation.

LSD2972


If the steering wheel is not operated or thedriver takes his/her hands off the steeringwheel for a period of time, the warning (1)appears in the vehicle information display.

If the driver does not operate the steeringwheel after the warning has been displayed,an audible alert sounds and the warningflashes in the vehicle information display, fol-lowed by a quick brake application to requestthe driver to take control of the vehicle again.

If the driver still does not respond, the ProPI-LOT Assist turns on the hazard flasher andslows the vehicle to a complete stop.

The driver can cancel the deceleration at anytime by steering, braking, accelerating, or op-erating the ProPILOT Assist switch.

WARNING

Steering Assist is not a system for a hands-free driving. Always keep your hands onthe steering wheel and drive your vehiclesafely. Failure to do so could cause a colli-sion resulting in serious personal injury ordeath.

NOTE:

If the driver lightly touches (instead of firmlygrips) the steering wheel, the steeringtorque sensor may not detect the driver’shand(s) on the steering wheel and a sequenceof warnings may occur. When the driverholds and operates the steering wheel again,the warnings turn off.

Steering Assist limitations

WARNING

• In the following situations, the cameramay not detect lane markers correctly ormay detect lane markers incorrectly andthe Steering Assist may not operateproperly:

– When driving on roads where thereare multiple parallel lane markers,lane markers that are faded or notpainted clearly, nonstandard lanemarkers, or lane markers coveredwith water, dirt, snow, etc.

– When driving on roads with discon-tinued lane markers

– When driving on roads with a widen-ing or narrowing lane width

– When driving on roads where thereare multiple lanes or unclear lanemarkers due to road construction

– When driving on roads where thereare sharply contrasting objects, suchas shadows, snow, water, wheel ruts,seams, or lines remaining after roadrepairs (the Steering Assist could de-tect these items as lane markers)

– When driving on roads where thetraveling lane merges or separates

• Do not use the Steering Assist under thefollowing conditions because the systemmay not properly detect lane markers.Doing so could cause a loss of vehiclecontrol and result in an accident.

– During bad weather (rain, fog, snow,dust, etc.)

– When rain, snow, sand, etc., is thrownup by the wheels of other vehicles

– When dirt, oil, ice, snow, water, or an-other object adheres to the cameraunit

– When the lens of the camera unit isfoggy

– When strong light (for example, sun-light or high beams from oncomingvehicles) shines on the camera


– When the headlights are not brightdue to dirt on the lens or the head-lights are off in tunnels or darkness

– When a sudden change in brightnessoccurs (for example, when the vehicleenters or exits a tunnel or is under abridge)

– When driving on roads where thetraveling lane merges or separates orwhere there are temporary lanemarkers because of roadconstruction

– When there is a lane closure due toroad repairs

– When driving on a bumpy road sur-face, such as an uneven dirt road

– When driving on sharp curves orwinding roads

– When driving on repeated uphill anddownhill roads

• Do not use the Steering Assist under thefollowing conditions because the systemwill not operate properly:

– When driving with a tire that is notwithin normal tire conditions (for ex-ample, tire wear, abnormal tire pres-sure, installation of a spare tire, tirechains, nonstandard wheels)

– When the vehicle is equipped withnon-original brake or suspensionparts

– When an object that obstructs thecamera unit detection range isattached

– When excessively heavy baggage isloaded in the rear seat or luggagearea of your vehicle

– When the vehicle load capacity isexceeded

– When towing a trailer or other vehicle

• Excessive noise will interfere with thewarning chime sound, and the beep maynot be heard.

• For the ProPILOT Assist system to oper-ate properly, the windshield in front ofthe camera must be clean. Replace wornwiper blades. The correct size wiperblades must be used to help make surethe windshield is kept clean. Only useGenuine INFINITI wiper blades, orequivalent wiper blades, that are specifi-cally designed for use on your vehiclemodel and model year. It is recommendedthat you visit your INFINITI retailer forthe correct parts for your vehicle.

Steering Assist temporary standby

Automatic standby due to driving operation:

When the driver activates the turn signal, theSteering Assist is temporarily placed in astandby mode. (The Steering Assist restartsautomatically when the operating conditionsare met again.)

Automatic standby:

In the following cases, a warning message isdisplayed along with the chime, and theSteering Assist is placed in a temporarystandby mode. (The Steering Assist restartsautomatically when the operating conditionsare met again.)

• When lane markers on both sides are nolonger detected

• When a vehicle ahead is no longer detectedunder approximately 37 mph (60 km/h)

Steering Assist cancel

Under the following conditions, the SteeringAssist cancels, and the Steering Assist statusindicator and the Steering Assist indicatorturn off:


• When unusual lane markers appear in thetraveling lane or when the lane marker can-not be correctly detected for some time dueto certain conditions (for example, a snowrut, the reflection of light on a rainy day, thepresence of several unclear lane markers)

• When the windshield wiper operates in thehigh (HI) speed operation (the Steering As-sist is disabled when the wiper operates formore than approximately 10 seconds)

NOTE:

For vehicles with auto wipers, the wipersmay automatically switch to LO or HI. If theauto wipers remain in LO or HI for longerthan 10 seconds, the steering assist willcancel.

Action to take:

Turn the ICC system off using the CANCELswitch. When the conditions listed above areno longer present, turn the ICC system onagain.

Steering Assist malfunction

When the system malfunctions, it turns offautomatically. The Steering Assist statuswarning illuminates (orange). A chime maysound depending on the situation.

Action to take:

Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place thevehicle in the P (Park) position, turn the en-gine off, restart the engine, resume driving,and set the Intelligent Cruise Control systemagain. If the warning (orange) continues toilluminate, the Steering Assist is malfunction-ing. Although the vehicle is still drivable undernormal conditions, have the system checked.It is recommended that you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service.

Steering Assist maintenance

The camera sensor is located above the in-side mirror.

To keep the proper operation of the systemand prevent a system malfunction, be sure toobserve the following:




• Do not strike or damage the areas aroundthe camera unit. Do not touch the cameralens or remove the screw located on thecamera unit.

If the camera unit is damaged due to anaccident, it is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer.

Radio frequency statement

For USA/Canada

Model: ARS4–A

IC: 4135A-ARS4A

FCC ID: OAYARS4A

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCCRules and with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subjectto the following two conditions:

1. This device may not cause harmful inter-ference, and

2. This device must accept any interferencereceived, including interference that maycause undesired operation.


Le present appareil est conforme aux CNRd’Industrie Canada applicables aux appareilsradio exempts de licence. L’exploitation estautorisee aux deux conditions suivantes:

1. L’appareil ne doit pas produire de brouil-lage, et

2. L’utilisateur de l’appareil doit acceptertout brouillage radioelectrique subi, memesi le brouillage est susceptible d’en com-promettre le fonctionnement.

Radio Frequency Radiation ExposureInformation:

This equipment complies with FCC radiationexposure limits set forth for an uncontrolledenvironment.

This equipment should be installed and oper-ated with minimum distance of 30 cm be-tween the radiator and your body.

The transmitter must not be co-located oroperating in conjunction with any other an-tenna or transmitter.

Cet equipement est conforme aux limitesd’exposition aux rayonnements IC etabliespour un environnement non controle. Cetequipement doit etre installe et utilise avec unminimum de 30 cm de distance entre lasource de rayonnement et votre corps.

FCC Notice


CONVENTIONAL (fixed speed)CRUISE CONTROL MODE

NOTE:

ProPILOT Assist provides no approachwarnings, automatic braking, or steering as-sist in the conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode.

This mode allows driving at a speed between25 to 90 mph (40 to 144 km/h) withoutkeeping your foot on the accelerator pedal.

WARNING

• In the conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode, a warning chime does notsound to warn you if you are too close tothe vehicle ahead, as neither the pres-ence of the vehicle ahead nor the vehicle-to-vehicle distance is detected.

• Pay special attention to the distance be-tween your vehicle and the vehicle aheadof you or a collision could occur.

• Always confirm the setting in the ICCsystem display.

• Do not use the conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode when drivingunder the following conditions:

– When it is not possible to keep thevehicle at a set speed

– In heavy traffic or in traffic that var-ies in speed

– On winding or hilly roads

– On slippery roads (rain, snow, ice,etc.)

– In very windy areas

• Doing so could cause a loss of vehiclecontrol and result in an accident.


Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol switches

1. CANCEL switch:Deactivates the system without erasingthe set speed

2. RES+ switch:Resumes set speed or increases speedincrementally

3. SET- switch:Sets desired cruise speed or reducesspeed incrementally

4. ProPILOT Assist switch:Master switch to activate the system

Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode display and indicators

The display is located in the vehicle informa-tion display.

1. Set vehicle speed indicator:This indicator indicates the set vehiclespeed. For Canadian models, the speed isdisplayed in km/h.

2. Cruise indicator:This indicator indicates the condition ofthe ICC system depending on a color.

• Cruise control ON indicator (gray): Indi-cates that the ProPILOT Assist switch is on

• Cruise control SET indicator (green): Indi-cates that the cruising speed is set

• Cruise control warning (yellow): Indicatesthat there is a malfunction in the ICCsystem

LSD3076 LSD3623


Operating conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode

To turn on the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode, push and hold the Pro-PILOT Assist switch OA for longer than about1.5 seconds.

When pushing the ProPILOT Assist switchon, the conventional (fixed speed) cruise con-trol mode display and indicators OB are dis-played in the vehicle information display. Af-ter you hold the ProPILOT Assist switch onfor longer than about 1.5 seconds, the ICCsystem display turns off. The cruise indicatorappears. You can now set your desired cruis-

ing speed. Pushing the ProPILOT Assistswitch again will turn the system completelyoff. When the ignition switch is placed in theOFF position, the system is also automati-cally turned off.

To use the ICC system again, quickly pushand release the ProPILOT Assist switch(vehicle-to vehicle distance control mode) orpush and hold it (conventional cruise controlmode) again to turn it on.

CAUTION

To avoid accidentally engaging cruise con-trol, make sure to turn the ProPILOT Assistswitch off when not using the ICC system. To set cruising speed, accelerate your vehicle

to the desired speed, push the SET- OC

switch and release it. (The color of the cruiseindicator changes to green and set vehiclespeed indicator comes on.) Take your foot offthe accelerator pedal. Your vehicle will main-tain the set speed.

• To pass another vehicle, depress the accel-erator pedal. When you release the pedal,the vehicle will return to the previously setspeed.

• The vehicle may not maintain the set speedwhen going up or down steep hills. If thishappens, manually maintain vehicle speed.

LSD3624 LSD3625


To cancel the preset speed, use any of thefollowing methods:

1. Push the CANCEL switch. The vehiclespeed indicator will turn off.

2. Tap the brake pedal. The vehicle speedindicator will turn off.

3. Turn the ProPILOT Assist switch off.Both the cruise indicator and vehiclespeed indicator will turn off.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one ofthe following three methods:

1. Depress the accelerator pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, pushand release the SET- switch.

2. Push and hold the RES+ switch. When thevehicle attains the desired speed, releasethe switch.

3. Push, then quickly release the RES+switch. Each time you do this, the setspeed will increase by about 1 mph (1km/h).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, use oneof the following three methods:

1. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the ve-hicle attains the desired speed, push theSET- switch and release it.

2. Push and hold the SET- switch. Releasethe switch when the vehicle slows downto the desired speed.

3. Push, then quickly release the SET-switch. Each time you do this, the setspeed will decrease by about 1 mph (1km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push and releasethe RES+ switch. The vehicle will resume thelast set cruising speed when the vehicle speedis over 25 mph (40 km/h).

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use of the DCA systemcould result in serious injury or death.

• Always drive carefully and attentivelywhen using the DCA system. Read andunderstand the Owner’s Manual thor-oughly before using the DCA system. Toavoid serious injury or death, do not relyon the system to prevent accidents or tocontrol the vehicle’s speed in emergencysituations. Do not use the DCA systemexcept in appropriate road and trafficconditions.

• The system is only an aid to assist thedriver and is not a collision warning oravoidance device. It is the driver’s re-sponsibility to stay alert, drive safely andbe in control of the vehicle at all times.

DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST (DCA)(if so equipped)


• As there is a performance limit to thedistance control function, never relysolely on the DCA system. This systemdoes not correct careless, inattentive orabsent-minded driving, or overcomepoor visibility in rain, fog, or other badweather. Decelerate the vehicle speed bydepressing the brake pedal, dependingon the distance to the vehicle ahead andthe surrounding circumstances in orderto maintain a safe distance betweenvehicles.

• Always pay attention to the operation ofthe vehicle and be ready to manually de-celerate to maintain the proper follow-ing distance. The DCA system may not beable to decelerate the vehicle under somecircumstances.

• This system only brakes and moves theaccelerator pedal upward to help assistthe driver to maintain a following dis-tance from the vehicle ahead. Accelera-tion should be operated by the driver.

• The DCA system does not control the ve-hicle speed or warn you when you ap-proach stationary and slow moving ve-hicles. You must pay attention to vehicleoperation to maintain proper distancefrom vehicles ahead.

• The DCA system automatically deceler-ates your vehicle to help assist the driverto maintain a following distance fromthe vehicle ahead. Manually brake whendeceleration is required to maintain asafe distance upon sudden braking bythe vehicle ahead or when a vehicle sud-denly appears in front of you. Alwaysstay alert when using the DCA system.

• If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop, thevehicle decelerates to a standstill withinthe limitations of the system. The systemwill cancel with a warning chime once itjudges that the vehicle has come to astandstill. To prevent the vehicle frommoving, the driver must depress thebrake pedal.

The DCA system is intended to assist thedriver in keeping a following distance fromthe vehicle ahead traveling in the same laneand direction.

If the radar sensor detects a slower movingvehicle ahead, the system will reduce the ve-hicle speed to help assist the driver to main-tain a following distance.

The system automatically controls thethrottle and applies the brakes (up to ap-proximately 40% of vehicle braking power) ifnecessary.

The detection range of the sensor is approxi-mately 650 ft (200m) ahead.


DCA SYSTEM OPERATION

1. Vehicle information display

2. Lower display buttons


4. DCA ON indicator

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use of the DCA systemcould result in serious personal injury ordeath.

• When the vehicle ahead detection indi-cator light is not illuminated, the systemwill not control the vehicle or warn thedriver.

• Never place your foot under the brakepedal. Your foot may be caught when thesystem controls the brake.

• Depending on the position of the accel-erator pedal, the system may not be ableto assist the driver to release the accel-erator pedal appropriately.

The DCA system brakes and moves the ac-celerator pedal upward according to the dis-tance from and the relative speed of the ve-hicle ahead to help assist the driver inmaintaining a following distance. The systemwill decelerate as necessary and if the vehicleahead comes to a stop, the vehicle deceler-ates to a standstill. However, the DCA sys-tem can only apply up to approximately 40%of the vehicle’s total braking power. If a ve-hicle moves into the traveling lane ahead or ifa vehicle traveling ahead rapidly decelerates,the distance between vehicles may become

LSD3897


closer because the DCA system cannot de-celerate the vehicle quickly enough. If thisoccurs, the DCA system will sound a warningchime and blink the system display to notifythe driver to take necessary action. For addi-tional information, see “Approach warning”(P. 5-110).

The DCA system helps assist the driver tokeep a following distance to the vehicleahead by braking and moving the acceleratorpedal upward in the normal driving condition.

When a vehicle is detected ahead:

The vehicle ahead detection indicator comeson.

When vehicle approaches a vehicle ahead:

• If the driver’s foot is not on the acceleratorpedal, the system activates the brakes todecelerate smoothly as necessary. If thevehicle ahead comes to a stop, the vehicledecelerates to a standstill within the limita-tions of the system.

• If the driver’s foot is on the acceleratorpedal, the system moves the acceleratorpedal upward to assist the driver to releasethe accelerator pedal.

When brake operation by driver is required:

The system alerts the driver by a warningchime and blinking the vehicle ahead detec-tion indicator. If the driver’s foot is on theaccelerator pedal after the warning, the sys-tem moves the accelerator pedal upward toassist the driver to switch to the brake pedal.

NOTE:• The stop lights of the vehicle come on

when braking is performed by the DCAsystem.

• When the brake operates, a noise may beheard. This is not a malfunction.

Overriding the system:

The following driver’s operations override thesystem operation:

• When the driver depresses the acceleratorpedal even further while the system is mov-ing the accelerator pedal upward, the DCAsystem control of the accelerator pedal iscanceled.

• When the driver’s foot is on the acceleratorpedal, the brake control by the system isnot operated.

LSD2991


• When the driver’s foot is on the brakepedal, neither the brake control nor thealert by the system operates.

• When the ICC system is set, the DCA sys-tem will be canceled.

Approach warning

If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicleahead due to rapid deceleration of that ve-hicle or if another vehicle cuts in, the systemwarns the driver with the chime and DCAsystem display. Decelerate by depressing thebrake pedal to maintain a safe vehicle dis-tance if:

• The chime sounds.

• The vehicle ahead detection indicatorblinks.

The warning chime may not sound in somecases when there is a short distance betweenvehicles. Some examples are:

• When the vehicles are traveling at the samespeed and the distance between vehicles isnot changing

• When the vehicle ahead is traveling fasterand the distance between vehicles isincreasing

• When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle

The warning chime will not sound when yourvehicle approaches vehicles that are parkedor moving slowly.

NOTE:

The approach warning chime may sound andthe system display may blink when the radarsensor detects objects on the side of theroad. This may cause the DCA system to de-celerate or accelerate the vehicle. The radarsensor may detect these objects when thevehicle is driven on winding roads, narrowroads, hilly roads or when entering or exitinga curve. In these cases you will have to manu-ally control the proper distance ahead ofyour vehicle.

Also, the sensor sensitivity can be affected byvehicle operation (steering maneuver or driv-ing position in the lane) or traffic or vehiclecondition (for example, if a vehicle is beingdriven with some damage).


HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THEDCA SYSTEM

To turn on the DCA system, push the ProPI-LOT Assist switch on the steering wheel afterstarting the engine. The DCA ON indicator inthe vehicle information display will illuminate.

Push the ProPILOT Assist switch on the steer-ing wheel again to turn off the DCA system.The DCA ON indicator will turn off.

The system will start to operate after thevehicle speed becomes above approximately3 mph (5 km/h).

The ProPILOT Assist switch on the steeringwheel is used for the LDP, DCA and BSIsystems. When the ProPILOT Assist switchon the steering wheel is pushed, the LDPsystem will also turn on or off simultaneously.The DCA system can be individually set to onor off on the display. If the system is set tooff, the system will not turn on even if theProPILOT Assist switch on the steeringwheel is pushed to on. For additional infor-mation, refer to “Setting DCA system to ON/OFF” in this section.

Setting DCA system to ON/OFF:

The DCA can be turned on/off in the lowerdisplay.



3. Select “Forward Assist.”

4. Select “ON” to turn the “Distance Control”system on or off.

LSD3937


If the LDP, BSI and DCA systems are set tooff in the lower display and the ProPILOTAssist switch on the steering wheel is pushed,the LDP ON indicator, BSI ON indicator, andthe DCA ON indicator will blink for approxi-mately 2 seconds.

For additional information on LDP and BSI,see “Lane Departure Prevention (LDP)”(P. 5-40) and “Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI)”(P. 5-54).

DCA system display and indicators

The display is located between the speedom-eter and tachometer.

• Vehicle ahead detection indicator (green):

Indicates when a vehicle is detected ahead.

• Vehicle ahead detection indicator (orange):

The indicator comes on if there is a malfunc-tion in the DCA system.

DCA SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations ofthe DCA system. Failure to operate the ve-hicle in accordance with these system limi-tations could result in serious injury ordeath.

• This system will not adapt automaticallyto road conditions. Do not use the sys-tem on roads with sharp curves, or on icyroads, in heavy rain or in fog.

• The DCA system will not apply brakecontrol while the driver’s foot is on theaccelerator pedal.

• As there is a performance limit to thedistance control function, never relysolely on the DCA system. This systemdoes not correct careless, inattentive orabsent-minded driving, or overcomepoor visibility in rain, fog, or other badweather. Decelerate the vehicle speed bydepressing the brake pedal, dependingon the distance to the vehicle ahead andthe surrounding circumstances in orderto maintain a safe distance betweenvehicles.

LSD3579


• The system may not detect the vehicle infront of you in certain road or weatherconditions. To avoid accidents, never usethe DCA system under the followingconditions:

– On roads where the traffic is heavy orthere are sharp curves

– On slippery road surfaces such as onice or snow, etc.

– On off-road surfaces such as on sandor rock, etc.

– During bad weather (rain, fog, snow,etc.)

– When rain, snow or dirt adhere to thesensor area of the front bumper

– On steep downhill roads (frequentbraking may result in overheating thebrakes)

– On repeated uphill and downhill roads

– When traffic conditions make it diffi-cult to keep a proper distance be-tween vehicles because of frequentacceleration or deceleration

– When towing a trailer or other vehicle

– Interference by other radar sources

• In some road or traffic conditions, a ve-hicle or object can unexpectedly comeinto the sensor detection zone and causeautomatic braking. You may need tocontrol the distance from other vehiclesusing the accelerator pedal. Always stayalert and avoid using the DCA systemwhen it is not recommended in thissection.

The radar sensor will not detect the followingobjects:

• Stationary and slow moving vehicles

• Pedestrians or objects in the roadway

• Oncoming vehicles in the same lane

• Motorcycles traveling offset in the travellane

The following are some conditions in whichthe sensor cannot detect the signals:

• When the snow or road spray from travel-ing vehicles reduces the sensor’s visibility

• When excessively heavy baggage is loadedin the rear seat or the luggage room of yourvehicle


DCA DRIVING SITUATIONS

The detection zone of the sensor is limited. Avehicle ahead must be in the detection zonefor the system to operate.

A vehicle ahead may move outside of thedetection zone due to its position within thesame lane of travel. Motorcycles may not bedetected in the same lane ahead if they aretraveling offset from the center line of thelane. A vehicle that is entering the lane aheadmay not be detected until the vehicle hascompletely moved into the lane. If this oc-curs, the system may warn you by blinkingthe system indicator and sounding the

chime. The driver may have to manually con-trol the proper distance away from the ve-hicle traveling ahead.

SSD0252

DCA Detection Zone


When driving on some roads, such as wind-ing, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roadswhich are under construction, the sensor maydetect vehicles in a different lane, or maytemporarily not detect a vehicle travelingahead. This may cause the system to workinappropriately.

The detection of vehicles may also be af-fected by vehicle operation (steering maneu-ver or traveling position in the lane, etc.) orvehicle condition. If this occurs, the systemmay warn you by blinking the system indica-tor and sounding the chime unexpectedly.You will have to manually control the properdistance away from the vehicle travelingahead.


Condition A:

Under the following conditions, the DCA sys-tem is automatically canceled. The chime willsound and the DCA system switch indicatorwill blink. The system will not be able to beset.

• When the VDC system is off (To use theDCA system, turn on the VDC, then pushthe ProPILOT Assist switch on the steeringwheel.)

SSD0253

DCA Detection Zones On Winding Roads

LSD3203


For additional information about the VDCsystem, see “Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) system” (P. 5-154).

• When ABS or VDC (including the TCS) isoperating

• When the radar signal is temporarilyinterrupted

Action to take:

When the conditions listed above are no lon-ger present, turn the system off with ProPI-LOT Assist switch on the steering wheel.Turn the DCA system back on to use thesystem.

Condition B:

When the radar sensor area is covered withdirt or is obstructed, making it impossible todetect a vehicle ahead, the DCA system isautomatically canceled.

The chime sounds and the DCA systemwarning light (orange) will come on and the“Unavailable: Front Radar Blocked” warningwill appear.

Action to take:

If the warning light comes on, park the vehiclein a safe place, press the park button to placethe vehicle in the P (Park) position and turnthe engine off. When the radar signal is tem-

porarily interrupted, clean the sensor areaand restart the engine. If the “Unavailable:Front Radar Blocked” warning continues tobe displayed, have the DCA system checked.It is recommended you visit and INFINITIretailer for this service.

When driving on roads with limited roadstructures or buildings (for example, longbridges, deserts, snow fields, driving next tolong walls) the system may illuminate the sys-tem warning light (orange) and display the“Unavailable Front Radar Blocked” message.

Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist,the DCA system will resume automatically.

Condition C:

When the DCA system is not operating prop-erly, the chime sounds, the DCA systemwarning light (orange) and the system “Mal-function” warning message will appear in thevehicle information display.

Action to take:

If the DCA system warning light (orange) andthe warning message appear, stop the ve-hicle in a safe place and place the vehicle inthe P (Park) position. Turn the engine off,restart the engine, and turn on the DCA sys-tem again.

LSD2992


If it is not possible to set the system or theindicator stays on, it may indicate that thesystem is malfunctioning. Although the ve-hicle is still drivable under normal conditions,have the vehicle checked. It is recommendedthat you visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

The sensor for the DCA system is commonwith ICC and is located behind the frontbumper.

For additional information, see “IntelligentCruise Control (ICC) (for vehicles with ProPI-LOT Assist)” (P. 5-87).

For USA/Canada

Model: ARS4–A

IC: 4135A-ARS4A

FCC ID: OAYARS4A

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCCRules and with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subjectto the following two conditions: (1) This de-vice may not cause interference, and (2) thisdevice must accept any interference, includ-ing interference that may cause undesiredoperation of the device.

Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNRd'Industrie Canada applicables aux appareilsradio exempts de licence. L'exploitation estautorisée aux deux conditions suivantes: (1)L'appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage,et (2) l'utilisateur de l'appareil doit acceptertout brouillage radioélectrique subi, même sile brouillage est susceptible d'en comprom-ettre le fonctionnement.


This equipment complies with FCC and ICradiation exposure limits set forth for an un-controlled environment.


This transmitter must not be co-located oroperating in conjunction with any other an-tenna or transmitter.

Cet équipment est conforme aux limitesd’exposition aux rayonnements IC établiespour un environnement non contrôlé. Cetéquipment doit étre installé et utilisé avec unminimum de 30 cm de distance entre lasource de rayonnement et votre corps.

FCC Notice



WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use of the RAB systemcould result in serious injury or death.

• The RAB system is a supplemental aid tothe driver. It is not a replacement forproper driving procedures. Always usethe side and rear mirrors and turn andlook in the direction you will move beforeand while backing up. Never rely solelyon the RAB system. It is the driver’s re-sponsibility to stay alert, drive safely,and be in control of the vehicle at alltimes.

• Inclement weather or ultrasonic sourcessuch as an automatic car wash, a truck’scompressed-air brakes or a pneumaticdrill may affect the function of the sys-tem; this may include reduced perfor-mance or a false activation.

• There is a limitation to the RAB systemcapability. The RAB system is not effec-tive in all situations.

The RAB system can assist the driver whenthe vehicle is backing up and approachingobjects directly behind the vehicle.

The RAB system detects obstacles behindthe vehicle using the parking sensors O1 lo-cated on the rear bumper.

NOTE:

You can temporarily cancel the sonar func-tion in the vehicle, but the RAB system willcontinue to operate. For additional informa-tion, see “Front and rear sonar system”(P. 5-160).

LSD3559

REAR AUTOMATIC BRAKING (RAB)


RAB SYSTEM OPERATION

�1 RAB system warning light and RAB sys-tem warning indicator

�2 Lower display buttons

�3 Center display (if so equipped)

When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)position and the vehicle speed is less thanapproximately 9 mph (15 km/h), the RABsystem operates.

If a risk of a collision with an obstacle isdetected when your vehicle is backing up, theRAB system warning indicator will flash in thevehicle information display, a red frame willappear in the center display (for vehicles withthe Around View® Monitor system), and thesystem will chime three times. The system willthen automatically apply the brakes. Afterthe automatic brake application, the drivermust depress the brake pedal to maintainbrake pressure.

NOTE:• The brake lights of the vehicle come on

when braking is performed by the RABsystem.

• When the brakes operate, a noise may beheard. This is not a malfunction.

LSD3561


TURNING THE RAB SYSTEMON/OFF

Perform the following steps to turn the RABsystem ON or OFF.



3. Select “Emergency Assist.”

4. Select “ON” to turn the “Backward” sys-tem on or off.

When the RAB system is turned off, the RABsystem warning light illuminates.

NOTE:

The RAB system will be automaticallyturned on when the engine is restarted.

RAB SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations forthe RAB system. Failure to follow thewarnings and instructions for proper use ofthe RAB system could result in serious in-jury or death.

LSD3610


• When the vehicle approaches an ob-stacle while the accelerator or brakepedal is depressed, the function may notoperate or the start of operation may bedelayed. The RAB system may not oper-ate or may not perform sufficiently dueto vehicle conditions, driving conditions,the traffic environment, the weather,road surface conditions, etc. Do not waitfor the system to operate. Operate thebrake pedal by yourself as soon asnecessary.

• If it is necessary to override RAB opera-tion, strongly press the acceleratorpedal.

• Always check your surroundings andturn to check what is behind you beforeand while backing up. The RAB systemdetects stationary objects behind thevehicle. The RAB system does not detectthe following objects:

– Moving objects

– Low objects

– Narrow objects

– Wedge-shaped objects

– Objects close to the bumper (less thanapproximately 1 ft [30 cm])

– Objects that suddenly appear

– Thin objects such as rope, wire, chain,etc.

• The RAB system may not operate for thefollowing obstacles:

– Obstacles located high off the ground

– Obstacles in a position offset fromyour vehicle

– Obstacles, such as spongy materialsor snow, that have soft outer sur-faces and can easily absorb a soundwave

• The RAB system may not operate in thefollowing conditions:

– There is rain, snow, ice, dirt, etc., at-tached to the sonar sensors.

– A loud sound is heard in the areaaround the vehicle.

– The surface of the obstacle is diago-nal to the rear of the vehicle.

• The RAB system may unintentionally op-erate in the following conditions:

– There is overgrown grass in the areaaround the vehicle.

– There is a structure (e.g., a wall, tollgate equipment, a narrow tunnel, aparking lot gate) near the side of thevehicle.

– There are bumps, protrusions, ormanhole covers on the road surface.

– The vehicle drives through a drapedflag or a curtain.

– There is an accumulation of snow orice behind the vehicle.

– An ultrasonic wave source, such asanother vehicle’s sonar, is near thevehicle.

• Once the automatic brake control oper-ates, it does not operate again if the ve-hicle approaches the same obstacle.

• The automatic brake control can onlyoperate for a short period of time. There-fore, the driver must depress the brakepedal.

• In the following situations, the RAB sys-tem may not operate properly or may notfunction sufficiently:

– The vehicle is driven in bad weather(rain, fog, snow, etc.).

– The vehicle is driven on a steep hill.

– The vehicle’s posture is changed (e.g.,when driving over a bump).

– The vehicle is driven on a slipperyroad.

– The vehicle is turned sharply by turn-ing the steering wheel fully.


– Snow chains are used.

– Wheels or tires other than INFINITIrecommended are used.

– The brakes are cold at low ambienttemperatures or immediately afterdriving has started.

– The braking force becomes poor dueto wet brakes after driving through apuddle or washing the vehicle.

• Turn the RAB system off in the followingconditions to prevent the occurrence ofan unexpected accident resulting fromsudden system operation:

– The vehicle is towed.

– The vehicle is carried on a flatbedtruck.

– The vehicle is on the chassisdynamometer.

– The vehicle drives on an uneven roadsurface.

– Suspension parts other than thosedesignated as Genuine INFINITIparts are used. (If the vehicle heightor the vehicle body inclination ischanged, the system may not detectan obstacle correctly.)

– The vehicle is towing an object (if soequipped).

• Excessive noise (e.g., audio system vol-ume, an open vehicle window) will inter-fere with the chime sound, and it may notbe heard.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTION

If the RAB system malfunctions, it will beturned off automatically, the RAB systemwarning light will illuminate, and the “Systemfault” warning message will appear in thevehicle information display.

Action to take

If the warning light illuminates, park the ve-hicle in a safe location, turn the engine off,and restart the engine. If the warning lightcontinues to illuminate, have the RAB systemchecked. It is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

NOTE:

If the RAB system cannot be operated tem-porarily, the RAB system warning lightblinks.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

Observe the following items to ensure properoperation of the system:

• Always keep the parking sensors O1 clean.

• If the parking sensors are dirty, wipe themoff with a soft cloth while being careful tonot damage them.

• Do not subject the area around the parkingsensors O1 to strong impact. Also, do notremove or disassemble the parking sensors.If the parking sensors and peripheral areasare deformed in an accident, etc., have thesensors checked. It is recommended thatyou visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

LSD3559


• Do not install any stickers (including trans-parent stickers) or accessories on the park-ing sensors O1 and their surrounding areas.This may cause a malfunction or improperoperation.

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use of the FEB with Pedes-trian Detection system could result in seri-ous injury or death.

• The FEB with Pedestrian Detection sys-tem is a supplemental aid to the driver. Itis not a replacement for the driver’s at-tention to traffic conditions or responsi-bility to drive safely. It cannot preventaccidents due to carelessness or danger-ous driving techniques.

• The FEB with Pedestrian Detection sys-tem does not function in all driving, traf-fic, weather and road conditions.

The FEB with Pedestrian Detection systemcan assist the driver when there is a risk of aforward collision with the vehicle ahead in thetraveling lane or with a pedestrian ahead inthe traveling lane.

The FEB with Pedestrian Detection systemuses a radar sensor OA located on the front ofthe vehicle to measure the distance to thevehicle ahead in the same lane. For pedestri-ans, the FEB with Pedestrian Detection sys-tem uses a camera OB installed behind thewindshield in addition to the radar sensor.

LSD2954

FORWARD EMERGENCY BRAKING(FEB) WITH PEDESTRIANDETECTION SYSTEM


SYSTEM OPERATION 1. Vehicle ahead detection indicator

2. FEB with Pedestrian Detection emer-gency warning indicator

3. FEB with Pedestrian Detection systemwarning light

The FEB with Pedestrian Detection systemoperates at speeds above approximately 3mph (5 km/h). For the pedestrian detectionfunction, the FEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem operates at speeds between 6 – 37mph (10 – 60 km/h).

If a risk of a forward collision is detected, theFEB with Pedestrian Detection system willfirstly provide the warning to the driver byflashing the vehicle ahead detection indicator(yellow) in the vehicle information display andproviding an audible alert. If the driver appliesthe brakes quickly and forcefully after thewarning, and the FEB with Pedestrian De-tection system detects that there is still thepossibility of a forward collision, the systemwill automatically increase the braking force.

If the driver does not take action, the FEBwith Pedestrian Detection system issues thesecond visual (flashing) (red and white) andaudible warning. If the driver releases theaccelerator pedal, then the system appliespartial braking. If the risk of a collision be-comes imminent, the FEB with PedestrianDetection system applies harder brakingautomatically.

LSD3919


While the FEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem is operating, you may hear the soundof brake operation. This is normal and indi-cates that the FEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem is operating properly.

NOTE:

The vehicle’s brake lights come on when anybraking is performed by the FEB with Pedes-trian Detection system.

Depending on vehicle speed and distance tothe vehicle or pedestrian ahead, as well asdriving and roadway conditions, the systemmay help the driver avoid a forward collisionor may help mitigate the consequences if acollision should be unavoidable. If the driver ishandling the steering wheel, accelerating orbraking, the FEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem will function later or will not function.

The automatic braking will cease under thefollowing conditions:

• When the steering wheel is turned to avoida collision.

• When the accelerator pedal is depressed.

• When there is no longer a vehicle or a pe-destrian detected ahead.

If the FEB with Pedestrian Detection systemhas stopped the vehicle, the vehicle will re-main at a standstill for approximately 2 sec-onds before the brakes are released.


TURNING THE FEB WITHPEDESTRIAN DETECTIONSYSTEM ON/OFF

Perform the following steps to enable or dis-able the FEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem.




4. Select “ON” to turn the “Forward” systemon or off.

When the FEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem is turned off, the FEB with PedestrianDetection system warning light illuminates.

NOTE:• The FEB with Pedestrian Detection sys-

tem will be automatically turned on whenthe engine is restarted.

• The Predictive Forward Collision Warning(PFCW) system (if so equipped) is inte-grated into the FEB with Pedestrian De-tection system. There is not a separate se-lection in the lower display for the PFCWsystem. When the FEB with PedestrianDetection is turned off, the PFCW systemis also turned off.

LSD3610


FEB WITH PEDESTRIANDETECTION SYSTEMLIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations forthe FEB with Pedestrian Detection system.Failure to operate the vehicle in accor-dance with these system limitations couldresult in serious injury or death.

• The FEB with Pedestrian Detection sys-tem cannot detect all vehicles or pedes-trians under all conditions.

• The radar sensor FEB with PedestrianDetection system does not detect thefollowing objects:

– Small pedestrians (including smallchildren), animals and cyclists.

– Pedestrians in wheelchairs or usingmobile transport such as scooters,child-operated toys, or skateboards.

– Pedestrians who are seated or other-wise not in a full upright standing orwalking position.

– Oncoming vehicles

– Crossing vehicles

– Obstacles on the roadside

• The FEB with Pedestrian Detection sys-tem has some performance limitations.

– If a stationary vehicle is in the vehi-cle’s path, the FEB with PedestrianDetection system will not functionwhen the vehicle is driven at speedsover approximately 50 mph (80km/h).

– For pedestrian detection, the FEBwith Pedestrian Detection systemwill not function when the vehicle isdriven at speeds over approximately37 mph (60 km/h) or below approxi-mately 6 mph (10km/h).

• The FEB with Pedestrian Detection sys-tem will not function for pedestrians indarkness or in tunnels, even if there isstreet lighting in the area.

• For pedestrians, the FEB with Pedes-trian Detection system will not issue thefirst warning.

• The FEB with Pedestrian Detection sys-tem may not function if the vehicle aheadis narrow (for example, a motorcycle).

• The FEB with Pedestrian Detection sys-tem may not function if speed differencebetween the two vehicles is too small.

• The radar sensor FEB with PedestrianDetection system may not functionproperly or detect a vehicle ahead in thefollowing conditions:

– Poor visibility (conditions such asrain, snow, fog, dust storms, sand-storms, and road spray from othervehicles).

– Driving on a steep downhill slope orroads with sharp curves.

– Driving on a bumpy road surface, suchas an uneven dirt road.

– If dirt, ice, snow or other material iscovering the radar sensor area.


– The camera area of the windshield isfogged up, or covered with dirt, wa-ter drops, ice, snow, etc.

– Strong light (for example, sunlight orhigh beams from oncoming vehicles)enters the front camera. Strong lightcauses the area around the pedes-trian to be cast in a shadow, making itdifficult to see.

– A sudden change in brightness occurs.(For example, when the vehicle entersor exits a tunnel or a shaded area orlightning flashes.)


– The poor contrast of a person to thebackground, such as having clothingcolor or pattern which is similar to thebackground.

– The pedestrian’s profile is partiallyobscured or unidentifiable due to thepedestrian transporting luggage,wearing bulky or very loose-fittingclothing or accessories.

• The system performance may degrade inthe following conditions:

– The vehicle is driven on a slipperyroad.

– The vehicle is driven on a slope.

– Excessively heavy baggage is loadedin the rear seat or the trunk room ofyour vehicle.

• The system is designed to automaticallycheck the sensor’s (radar and camera)functionality, within certain limitations.The system may not detect blockage ofsensor areas covered by ice, snow orstickers, for example. In these cases, thesystem may not be able to warn thedriver properly. Be sure that you check,clean and clear sensor areas regularly.

• In some road and traffic conditions, theFEB with Pedestrian Detection systemmay unexpectedly apply partial braking.When acceleration is necessary, depressthe accelerator pedal to override thesystem.

• Excessive noise will interfere with thewarning chime sound, and the chime maynot be heard.


When driving on some roads, such as wind-ing, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roadswhich are under construction, the sensor maydetect vehicles in a different lane, or maytemporarily not detect a vehicle travelingahead. This may cause the system to workinappropriately.

The detection of vehicles may also be af-fected by vehicle operating (steering maneu-ver or traveling position in the lane, etc.) orvehicle condition. If this occurs, the systemmay warn you by blinking the system indica-tor and sounding the chime unexpectedly.You will have to manually control the properdistance away from the vehicle travelingahead.

SSD0253



Condition A:

In the following conditions, the FEB with Pe-destrian Detection system warning lightblinks and the system will be turned offautomatically.

• The radar sensor picks up interference fromanother radar source.

• The camera area of the windshield ismisted or frozen.

• Strong light is shining from the front.

• The cabin temperature is over approxi-mately 104°F (40°C) in direct sunlight.

• The camera area of the windshield glass iscontinuously covered with dirt, etc.

Action to take

When the above conditions no longer exist,the FEB with Pedestrian Detection systemwill resume automatically.

NOTE:

When the inside of the windshield or cameraarea is misted or frozen, it will take a periodof time to remove it after A/C turns ON. Ifdirt appears on this area have it checked. It isrecommended that you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for this service.

LSD3920


Condition B:

In the following conditions, the FEB with Pe-destrian Detection system warning light willilluminate, the system will be turned off au-tomatically and the “Unavailable: Front RadarBlocked” warning message will appear in thevehicle information display.

• The sensor area of the front bumper iscovered with dirt or is obstructed.

Action to take

If the warning light (orange) comes on, stopthe vehicle in a safe place, place the shift leverin the P (Park) position and turn the engineoff. Clean the radar sensor area of the frontbumper or the camera area of the windshieldwith a soft cloth, and restart the engine. If thewarning light continues to illuminate, havethe FEB with Pedestrian Detection systemchecked. It is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

When driving on roads with limited roadstructures or buildings (for example, longbridges, deserts, snow fields, driving next tolong walls).

Action to take

When the above conditions no longer exist,the FEB with pedestrian detection systemwill resume automatically.

NOTE:

If the FEB with Pedestrian Detection systemstops working, the PFCW system (if soequipped) will also stop working.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTION

If the FEB with Pedestrian Detection systemmalfunctions, it will be turned off automati-cally, a chime will sound, the FEB with Pedes-trian Detection system warning light (orange)will illuminate and the warning message[Malfunction] will appear in the vehicle infor-mation display.

Action to take

If the warning light (orange) comes on, stopthe vehicle in a safe location, turn the engineoff and restart the engine. If the warning lightcontinues to illuminate, have the FEB withPedestrian Detection system checked. It isrecommended that you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for this service.

NOTE:



SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

The radar sensor OA is located on the front ofthe vehicle. The camera OB is located on theupper side of the windshield.

To keep the FEB with Pedestrian Detectionsystem operating properly, be sure to ob-serve the following:

• Always keep sensor areas of the frontbumper and windshield clean.

• Do not strike or damage the areas aroundthe sensors (ex. Bumper, windshield).

• Do not cover or attach stickers, or installany accessory near the sensors. This couldblock sensor signals, and/or cause failureor malfunction.

• Do not attach metallic objects near the ra-dar sensor (brush guard, etc.). This couldcause failure or malfunction.

• Do not place reflective materials, such aswhite paper or a mirror, on the instrumentpanel. The reflection of sunlight may ad-versely affect the camera unit's detectioncapability.

• Do not alter, remove or paint the frontbumper. Before customizing or restoringthe front bumper, it is recommended thatyou visit an INFINITI retailer.

Radio frequency statement

For USA/Canada

Model: ARS4–A

IC: 4135A-ARS4A

FCC ID: OAYARS4A







LSD2954


Cet équipment est conforme aux limitesd’exposition aux rayonnements IC établiespour un environnement non contrôlé. Cetéquipment doit étre installé et utilisé avec unminimum de 30 cm de distance entre lasource de rayonnnement et votre corps.

FCC Notice


WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use of the PFCW systemcould result in serious injury or death.

• The PFCW system can help warn thedriver before a collision occurs but willnot avoid a collision. It is the driver’s re-sponsibility to stay alert, drive safely andbe in control of the vehicle at all times.

The PFCW system can help alert the driverwhen there is a sudden braking of a secondvehicle traveling in front of the vehicle aheadin the same lane.

The PFCW system uses a radar sensor OA

located on the front of the vehicle to measurethe distance to the vehicle ahead in the samelane.

LSD2952

PREDICTIVE FORWARD COLLISIONWARNING (PFCW)


1. Vehicle ahead detection indicator

2. FEB with Pedestrian Detection systemwarning light

LSD3921


PFCW SYSTEM OPERATION

The PFCW system operates at speeds aboveapproximately 3 mph (5 km/h).

If there is a potential risk of a forward colli-sion, the PFCW system will warn the driverby blinking the vehicle ahead detection indi-cator, and sounding an audible alert.

LSD2263


TURNING THE PFCW SYSTEMON/OFF

Perform the following steps to turn thePFCW system on or off.




4. Select “ON” to turn the “Forward” systemon or off.

When the PFCW system is turned off, theFEB with Pedestrian Detection system warn-ing light illuminates.

NOTE:• The PFCW system will be automatically

turned on when the engine is restarted.

• The PFCW system (if so equipped) is inte-grated into the FEB with Pedestrian De-tection system. There is not a separate se-lection in the lower display for the PFCWsystem. When the FEB with PedestrianDetection is turned off, the PFCW systemis also turned off.

LSD3610


PFCW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

LSD2312

Illustration A


WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations forthe PFCW system. Failure to operate thevehicle in accordance with these systemlimitations could result in serious injury ordeath.

• The PFCW system cannot detect all ve-hicles under all conditions.

• The radar sensor does not detect the fol-lowing objects:

– Pedestrians, animals or obstacles inthe roadway

– Oncoming vehicles

– Crossing vehicles

• (Illustration A) The PFCW system doesnot function when a vehicle ahead is anarrow vehicle, such as a motorcycle.

• The radar sensor may not detect a ve-hicle ahead in the following conditions:

– Snow or heavy rain.

– Dirt, ice, snow or other material cov-ering the radar sensor.


– Snow or road spray from travelingvehicles.

– Driving in a tunnel.

– (Illustration B) When the vehicleahead is being towed.

– (Illustration C) When the distance tothe vehicle ahead is too close, thebeam of the radar sensor isobstructed.

– (Illustration D) When driving on asteep downhill slope or roads withsharp curves.

LSD2265

Illustration B


• The system is designed to automaticallycheck the sensor’s functionality, withincertain limitations. The system may notdetect some forms of obstruction of thesensor area such as ice, snow, stickers,etc. In these cases, the system may notbe able to warn the driver properly. Besure that you check, clean and clear thesensor area regularly.

• Excessive noise will interfere with thewarning chime sound, and the chime maynot be heard.


LSD2266

Illustration C


LSD2313

Illustration D



Condition A

When the radar sensor picks up interferencefrom another radar source, making it impos-

sible to detect a vehicle ahead, the PFCWsystem is automatically turned off.

The FEB with Pedestrian Detection systemwarning light (orange) will illuminate.

Action to take

When the above conditions no longer exist,the PFCW system will resume automatically.

Condition B

When the sensor area of the front bumper iscovered with dirt or is obstructed, making itimpossible to detect a vehicle ahead, thePFCW system is automatically turned off.

The FEB with Pedestrian Detection systemwarning light (orange) will illuminate and the“Unavailable: Front Radar Blocked” warningmessage will appear in the vehicle informa-tion display.

Action to take

If the warning light (orange) comes on, stopthe vehicle in a safe place, press the Parkbutton to place the vehicle in the P (Park)position and turn the engine off. Clean theradar cover on the lower grille with a softcloth, and restart the engine. If the warninglight continues to illuminate, have the PFCWsystem checked. It is recommended that youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

LSD3920


• When driving on roads with limited roadstructures or buildings (for example, longbridges, deserts, snow fields, driving next tolong walls).

Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer existthe PFCW system will resume automatically

NOTE:


SYSTEM MALFUNCTION

If the PFCW system malfunctions, it will beturned off automatically, a chime will sound,the FEB with Pedestrian Detection systemwarning light (orange) will illuminate and thewarning message [Malfunction] will appearin the vehicle information display.

Action to take

If the warning light (orange) comes on, stopthe vehicle in a safe location, turn the engineoff and restart the engine. If the warning lightcontinues to illuminate, have the PFCW sys-tem checked. It is recommended that you visitan INFINITI retailer for this service.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

The sensor OA is located on the front of thevehicle.

To keep the system operating properly, besure to observe the following:

• Always keep the sensor area of the frontbumper clean.

• Do not strike or damage the areas aroundthe sensor.

• Do not cover or attach stickers or similarobjects on the front bumper near the sen-sor area. This could cause failure ormalfunction.

• Do not attach metallic objects near thesensor area (brush guard, etc.). This couldcause failure or malfunction.

• Do not alter, remove or paint the frontbumper. Before customizing or restoringthe front bumper, it is recommended thatyou visit an INFINITI retailer.

For USA/Canada

Model: ARS4–A

IC: 4135A-ARS4A

FCC ID: OAYARS4A



LSD2952






Cet équipment est conforme aux limitesd’exposition aux rayonnements IC établiespour un environnement non contrôlé. Cetéquipment doit étre installé et utilisé avec unminimum de 30 cm de distance entre lasource de rayonnement et votre corps.

FCC Notice


CAUTION

During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km),follow these recommendations to obtainmaximum engine performance and ensurethe future reliability and economy of yournew vehicle. Failure to follow these recom-mendations may result in shortened enginelife and reduced engine performance.

• Avoid driving for long periods at constantspeed, either fast or slow, and do not runthe engine over 4,000 rpm.

• Do not accelerate at full throttle in anygear.

• Avoid quick starts.

• Avoid hard braking as much as possible.

• Do not tow a trailer for the first 500 miles(805 kilometers). Your engine, axle or otherparts could be damaged.

Follow these easy-to-use Fuel Efficient Driv-ing Tips to help you achieve the most fueleconomy from your vehicle.

1. Use Smooth Accelerator and Brake PedalApplication

• Avoid rapid starts and stops.

• Use smooth, gentle accelerator andbrake application whenever possible.

• Maintain constant speed while com-muting and coast whenever possible.

2. Maintain Constant Speed

• Look ahead to try and anticipate andminimize stops.

• Synchronizing your speed with trafficlights allows you to reduce your numberof stops.

• Maintaining a steady speed can mini-mize red light stops and improve fuelefficiency.

3. Use Air Conditioning (A/C) at Higher Ve-hicle Speeds

• Below 40 mph (64 km/h), it is moreefficient to open windows to cool thevehicle due to reduced engine load.

• Above 40 mph (64 km/h), it is moreefficient to use A/C to cool the vehicledue to increased aerodynamic drag.

BREAK-IN SCHEDULE FUEL EFFICIENT DRIVING TIPS


• Recirculating the cool air in the cabinwhen the A/C is on reduces coolingload.

4. Drive at Economical Speeds andDistances

• Observing the speed limit and not ex-ceeding 60 mph (97 km/h) (where le-gally allowed) can improve fuel effi-ciency due to reduced aerodynamicdrag.

• Maintaining a safe following distancebehind other vehicles reduces unneces-sary braking.

• Safely monitoring traffic to anticipatechanges in speed permits reduced brak-ing and smooth acceleration changes.

• Select a gear range suitable to roadconditions.

5. Use Cruise Control

• Using cruise control during highwaydriving helps maintain a steady speed.

• Cruise control is particularly effective inproviding fuel savings when driving onflat terrains.

6. Plan for the Shortest Route

• Utilize a map or navigation system todetermine the best route to save time.

7. Avoid Idling

• Shutting off your engine when safe forstops exceeding 30–60 seconds savesfuel and reduces emissions.

8. Buy an Automated Pass for Toll Roads

• Automated passes permit drivers to usespecial lanes to maintain cruising speedthrough the toll and avoid stopping andstarting.

9. Winter Warm Up

• Limit idling time to minimize impact tofuel economy.

• Vehicles typically need no more than 30seconds of idling at start-up to effec-tively circulate the engine oil beforedriving.

• Your vehicle will reach its ideal operat-ing temperature more quickly while driv-ing versus idling.

10. Keeping your Vehicle Cool

• Park your vehicle in a covered parkingarea or in the shade whenever possible.

• When entering a hot vehicle, openingthe windows will help to reduce the in-side temperature faster, resulting in re-duced demand on your A/C system.

• Keep your engine tuned up.

• Follow the recommended scheduledmaintenance.

• Keep the tires inflated to the correct pres-sure. Low tire pressure increases tire wearand lowers fuel economy.

• Keep all the wheels in correct alignment.Improper alignment increases tire wear andlowers fuel economy.

• Use the recommended viscosity engine oil.For additional information, see “Engine oiland oil filter recommendations” (P. 10-6).

INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY


If any malfunction occurs in the IntelligentAWD system while the engine is running,messages are displayed in the meter.

If the AWD error warning message is dis-played, there may be a malfunction in theIntelligent AWD system. Reduce vehiclespeed and have your vehicle checked as soonas possible. It is recommended that you visitan INFINITI retailer for this service.

The AWD high temperature message may bedisplayed while trying to free a stuck vehicledue to increased oil temperature. The drivingmode may change to 2-Wheel Drive (2WD).If this message is displayed, stop the vehiclewith the engine idling, as soon as it is safe todo so. Then if the message turns off, you cancontinue driving.

The tire size message may be displayed ifthere is a large difference between the diam-eters of front and rear wheels. Pull off theroad in a safe area, with the engine idling.Check that all tire sizes are the same, that thetire pressure is correct and that the tires arenot excessively worn.

If any warning messages continue to be dis-played, have your vehicle checked as soon aspossible. It is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

LSD2082 LSD2083 LSD2084

INTELLIGENT ALL-WHEEL DRIVE(AWD) (if so equipped)


WARNING

• Do not drive beyond the performance ca-pability of the tires. Accelerating quickly,sharp steering maneuvers or suddenbraking may cause loss of control, evenwith Intelligent AWD engaged.

• For AWD equipped vehicles, do not at-tempt to raise two wheels off the groundand shift the transmission to any drive orreverse position with the engine running.Doing so may result in drivetrain damageor unexpected vehicle movement whichcould result in serious personal injury orvehicle damage.

• Do not attempt to test an AWDequipped vehicle on a 2-wheel dyna-mometer (such as the dynamometersused by some states for emissions test-ing) or similar equipment even if theother two wheels are raised off theground. Make sure that you inform thetest facility personnel that your vehicle isequipped with AWD before it is placedon a dynamometer. Using the wrong testequipment may result in drivetrain dam-age or unexpected vehicle movementwhich could result in serious personal in-jury or vehicle damage.

CAUTION

• Do not operate the engine on a free rollerwhen any of the wheels are raised.

• If you use the free roller, rotate fourwheels with the same speed withoutraising any wheels.

• If an AWD warning message is displayedwhile driving there may be a malfunctionin the AWD system. Reduce the vehiclespeed immediately and have your vehiclechecked as soon as possible. It is recom-mended that you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for this service.

• The powertrain may be damaged if youcontinue driving when the AWD tem-perature or tire size incorrect messagesare displayed.

• If the AWD high temperature message isdisplayed while you are driving, pull offthe road in a safe area, and idle the en-gine. The driving mode will change to2WD to prevent the AWD system frommalfunctioning. If the warning messageturns off, you can drive again.

• If the tire size incorrect message is dis-played while you are driving, pull off theroad in a safe area with the engine idling.Check that all tire sizes are the same,that the tire pressure is correct and thatthe tires are not excessively worn.

• If a warning message continues to be dis-played after the above operations, haveyour vehicle checked as soon as possible.It is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.


WARNING

• Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as dry grass,waste paper or rags. They may ignite andcause a fire.

• Safe parking procedures require thatboth the parking brake be set and thetransmission placed into P (Park). Fail-ure to do so could cause the vehicle tomove unexpectedly or roll away and re-sult in an accident. Make sure the shiftlever has been pushed as far forward as itcan go and cannot be moved without de-pressing the foot brake pedal.

• Never leave the engine running while thevehicle is unattended.

• Do not leave children unattended insidethe vehicle. They could unknowingly ac-tivate switches or controls or make thevehicle move. Unattended children couldbecome involved in serious accidents.


1. Apply the electronic parking brake.


3. To help prevent the vehicle from rollinginto traffic when parked on an incline, it isa good practice to turn the wheels asillustrated.

• HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB

OA :

Turn the wheels into the curb and movethe vehicle forward until the curb sidewheel gently touches the curb.

• HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB OB :

Turn the wheels away from the curb andmove the vehicle back until the curb sidewheel gently touches the curb.

WSD0050

PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS


• HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL,NO CURB OC :

Turn the wheels toward the side of theroad so the vehicle will move away fromthe center of the road if it moves.

4. Place the ignition switch in the LOCKposition.

ELECTRIC POWER STEERINGTYPE

WARNING

• If the engine is not running or is turnedoff while driving, the power assist for thesteering will not work. Steering will beharder to operate.

• When the power steering warning lightilluminates with the engine running,there will be no power assist for thesteering. You will still have control of thevehicle, but the steering will be harder tooperate. Have the power steering sys-tem checked. It is recommended that youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

The power steering system is designed toprovide power assist while driving to operatethe steering wheel with light force.

When the steering wheel is operated repeat-edly or continuously while parking or drivingat a very low speed, the power assist for thesteering wheel will be reduced. This is to pre-vent overheating of the power steering sys-tem and protect it from getting damaged.While the power assist is reduced, steeringwheel operation will become heavy. Whenthe temperature of the power steering sys-tem goes down, the power assist level will

return to normal. Avoid repeating such steer-ing wheel operations that could cause thepower steering system to overheat.

You may hear a sound when the steeringwheel is operated quickly. However, this isnot a malfunction.

If the power steering warning light illumi-nates while the engine is running, it may indi-cate the power steering system is not func-tioning properly and may need servicing.Have the power steering system checked. It isrecommended that you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for this service.

When the power steering warning light illu-minates with the engine running, there will beno power assist for the steering, but you willstill have control of the vehicle. At this time,greater steering effort is required to operatethe steering wheel, especially in sharp turnsand at low speeds.

For additional information, see “Power steer-ing warning light” (P. 2-16).

POWER STEERING


DIRECT ADAPTIVE STEERING®TYPE

WARNING

• When the power steering warning lightilluminates with the engine running, thepower assist for the steering will ceaseoperation. You will still have control ofthe vehicle, but the steering will beharder to operate.

• If wheels or tires other than the INFINITIrecommended ones are used, DirectAdaptive Steering® may not operateproperly and the power steering warninglight may illuminate.

• Do not modify the vehicle’s suspensionparts such as shock absorbers, struts,springs, stabilizer bars, bushings andwheels are not INFINITI recommendedfor your vehicle or are extremely deterio-rated, Direct Adaptive Steering may notoperate properly and the power steeringwarning light may illuminate.

• Do not modify the vehicle’s steering. Ifsteering parts are not INFINITI recom-mended for your vehicle or are extremelydeteriorated, Direct Adaptive Steeringmay not operate properly and the powersteering warning light may illuminate.

• If the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)OFF indicator light illuminates, thepower steering warning light may alsoilluminate at the same time. Stop the ve-hicle in a safe location, turn the engineoff and restart the engine. If the powersteering warning light continues to illu-minate, have the system checked. It isrecommended that you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service. For additional in-formation, see “Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) system” (P. 5-154).

CAUTION

• Do not place the ignition switch in theON position while the steering wheel or atire is removed.

• Do not turn the steering wheel as muchas possible while the ignition switch isany position other than the ON position.

• Installing an accessory on the steeringwheel, or changing the steering wheel,may reduce the steering performance.

Direct Adaptive Steering is designed to con-trol the steering force and steering angle ac-cording to the vehicle speed and amount ofturning of the steering wheel.

The steering characteristic can be selectedusing the INFINITI Drive Mode Selector. Foradditional information, see “INFINITI DriveMode Selector” (P. 2-22).

If the VDC system is turned off, the setting ofsteering becomes Standard mode.

If the power steering warning light illumi-nates while the engine is running, it may indi-cate that Direct Adaptive Steering is notfunctioning properly and may need servicing.Have the system checked. It is recommendedthat you visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice. For additional information, see“Power steering warning light” (P. 2-16)

When the power steering warning light illu-minates with the engine running, the powerassist for the steering will cease operation.You will still have control of the vehicle. How-ever, greater steering effort will be needed,especially in sharp turns and at low speeds.

If Direct Adaptive Steering is malfunctioning,the steering wheel may turn slightly evenwhen driving on a straight road.

Under the following conditions, the steeringwheel may turn slightly even when driving ona straight road. This is due to a protectionmechanism for Direct Adaptive Steering. The


steering wheel will return to the normal posi-tion after the protection mechanism isdeactivated.

Condition A:

• When the engine is stalled or likely to bestalled

• When the steering wheel is held in the fulllock position or when the front tire touchesan obstruction

• When the battery is discharged

To return the steering wheel to the normalposition, stop the vehicle in a safe locationand stop operating the steering wheel. Thendrive the vehicle for a short period of time.

Condition B:

• When the steering wheel is operated re-peatedly or continuously while parking ordriving at a very low speed. In this case, thepower assist for the steering wheel will bereduced.

To return the steering wheel to the normalposition, stop the vehicle in a safe locationand wait for a period of time, without oper-ating the steering wheel, until the tempera-ture of Direct Adaptive Steering cools down.Avoid repeated steering wheel operationsthat could cause Direct Adaptive Steering tooverheat.

When the vehicle is tested on the 2–wheeldynamometer, the power steering warninglight may illuminate. To turn off the powersteering warning light, stop the vehicle in asafe location, turn the engine off, restart theengine, and then drive the vehicle for a periodof time.

The following conditions do not indicate amalfunction of Direct Adaptive Steering:

• You may notice wider steering play whenthe ignition switch is in the OFF or AUTOACC position compared to when it is in theON position.

• After the engine is started, the steeringwheel may turn slightly even when driving astraight road. To return to the normal posi-tion, drive the vehicle on a straight road fora period of time.

• After the engine is started, the steeringwheel may move if the steering wheel wasturned to the fully locked position while theignition switch was in the OFF position.

• After the vehicle is tested on the 4–wheeldynamometer, the steering wheel may turnslightly even when driving on a straightroad. To return the steering wheel to thenormal position, drive the vehicle on astraight road for a period of time.

You may hear a noise under the followingconditions. However, this is not a malfunc-tion.

• When the engine is started or stopped.

• When the steering wheel is turned in the fulllock position.


The brake system has two separate hydrauliccircuits. If one circuit malfunctions, you willstill have braking at two wheels.

BRAKE PRECAUTIONS

Vacuum assisted brakes

The brake booster aids braking by using en-gine vacuum. If the engine stops, you canstop the vehicle by depressing the brakepedal. However, greater foot pressure on thebrake pedal will be required to stop the ve-hicle and stopping distance will be longer.

Using the brakes

Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedalwhile driving. This will overheat the brakes,wear out the brake pads faster, and reducegas mileage.

To help reduce brake wear and to prevent thebrakes from overheating, reduce speed anddownshift to a lower gear before going downa slope or long grade. Overheated brakesmay reduce braking performance and couldresult in loss of vehicle control.

WARNING

• While driving on a slippery surface, becareful when braking, accelerating ordownshifting. Abrupt braking or accel-erating could cause the wheels to skidand result in an accident.

• If the engine is not running or is turnedoff while driving, the power assist for thebrakes will not work. Braking will beharder.

Wet brakes

When the vehicle is washed or driven throughwater, the brakes may get wet. As a result,your braking distance will be longer and thevehicle may pull to one side during braking.

To dry the brakes, drive the vehicle at a safespeed while lightly pressing the brake pedal toheat up the brakes. Do this until the brakesreturn to normal. Avoid driving the vehicle athigh speeds until the brakes function correctly.

Parking brake break-in

Break in the parking brake shoes wheneverthe stopping effect of the parking brake isweakened or whenever the parking brakeshoes and/or rotors are replaced, in order toassure the best brake performance.

This procedure is described in the INFINITIService Manual. It is recommended that youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM(ABS)

WARNING

• The ABS is a sophisticated device, but itcannot prevent accidents resulting fromcareless or dangerous driving tech-niques. It can help maintain vehicle con-trol during braking on slippery surfaces.Remember that stopping distances onslippery surfaces will be longer than onnormal surfaces even with ABS. Stop-ping distances may also be longer onrough, gravel or snow covered roads, orif you are using tire chains. Always main-tain a safe distance from the vehicle infront of you. Ultimately, the driver is re-sponsible for safety.

• Tire type and condition may also affectbraking effectiveness.

– When replacing tires, install thespecified size of tires on all fourwheels.

BRAKE SYSTEM


– When installing a spare tire, makesure that it is the proper size and typeas specified on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. For additional in-formation, see “Tire and Loading In-formation label” (P. 8-28).

– For additional information, see“Wheels and tires” (P. 8-27).

The ABS controls the brakes so the wheels donot lock during hard braking or when brakingon slippery surfaces. The system detects therotation speed at each wheel and varies thebrake fluid pressure to prevent each wheelfrom locking and sliding. By preventing eachwheel from locking, the system helps thedriver maintain steering control and helps tominimize swerving and spinning on slipperysurfaces.

Using the system

Depress the brake pedal and hold it down.Depress the brake pedal with firm steadypressure, but do not pump the brakes. TheAnti-lock Braking System will operate to pre-vent the wheels from locking up. Steer thevehicle to avoid obstacles.

WARNING

Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing so mayresult in increased stopping distances.

Self-test feature

The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) includeselectronic sensors, electric pumps, hydraulicsolenoids and a computer. The computer hasa built-in diagnostic feature that tests thesystem each time you start the engine andmove the vehicle at a low speed in forward orreverse. When the self-test occurs, you mayhear a “clunk” noise and/or feel a pulsation inthe brake pedal. This is normal and does notindicate a malfunction. If the computersenses a malfunction, it switches the ABS offand illuminates the ABS warning light on theinstrument panel. The brake system then op-erates normally but without anti-lockassistance.

If the ABS warning light illuminates duringthe self-test or while driving, have the vehiclechecked. It is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

Normal operation

The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) operatesat speeds above 3 - 6 mph (5 - 10 km/h). Thespeed varies according to road conditions.

When the ABS senses that one or morewheels are close to locking up, the actuatorrapidly applies and releases hydraulic pres-sure. This action is similar to pumping thebrakes very quickly. You may feel a pulsationin the brake pedal and hear a noise fromunder the hood or feel a vibration from theactuator when it is operating. This is normaland indicates that the ABS is operating prop-erly. However, the pulsation may indicatethat road conditions are hazardous and extracare is required while driving.

BRAKE ASSIST

When the force applied to the brake pedalexceeds a certain level, the Brake Assist isactivated generating greater braking forcethan a conventional brake booster even withlight pedal force.


WARNING

The Brake Assist is only an aid to assistbraking operation and is not a collisionwarning or avoidance device. It is the driv-er’s responsibility to stay alert, drive safelyand be in control of the vehicle at all times.

The VDC system uses various sensors tomonitor driver inputs and vehicle motion. Un-der certain driving conditions, the VDC sys-tem helps to perform the following functions:

• Controls brake pressure to reduce wheelslip on one slipping drive wheel so power istransferred to a non-slipping drive wheelon the same axle.

• Controls brake pressure and engine outputto reduce drive wheel slip based on vehiclespeed (traction control function).

• Controls brake pressure at individualwheels and engine output to help the drivermaintain control of the vehicle in the fol-lowing conditions:

Understeer (vehicle tends to not follow thesteered path despite increased steering input)

Oversteer (vehicle tends to spin due to certainroad or driving conditions)

The VDC system can help the driver to main-tain control of the vehicle, but it cannot pre-vent loss of vehicle control in all drivingsituations.

When the VDC system operates, theindicator light in the instrument panel flashesto note the following:

• The road may be slippery or the system maydetermine some action is required to helpkeep the vehicle on the steered path.

• You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedaland hear a noise or vibration from under thehood. This is normal and indicates that theVDC system is working properly.

• Adjust your speed and driving to the roadconditions.

For additional information, see “Slip indicatorlight” (P. 2-16) and ”Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) OFF indicator light” (P. 2-17).

If a malfunction occurs in the system, theand indicator lights come on in the

instrument panel. The VDC system automati-cally turns off when these indicator lights areon.

The lower display is used to turn off the VDCsystem. When the VDC system is turned off,the indicator light, the RAB systemwarning light, and the FEB with PedestrianDetection system warning light illuminate toindicate the VDC, FEB with Pedestrian De-tection, and RAB systems are off.

When the lower display is used to turn off thesystem, the VDC system still operates to pre-vent one drive wheel from slipping by trans-ferring power to a non-slipping drive wheel.The indicator light flashes if this occurs.All other VDC functions are off and theindicator light will not flash.

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)SYSTEM


The VDC system is automatically reset to onwhen the ignition switch is placed in the OFFposition then back to the ON position.

The computer has a built-in diagnostic fea-ture that tests the system each time you startthe engine and move the vehicle forward or inreverse at a slow speed. When the self-testoccurs, you may hear a clunk noise and/orfeel a pulsation in the brake pedal. This isnormal and is not an indication of amalfunction.

WARNING

• The VDC system is designed to help thedriver maintain controllability but doesnot prevent accidents due to abruptsteering operation at high speeds or bycareless or dangerous driving tech-niques. Reduce vehicle speed and be es-pecially careful when driving and corner-ing on slippery surfaces and always drivecarefully.

• Do not modify the vehicle's suspension.If suspension parts such as shock ab-sorbers, struts, springs, stabilizer bars,bushings and wheels are not INFINITIrecommended for your vehicle or are ex-tremely deteriorated, the VDC systemmay not operate properly. This could ad-versely affect vehicle handling perfor-mance, and the indicator light mayflash or both the and indicatorlights may illuminate.

• If brake related parts such as brake pads,rotors and calipers are not INFINITI rec-ommended or are extremely deterio-rated, the VDC system may not operateproperly and both the and theindicator lights may illuminate.

• If engine control related parts are notINFINITI recommended or are extremelydeteriorated, both the andindicator lights may illuminate.

• When driving on extremely inclined sur-faces such as higher banked corners, theVDC system may not operate properlyand the indicator light may flash orboth the and indicator lightsmay illuminate. Do not drive on thesetypes of roads.

• When driving on an unstable surfacesuch as a turntable, ferry, elevator orramp, the indicator light may flashor both the and indicatorlights may illuminate. This is not a mal-function. Restart the engine after driv-ing onto a stable surface.

• If wheels or tires other than the INFINITIrecommended ones are used, the VDCsystem may not operate properly andthe indicator light may flash or boththe and indicator lights mayilluminate.

• The VDC system is not a substitute forwinter tires or tire chains on a snow cov-ered road.

BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTIONDuring braking while driving through turns,the system optimizes the distribution of forceto each of the four wheels depending on theradius of the turn.


WARNING

• The VDC system is designed to help thedriver maintain controllability but doesnot prevent accidents due to abruptsteering operation at high speeds or bycareless or dangerous driving tech-niques. Reduce vehicle speed and be es-pecially careful when driving and corner-ing on slippery surfaces and always drivecarefully.

• Do not modify the vehicle’s suspension.If suspension parts such as shock ab-sorbers, struts, springs, stabilizer bars,bushings and wheels are not INFINITIrecommended for your vehicle or are ex-tremely deteriorated, the VDC systemmay not operate properly. This could ad-versely affect vehicle handling perfor-mance, and the indicator light mayflash or both the and indicatorlights may illuminate.

• If brake related parts such as brake pads,rotors and calipers are not INFINITI rec-ommended or are extremely deterio-rated, the VDC system may not operateproperly and both the and theindicator lights may illuminate.

• If engine control related parts are notINFINITI recommended or are extremelydeteriorated, both the andindicator lights may illuminate.

• When driving on extremely inclined sur-faces such as higher banked corners, theVDC system may not operate properlyand the indicator light may flash orboth the and indicator lightsmay illuminate. Do not drive on thesetypes of roads.

• When driving on an unstable surfacesuch as a turntable, ferry, elevator orramp, the indicator light may flashor both the and indicatorlights may illuminate. This is not a mal-function. Restart the engine after driv-ing onto a stable surface.

• If wheels or tires other than the INFINITIrecommended ones are used, the VDCsystem may not operate properly andthe indicator light may flash or boththe and indicator lights mayilluminate.

• The VDC system is not a substitute forwinter tires or tire chains on a snow cov-ered road.

The chassis control is an electric control mod-ule that includes the following functions:

• Active Trace Control

• Active Engine Brake

• Active Ride Control

ACTIVE TRACE CONTROLThis system senses driving based on the driv-er’s steering and acceleration/braking pat-terns, and controls brake pressure at indi-vidual wheels to help smooth vehicleresponse.

When the lower display is used to turn off theVehicle Dynamic Control system, the ActiveTrace Control system is also turned off.

The Active Trace Control can be set to on(enabled) or off (disabled) through the lowerdisplay “Drive Mode Selector” menu option.

CHASSIS CONTROL


When the Active Trace Control is operatedand the “Chassis Control” mode is selected inthe vehicle information display, the ActiveTrace Control graphics are shown in the ve-hicle information display.

If the chassis control warning message ap-pears in the vehicle information display, itmay indicate that the Active Trace Control isnot functioning properly. Have the systemchecked as soon as possible by an INFINITIdealer.

WARNING

The Active Trace Control may not be effec-tive depending on the driving condition. Al-ways drive carefully and attentively.

When the Active Trace Control is operating,you may feel a pulsation in the brake pedaland hear a noise. This is normal and indicatesthat the Active Trace Control is operatingproperly.

You may also feel deceleration when the Ac-tive Trace Control is operating. However, thisis not a malfunction.

Even if the Active Trace Control is set to OFF,some functions will remain on to assist thedriver (for example: avoidance scenes).

ACTIVE ENGINE BRAKE

The Active Engine Brake function adds subtledeceleration by controlling ContinuouslyVariable Transmission (CVT) gear ratio, de-pending on the cornering condition calcu-lated from the driver's steering input and plu-ral sensors. This benefit is for easiertraceability and less workload of adjustingspeed with braking at corners.

The Active Engine Brake also enhances brak-ing feel by adding subtle deceleration withCVT gear ratio control according to the driv-er's brake pedal operation

The Active Engine Brake can be set to on(enabled) or off (disabled) through the lowerdisplay “Drive Mode Selector” menu option.

LSD2185


When the Active Engine Brake is operated atcorners and the “Chassis Control” mode isselected in the vehicle information display,the Active Engine Brake graphics are shownin the vehicle information display.

If the chassis control warning message ap-pears in the vehicle information display, itmay indicate that the Active Engine Brake isnot functioning properly. Have the systemchecked as soon as possible. It is recom-mended that you visit an INFINITI retailer forthis service.

WARNING

The Active Engine Brake may not be effec-tive depending on the driving condition. Al-ways drive carefully and attentively.

When the Active Engine Brake is operating,the needle of the tachometer will rise up andyou may hear an engine noise. This is normaland indicates that the Active Engine Brake isoperating properly.

You may also feel deceleration when the Ac-tive Engine Brake is operating. However, thisis not a malfunction.

ACTIVE RIDE CONTROL

This system senses upper body motion(based on wheel speed information) and con-trols four wheel brake pressure. This will en-hance ride comfort in an effort to restrainuncomfortable upper body movement whenpassing over undulated road surfaces.

When the lower display is used to turn off theVDC system, the Active Ride Control is alsoturned off.

When the Active Ride Control is operatedand the “Chassis Control” mode is selected inthe vehicle information display, the ActiveRide Control graphics are shown in the ve-hicle information display.

LSD2185


If the chassis control system error warningmessage appears in the vehicle informationdisplay, it may indicate that the Active RideControl is not functioning properly. Have thesystem checked as soon as possible. It is rec-ommended that you visit an INFINITI retailerfor this service.

When the Active Ride Control is operating,you may hear noise and sense slight decel-eration. This is normal and indicates that theActive Ride Control is operating properly.

WARNING

• Never rely solely on the hill start assistsystem to prevent the vehicle from mov-ing backward on a hill. Always drivecarefully and attentively. Depress thebrake pedal when the vehicle is stoppedon a steep hill. Be especially careful whenstopped on a hill on frozen or muddyroads. Failure to prevent the vehiclefrom rolling backwards may result in aloss of control of the vehicle and possibleserious injury or death.

• The hill start assist system is not de-signed to hold the vehicle at a standstillon a hill. Depress the brake pedal whenthe vehicle is stopped on a steep hill. Fail-ure to do so may cause the vehicle to rollbackwards and may result in a collision orserious personal injury.

• The hill start assist system may not pre-vent the vehicle from rolling backwardson a hill under all load or road conditions.Always be prepared to depress the brakepedal to prevent the vehicle from rollingbackwards. Failure to do so may result ina collision or serious personal injury.

When the vehicle is stopped on a hill, the hillstart assist system automatically keeps thebrakes applied to help prevent the vehiclefrom rolling backward in the time it takes thedriver to release the brake pedal and applythe accelerator.

The hill start assist system will operate auto-matically under the following conditions:

• The transmission is shifted to a forward orreverse gear.

• The vehicle is stopped completely on a hillby applying the brake. The maximum hold-ing time is 2 seconds. After 2 seconds thevehicle will begin to roll back and the hillstart assist system will stop operatingcompletely.

The hill start assist system will not operatewhen the shift lever is placed in the N (Neu-tral), the Park button is pressed to place thevehicle in the P (Park) position or on a flat andlevel road.

The Hill Start Assist function status can bechecked in the “Chassis Control” mode in thevehicle information display. For additional in-formation, see “Vehicle information display”(P. 2-19).

LSD3922

HILL START ASSIST SYSTEM


The sonar system sounds a tone to inform thedriver of obstacles near the bumper.

When the sonar system is turned on, thesonar view will automatically appear in thecenter display when the camera is activated.

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instruc-tions for proper use of the sonar systemcould result in serious injury or death.

• The sonar system is not a replacementfor proper driving procedures and is notdesigned to prevent contact with ve-hicles or objects.

• The driver is always responsible forsafety during parking and other maneu-vers. Always look around and check thatit is safe to do so before parking.

• This function is designed as an aid to thedriver in detecting large stationary ob-jects to help avoid damaging the vehicle.

If your vehicle sustains damage to the bumperfascia, leaving it misaligned or bent, the sensingzone may be altered causing inaccurate mea-surement of obstacles or false alarm.

CAUTION

• Excessive noise (such as audio system vol-ume or an open vehicle window) will inter-fere with the tone and it may not be heard.

• Keep the sonar sensors (located on thebumper fascias) free from snow, ice andlarge accumulations of dirt. Do not cleanthe sensors with sharp objects. If thesensors are covered, the accuracy of thesonar function will be diminished.

SYSTEM OPERATION

The system informs with a visual and audiblesignal of front obstacles when the shift leveris in the D (Drive) position and both front andrear obstacles when the shift lever is in the R(Reverse) position.

LSD3923 LSD2993

FRONT AND REAR SONAR SYSTEM(if so equipped)


Sonar Operation Table

FR Sensor RR Sensor

Range Sound Display Sound Display

P x † x †

R o o o o

N x † x †

D o o x †

o – Display/Beep when detect

† – Display on camera view

x – No Display and Beep

The system is deactivated at speeds above 6mph (10 km/h). It is reactivated at lowerspeeds.

The intermittent tone will stop after 3 sec-onds when an obstacle is detected by onlythe corner sensor and the distance does notchange. The tone will stop when the obstacleget away from the vehicle.

When the object is detected, the indicator(green) appears and blinks and the tonesounds intermittently. When the vehiclemoves closer to the object, the color of theindicator turns yellow and the rate of theblinking increases. When the vehicle is veryclose to the object, the indicator stops blink-ing and turns red, and the tone soundscontinuously.

When the corner of the vehicle moves closerto an object, the corner sonar indicator OA

appears. When the center of the vehiclemoves close to an object, the center sonar (ifso equipped) indicator OB appears.

The system indicators OA will appear whenthe vehicle moves closer to an object.

LSD2136 LSD2137


HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THESONAR SYSTEM

The system is automatically activated whenthe ignition is in the ON position and the shiftlever is in the R (Reverse) position.

Perform the following steps to enable or dis-able the sonar system:

Type A (if so equipped):


2. Select “Settings.”

3. Select “Parking Sonar”

4. Select “Front” to turn the front sonar sen-sors on or off.

• Select “Rear” to turn the rear sonar sensorson or off.

LSD3577



Type B (if so equipped):


2. Select “Settings.”

3. Select “Parking Sonar”

4. Select “Rear” to turn the Rear Sonar Sys-tem on or off.

SONAR LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations forthe sonar system. Failure to operate thevehicle in accordance with these systemlimitations could result in serious injury ordeath.

• Read and understand the limitations ofthe sonar system as contained in thissection. Inclement weather may affectthe function of the sonar system; thismay include reduced performance or afalse activation.

• The system is deactivated at speedsabove 6 mph (10 km/h). It is reactivatedat lower speeds.

LSD3578



• Inclement weather or ultrasonic sourcessuch as an automatic car wash, a truck’scompressed-air brakes or a pneumaticdrill may affect the function of the sys-tem; this may include reduced perfor-mance or a false activation.

• The system is not designed to preventcontact with small or moving objects. Al-ways move slowly. The system will notdetect small objects below the bumper oron the ground.

• The system may not detect the followingobjects: fluffy objects such as snow,cloth, cotton, glass-wool, etc.; thin ob-jects such as rope, wire and chain, etc.; orwedge-shaped objects.

• The system may not detect objects atspeeds above 3 mph (5 km/h) and maynot detect certain angular or movingobjects.


When sonar blockage is detected, the systemwill be deactivated automatically.

The system is not available until the condi-tions no longer exist.

The sonar sensors may be blocked by tempo-rary ambient conditions such as splashingwater, mist or fog. The blocked conditionmay also be caused by objects such as ice,frost or dirt obstructing the sonar sensors.

Action to take:

When the above conditions no longer exist,the system will resume automatically. SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

The sonar sensors are located on the frontand rear bumpers. Always keep the area nearthe sonar sensors clean.

The sonar sensors may be blocked by tempo-rary ambient conditions such as splashingwater, mist or fog.

The blocked condition may also be caused byobjects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructingthe sonar sensors.

Check for and remove objects obstructingthe area around the sonar sensors.

LSD2993


Do not attach stickers (including transparentmaterial), install accessories or apply addi-tional paint near the sonar sensors.

Do not strike or damage the area around thesonar sensors. It is recommended that youvisit an INFINITI retailer if the area aroundthe sonar sensors is damaged due to acollision.

FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK

To prevent a door lock from freezing, applyde-icer through the key hole. If the lock be-comes frozen, heat the key before inserting itinto the key hole, or use the INFINITI Intelli-gent Key.

ANTIFREEZE

In the winter when it is anticipated that thetemperature will drop below 32°F (0°C),check the antifreeze to assure proper winterprotection. For additional information, see“Engine cooling system” (P. 8-4).

BATTERY

If the battery is not fully charged during ex-tremely cold weather conditions, the batteryfluid may freeze and damage the battery. Tomaintain maximum efficiency, the batteryshould be checked regularly. For additionalinformation, see “Battery” (P. 8-12).

DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER

If the vehicle is to be left outside withoutantifreeze, drain the cooling system, includingthe engine block. Refill before operating thevehicle. For additional information, see“Changing engine coolant” (P. 8-5).

TIRE EQUIPMENT

1. SUMMER tires have a tread designed toprovide superior performance on drypavement. However, the performance ofthese tires will be substantially reduced insnowy and icy conditions. If you operateyour vehicle on snowy or icy roads,INFINITI recommends the use of MUD &SNOW or ALL SEASON TIRES on all fourwheels. It is recommended that you visitan INFINITI retailer for the tire type, size,speed rating and availability information.

2. For additional traction on icy roads, stud-ded tires may be used. However, someU.S. states and Canadian provinces pro-hibit their use. Check local, state and pro-vincial laws before installing studded tires.

Skid and traction capabilities of studdedsnow tires on wet or dry surfaces may bepoorer than that of non-studded snow tires.

3. Tire chains may be used. For additionalinformation, see “Tire chains”(P. 8-36).

COLD WEATHER DRIVING


SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT

It is recommended that the following itemsbe carried in the vehicle during winter:

• A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to re-move ice and snow from the windows andwiper blades.

• A sturdy, flat board to be placed under thejack to give it firm support.

• A shovel to dig the vehicle out ofsnowdrifts.

• Extra washer fluid to refill the windshield-washer fluid reservoir.

DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE

WARNING

• Wet ice (32°F, 0°C and freezing rain),very cold snow or ice can be slick and veryhard to drive on. The vehicle will havemuch less traction or “grip” under theseconditions. Try to avoid driving on wetice until the road is salted or sanded.

• Whatever the condition, drive with cau-tion. Accelerate and slow down withcare. If accelerating or downshifting toofast, the drive wheels will lose even moretraction.

• Allow more stopping distance underthese conditions. Braking should bestarted sooner than on dry pavement.

• Allow greater following distances onslippery roads.

• Watch for slippery spots (glare ice).These may appear on an otherwise clearroad in shaded areas. If a patch of ice isseen ahead, brake before reaching it. Trynot to brake while on the ice, and avoidany sudden steering maneuvers.

• Do not use the cruise control on slipperyroads.

• Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gasesunder your vehicle. Keep snow clear ofthe exhaust pipe and from around yourvehicle.

ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (if soequipped)

Engine block heaters are used to assist withcold temperature starting.

The engine block heater should be used whenthe outside temperature is 20°F (-7°C) orlower.

WARNING

• Do not use your engine block heater withan ungrounded electrical system or a2-pronged adapter. You can be seriouslyinjured by an electrical shock if you usean ungrounded connection.

• Disconnect and properly store the engineblock heater cord before starting the en-gine. Damage to the cord could result inan electrical shock and can cause seriousinjury.

• Use a heavy-duty 3-wire, 3-pronged ex-tension cord rated for at least 10 A. Plugthe extension cord into a Ground FaultInterrupt (GFI) protected, grounded110-VAC outlet. Failure to use theproper extension cord or a groundedoutlet can result in a fire or electricalshock and cause serious personal injury.

To use the engine block heater:

1. Turn the engine off.

2. Open the hood and unwrap the engineblock heater cord.

3. Plug the engine block heater cord into agrounded 3-wire, 3-pronged extensioncord.


4. Plug the extension cord into a GroundFault Interrupt (GFI) protected, grounded110-volt AC (VAC) outlet.

5. The engine block heater must be pluggedin for at least 2 - 4 hours, depending onoutside temperatures, to properly warmthe engine coolant. Use an appropriatetimer to turn the engine block heater on.

6. Before starting the engine, unplug andproperly store the cord to keep it awayfrom moving parts.

ACTIVE NOISE CANCELLATION This system uses microphones O1 locatedinside the vehicle to detect engine boomingnoise. The system then automatically gener-ates a noise canceling sound through thespeakers and woofer (if so equipped) to re-duce engine booming noise.

NOTE:To operate the active noise cancellationsystem properly:• Do not cover the speakers or woofer (if so

equipped).

• Do not cover the microphones.

LSD2959

Front Microphone

LSD2960

Rear Microphone

ACTIVE NOISE CANCELLATION/ACTIVE SOUND ENHANCEMENT


• Do not change or modify speakers includ-ing the woofer (if so equipped) and anyaudio related components such as theamplifier.

• Do not make any modification includingsound deadening or modifications aroundthe microphones or speakers.

ACTIVE SOUND ENHANCEMENT

Active sound enhancement enhances exist-ing engine sounds according to the enginespeed and driving modes through the speak-ers and woofer (if so equipped).


6 In case of emergency

Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-2Roadside assistance program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-2Emergency engine shut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) . . . . . .6-3Run-flat tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-4

Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-5Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-7If your vehicle overheats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-7Towing your vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-8

Towing recommended by INFINITI . . . . . . . . . . . .6-8Vehicle recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) . . . . . .6-11

Push the switch on to warn other driverswhen you must stop or park under emer-gency conditions. All turn signal lights flash.

WARNING

• If stopping for an emergency, be sure tomove the vehicle well off the road.

• Do not use the hazard warning flasherswhile moving on the highway unless un-usual circumstances force you to drive soslowly that your vehicle might become ahazard to other traffic.

• Turn signals do not work when the haz-ard warning flasher lights are on.

The flashers will operate with the ignitionswitch placed in any position.

Some jurisdictions may prohibit the use ofthe hazard warning flasher switch whiledriving.

In the event of a roadside emergency, road-side assistance service is available to you.Please refer to your Warranty InformationBooklet (U.S.) or the Warranty & RoadsideAssistance Information Booklet (Canada) fordetails.

LIC0394

HAZARD WARNING FLASHERSWITCH

ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM

6-2 In case of emergency

To shut off the engine in an emergency situ-ation while driving, perform the followingprocedure:

– Rapidly push the push-button ignitionswitch three consecutive times in less than1.5 seconds, or

– Push and hold the push-button ignitionswitch for more than 2 seconds.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORINGSYSTEM (TPMS)

This vehicle is equipped with Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS). It monitors tirepressure of all tires. When the low tire pres-sure warning light is lit, and the “Tire PressureLow - Add Air” warning appears in the vehicleinformation display, one or more of your tiresis significantly under-inflated. The systemalso displays pressure of all tires (except thespare tire) on the vehicle information displayscreen by sending a signal from a sensor thatis installed in each wheel. If the vehicle isbeing driven with low tire pressure, the TPMSwill activate and warn you of it by the low tirepressure warning light. This system will acti-vate only when the vehicle is driven at speedsabove 16 mph (25 km/h). For additional in-formation, see “Warning lights, indicatorlights and audible reminders” (P. 2-9) and“Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)”(P. 8-27).

WARNING


• If the low tire pressure warning light illu-minates while driving, avoid suddensteering maneuvers or abrupt braking,reduce vehicle speed, pull off the road toa safe location and stop the vehicle assoon as possible. Driving with under-inflated tires may permanently damagethe tires and increase the likelihood oftire failure. Serious vehicle damage couldoccur and may lead to an accident andcould result in serious personal injury.Check the tire pressure for all four tires.Adjust the tire pressure to the recom-mended COLD tire pressure shown onthe Tire and Loading Information label toturn the low tire pressure warning lightOFF. If the light still illuminates whiledriving after adjusting the tire pressure,a tire may be flat or the TPMS may bemalfunctioning. If you have a flat tire,replace it with a replacement tire as soonas possible. If no tires are flat and all tiresare properly inflated, have the vehiclechecked. It is recommended that youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF FLAT TIRE

In case of emergency 6-3

• When replacing a wheel without TPMSsuch as the spare tire, the TPMS will notfunction and the low tire pressure warn-ing light will flash for approximately 1minute. The light will remain on after 1minute. Have your tires replaced and/orTPMS system reset as soon as possible.It is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for these services.


• Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tiresealant into the tires, as this may cause amalfunction of the tire pressure sensors.

RUN-FLAT TIRES

This vehicle is equipped with run-flat tires.Run-flat tires can be used temporarily if theyare punctured. When the “Flat Tire — Visitdealer” warning appears in the vehicle infor-mation display, one or more of your tires ispunctured. For additional information, see“Run-flat tires” (P. 8-34).

For additional information, refer to the tiresafety information in the Warranty Informa-tion Booklet.

WARNING

• Although you can continue driving with apunctured run-flat tire, remember thatvehicle handling stability is reduced,which could lead to an accident and per-sonal injury. Also, driving a long distanceat high speeds may damage the tires.

• Do not drive at speeds above 50 mph (80km/h) and do not drive more than ap-proximately 93 miles (150 km) with apunctured run-flat tire. The actual dis-tance the vehicle can be driven on a flattire depends on outside temperature, ve-hicle load, road conditions and otherfactors.

• Drive safely at reduced speeds. Avoidhard cornering or braking, which maycause you to lose control of the vehicle.

• If you detect any unusual sounds or vi-brations while driving with a puncturedrun-flat tire, pull off the road to a safelocation and stop the vehicle as soon aspossible. The tire may be seriously dam-aged and need to be replaced.

CAUTION

• Never install tire chains on a puncturedrun-flat tire, as this could damage yourvehicle.

• Avoid diving over any projection or pot-hole, as the clearance between the ve-hicle and the ground is smaller thannormal.

• Do not enter an automated car washwith a punctured run-flat tire.

• Have the punctured tire inspected by anINFINITI retailer or other authorized re-pair shop. Replace the tire as soon aspossible if the tire is seriously damaged.


To start your engine with a booster battery,the instructions and precautions below mustbe followed.

WARNING

• If done incorrectly, jump starting canlead to a battery explosion, resulting insevere injury or death. It could also dam-age your vehicle.

• Explosive hydrogen gas is always pres-ent in the vicinity of the battery. Keep allsparks and flames away from thebattery.

• Do not allow battery fluid to come intocontact with eyes, skin, clothing orpainted surfaces. Battery fluid is a corro-sive sulfuric acid solution which cancause severe burns. If the fluid shouldcome into contact with anything, imme-diately flush the contacted area withwater.

• Keep battery out of the reach of children.

• The booster battery must be rated at 12volts. Use of an improperly rated batterycan damage your vehicle.

• Whenever working on or near a battery,always wear suitable eye protectors (forexample, goggles or industrial safetyspectacles) and remove rings, metalbands, or any other jewelry. Do not leanover the battery when jump starting.

• Do not attempt to jump start a frozenbattery. It could explode and cause seri-ous injury.

• The automatic engine cooling fan (if soequipped) may come on at any time with-out warning, even if the ignition switch isin the OFF position and the engine is notrunning. To avoid injury, keep hands andother objects away from it.

JUMP STARTING


WARNING

Always follow the instructions below. Fail-ure to do so could result in damage to thecharging system and cause personal injury.

1. If the booster battery is in another vehicle,position the 2 vehicles to bring their bat-teries near each other.

Do not allow the two vehicles to touch.

2. Apply the parking brake. Engage the P(Park) position. Switch off all unnecessaryelectrical systems (lights, heater, air con-ditioner, etc.).

3. Place the ignition switch to the OFFposition.

4. Connect the jumper cables in the se-quence illustrated (OA , OB , OC , OD ).

CAUTION

• Always connect positive (+) to positive(+) and negative (−) to body ground (forexample, strut mounting bolt, engine liftbracket, etc.) — not to the battery.

• Make sure the jumper cables do nottouch moving parts in the engine com-partment and that the cable clamps donot contact any other metal.

5. Start the engine of the booster vehicle andlet it run for a few minutes.

6. Keep the engine speed of the booster ve-hicle at about 2,000 rpm and start theengine of the vehicle being jump started.

CAUTION

Do not keep the starter motor engaged formore than 10 seconds. If the engine doesnot start right away, place the ignitionswitch in the OFF position and wait 3 to 4seconds before trying again.

7. After starting the engine, carefully discon-nect the negative cable and then the posi-tive cable.

LCE2223


CAUTION

• Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) models cannot be push-started ortow-started. Attempting to do so maycause transmission damage.

• Do not push start this vehicle. The three-way catalyst may be damaged.

WARNING

• Do not continue to drive if your vehicleoverheats. Doing so could cause enginedamage or a vehicle fire.

• To avoid the danger of being scalded,never remove the coolant reservoir capwhile the engine is still hot. When thecoolant reservoir cap is removed, pres-surized hot water will spurt out, possiblycausing serious injury.

• Do not open the hood if steam is comingout.

If your vehicle is overheating (indicated by anextremely high temperature gauge reading),or if you feel a lack of engine power, detectabnormal noise, etc. take the following steps.

1. Move the vehicle safely off the road, applythe parking brake and engage the P (Park)position.

Do not stop the engine.

2. Turn off the air conditioner. Open all thewindows, move the heater or air condi-tioner temperature control to maximumhot and fan control to high speed.

3. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listen forsteam or coolant escaping from the radia-tor before opening the hood. (If steam orcoolant is escaping, turn off the engine.)Do not open the hood further until nosteam or coolant can be seen.

4. Open the engine hood.

WARNING

If steam or water is coming from the en-gine, stand clear to prevent gettingburned.

5. Visually check drive belts for damage orlooseness. Also check if the cooling fan isrunning. The radiator hoses and radiatorshould not leak water. If coolant is leaking,the water pump belt is missing or loose, orthe cooling fan does not run, stop theengine.

WARNING

Be careful not to allow your hands, hair,jewelry or clothing to come into contactwith, or get caught in, engine belts or theengine cooling fan. The engine cooling fancan start at any time.

PUSH STARTING IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS


6. After the engine cools down, check thecoolant level in the engine coolant reser-voir tank with the engine running. Addcoolant to the engine coolant reservoirtank if necessary. Have your vehicle re-paired. It is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

When towing your vehicle, all jurisdictionsand local regulations for towing must be fol-lowed. Incorrect towing equipment coulddamage your vehicle. Towing instructions areavailable from an INFINITI retailer. Local ser-vice operators are generally familiar with theapplicable laws and procedures for towing.To assure proper towing and to prevent ac-cidental damage to your vehicle, INFINITIrecommends having a service operator towyour vehicle. It is advisable to have the serviceoperator carefully read the followingprecautions:

WARNING

• Never ride in a vehicle that is beingtowed.

• Never get under your vehicle after it hasbeen lifted by a tow truck.

CAUTION

• When towing, make sure that the trans-mission, axles, steering system and pow-ertrain are in working condition. Use dol-lies or flatbed if any of the listed systemsare not working.

• Always attach safety chains beforetowing.

For additional information about towing yourvehicle behind a Recreational Vehicle (RV),see “Flat towing for all-wheel drive vehicle”(P. 10-28) or “Flat towing for front wheeldrive vehicle” (P. 10-29).

TOWING RECOMMENDED BYINFINITI

INFINITI recommends towing your vehiclebased upon the type of drivetrain. For addi-tional information, refer to the diagrams inthis section to ensure that your vehicle isproperly towed.

TOWING YOUR VEHICLE


All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models withContinuously Variable Transmission(CVT)

INFINITI recommends that towing dollies beused when towing your vehicle or place thevehicle on a flatbed truck as illustrated.

CAUTION

Never tow AWD models equipped with aContinuously Variable Transmission (CVT)with any of the wheels on the ground asthis may cause serious and expensive dam-age to the transfer case and transmission.

NOTE:

If the battery is completely drained thetransmission will not manually shift to otherpositions.

LCE2370


Two-Wheel Drive models withContinuously Variable Transmission(CVT)

INFINITI recommends that your vehicle betowed with the driving (front) wheels off theground or place the vehicle on a flatbed truckas illustrated.

NOTE:

If the electronic parking brake is released,the rear wheels can be grounded while tow-ing. If the electronic parking brake is not re-leased, towing dollies should be used. Foradditional information, see “Electronicparking brake” (P. 5-23).

CAUTION

• Never tow Continuously Variable Trans-mission (CVT) models with the frontwheels on the ground or four wheels onthe ground (forward or backward), asthis may cause serious and expensivedamage to the transmission. If it is nec-essary to tow the vehicle with the rearwheels raised always use towing dolliesunder the front wheels.

• When towing Continuously VariableTransmission (CVT) models with the rearwheels on the ground or on towingdollies:

– Place the ignition switch in the OFFposition, and secure the steeringwheel in a straight-ahead positionwith a rope or similar device. Neversecure the steering wheel by placingthe ignition switch in the LOCK posi-tion. This may damage the steeringlock mechanism (for models with asteering lock mechanism).

NOTE:


LCE2371


VEHICLE RECOVERY (freeing astuck vehicle)

WARNING

To avoid vehicle damage, serious personalinjury or death when recovering a stuckvehicle:

• Contact a professional towing service torecover the vehicle if you have any ques-tions regarding the recovery procedure.

• Tow chains or cables must be attachedonly to main structural members of thevehicle.

• Do not use the vehicle tie-downs to towor free a stuck vehicle.

• Only use devices specifically designed forvehicle recovery and follow the manu-facturer's instructions.

• Always pull the recovery device straightout from the front of the vehicle. Neverpull at an angle.

• Route recovery devices so they do nottouch any part of the vehicle except theattachment point.

If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud,etc., use a tow strap or other device designedspecifically for vehicle recovery. Always fol-low the manufacturer's instructions for therecovery device.

Rocking a stuck vehicle

WARNING

• Stand clear of a stuck vehicle.

• Do not spin your tires at high speed. Thiscould cause them to explode and result inserious injury. Parts of your vehicle couldalso overheat and be damaged.

If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud,etc., use the following procedure:

1. Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) system.

2. Make sure the area in front and behind thevehicle is clear of obstructions.

3. Turn the steering wheel right and left toclear an area around the front tires.

4. Slowly rock the vehicle forward andbackward.

• Shift back and forth between R (Re-verse) and D (Drive).

• Apply the accelerator as little as pos-sible to maintain the rocking motion.

• Release the accelerator pedal beforeshifting between R (Reverse) and D(Drive).

• Do not spin the tires above 35 mph (55km/h).

5. If the vehicle cannot be freed after a fewtries, contact a professional towing ser-vice to remove the vehicle.


MEMO


7 Appearance and care

Cleaning exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2Washing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2Waxing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2Removing spots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3Underbody . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3Aluminum alloy wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3Chrome parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3Tire dressings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3

Cleaning interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-4Leather cleaning kit (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5

Air fresheners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5Power moonroof (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5Floor mats (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7Cleaning the seat tracks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7

Corrosion protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7Most common factors contributing tovehicle corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7Environmental factors influence the rateof corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7Protect your vehicle from corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . .7-8

In order to maintain the appearance of yourvehicle, it is important to take proper care ofit.

To protect the paint surfaces, wash your ve-hicle as soon as you can:

• After a rainfall to prevent possible damagefrom acid rain.

• After driving on coastal roads.

• When contaminants such as soot, birddroppings, tree sap, metal particles or bugsget on the paint surface.

• When dust or mud builds up on the surface.

Whenever possible, store or park your vehicleinside a garage or in a covered area.

When it is necessary to park outside, park in ashady area or protect the vehicle with a bodycover.

Be careful not to scratch the paint surfacewhen putting on or removing the body cover.

WASHING

Wash dirt off with a wet sponge and plentyof water. Clean the vehicle thoroughly using amild soap, a special vehicle soap or generalpurpose dishwashing liquid mixed with clean,lukewarm (never hot) water.

CAUTION

• Do not concentrate water spray directlyon the sonar sensors (if so equipped) onthe bumper as this will result in damageto the sensors. Do not use pressurewashers capable of spraying water over1,200 psi (8,274 kPa) to wash your ve-hicle. Use of high-pressure washers over1,200 psi (8,274 kPa) can result in dam-age to or removal of paint or graphics.Avoid using a high-pressure washercloser than 12 inches (30 cm) to the ve-hicle. Always use a wide-angle nozzleonly, keep the nozzle moving and do notconcentrate the water spray on any onearea.

• Do not use car washes that use acid in thedetergent. Some car washes, especiallybrushless ones, use some acid for clean-ing. The acid may react with some plasticvehicle components, causing them tocrack. This could affect their appear-ance, and also could cause them not tofunction properly. Always check withyour car wash to confirm that acid is notused.

• Do not wash the vehicle with stronghousehold soap, strong chemical deter-gents, gasoline or solvents.

• Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlightor while the vehicle body is hot, as thesurface may become water-spotted.

• Avoid using tight-napped or roughcloths, such as washing mitts. Care mustbe taken when removing caked-on dirtor other foreign substances so the paintsurface is not scratched or damaged.

Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty ofclean water.

Inside edges, seams and folds on the doors,hatches and hood are particularly vulnerableto the effects of road salt. Therefore, theseareas must be cleaned regularly. Take carethat the drain holes in the lower edge of thedoor are open. Spray water under the bodyand in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt andwash away road salt.

A damp chamois can be used to dry the ve-hicle to avoid water spots.

WAXING

Regular waxing protects the paint surfaceand helps retain new vehicle appearance.Polishing is recommended to remove built-upwax residue and to avoid a weathered ap-pearance before re-applying wax.

An INFINITI retailer can assist you in choos-ing the proper product.

CLEANING EXTERIOR

7-2 Appearance and care

• Wax your vehicle only after a thoroughwashing. Follow the instructions suppliedwith the wax.

• Do not use a wax containing any abrasives,cutting compounds or cleaners that maydamage the vehicle finish.

Machine compounding or aggressive polish-ing on a base coat/clear coat paint finish maydull the finish or leave swirl marks.

REMOVING SPOTS

Remove tar and oil spots, industrial dust, in-sects, and tree sap as quickly as possible fromthe surface of the paint to avoid lasting dam-age or staining. Special cleaning products areavailable at an INFINITI retailer or any auto-motive accessory store. It is recommendedthat you visit an INFINITI retailer for theseproducts.

UNDERBODY

In areas where road salt is used in winter, it isnecessary to clean the underbody regularly inorder to prevent dirt and salt from building upand causing the acceleration of corrosion onthe underbody and suspension. Before thewinter period and again in the spring, theunderseal must be checked and, if necessary,re-treated.

GLASS

Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dustfilm from the glass surfaces. It is normal forglass to become coated with a film after thevehicle is parked in the hot sun. Glass cleanerand a soft cloth will easily remove this film.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inside of the windows,do not use sharp-edged tools, abrasivecleaners or chlorine-based disinfectantcleaners. They could damage the electricalconductors, radio antenna elements or rearwindow defroster elements.

ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS

Wash the wheels regularly with a spongedampened in a mild soap solution, especiallyduring winter months in areas where roadsalt is used. If not removed, road salt candiscolor the wheels.

CAUTION

Follow the directions below to avoid stain-ing or discoloring the wheels:

• Do not use a cleaner that uses strong acidor alkali contents to clean the wheels.

• Do not apply wheel cleaners to thewheels when they are hot. The wheeltemperature should be the same as am-bient temperature.

• Rinse the wheel to completely removethe cleaner within 15 minutes after thecleaner is applied.

CHROME PARTS

Clean all chrome parts regularly with a non-abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish.

TIRE DRESSINGS

INFINITI does not recommend the use of tiredressings. Tire manufacturers apply a coatingto the tires to help reduce discoloration of therubber. If a tire dressing is applied to the tires,it may react with the coating and form acompound. This compound may come off thetire while driving and stain the vehicle paint.

If you choose to use a tire dressing, take thefollowing precautions:

• Use a water-based tire dressing. The coat-ing on the tire dissolves more easily thanwith an oil-based tire dressing.

• Apply a light coat of tire dressing to helpprevent it from entering the tire tread/grooves (where it would be difficult toremove).

Appearance and care 7-3

• Wipe off excess tire dressing using a drytowel. Make sure the tire dressing is com-pletely removed from the tiretread/grooves.

• Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom-mended by tire dressing manufacturer.

This vehicle has new and unique surfaces onthe center console and door pull finishers. Ifcleaning is required use mild soap and water.However if mild soap and water won’t cleanthe center console and door pull finishers, useGenuine INFINITI Vinyl and Leather Cleaner(or equivalent).

Occasionally remove loose dust from the in-terior trim, plastic parts and seats using avacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush. Wipethe vinyl and leather surfaces with a clean,soft cloth dampened in mild soap solution,then wipe clean with a dry, soft cloth.

Regular care and cleaning is required in orderto maintain the appearance of the leather.

Before using any fabric protector, read themanufacturer's recommendations. Somefabric protectors contain chemicals that maystain or bleach the seat material.

Use a cloth dampened only with water toclean the meter and gauge lens.

Use a slightly moist (with water) microfibercloth to clean the wood trim. If necessary, usewater with natural soap or wood dedicatedcleaning products, such as furniture polish.

WARNING

Do not use water or acidic cleaners (hotsteam cleaners) on the seat. This can dam-age the seat or occupant classification sen-sor. This can also affect the operation ofthe air bag system and result in serious per-sonal injury.

CAUTION

• Never use benzine, thinner, or any similarmaterial on the interior surfaces or sur-face damage may occur. Such damage isnot covered under the INFINITIwarranty.

• Small dirt particles can be abrasive anddamaging to leather surfaces and shouldbe removed promptly. Do not use saddlesoap, car waxes, polishes, oils, cleaningfluids, solvents, detergents or ammonia-based cleaners as they may damage theleather's natural finish.

• Never use fabric protectors unless rec-ommended by the manufacturer.

• Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on me-ter or gauge lens covers. It may damagethe lens cover.

CLEANING INTERIOR


LEATHER CLEANING KIT (if soequipped)

Spray onto leather cleaning cloth, then gentlywipe the surface of the leather. Use a drytowel to absorb any excess moisture.

Clean light-colored leather more frequentlybecause soiling on such surfaces is muchmore visible.

Always follow the manufacturer’s instruc-tions supplied with the leather cleaning kit.

You can obtain the leather cleaning kit froman INFINITI retailer or other authorized repairshop.

CAUTION

Do not leave the leather cleaning kit insidethe vehicle. The leather cleaning kit left in aclosed vehicle can become very hot.

AIR FRESHENERS

Most air fresheners use a solvent that couldaffect the vehicle interior. If you use an airfreshener, take the following precautions:

• Hanging-type air fresheners can cause per-manent discoloration when they contactvehicle interior surfaces. Place the air fresh-ener in a location that allows it to hang freeand not contact an interior surface.

• Liquid-type air fresheners typically clip onthe vents. These products can cause imme-diate damage and discoloration whenspilled on interior surfaces.

Carefully read and follow the manufacturer'sinstructions before using the air fresheners.

POWER MOONROOF (if soequipped)

The sunshade is made from a tricot material.

CAUTION

To help prevent damaging the moonroofwhile cleaning:

• Do not rub the material with a cloth. Do-ing so can damage the surface of the ma-terial or cause a stain to spread.

• Never use benzine, thinner or any similarchemical to clean the sunshade. This maydiscolor the moonroof and damage thesurface.

• Clean water based stains by patting thesurface with a clean soft cloth dampenedin warm water. Press a clean dry clothonto the surface to remove as muchdampness as possible and then let air dry.

• Clean oil based stains by patting the sur-face with a clean soft cloth dampened inwarm water. Press a clean dry cloth ontothe surface to remove as much dampnessas possible and then let air dry.


FLOOR MATS (if so equipped)

WARNING

To avoid potential pedal interference thatmay result in a collision, injury or death:

• NEVER place a floor mat on top of an-other floor mat in the driver front posi-tion or install them upside down orbackwards.

• Use only Genuine INFINITI floor mats orequivalent floor mats, specifically de-signed for use in your vehicle model andmodel year.

• Properly position the mats in the floor-well using the floor mat positioninghook. For additional information, see"Floor mat installation" (P. 7-6).

• Make sure the floor mat does not inter-fere with pedal operation.

• Periodically check the floor mats to makesure they are properly installed.

• After cleaning the vehicle interior, checkthe floor mats to make sure they areproperly installed.

The use of Genuine INFINITI floor mats canextend the life of your vehicle carpet andmake it easier to clean the interior. Matsshould be maintained with regular cleaningand replaced if they become excessivelyworn.

Floor mat installation

Your vehicle is equipped with floor mat re-tainer clips. The number and shape of thefloor mat retainer clips for each seating posi-tion varies depending on the vehicle.

When installing Genuine INFINITI floor mats,follow the installation instructions providedwith the mat and the following:

1. With the ignition in the OFF position, theshift lever in P (Park) position and with theparking brake fully applied, position thefloor mat in the floorwell so that the floormat grommet holes are aligned with theretainer clips.

2. Secure the grommet holes into the clipsand ensure that the floor mat is properlypositioned.

3. Make sure the floor mat does not inter-fere with pedal operation. With the igni-tion still in the OFF position, the shift leverin the P (Park) position and with the park-ing brake applied, fully apply and releaseall pedals. The floor mat must not inter-fere with pedal operation or prevent thepedal from returning to its normalposition.

It is recommended that you visit an INFINITIretailer for details about installing the floormats in your vehicle.

LAI2094


The illustration shows the location of thefloor mat retainer clips.

SEAT BELTS

The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping themwith a sponge dampened in a mild soap solu-tion. Allow the belts to dry completely in theshade before using them. For additional in-formation, see “Seat belt maintenance”(P. 1-19).

WARNING

Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in theretractor. NEVER use bleach, dye orchemical solvents to clean the seat belts,since these materials may severely weakenthe seat belt webbing.

CLEANING THE SEAT TRACKS

CAUTION

Periodically clean the seat tracks to pre-vent reduction of ability to move the seats.

Clean periodically with a high-poweredvacuum cleaner. Dirt and debris may reducethe ability to adjust the seat. A wet cleansingagent may be used if necessary.

MOST COMMON FACTORSCONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLECORROSION

Most vehicle corrosion is caused by:

• The accumulation of moisture-retainingdirt and debris in body panel sections, cavi-ties, and other areas.

• Damage to paint and other protectivecoatings caused by gravel and stone chipsor minor traffic collisions.

ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORSINFLUENCE THE RATE OFCORROSION

Moisture

Accumulation of sand, dirt and water on thevehicle body underside can accelerate corro-sion. Wet floor coverings will not dry com-pletely inside the vehicle and should be re-moved for drying to avoid floor panelcorrosion.

LAI2095

Retainer clips

CORROSION PROTECTION


Relative humidity

Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of highrelative humidity, especially those areaswhere the temperatures stay above freezingand where atmospheric pollution exists androad salt is used.

Temperature

High temperatures accelerate the rate of cor-rosion to those parts which are not wellventilated.

Air pollution

Industrial pollution, the presence of salt in theair in coastal areas, or heavy road salt useaccelerates the corrosion process. Road saltalso accelerates the disintegration of paintsurfaces.

PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROMCORROSION• Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep

the vehicle clean.

• Always check for minor damage to thepaint and repair it as soon as possible.

• Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doorsopen to avoid water accumulation.

• Check the underbody for accumulation ofsand, dirt or salt. If present, wash with wa-ter as soon as possible.

CAUTION

• NEVER remove dirt, sand or other debrisfrom the passenger compartment bywashing it out with a hose. Remove dirtwith a vacuum cleaner or broom.

• Never allow water or other liquids tocome in contact with electronic compo-nents inside the vehicle as this may dam-age them.

Chemicals used for road surface de-icing areextremely corrosive. They accelerate corro-sion and deterioration of underbody compo-nents such as the exhaust system, fuel andbrake lines, brake cables, floor pan andfenders.

In winter, the underbody must be cleanedperiodically.

For additional protection against rust andcorrosion, which may be required in someareas, it is recommended that you consult anINFINITI retailer.


8 Do-it-yourself

Maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2Engine compartment check locations . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-3Engine cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4

Checking engine coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-5Changing engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-5

Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-6Checking engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-6Changing engine oil and oil filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-6

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10Windshield-washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-11

Windshield-washer fluid reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-11Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12

Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14Variable voltage control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14Drive belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15Spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15

Replacing spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15Air cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16

In-cabin microfilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16

Windshield wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17

Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20

Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20Passenger compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21

Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22INFINITI Intelligent Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22

Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24Fog lights (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24Exterior and interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25Replacement procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-26

Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-27Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-27Tire labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-30Types of tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-33Tire chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-36Changing wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-36

When performing any inspection or mainte-nance work on your vehicle, always take careto prevent serious accidental injury to your-self or damage to the vehicle. The followingare general precautions which should beclosely observed.

WARNING

• Park the vehicle on a level surface, applythe parking brake securely and block thewheels to prevent the vehicle from mov-ing. Move the shift lever to P (Park).

• Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFFor LOCK position when performing anyparts replacement or repairs.

• If you must work with the engine run-ning, keep your hands, clothing, hair andtools away from moving fans, belts andany other moving parts.

• It is advisable to secure or remove anyloose clothing and remove any jewelry,such as rings, watches, etc. before work-ing on your vehicle.

• Always wear eye protection wheneveryou work on your vehicle.

• Your vehicle is equipped with an auto-matic engine cooling fan. It may come onat any time without warning, even if theignition switch is in the OFF position and

the engine is not running. To avoid injury,always disconnect the negative batterycable before working near the fan.

• If you must run the engine in an enclosedspace such as a garage, be sure there isproper ventilation for exhaust gases toescape.

• Never get under the vehicle while it issupported only by a jack. If it is necessaryto work under the vehicle, support itwith safety stands.

• Keep smoking materials, flame and sparksaway from the fuel tank and battery.

• Because the fuel lines on gasoline enginemodels are under high pressure evenwhen the engine is off, it is recommendedthat you visit an INFINITI retailer for ser-vice of the fuel filter or fuel lines.

CAUTION

• Do not work under the hood while theengine is hot. Turn the engine off andwait until it cools down.

• Avoid contact with used engine oil andcoolant. Improperly disposed engine oil,engine coolant and/or other vehicle flu-ids can damage the environment. Alwaysconform to local regulations for disposalof vehicle fluid.

• Never leave the engine or ContinuouslyVariable Transmission (CVT) relatedcomponent harnesses disconnectedwhile the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

• Never connect or disconnect the batteryor any transistorized component whilethe ignition switch is in the ON position.

NOTE:


This “Do-it-yourself” section gives instruc-tions regarding only those items which arerelatively easy for an owner to perform.

A Genuine INFINITI service manual is alsoavailable. For additional information, see“Owner’s Manual/Service Manual order in-formation” (P. 10-33).

You should be aware that incomplete or im-proper servicing may result in operating diffi-culties or excessive emissions, and could af-fect warranty coverage. If in doubt about anyservicing, it is recommended that you have itdone by an INFINITI retailer.

MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS

8-2 Do-it-yourself

2.0L 4 Cylinder (KR20DDET engine model)

1. Engine coolant reservoir2. Drive belt location3. Air cleaner

4. Brake fluid reservoir5. Battery6. Fuse/Fusible link box7. Windshield-washer fluid reservoir

8. Engine oil filler cap9. Engine oil dipstick

LDI3173

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECKLOCATIONS

Do-it-yourself 8-3

The engine cooling system is filled at thefactory with a pre-diluted mixture of 50%Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) and 50% water to provideyear-round antifreeze and coolant protec-tion. The antifreeze solution contains rustand corrosion inhibitors. Additional enginecooling system additives are not necessary.

WARNING

• Never remove the coolant reservoir capwhen the engine is hot. Wait until theengine and radiator cool down. Seriousburns could be caused by high pressurefluid escaping from the radiator. For ad-ditional information on precautions, see“If your vehicle overheats” (P. 6-7).

• The coolant reservoir is equipped with apressure type coolant reservoir cap. Toprevent engine damage, use only a Genu-ine NISSAN coolant reservoir cap.

CAUTION

• Never use any cooling system additivessuch as radiator sealer. Additives mayclog the cooling system and cause dam-age to the engine, transmission and/orcooling system.

• When adding or replacing coolant, besure to use only Genuine NISSAN LongLife Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) orequivalent. Genuine NISSAN Long LifeAntifreeze/Coolant (blue) is pre-dilutedto provide antifreeze protection to -34°F (-37° C). If additional freeze protectionis needed due to weather where you op-erate your vehicle, add Genuine NISSANLong Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue)concentrate following the directions onthe container. If an equivalent coolantother than Genuine NISSAN Long LifeAntifreeze/Coolant (blue) is used, fol-low the coolant manufacturer’s instruc-tions to maintain minimum antifreezeprotection to -34° F (-37° C). The use ofother types of coolant solutions otherthan Genuine NISSAN Long LifeAntifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalentmay damage the engine cooling system.

• The life expectancy of the factory-fillcoolant is 105,000 miles (168,000 km)or 7 years. Mixing any other type of cool-ant other than Genuine NISSAN LongLife Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) (orequivalent coolant), including GenuineNISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant(green), or the use of non-distilled watermay reduce the life expectancy of thefactory-fill coolant. For additional infor-mation, see “Maintenance and sched-ules” (P. 9-2).

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM

8-4 Do-it-yourself

CHECKING ENGINE COOLANTLEVEL

Check the coolant level in the reservoir whenthe engine is cold. If the coolant level is belowthe MIN level OB , add coolant to the MAXlevel OA .

This vehicle contains Genuine NISSAN LongLife Antifreeze/Coolant (blue). The life ex-pectancy of the factory-fill coolant is105,000 miles (168,000 km) or 7 years.Mixing any other type of coolant or the use ofnon-distilled water will reduce the life expec-tancy of the factory-fill coolant. For addi-

tional information, see "Maintenance andschedules" (P. 9-2).

If the cooling system frequently requirescoolant, have it checked. It is recommendedthat you visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice.

For additional information on the location ofthe engine coolant reservoir, see “Enginecompartment check locations” (P. 8-3).

CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT

An INFINITI retailer can change the enginecoolant. The service procedure can be foundin the INFINITI Service Manual.

Improper servicing can result in reducedheater performance and engine overheating.

WARNING

• To avoid the danger of being scalded,never change the coolant when the en-gine is hot.

• Never remove the coolant reservoir capwhen the engine is hot. Serious burnscould be caused by high pressure fluidescaping from the radiator.

• Avoid direct skin contact with used cool-ant. If skin contact is made, wash thor-oughly with soap or hand cleaner as soonas possible.

• Keep coolant out of the reach of childrenand pets.

Engine coolant must be disposed of properly.Check your local regulations.

LDI3157

Do-it-yourself 8-5

CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface andapply the parking brake.

2. Start the engine and let it idle until itreaches operating temperature.

3. Turn off the engine. Wait more than 10minutes for the oil to drain back into theoil pan.

4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean.Reinsert it all the way.

5. Remove the dipstick again and check theoil level. It should be between the H (High)and L (Low) marks OB . This is the normaloperating oil level range. If the oil level isbelow the L (Low) mark OA , remove the oilfiller cap and pour recommended oilthrough the opening. Do not fill oil levelabove H (High) mark OC .

6. Recheck the oil level with the dipstick.

It is normal to add some oil between oil main-tenance intervals or during the break-in pe-riod, depending on the severity of operatingconditions.

CAUTION

Oil level should be checked regularly. Oper-ating the engine with an insufficientamount of oil can damage the engine, andsuch damage is not covered by warranty.

CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND OILFILTER

For additional information on engine oil andoil filter change, refer to the instructions out-lined in this section.

Vehicle set-up

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface andapply the parking brake.

2. Run the engine until it reaches operatingtemperature.

3. Turn the engine off and wait for 15minutes.

4. Raise and support the vehicle using a suit-able floor jack and safety jack stands.

• Place the safety jack stands under the ve-hicle jack-up points.

• A suitable adapter should be attached tothe jack stand saddle.

LDI3158 LDI0371

ENGINE OIL

8-6 Do-it-yourself

CAUTION

Make sure the correct lifting and supportpoints are used to avoid vehicle damage.

LDI3443

O1 Oil filler cap

LDI3376

O2 Oil drain plug

Do-it-yourself 8-7

Removal of engine protectors

1. Remove clips OA and under-engineprotector.

Engine oil and filter

1. Place a large drain pan under the drainplug and oil filter.

2. Remove the oil filler cap.

3. Remove the drain plug with a wrench byturning it counterclockwise and com-pletely drain the oil.

LDI3377

O3 Oil filter

LDI3444

O4 Under engine protector

LDI3445

8-8 Do-it-yourself

CAUTION

Be careful not to burn yourself, as the en-gine oil is hot.

WARNING

• Prolonged and repeated contact withused engine oil may cause skin cancer.

• Try to avoid direct skin contact withused oil. If skin contact is made, washthoroughly with soap or hand cleaner assoon as possible.

• Keep used engine oil out of reach ofchildren.

4. Loosen the oil filter with an oil filterwrench by turning it counterclockwise.Remove the oil filter by turning it by hand.

5. Wipe the engine oil filter mounting sur-face with a clean rag.

CAUTION

Be sure to remove any old gasket materialremaining on the sealing surface of the en-gine. Failure to do so could lead to an oilleak and engine damage.

• The dipstick must be inserted in place toprevent oil spillage from the dipstick holewhen filling the engine with oil.

6. Coat the gasket on the new filter withclean engine oil.

7. Screw in the oil filter clockwise until aslight resistance is felt, then tighten addi-tionally more than 2/3 turn.

Oil filter tightening torque:14.7 to 20.6 N·m (11 to 15 ft-lb)

8. Clean and re-install the drain plug with anew washer. Securely tighten the drainplug with a wrench. Do not use excessiveforce.

Drain plug tightening torque:29.4 to 39.2 N·m (22 to 29 ft-lb)

9. Refill the engine with the recommendedoil through the oil filler opening, and installthe oil filler cap securely.

For additional information about drain andrefill capacity, see “Recommended fluids/lubricants and capacities” (P. 10-2). The drainand refill capacity depends on the oil tem-perature and drain time. Use these specifica-tions for reference only. Always use the dip-stick to determine the proper amount of oil inthe engine.

10. Start the engine and check for leakagearound the drain plug and the oil filter.Correct as required. Turn the engine offand wait more than 15 minutes. Checkthe oil level with the dipstick. Add engineoil if necessary.

After the operation

1. Reinstall engine protectors in reverse or-der of removal.

2. Lower the vehicle carefully to the ground.

3. Reset the oil control system. For addi-tional information, see “Vehicle informa-tion display” (P. 2-19)

• Dispose of waste oil and filter properly.

• Check your local regulations.

Do-it-yourself 8-9

CAUTION

• INFINITI recommends using GenuineNISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 (or equivalent)ONLY in INFINITI CVTs. Do not mix withother fluids.

• Do not use Automatic TransmissionFluid (ATF) or manual transmission fluidin an INFINITI CVT, as it may damage theCVT. Damage caused by the use of fluidsother than as recommended is not cov-ered under INFINITI's New Vehicle Lim-ited Warranty outlined in your WarrantyInformation Booklet.

• Using fluids that are not equivalent toGenuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 mayalso damage the CVT. Damage caused bythe use of fluids other than as recom-mended is not covered under INFINITI'sNew Vehicle Limited Warranty outlinedin your Warranty Information Booklet.

When checking or replacement of CVT fluid isrequired, it is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

WARNING

• Use only new fluid from a sealed con-tainer. Old, inferior or contaminatedfluid may damage the brake system. Theuse of improper fluids can damage thebrake system and affect the vehicle'sstopping ability.

• Clean the filler cap before removing.

• Brake fluid is poisonous and should bestored carefully in marked containersout of reach of children.

CAUTION

Do not spill the fluid on any painted sur-faces. This will damage the paint. If fluid isspilled, immediately wash the surface withwater.

Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If thebrake fluid is below the MIN line OB , thebrake warning light will illuminate. Add brakefluid up to the MAX line OA . For additionalinformation on the recommended type ofbrake fluid, see “Recommended fluids/lubricants and capacities” (P. 10-2).

If the brake fluid must be added frequently,the brake system should be thoroughlychecked. It is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

For additional information on the location ofthe brake fluid reservoir, see “Engine com-partment check locations” (P. 8-3).

LDI3161

CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLETRANSMISSION (CVT) FLUID

BRAKE FLUID

8-10 Do-it-yourself

WINDSHIELD-WASHER FLUIDRESERVOIR

Fill the windshield-washer fluid reservoir pe-riodically. Add windshield-washer fluid whenthe “Low Washer Fluid” warning messageshows on the vehicle information display.

To fill the windshield-washer fluid reservoir,lift the cap off the reservoir and pour thewindshield-washer fluid into the reservoiropening.

Add a washer solvent to the washer for bet-ter cleaning. In the winter season, add awindshield-washer antifreeze. Follow themanufacturer's instructions for the mixtureratio.

Refill the reservoir more frequently whendriving conditions require an increasedamount of windshield-washer fluid.

Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSANWindshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner &Antifreeze or equivalent.

CAUTION

• Do not substitute engine antifreezecoolant for windshield-washer fluid.This may result in damage to the paint.

• Do not fill the windshield-washer fluidreservoir with washer fluid concentratesat full strength. Some methyl alcoholbased washer fluid concentrates maypermanently stain the grille if spilledwhile filling the windshield-washer fluidreservoir.

• Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates withwater to the manufacturer's recom-mended levels before pouring the fluidinto the windshield-washer fluid reser-voir. Do not use the windshield-washerfluid reservoir to mix the washer fluidconcentrate and water.

LDI3162

WINDSHIELD-WASHER FLUID

Do-it-yourself 8-11

Caution symbols for battery WARNING

O1No smoking, No exposed flames, No

SparksDo not expose the battery to flames or electrical sparks. Hydrogen gas generated by the battery is ex-

plosive. Explosive gases can cause blindness or injury.

O2 Shield eyesHandle the battery cautiously. Always wear eye protection glasses to protect against explosion or bat-

tery acid.

O3 Keep away from children Never allow children to handle the battery. Keep the battery out of the reach of children.

O4 Battery acid

Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin, eyes, fabrics, or painted surfaces. After touching a bat-tery or battery cap, immediately wash your hands thoroughly. If the battery fluid gets into your eyes, oronto your skin or clothing, flush with water immediately for at least 15 minutes and seek medical atten-tion. Battery fluid is acid. If the battery fluid gets into your eyes or onto your skin, it could cause loss of

your eyesight or burns.

O5 Note operating instructions Before handling the battery, read this instruction carefully to ensure correct and safe handling.

O6 Explosive gas Hydrogen gas generated by battery fluid is explosive. Explosive gases can cause blindness or injury.

BATTERY

8-12 Do-it-yourself

• If the battery is labeled "do not open" it ismaintenance free and battery fluid shouldnot be checked. It is recommended that youvisit an INFINITI retailer or a qualified spe-cialist workshop to confirm the battery'sperformance.

• Keep the battery surface clean and dry.Clean the battery with a solution of bakingsoda and water.

• Make certain the terminal connections areclean and securely tightened.

• If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 daysor longer, disconnect the negative (-) bat-tery terminal cable to prevent discharge.

NOTE:Care should be taken to avoid situationsthat can lead to potential battery dis-charge and potential no-start conditionssuch as:

1. Installation or extended use of electronicaccessories that consume battery powerwhen the engine is not running (Phonechargers, GPS, DVD players, etc.)

2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/oronly driven short distances.


WARNING

• Do not expose the battery to flames, anelectrical spark or a cigarette. Hydrogengas generated by the battery is explo-sive. Explosive gases can cause blindnessor injury. Do not allow battery fluid tocontact your skin, eyes, fabrics orpainted surfaces. Sulfuric acid can causeblindness or injury. After touching a bat-tery or battery cap, do not touch or rubyour eyes. Thoroughly wash your hands.If the acid contacts your eyes, skin orclothing, immediately flush with waterfor at least 15 minutes and seek medicalattention.

• When working on or near a battery, al-ways wear suitable eye protection andremove all jewelry.

• Battery posts, terminals and related ac-cessories contain lead and lead com-pounds. Wash hands after handling.

• Keep battery out of the reach of children.

• Do not tip the battery.

NOTE:

Do not try to open the top of the battery.

This battery is not equipped with removablevent caps.

Vehicles operated in high temperatures orunder severe conditions might present bat-tery liquid loss. It is recommended that youvisit an INFINITI retailer for a proper batterydiagnosis and service in case of required.

LDI3229

Do-it-yourself 8-13

JUMP STARTING

If jump starting is necessary, see “Jump start-ing” (P. 6-5). If the engine does not start byjump starting, the battery may have to bereplaced. It is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

CAUTION

• Do not ground accessories directly to thebattery terminal. Doing so will bypassthe variable voltage control system andthe vehicle battery may not chargecompletely.

• Use electrical accessories with the en-gine running to avoid discharging the ve-hicle battery.

NOTE:


Your vehicle is equipped with a variable volt-age control system. This system measuresthe amount of electrical discharge from thebattery and controls voltage generated bythe generator.

The current sensor OA is located near thebattery along the negative battery cable. Ifyou add electrical accessories to your vehicle,be sure to ground them to a suitable bodyground such as the frame or engine blockarea.

LDI3164

VARIABLE VOLTAGE CONTROLSYSTEM

8-14 Do-it-yourself

1. Automatic tensioner pulley2. Generator pulley3. Water pump pulley4. Air conditioner compressor pulley5. Crankshaft pulley

WARNING

Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF orLOCK position before servicing drive belt.The engine could rotate unexpectedly.

1. Visually inspect the belt for signs of un-usual wear, cuts, or fraying. If the belt is inpoor condition, have it replaced. It is rec-ommended that you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for this service.

2. Have the belt checked regularly forcondition.

REPLACING SPARK PLUGS

Iridium-tipped spark plugs

It is not necessary to replace iridium-tipped

OA spark plugs as frequently as conventionaltype spark plugs because they last much lon-ger. Follow the maintenance log shown in the"Maintenance and schedules" section of thismanual. Do not service iridium-tipped sparkplugs by cleaning or regapping.

• Always replace spark plugs with recom-mended or equivalent ones.

WDI0638 SDI1895

DRIVE BELT SPARK PLUGS

Do-it-yourself 8-15

WARNING

Be sure the engine and ignition switch areoff and that the parking brake is engagedsecurely.

CAUTION

Be sure to use the correct socket to removethe spark plugs. An incorrect socket candamage the spark plugs.

If replacement is required, it is recommendedthat you visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice.

WARNING

• Operating the engine with the air cleanerfilter off can cause you or others to beburned. The air cleaner filter not onlycleans the intake air, it also stops theflame if the engine backfires. If the aircleaner is not installed and the enginebackfires, you could be burned. Neverdrive with the air cleaner filter off. Becautious working on the engine when theair cleaner is off.

• Never pour fuel into the throttle body orattempt to start the engine with the aircleaner removed. Doing so could result inserious injury.

To remove the filter from the air cleaner, pushthe clips OA and pull the cover upward.

The viscous paper type filter element shouldnot be cleaned and reused. Replace it accord-ing to the maintenance log shown in the“Maintenance and schedules” section of thismanual.

When replacing the air filter, wipe the insideof the air cleaner housing and the cover witha damp cloth.

NOTE:After installing a new air cleaner filter,make sure the air cleaner cover is seatedin the housing and latch the clips OA .

IN-CABIN MICROFILTER

The in-cabin microfilter restricts the entry ofairborne dust and pollen particles and re-duces some objectionable outside odors. Thefilter is located behind the glove box. Foradditional information on change intervals,see "Maintenance and schedules" (P. 9-2).

LDI3165

AIR CLEANER

8-16 Do-it-yourself

If replacement is required, it is recommendedthat you visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice.

CLEANING

If your windshield is not clear after using thewindshield-washer or if a wiper blade chat-ters when running, wax or other material maybe on the blade or windshield.

Clean the outside of the windshield with awasher solution or a mild detergent. Yourwindshield is clean if beads do not form whenrinsing with clear water.

Clean each blade by wiping it with a clothsoaked in a washer solution or a mild deter-gent. Then rinse the blades with clear water.If your windshield is still not clear after clean-ing the blades and using the wiper, replacethe blades.

CAUTION

Worn windshield wiper blades can damagethe windshield and impair driver vision.

REPLACING

Replace the wiper blades if they are worn.

To replace the windshield wiper blades, fol-low the procedure below:

1. When the ignition switch is ON or within60 seconds after placing the ignitionswitch from the ON to OFF position,place the windshield wiper and washerlever into the OFF position.

2. Rapidly lift the windshield wiper andwasher lever OA upwards twice within 0.5seconds. This action will cause the wipersto automatically take the service position.

LDI3250

WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES

Do-it-yourself 8-17

3. Once the wipers are in the service posi-tion, push the release tab OC .

4. Move the wiper blade down OB andremove.

5. Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiperarm until it clicks into place.

6. Rotate the wiper blade so the dimple is inthe groove.

7. Finally, lift the windshield wiper andwasher lever to the mist position OD onceand release. This action will cause thewipers to resume the set position.

CAUTION

• After wiper blade replacement, returnthe wiper arm to its original position;otherwise it may be damaged when thehood is opened.

• Make sure the wiper blades contact theglass; otherwise the arms may be dam-aged from wind pressure.

If you wax the surface of the hood, be carefulnot to let wax get into the washer nozzle OF .This may cause clogging or improperwindshield-washer operation. If wax getsinto the nozzle, remove it with a needle orsmall pin OE .

LDI2785 LDI3251

LDI3189

8-18 Do-it-yourself

Rear window wiper blade

If checking or replacement is required, it isrecommended that you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for this service.

If the brakes do not operate properly, it isrecommended that you have the brakeschecked. It is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

Self-adjusting brakes

Your vehicle is equipped with self-adjustingbrakes.

The front and rear disc-type brakes self-adjust every time the brake pedal is applied.

WARNING

Have your brake system checked if thebrake pedal height does not return to nor-mal. It is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

Brake pad wear indicators

The disc brake pads on your vehicle haveaudible wear indicators. When a brake padrequires replacement, a high pitched scrapingor screeching sound will be heard when thevehicle is in motion. The noise will be heardwhether or not the brake pedal is depressed.Have the brakes checked as soon as possibleif the wear indicator sound is heard.

Under some driving or climate conditions, oc-casional brake squeak, squeal or other noisemay be heard. Occasional brake noise duringlight to moderate stops is normal and doesnot affect the function or performance of thebrake system.

Proper brake inspection intervals should befollowed. For additional information regard-ing brake inspections, refer to the appropri-ate maintenance schedule information in the"Maintenance and schedules" (P. 9-2).

BRAKES

Do-it-yourself 8-19

If any electrical equipment does not operate,check for an open fuse.

Fuses are used in the passenger and enginecompartment. Spare fuses are provided andcan be found in the passenger compartmentfuse box.

When installing a fuse make sure the fuse isinstalled in the fuse box securely.

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

WARNING

Never use a fuse of higher or lower amper-age rating than that specified on the fusebox cover. This could damage the electricalsystem or electronic control units or causea fire.

If any electrical equipment does not come on,check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition switch and the head-light switch are OFF.

2. Open the engine hood.

3. Remove the fuse box cover by pushing thetabs and lifting the cover up.

4. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller. Thefuse puller is located in the fuse block inthe passenger compartment.

LDI2997 LDI3174

FUSES

8-20 Do-it-yourself

5. If the fuse is open OA , replace it with anew fuse OB .

6. If a new fuse also opens, have the electri-cal system checked and repaired. It is rec-ommended that you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for this service.

Fusible links

If the electrical equipment does not operateand fuses are in good condition, check thefusible links. If any of these fusible links aremelted, replace with only Genuine NISSANparts.

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

WARNING

Never use a fuse of higher or lower amper-age rating than that specified on the fusebox cover. This could damage the electricalsystem or electronic control units or causea fire.

If any electrical equipment does not operate,check for an open fuse.

NOTE:

The fuse box is located on the driver's side ofthe instrument panel.

1. Be sure the ignition switch and the head-light switch are OFF.

2. Remove the fuse box cover OA with asuitable tool. Use a cloth to avoid damag-ing the trim.

3. Locate the fuse that needs to be replaced.

4. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller OB .

LDI3200 LDI3167

Do-it-yourself 8-21

5. If the fuse is open OC , replace it with anequivalent good fuse OD .

6. Push the fuse box cover to install.

If a new fuse also opens, have the electricalsystem checked and repaired. It is recom-mended that you visit an INFINITI retailer forthis service.

NOTE:

Your vehicle may not be equipped with allfuses listed on the fuse label.

CAUTION

Be careful not to allow children to swallowthe battery or removed parts.

INFINITI INTELLIGENT KEY

LDI3203

LDI3308

BATTERY REPLACEMENT

8-22 Do-it-yourself

Replace the battery in the Intelligent Key asfollows:

1. Remove the mechanical key from the In-telligent Key.

2. Insert a small flathead screwdriver OA intothe slit OB of the corner and twist it toseparate the upper part from the lowerpart. Place a cloth over the screwdriver toprotect the casing.

3. Replace the battery with a new one.

Recommended battery: CR2032 orequivalent.

• Do not touch the internal circuit and electricterminals as doing so could cause amalfunction.

• Hold the battery by the edges. Holding thebattery across the contact points will seri-ously deplete the storage capacity.

• Make sure that the + side faces the bottomof the lower part.

4. Close the lid securely as illustrated with

OC and OD .

5. Operate the buttons to check theoperation.

If you need assistance with replacement, it isrecommended that you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for this service.

FCC Notice:

For USA:This device complies with Part 15 of the FCCRules. Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions: (1) This device may notcause harmful interference, and (2) this de-vice must accept any interference received,including interference that may cause unde-sired operation.

LDI3309

Do-it-yourself 8-23

Note: Changes or modifications not ex-pressly approved by the party responsiblefor compliance could void the user’s author-ity to operate the equipment.

For Canada:This device complies with Industry Canadalicence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operationis subject to the following two conditions: (1)this device may not cause interference, and(2) this device must accept any interference,including interference that may cause unde-sired operation of the device.

HEADLIGHTS

For additional information on headlight bulbreplacement, refer to the instructions out-lined in this section.

Replacing the LED headlight bulb

If LED headlight bulb replacement is re-quired, it is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

FOG LIGHTS (if so equipped)

For additional information on fog light bulbreplacement, refer to the instructions out-lined in this section.

Replacing the LED fog light bulb

If LED fog light bulb replacement is required,it is recommended that you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service.

LIGHTS

8-24 Do-it-yourself

EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS

Item Wattage (W) Bulb No.

Headlight assembly*High/Low — —Park/Daytime running — —Turn — —Side marker — —

Fog light (if so equipped) — —Door mirror turn signal light* — —Map light assembly*

Dome lights* — —Map lights* — —

Courtesy light (if so equipped)* — —Vanity mirror light* 2 —Footwell light* — —Welcome light* — —Personal light* — —Glove box light* 1 —Front step lights* 5 168Rear step lights (if so equipped)* 5 168Cargo lights* 5 —High-mounted stop light* — —Rear combination light

Tail* — —Stop* — —Turn* — —

Backup (reversing) assembly*Tail* — —Turn* — —Backup* — —

License plate light* — —

* It is recommended that you visit an INFINITI retailer for replacement.

Always check with the Parts Department at an INFINITI retailer for the latest partsinformation.

Do-it-yourself 8-25

1. Headlight assembly2. Map light assembly3. Personal light4. Door mirror turn signal light5. High-mounted stop light6. Cargo light7. License plate light8. Backup (reversing) assembly9. Rear combination light10. Rear step light (if so equipped)11. Front step light12. Welcome light13. Fog light (if so equipped)

REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES

All other lights are either type A, B, C or D. Whenreplacing a bulb, first remove the lens, lightand/or cover using a cloth and suitable tool.

Indicates bulb removal

Indicates bulb installation

LDI3204

WDI0263

8-26 Do-it-yourself

If you have a flat tire, see “Flat tire” (P. 6-3).

TIRE PRESSURE

Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS)

WARNING

Radio waves could adversely affect electricmedical equipment. Those who use a pace-maker should contact the electric medicalequipment manufacturer for the possibleinfluences before use.

This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pres-sure Monitoring System (TPMS). It monitorstire pressure of all tires except the spare.When the low tire pressure warning light is litand the “Tire Pressure Low – Add Air” warn-ing appears in the vehicle information display,one or more of your tires is significantlyunder-inflated. If equipped, the system alsodisplays pressure of all tires (except the sparetire) on the display screen by sending a signalfrom a sensor that is installed in each wheel.

The TPMS will activate only when the vehicleis driven at speeds above 16 mph (25 km/h).Also, this system may not detect a suddendrop in tire pressure (for example a flat tirewhile driving).

For additional information, see “Low tirepressure warning light” (P. 2-13), “Tire Pres-sure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P. 5-5) and“Flat tire” (P. 6-3).

Tire inflation pressure

Check the tire pressures (including the spare)often and always prior to long distance trips.The recommended tire pressure specifica-tions are shown on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label or the Tire andLoading Information label under the “ColdTire Pressure” heading. The Tire and LoadingInformation label is affixed to the driver sidecenter pillar. Tire pressures should bechecked regularly because:

• Most tires naturally lose air over time.

• Tires can lose air suddenly when drivenover potholes or other objects or if thevehicle strikes a curb while parking.

The tire pressures should be checked whenthe tires are cold. The tires are consideredCOLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3or more hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6km) at moderate speeds.

TPMS with Tire Inflation Indicator provides vi-sual and audible signals outside the vehicle forinflating the tires to the recommended COLD tirepressure. For additional information, see “TPMSwith tire inflation indicator” (P. 5-7).

Incorrect tire pressure, including under infla-tion, may adversely affect tire life and ve-hicle handling.

WARNING

• Improperly inflated tires can fail sud-denly and cause an accident.

• The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR) is located on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label. The ve-hicle weight capacity is indicated on theTire and Loading Information label. Donot load your vehicle beyond this capac-ity. Overloading your vehicle may resultin reduced tire life, unsafe operating con-ditions due to premature tire failure, orunfavorable handling characteristicsand could also lead to a serious accident.Loading beyond the specified capacitymay also result in failure of other vehiclecomponents.

• Before taking a long trip, or wheneveryou heavily load your vehicle, use a tirepressure gauge to ensure that the tirepressures are at the specified level.

• For additional information regardingtires, refer to “Important Tire Safety In-formation” (US) or “Tire Safety Informa-tion” (Canada) in the Warranty Informa-tion Booklet.

WHEELS AND TIRES

Do-it-yourself 8-27

Tire and Loading Information label

�1 Seating capacity: The maximum numberof occupants that can be seated in thevehicle.

�2 Original tire size: The size of the tiresoriginally installed on the vehicle at thefactory.

�3 Cold tire pressure: Inflate the tires to thispressure when the tires are cold. Tires areconsidered COLD after the vehicle hasbeen parked for 3 or more hours, ordriven less than 1 mile (1.6 km) at moder-ate speeds. The recommended cold tireinflation is set by the manufacturer to

provide the best balance of tire wear,vehicle handling, driveability, tire noise,etc., up to the vehicle's GVWR.

�4 Tire size - see “Tire labeling” (P. 8-30).

�5 Spare tire size.

�6 Vehicle load limit: see “Vehicle loadinginformation” (P. 10-15).

Checking tire pressure

WARNING

• Driving at high speeds, 100 mph(160 km/h) or higher sustainedwhere it is legal to do so, can causetires to have excessive heat buildup, which may result in a tire fail-ure causing loss of control, crash,injuries or even death.

LDI3172 LDI0393

8-28 Do-it-yourself

• Some high-speed rated tires re-quire inflation pressure adjust-ment for high-speed operation.When speed limits and road condi-tions allow vehicle driving at highspeeds, make sure tires are ratedto support high speed operation,tires are in optimal conditions andpressure is adjusted to correctcold inflation pressure for highspeed operation.

• If your vehicle is equipped withP235/55RF19 or P255/45RF20tire sizes, tires require adjustmentto the inflation pressure whendriving the vehicle at speeds of100 mph (160 km/h) or higherwhere it is legal to do so. Set thecold inflation pressure to 36 psi(250 kPa).

• After vehicle high speed operationhas ended, readjust the tire pres-sure to the recommended cold in-flation pressure. For additional in-formation, see "Checking tirepressure" (P. 8-28).

1. Remove the valve stem cap fromthe tire.

2. Press the pressure gauge squarelyonto the valve stem. Do not presstoo hard or force the valve stemsideways, or air will escape. If thehissing sound of air escaping fromthe tire is heard while checking thepressure, reposition the gauge toeliminate this leakage.

3. Remove the gauge.

4. Read the tire pressure on thegauge stem and compare to thespecification shown on the Tireand Loading Information label.

5. Add air to the tire as needed. If toomuch air is added, press the core ofthe valve stem briefly with the tipof the gauge stem to release pres-sure. Recheck the pressure and addor release air as needed.

6. Install the valve stem cap.

7. Check the pressure of all othertires, including the spare.

8. Check the pressure when drivingthe vehicle at speeds of 100 mph(160 km/h) or higher where it islegal to do so.

Size Cold Tire Infla-tion Pressure

Front and RearOriginal Tire:P235/55RF19

33 psi, 230 kPa


33 psi, 230 kPa

Spare Tire: none

Do-it-yourself 8-29

Recommended tire inflation pres-sures at speeds of 100 mph (160km/h) or higher where it is legal to doso.

Size Cold Tire Infla-tion Pressure


36 psi, 250 kPa


36 psi, 250 kPa

Spare Tire: none TIRE LABELING

Federal law requires tire manufactur-ers to place standardized informationon the sidewall of all tires. This infor-mation identifies and describes thefundamental characteristics of the tireand also provides the Tire Identifica-tion Number (TIN) for safety standardcertification. The TIN can be used toidentify the tire in case of a recall.

WDI0394

Example

8-30 Do-it-yourself

O1 Tire size (example: P215/65R1595H)

1. P: The “P” indicates the tire is de-signed for passenger vehicles (notall tires have this information).

2. Three-digit number (215): Thisnumber gives the width in millime-ters of the tire from sidewall edgeto sidewall edge.

3. Two-digit number (65): This num-ber, known as the aspect ratio,gives the tire's ratio of height towidth.

4. R: The “R” stands for radial.

5. Two-digit number (15): This num-ber is the wheel or rim diameter ininches.

6. Two- or three-digit number (95):This number is the tire's load index.It is a measurement of how muchweight each tire can support. Youmay not find this information on alltires because it is not required bylaw.

7. H: Tire speed rating. You should notdrive the vehicle faster than the tirespeed rating.

WDI0395

Example

Do-it-yourself 8-31

O2 TIN (Tire Identification Number)for a new tire (example: DOT XX XXXXX XXXX)

1. DOT: Abbreviation for the “Depart-ment Of Transportation”. The sym-bol can be placed above, below orto the left or right of the Tire Iden-tification Number.

2. Two-digit code: Manufacturer'sidentification mark.

3. Two-digit code: Tire size.

4. Three-digit code: Tire type code(Optional).

5. Four numbers represent the weekand year the tire was built. For ex-ample, the numbers 3103 meansthe 31st week of 2003. If thesenumbers are missing then look onthe other sidewall of the tire.

O3 Tire ply composition and material

The number of layers or plies ofrubber-coated fabric in the tire. Tiremanufacturers also must indicate thematerials in the tire, which includesteel, nylon, polyester and others.

O4 Maximum permissible inflationpressure

This number is the greatest amount ofair pressure that should be put in thetire. Do not exceed the maximum per-missible inflation pressure.

O5 Maximum load rating

This number indicates the maximumload in kilograms and pounds that canbe carried by the tire. When replacingthe tires on the vehicle, always use atire that has the same load rating asthe factory installed tire.

O6 Term of “tubeless” or “tube type”

LDI2786

Example

8-32 Do-it-yourself

Indicates whether the tire requires aninner tube (“tube type”) or not(“tubeless”).

O7 The word “radial”

The word “radial” is shown if the tirehas radial structure.

O8 Manufacturer or brand name

Manufacturer or brand name isshown.

Other Tire-related Terminology

In addition to the many terms that aredefined throughout this section, In-tended Outboard Sidewall is (1) thesidewall that contains a whitewall,bears white lettering or bears manu-facturer, brand, and/or model namemolding that is higher or deeper thanthe same molding on the other side-wall of the tire, or (2) the outwardfacing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire

that has a particular side that mustalways face outward when mountedon a vehicle.

TYPES OF TIRES

WARNING

• When changing or replacing tires, be sureall four tires are of the same type (i.e.,Summer, All Season or Snow) and con-struction. An INFINITI retailer may beable to help you with information abouttire type, size, speed rating andavailability.

• Replacement tires may have a lowerspeed rating than the factory equippedtires, and may not match the potentialmaximum vehicle speed. Never exceedthe maximum speed rating of the tire.

• Replacing tires with those not originallyspecified by INFINITI could affect theproper operation of the low tire pressurewarning system.

• Always use tires of the same type, size,brand, construction and tread pattern onall four wheels. Failure to do so may re-sult in a circumference difference be-tween tires on the front and rear axleswhich can cause the Vehicle DynamicControl (VDC) system to malfunction re-sulting in personal injury or death, exces-sive tire wear and may damage thetransmission, transfer case and differen-tial gears.


All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models

CAUTION

• ONLY use spare tires specified for theAWD model.

If excessive tire wear is found, it is recom-mended that all four tires be replaced withtires of the same size, brand, constructionand tread pattern. The tire pressure andwheel alignment should also be checked andcorrected as necessary. It is recommendedthat you visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice.

Do-it-yourself 8-33

All season tires

INFINITI specifies All Season tires on somemodels to provide good performance all year,including snowy and icy road conditions. AllSeason tires are identified by ALL SEASONand/or M&S on the tire sidewall. Snow tireshave better snow traction than All Seasontires and may be more appropriate in someareas.

Summer tires

INFINITI specifies summer tires on somemodels to provide superior performance ondry roads. Summer tire performance is sub-stantially reduced in snow and ice. Summertires do not have the tire traction rating“M&S” on the tire sidewall.

If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy oricy conditions, INFINITI recommends the useof SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on allfour wheels.

Snow tires

If snow tires are needed, it is necessary toselect tires equivalent in size and load ratingto the original equipment tires. If you do not,it can adversely affect the safety and han-dling of your vehicle.

Generally, snow tires have lower speed rat-ings than factory equipped tires and may notmatch the potential maximum vehicle speed.Never exceed the maximum speed rating ofthe tire.

If you install snow tires, they must be thesame size, brand, construction and tread pat-tern on all four wheels.

For additional traction on icy roads, studdedtires may be used. However, some U.S. statesand Canadian provinces prohibit their use.Check local, state and provincial laws beforeinstalling studded tires. Skid and traction ca-pabilities of studded snow tires on wet or drysurfaces may be poorer than that of non-studded snow tires.

Run–flat tires

Your vehicle is equipped with run-flat tiresand is not equipped with a spare tire, or a jackand tool kit. The jack and tool kit may bepurchased at the dealer. Please consult anINFINITI retailer for additional information.You can continue driving to a safe locationeven if the run-flat tires are punctured. Al-ways use run-flat tires of the specified size onall four wheels. Mixing tire sizes or construc-tion may reduce vehicle handling stability. Ifnecessary, it is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

Frequently check the tire pressure and adjustpressure of each tire properly. The tire pres-sure can be also checked in the vehicle infor-mation display.

It can be difficult to tell if a run-flat tire isunder-inflated or flat. Check the tire pres-sures as described in this section. If the tirebecomes under-inflated while driving, thelow tire pressure warning light will illuminateand the “Tire Pressure Low – Add Air” warn-ing appears in the vehicle information display.If the tire becomes flat while driving, the lowtire pressure warning light and the “Flat Tire –Visit dealer" warning will appear.

Low tire pressure:

If the vehicle is being driven with low tirepressure, the low tire pressure warning lightwill illuminate and the “Tire Pressure Low –Add Air” warning appears in the vehicle infor-mation display.

Flat tire:

If the vehicle is being driven with one or moreflat tires, the low tire pressure warning lightwill illuminate continuously and a chime willsound for 10 seconds. A “Flat-Tire – Visitdealer" warning also appears in the vehicleinformation display.

8-34 Do-it-yourself

The chime will only sound at the first indica-tion of a flat tire and the warning light willilluminate continuously. When the flat tirewarning is activated, have the system resetand the tire checked and replaced if neces-sary. It is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service. Even if thetire is inflated to the specified COLD tirepressure, the warning light will continue toilluminate until the system is reset. It is recom-mended that you visit an INFINITI retailer forthis service.

If the low tire pressure warning light illumi-nates continuously and the “Flat Tire – Visitdealer" warning appears in the vehicle infor-mation display:

• Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).

• Increase your following distance to allowfor increased stopping distances.

• Avoid sudden maneuvers, hard corneringand hard braking.

WARNING

• Although you can continue driving with apunctured run-flat tire, remember thatvehicle handling stability is reduced,which could lead to an accident and per-sonal injury. Also, driving a long distanceat high speeds may damage the tire.

• Do not drive at speeds above 50 mph (80km/h) and do not drive more than ap-proximately 93 miles (150 km) with apunctured run-flat tire. The actual dis-tance the vehicle can be driven on a flattire depends on outside temperature, ve-hicle load, read conditions and otherfactors.

• Drive safely at reduced speeds. Avoidhard cornering or braking, which maycause you to lose control of the vehicle.

• If you detect any unusual sounds or vi-brations while driving with a puncturedrun-flat tire, pull off the road to a safelocation and stop the vehicle as soon aspossible. The tire may be seriously dam-aged and need to be replaced.

CAUTION

• Never install tire chains on a puncturedrun-flat tire, as this could damage yourvehicle.

• Avoid driving over any projection or pot-hole, as the clearance between the ve-hicle and the ground is smaller thannormal.

• Do not enter an automated car washwith a punctured run-flat tire.

• Have the punctured tire inspected by anINFINITI retailer or other authorized re-pair shop. Replace the tire as soon aspossible if the tire is seriously damaged.

• Always use tires of the same type, size,brand, construction (bias, bias-belted orradial), and tread pattern on all fourwheels. Failure to do so may result in acircumference difference between tireson the front and rear axles which willcause excessive tire wear and may dam-age the transmission, transfer case anddifferential gears (AWD models).

• ONLY use spare tires specified for theAWD model.

• If excessive tire wear is found, it is rec-ommended that all four tires be replacedwith tires of the same size, brand, con-struction and tread pattern. The tirepressure and wheel alignment shouldalso be checked and corrected as neces-sary. It is recommended that you visit anINFINITI retailer for this service.

Do-it-yourself 8-35

TIRE CHAINS

CAUTION

Tire chains/cables should not be installedon P255/45RF20 size tires. Installation ofthe tire chains/cables on P255/45RF20size tires will cause damage to the vehicle.If you plan to use tire chains/cables, youshould install P235/55RF19 size tires onyour vehicle.

Use of tire chains may be prohibited accord-ing to location. Check the local laws beforeinstalling tire chains. When installing tirechains, make sure they are the proper size forthe tires on your vehicle and are installedaccording to the chain manufacturer's sug-gestions. Use only SAE class “S” chains. Class“S” chains are used on vehicles with restrictedtire to vehicle clearance. Vehicles that can useClass “S” chains are designed to meet theminimum clearances between the tire and theclosest vehicle suspension or body compo-nent required to accommodate the use of awinter traction device (tire chains or cables).The minimum clearances are determined us-ing the factory equipped tire size. Other typesmay damage your vehicle. Use chain tension-ers when recommended by the tire chainmanufacturer to ensure a tight fit. Loose endlinks of the tire chain must be secured or

removed to prevent the possibility of whip-ping action damage to the fenders or under-body. If possible, avoid fully loading your ve-hicle when using tire chains. In addition, driveat a reduced speed. Otherwise, your vehiclemay be damaged and/or vehicle handlingand performance may be adversely affected.

Do not use tire chains on dry roads. Drivingwith chains in such conditions can causedamage to the various mechanisms of thevehicle due to some overstress.

CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES

Tire rotation

INFINITI recommends rotating the tires ev-ery 7,500 miles (12,000 km).

For additional information on tire replacingprocedures, see “Flat tire” (P. 6-3).

As soon as possible, tighten the wheel nutsto the specified torque with a torque wrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:83 ft-lb (113 N·m)

WDI0258

8-36 Do-it-yourself

The wheel nuts must be kept tightened tospecifications at all times. It is recommendedthat wheel nuts be tightened to specificationat each tire rotation interval.

WARNING

• After rotating the tires, check and adjustthe tire pressure.

• Do not include the spare tire in the tirerotation.


Tire wear and damage

1. Wear indicator

2. Location mark

WARNING

• Tires should be periodically in-spected for wear, cracking, bulg-ing or objects caught in the tread.If excessive wear, cracks, bulgingor deep cuts are found, the tire(s)should be replaced.

• The original tires have built-intread wear indicators. When thewear indicators are visible, thetire(s) should be replaced.

• Tires degrade with age and use.Have tires, including the spare,over 6 years old checked by aqualified technician because sometire damage may not be obvious.Replace the tires as necessary toprevent tire failure and possiblepersonal injury.

• Improper service of the spare tiremay result in serious personal in-jury. If it is necessary to repair thespare tire, it is recommended thatyou visit an INFINITI retailer forthis service.

• For additional information re-garding tires, refer to “ImportantTire Safety Information” (US) or“Tire Safety Information”(Canada) in the Warranty Infor-mation Booklet.

WDI0259

Do-it-yourself 8-37

Replacing wheels and tires

When replacing a tire, use the same size,tread design, speed rating and load carryingcapacity as originally equipped. For addi-tional information, see “Wheels and tires”(P. 10-9).

WARNING

• The use of tires other than those recom-mended or the mixed use of tires of dif-ferent brands, construction (bias, bias-belted or radial), or tread patterns canadversely affect the ride, braking, han-dling, VDC system, ground clearance,body-to-tire clearance, tire chain clear-ance, speedometer calibration, headlightaim and bumper height. Some of theseeffects may lead to accidents and couldresult in serious personal injury.

• For 2WD models, if your vehicle wasoriginally equipped with four tires thatwere the same size and you are only re-placing two of the four tires, install thenew tires on the rear axle. Placing newtires on the front axle may cause loss ofvehicle control in some driving condi-tions and cause an accident and personalinjury.

• If the wheels are changed for any reason,always replace with wheels which havethe same off-set dimension. Wheels of adifferent off-set could cause prematuretire wear, degrade vehicle handling char-acteristics, affect the VDC systemand/or interference with the brakediscs. Such interference can lead to de-creased braking efficiency and/or earlybrake pad wear. For additional informa-tion on wheel off-set dimensions, see“Wheels and tires” (P. 10-9).

• When replacing a wheel without theTPMS, such as the spare tire, the TPMSwill not function and the low tire pres-sure warning light will flash for approxi-mately 1 minute. The light will remain onafter 1 minute. Have your tires replacedand/or TPMS system reset as soon aspossible. It is recommended that youvisit an INFINITI retailer for this service.


• The TPMS sensor may be damaged if it isnot handled correctly. Be careful whenhandling the TPMS sensor.

• When replacing the TPMS sensor, the IDregistration may be required. It is recom-mended that you visit an INFINITI re-tailer for ID registration.

• Do not use a valve stem cap that is notspecified by INFINITI. The valve stem capmay become stuck.

• Be sure that the valve stem caps are cor-rectly fitted. Otherwise the valve may beclogged up with dirt and cause a mal-function or loss of pressure.

• Do not install a damaged or deformedwheel or tire even if it has been repaired.Such wheels or tires could have struc-tural damage and could fail withoutwarning.

• The use of retread tires is notrecommended.


8-38 Do-it-yourself

Wheel balance

Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle han-dling and tire life. Even with regular use,wheels can get out of balance. Therefore,they should be balanced as required.

Wheel balance service should be performedwith the wheels off the vehicle. Spin balanc-ing the wheels on the vehicle could lead tomechanical damage.

• For additional information regarding tires,refer to “Important Tire Safety Informa-tion” (US) or “Tire Safety Information”(Canada) in the Warranty InformationBooklet.

Care of wheels• Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle

to maintain their appearance.

• Clean the inner side of the wheels when thewheel is changed or the underside of thevehicle is washed.

• Do not use abrasive cleaners when wash-ing the wheels.

• Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents orcorrosion. Such damage may cause loss ofpressure or poor seal at the tire bead.

• INFINITI recommends waxing the roadwheels to protect against road salt in areaswhere it is used during winter.

Do-it-yourself 8-39

MEMO

8-40 Do-it-yourself

9 Maintenance and schedules

Maintenance requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2Scheduled maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2Where to go for service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2

General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2Explanation of general maintenanceitems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . . . .9-5

Emission control system maintenance: . . . . . . . . .9-6Chassis and body maintenance: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-6

Maintenance schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-7Additional maintenance Items for severeoperating conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-7Oil control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-82.0L 4 cylinder(KR20DDET engine model) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-8

Some day-to-day and regular maintenance isessential to maintain your vehicle good me-chanical condition, as well as its emissionsand engine performance.

It is the owner's responsibility to make surethat the scheduled maintenance, as well asgeneral maintenance, is performed.

As the vehicle owner, you are the only onewho can ensure that your vehicle receivesproper maintenance. You are a vital link in themaintenance chain.

GENERAL MAINTENANCE

General maintenance includes those itemswhich should be checked during normal day-to-day operation. They are essential forproper vehicle operation. It is your responsi-bility to perform these procedures regularlyas prescribed.

Performing general maintenance checks re-quires minimal mechanical skill and only a fewgeneral automotive tools.

These checks or inspections can be done byyourself, a qualified technician or, if you pre-fer, an INFINITI retailer.

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE

The maintenance items listed in this sectionare required to be serviced at regular inter-vals. However under severe driving condi-tions, additional or more frequent mainte-nance will be required.

WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICE

If maintenance service is required or yourvehicle appears to malfunction, have the sys-tems checked and serviced. It is recom-mended that you visit an INFINITI retailer forthis service.

INFINITI technicians are well-trained spe-cialists and are kept up-to-date with the lat-est service information through technical bul-letins, service tips and training programs.They are fully qualified to work on INFINITIvehicles before work begins.

If your vehicle is involved in a collision, it isrecommended that you ask your INFINITIretailer where the nearest INFINITI CertifiedCollision Center is located, or go tohttp://collision.infinitiusa.com.

You can be confident that an INFINITI retail-er’s service department can perform the ser-vice needed to meet the maintenance re-quirements on your vehicle.

During the normal day-to-day operation ofthe vehicle, general maintenance should beperformed regularly as prescribed in this sec-tion. If you detect any unusual sounds, vibra-tions or smells, be sure to check for the causeor have it checked promptly. In addition, it isrecommended that you visit an INFINITI re-tailer if you think that repairs are required.

When performing any checks or maintenancework, closely observe the “Maintenance pre-cautions” in the “Do-it-yourself” section ofthis manual.

EXPLANATION OF GENERALMAINTENANCE ITEMS

WARNING

Failure to follow the procedures listedwithin this section may result in personalinjury.

Additional information on the followingitems with “ * ” is found in the “Do-it-yourself” section of this manual.

Outside the vehicle

The maintenance items listed here should beperformed from time to time, unless other-wise specified.

MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS GENERAL MAINTENANCE

9-2 Maintenance and schedules

Doors and engine hood: Check that the doorsand engine hood operate properly. Also en-sure that all latches lock securely. Lubricatehinges, latches, latch pins, rollers and links ifnecessary. Make sure that the secondarylatch keeps the hood from opening when theprimary latch is released.

When driving in areas using road salt or othercorrosive materials, check lubricationfrequently.

Check that the gas stays or struts properlyand securely hold the hood, trunk, or rearhatch in a fully open position. If the hood,trunk, or rear hatch is not held open, have thegas stays or struts replaced.

Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regularbasis. Make sure that the headlights, stoplights, tail lights, turn signal lights, and otherlights are all operating properly and installedsecurely. Also check headlight aim.

Road wheel nuts (lug nuts)*: When checkingthe tires, make sure no wheel nuts are miss-ing, and check for any loose wheel nuts.Tighten if necessary.

Tire rotation*: Rotate tires at the specifiedinterval shown in the maintenance schedule.

Tires*: Check the pressure with a gauge of-ten and always prior to long distance trips. Ifnecessary, adjust the pressure in all tires, in-cluding the spare, to the pressure specified.Check carefully for damage, cuts or excessivewear.

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)transmitter components: Replace the TPMStransmitter grommet seal, valve core and capwhen the tires are replaced due to wear orage.

Wheel alignment and balance: If the vehicleshould pull to either side while driving on astraight and level road, or if you detect un-even or abnormal tire wear, there may be aneed for wheel alignment.

If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at nor-mal highway speeds, wheel balancing may beneeded.

For additional information regarding tires, re-fer to “Important Tire Safety Information”(US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) inthe INFINITI Warranty Information Booklet.

Windshield: Clean the windshield on a regularbasis. Check the windshield at least every sixmonths for cracks or other damage. Have adamaged windshield repaired by a qualifiedrepair facility. It is recommended that you havea damaged windshield repaired by an INFINITIretailer, or an INFINITI Certified Collision Cen-ter. To locate a collision center in your area,refer to http://collision.infinitiusa.com.

Windshield wiper blades*: Check for cracksor wear if they do not wipe properly.

Inside the vehicle

The maintenance items listed here should bechecked on a regular basis, such as whenperforming scheduled maintenance, cleaningthe vehicle, etc.

Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal forsmooth operation and make sure the pedaldoes not catch or require uneven effort. Keepthe floor mat away from the pedal.

Brake pedal: Check the pedal for smooth op-eration. If the brake pedal suddenly goesdown further than normal, the pedal feelsspongy or the vehicle seems to take longer tostop, have your vehicle checked immediately.It is recommended that you visit an INFINITIretailer for this service. Keep the floor mataway from the pedal.

Maintenance and schedules 9-3

Brakes: Check that the brakes do not pull thevehicle to one side when applied.

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) P(Park) position mechanism: On a fairly steephill check that the vehicle is held securely withthe shift lever in the P (Park) position withoutapplying any brakes.

Parking brake: Check the parking brake op-eration regularly. The vehicle should be se-curely held on a fairly steep hill with only theparking brake applied. If the parking brakedoes not securely hold the vehicle, it is recom-mended that you visit an INFINITI retailer forservice.

Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seatbelt system (for example, buckles, anchors,adjusters and retractors) operate properlyand smoothly, and are installed securely.Check the belt webbing for cuts, fraying,wear or damage.

Seats: Check seat position controls such asseat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc., to en-sure they operate smoothly and all latcheslock securely in every position. Check that thehead restraints/headrests move up anddown smoothly and the locks (if so equipped)hold securely in all latched positions.

Steering wheel: Check for changes in thesteering system, such as excessive free play,hard steering or strange noises.

Warning lights and chimes: Make sure allwarning lights and chimes are operatingproperly.

Windshield defroster: Check that the aircomes out of the defroster outlets properlyand in sufficient quantity when operating theheater or air conditioner.

Windshield wiper and washer*: Check thatthe wipers and washer operate properly andthat the wipers do not streak.

Under the hood and vehicle

The maintenance items listed here should bechecked periodically (for example, each timeyou check the engine oil or refuel).

Battery (for maintenance free batteries)*:This vehicle is equipped with a sealed main-tenance free battery. It is recommended thatyou visit an INFINITI retailer for this service.

NOTE:

Care should be taken to avoid situationsthat can lead to potential battery dischargeand potential no-start conditions such as:

1. Installation or extended use of electronicaccessories that consume battery powerwhen the engine is not running (Phonechargers, GPS, DVD players, etc.).

2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/oronly driven short distances.


Brake fluid level*: Make sure that the brakefluid level is between the MAX and MIN lineson the reservoir.

Engine coolant level*: Check the coolant levelwhen the engine is cold.

Engine drive belt*: Make sure the drive belt isnot frayed, worn, cracked or oily.

Engine oil level*: Check the level after parkingthe vehicle on a level spot and turning off theengine. Wait more than 15 minutes for the oilto drain back into the oil pan.


Exhaust system: Make sure there are noloose supports, cracks or holes. If the soundof the exhaust seems unusual or there is asmell of exhaust fumes, immediately have theexhaust system inspected. It is recommendedthat you visit an INFINITI retailer for thisservice. For additional information, see “Ex-haust gas (carbon monoxide)” (P. 5-4).

Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle for fuel,oil, water or other fluid leaks after the vehiclehas been parked for a while. Water drippingfrom the air conditioner after use is normal. Ifyou should notice any leaks or if fuel fumesare evident, check for the cause and have itcorrected immediately.

Radiator and hoses: Check the front of theradiator and clean off any dirt, insects, leaves,etc., that may have accumulated. Make surethe hoses have no cracks, deformation, rot orloose connections.

Underbody: The underbody is frequently ex-posed to corrosive substances such as thoseused on icy roads or to control dust. It is veryimportant to remove these substances, oth-erwise rust may form on the floor pan, frame,fuel lines and around the exhaust system. Atthe end of winter, the underbody should bethoroughly flushed with plain water, beingcareful to clean those areas where mud anddirt may accumulate. For additional informa-tion, see “Cleaning exterior” (P. 7-2).

Windshield-washer fluid*: Check that thereis adequate fluid in the reservoir.

The following descriptions are provided togive you a better understanding of the sched-uled maintenance items that should be regu-larly checked or replaced. The maintenanceschedule indicates at which mileage/time in-tervals each item requires service.

In addition to scheduled maintenance, yourvehicle requires that some items be checkedduring normal day-to-day operation. For ad-ditional information, see “General mainte-nance” (P. 9-2).

Items marked with “*” are recommended byINFINITI for reliable vehicle operation. Youare not required to perform maintenance onthese items in order to maintain the warran-ties which come with your INFINITI. Othermaintenance items and intervals are required.

When applicable, additional information canbe found in the “Do-it-yourself” section ofthis manual.

EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULEDMAINTENANCE ITEMS


NOTE:

INFINITI does not advocate the use of non-OEM approved aftermarket flushing sys-tems and strongly advises against perform-ing these services on an INFINITI product.Many of the aftermarket flushing systemsuse non-OEM approved chemicals or sol-vents, the use of which has not been vali-dated by INFINITI.For recommended fuel, lubricants, fluids,grease, and refrigerant, see “Recommendedfluids/lubricants and capacities” (P. 10-2).

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMMAINTENANCE:

Drive belt*: Check engine drive belt for wear,fraying or cracking and for proper tension.Replace any damaged drive belt.

Engine air filter: Replace at specified inter-vals. When driving for prolonged periods industy conditions, check/replace the filtermore frequently.

Engine coolant*: Replace coolant at thespecified interval. When adding or replacingcoolant, be sure to use only Genuine NISSANLong Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) orequivalent with the proper mixture. (For ad-

ditional information on the proper mixture foryour area, see “Engine cooling system”(P. 8-4).)

NOTE: Mixing any other type of coolant orthe use of non-distilled water may reducethe recommended service interval of thecoolant.

Engine oil and oil filter: Replace engine oiland oil filter at the specified intervals. Forrecommended oil grade and viscosity, see“Recommended fluids/lubricants and capaci-ties” (P. 10-2).

Engine valve clearance*: Inspect only if valvenoise increases. Adjust valve clearance ifnecessary.

Evaporative emissions control vapor lines*:Check vapor lines for leaks or looseness.Tighten connections or replace parts asnecessary.

Fuel lines*: Check the fuel hoses, piping andconnections for leaks, looseness, or deterio-ration. Tighten connections or replace partsas necessary.

Spark plugs: Replace at specified intervals.Install new plugs of the same type as origi-nally equipped.

CHASSIS AND BODYMAINTENANCE:

Brake lines and cables: Visually inspect forproper installation. Check for chafing, cracks,deterioration, and signs of leaking. Replaceany deteriorated or damaged partsimmediately.

Brake pads and rotors: Check for wear, de-terioration and fluid leaks. Replace any dete-riorated or damaged parts immediately.

Exhaust system: Visually inspect the exhaustpipes, muffler and hangers for leaks, cracks,deterioration, and damage. Tighten connec-tions or replace parts as necessary.

In-cabin microfilter: Replace at specified in-tervals. When driving for prolonged periods industy conditions, replace the filter morefrequently.

Propeller shaft(s): Check for damage, loose-ness, and grease leakage. (AWD)

Steering gear and linkage, axle and suspen-sion parts, drive shaft boots: Check for dam-age, looseness, and leakage of oil or grease.Under severe driving conditions, inspect morefrequently.


Tire rotation: Rotate tires at the specifiedinterval shown in the maintenance schedule.When rotating tires, check for damage anduneven wear. Replace if necessary.

Transmission fluid/oil, differential oil andtransfer case oil: Visually inspect for signs ofleakage at specified intervals.

Replace at specified intervals.

To help ensure smooth, safe and economicaldriving, INFINITI provides two maintenanceschedules that may be used, depending uponthe conditions in which you usually drive.These schedules contain both distance andtime intervals, up to 90,000 miles (144,000km)/144 months. For most people, theodometer reading will indicate when serviceis needed. However, if you drive very little,your vehicle should be serviced at the regulartime intervals shown in the schedule.

After 90,000 miles (144,000 km)/144months, continue maintenance at the samemileage/time intervals.

ADDITIONAL MAINTENANCEITEMS FOR SEVERE OPERATINGCONDITIONS

Additional maintenance items for severe op-erating conditions should be performed onvehicles that are driven under especially de-manding conditions. Additional maintenanceitems should be performed if you primarilyoperate your vehicle under the followingconditions:

• Repeated short trips of less than 5 miles (8km).

• Repeated short trips of less than 10 miles(16 km) with outside temperatures remain-ing below freezing.

• Operating in hot weather in stop-and-go“rush hour” traffic.

• Extensive idling and/or low speed drivingfor long distances, such as police, taxi ordoor-to-door delivery use.

• Driving in dusty conditions.

• Driving on rough, muddy or salt spreadroads.

• Towing a trailer, using a camper or using acar-top carrier.

If your vehicle is mainly operated under thesevere conditions, follow the severe mainte-nance intervals shown in the maintenanceschedule.

MAINTENANCE SCHEDULES


OIL CONTROL SYSTEM

Your vehicle is equipped with oil control sys-tem. It calculates engine oil and filter changeintervals based on driving conditions. Drivingin the following severe conditions will shortenthe engine oil and filter change interval.

How driving conditions affect OCS displaytiming

Conditions Driving Scene Display timing

Light

• Freeway driving• City driving (flat/moderate hills)• No towing or heavy loads• No extended engine idling

Normal

Extreme

• Repeated short trips of less than 5 miles (8 km).• Repeated short trips of less than 10 miles (16 km) with outside temperatures remaining below

freezing.• Operating in hot weather in stop-and-go “rush hour” traffic.• Extensive idling and/or low speed driving for long distances, such as police, taxi or door-to-door

delivery use.• Towing a trailer or caravan, or using a car-top carrier.• Driving with frequent use of braking or in mountainous areas.• Sustained high speed driving.

Early

CAUTION

• If the oil replacement indicator is dis-played, change the engine oil within twoweeks or less than 500 miles (800 km).

• Operating your vehicle with deterio-rated oil can damage the engine.

• If your oil replacement indicator resetsprematurely or becomes inoperative,please change the oil within six monthsor 3,750 miles (6,000 km) from your lastoil change.


2.0L 4 CYLINDER (KR20DDETengine model)

The following shows the maintenanceschedule.

Choose the maintenance schedule neededbased on your vehicle driving conditions.

After 90,000 miles (144,000 km)/144months, continue maintenance at the samemileage/time interval.

NOTE:

For information regarding coolant or sparkplug replacement, see “Additional informa-tion” (P. 9-25).

3,750 miles/(6,000 km)/6 months



• Not applicable. Proceed to the nextinterval.

Severe maintenance:

Inspections:


• Exhaust system







• Engine drive belt and hose inspections






7,500 miles/(12,000 km)/12 months



Inspections:










• Engine drive belts and hose inspections






Essentials:


• Tire rotation


Severe maintenance:

Inspections:


• Exhaust system





Essentials:




11,250 miles/(18,000 km)/18 months



Inspections:

• Intelligent key battery









Essentials:

• Replace in-cabin microfilter

Severe maintenance:

Inspections:


• Exhaust system






15,000 miles/(24,000 km)/24 months



Inspections:






• Exhaust system












• Drive shaft




Essentials:



• Tire rotation

Severe maintenance:

Inspections:


• Exhaust system





Essentials:






18,750 miles/(30,000 km)/30 months



Not applicable. Proceed to next interval.

Severe maintenance:

Inspections:


• Exhaust system













22,500 miles/(36,000 km)/36 months



Inspections:
















Essentials:


• Tire rotation


• Replace intelligent key battery

Severe maintenance:

Inspections:


• Exhaust system





Essentials:





26,250 miles/(42,000 km)/42 months




Severe maintenance:

Inspections:


• Exhaust system













30,000 miles/(48,000 km)/48 months



Inspections:







• Exhaust system









• Engine drive belt and hose inspection






Essentials:




• Tire rotation

Severe maintenance:

Inspections:


• Exhaust system





Essentials:







33,750 miles/(54,000 km)/54 months



Inspections:









Essentials:



Severe maintenance:

Inspections:


• Exhaust system






37,500 miles/(60,000 km)/60 months



Inspections:

















Essentials:


• Tire rotation

Severe maintenance:

Inspections:


• Exhaust system





Essentials:




41,250 miles/(66,000 km)/66 months




Severe maintenance:

Inspections:


• Exhaust system














45,000 miles/(72,000 km)/72 months



Inspections:







• Exhaust system















Essentials:


• Tire rotation




Severe maintenance:

Inspections:


• Exhaust system





Essentials:






48,750 miles/(78,000 km)/78 months




Severe maintenance:

Inspections:


• Exhaust system













52,500 miles/(84,000 km)/84 months



Inspections:

















Essentials:


• Tire rotation

Severe maintenance:

Inspections:


• Exhaust system





Essentials:






56,250 miles/(90,000 km)/90 months



Inspections:









Essentials:



Severe maintenance:

Inspections:


• Exhaust system





60,000 miles/(96,000 km)/96 months



Inspections:







• Exhaust system
















Essentials:




• Tire rotation

Severe maintenance:

Inspections:


• Exhaust system





Essentials:


• Replace CVT transmission fluid (4)




(4) Performed based on mileage only.


63,750 miles/(102,000 km)/102 months




Severe maintenance:

Inspections:


• Exhaust system














67,500 miles/(108,000 km)/108 months



Inspections:

















Essentials:


• Tire rotation



Severe maintenance:

Inspections:


• Exhaust system





Essentials:






71,250 miles/(114,000 km)/114 months




Severe maintenance:

Inspections:


• Exhaust system













75,000 miles/(120,000 km)/120 months



Inspections:







• Exhaust system















Essentials:


• Tire rotation


Severe maintenance:

Inspections:


• Exhaust system





Essentials:






78,750 miles/(126,000 km)/126 months



Inspections:









Essentials:



Severe maintenance:

Inspections:


• Exhaust system






82,500 miles/(132,000 km)/132 months



Inspections:

















Essentials:


• Tire rotation

Severe maintenance:

Inspections:


• Exhaust system





Essentials:• Replace brake fluid




86,250 miles/(138,000 km)/138 months




Severe maintenance:

Inspections:


• Exhaust system














90,000 miles/(144,000 km)/144 months



Inspections:







• Exhaust system















Essentials:






• Tire rotation

Severe maintenance:

Inspections:


• Exhaust system





Essentials:







Additional information

NOTE FOR ENGINE COOLANT *:

(1) First replacement interval is 105,000miles (168,000 km) or 84 months. Afterfirst replacement, replace every 75,000miles (120,000 km) or 60 months.

(2) Use only Genuine NISSAN Long LifeAntifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalentwith proper mixture ratio of 50%antifreeze and 50% demineralized ordistilled water. Mixing any other type ofcoolant or the use of non-distilled watermay reduce the life expectancy of thefactory fill coolant.

* Maintenance items and intervals with “ *” are recommended by NISSAN for reliablevehicle operation. The owner need notperform such maintenance in order tomaintain the emission warranty ormanufacturer recall liability. Othermaintenance items and intervals arerequired.

NOTE FOR SPARK PLUGS:

(1) Replace every 105,000 miles(168,000 km)

(2) Replace spark plug when the plug gapexceeds 0.045 in (1.25 mm) even if withinspecified replacement mileage.


MEMO


10 Technical and consumer information

Recommended fluids/lubricants and capacities . . 10-2Fuel recommendation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3Engine oil and oil filter recommendations . . . . . 10-6Air conditioner system refrigerant and oilrecommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-8Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9Dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-9

When traveling or registering in anothercountry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10Vehicle identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) plate . . . 10-10Vehicle identification number(chassis number) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-10Engine serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . . . 10-11Emission control information label . . . . . . . . . . 10-11Tire and Loading Information label . . . . . . . . . . 10-12Air conditioner specification label . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12

Installing front license plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-13Vehicle loading information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15

Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-15Vehicle load capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16Securing the load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17Loading tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18Measurement of weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-18

Towing a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-19Maximum load limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-20Towing load/specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23Towing safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-23Flat towing for all–wheel drive vehicle(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-28Flat towing for front wheel drive vehicle(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29

Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-29Emission control system warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-30Reporting safety defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-31Readiness for Inspection/Maintenance (I/M)test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32Event Data Recorders (EDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-32Owner's Manual/Service Manual orderinformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-33

The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be slightly different. When refilling, follow the procedure describedin the “Do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.

Fluid type

Capacity (approximate)

Recommended Fluids/LubricantsMetricMeasure

USMeasure

ImperialMeasure

Fuel 60 L 15-7/8 gal 13-1/4 gal • For additional information, see “Fuel recommendation” (P. 10-3).

Engine oil*1Drain and refill*1 For additional information,see “Engine oil” (P. 8-6).

With oil filterchange

4.7 L 5 qt 4-1/8 qt

• Genuine “NISSAN Motor Oil Ester 5W-30 SN” (or equivalent) is rec-ommended.• If the above motor oil (or engine oil) is not available, a synthetic SAE5W-30 GF-5 SN motor oil (or engine oil) may be used. Damage causedby the use of motor oil (or engine oil) other than as recommended is notcovered under INFINITI’s New Vehicle Limited Warranty. For addi-tional information, see “Engine oil and oil filter recommendations”(P. 10-6).

Without oil filterchange

4.6 L 4-7/8 qt 4 qt

Engine coolant(with reservoir)

7.7 L 2 gal 1-3/4 gal• Pre-diluted Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) orequivalent

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) fluid — — —

• Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3• INFINITI recommends using Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 (orequivalent) ONLY in INFINITI CVTs. Do not mix with other fluids. Usingfluids that are not equivalent to Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 maydamage the CVT. Damage caused by the use of fluids other than asrecommended is not covered under INFINITI’s New Vehicle LimitedWarranty outlined in your Warranty Information Booklet.

Differential gear oil — — — • Genuine NISSAN HYPOID FLUID•S1 GL-5 75W-80 or equivalent

Transfer oil — — —• Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL-5 80W-90 orequivalent conventional (non-synthetic) oil

Brake fluid — — —• Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid*2 or equivalent DOT3*2: Available in mainland U.S.A. through an INFINITI retailer

Multi-purpose grease — — — • NLGI No. 2 (Lithium Soap base)

RECOMMENDED FLUIDS/LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES

10-2 Technical and consumer information

Fluid type

Capacity (approximate)

Recommended Fluids/LubricantsMetricMeasure

USMeasure

ImperialMeasure

Air conditioning system refrigerant — — —• HFO-1234yf (R-1234yf)• For additional information, see “Air conditioner system refrigerant andoil recommendations” (P. 10-7).

Air conditioning system oil — — —• Genuine NISSAN A/C System oil ND-OIL12 or equivalent• For additional information, see “Air conditioner system refrigerant andoil recommendations” (P. 10-7).

Windshield-washer fluid — — —• Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Anti-freeze fluid or equivalent

FUEL RECOMMENDATION

Use unleaded premium gasoline with an oc-tane rating of at least 91 AKI (Anti-KnockIndex) number (Research octane number 96).

If unleaded premium gasoline is not available,unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rat-ing of at least 87 AKI number (Research oc-tane number 91) may be temporarily used,but only under the following precautions:

• Have the fuel tank filled only partially withunleaded regular gasoline, and fill up withunleaded premium gasoline as soon aspossible.

• Avoid full throttle driving and abruptacceleration.

Use unleaded premium gasoline for maxi-mum vehicle performance.

CAUTION

• Using a fuel other than that specifiedcould adversely affect the emission con-trol system, and may also affect the war-ranty coverage.

• Under no circumstances should a leadedgasoline be used, because this will dam-age the three-way catalyst.

• Do not use a fuel containing more than15% ethanol in your vehicle. Your vehicleis not designed to run on a fuel contain-ing more than 15% ethanol. Using a fuelcontaining more than 15% ethanol in avehicle not specifically designed for afuel containing more than 15% ethanolcan adversely affect the emission controldevices and systems of the vehicle. Dam-age caused by such fuel is not covered bythe INFINITI New Vehicle LimitedWarranty.

Technical and consumer information 10-3

• Do not use fuel that contains the octanebooster methylcyclopentadienyl manga-nese tricarbonyl (MMT). Using fuel con-taining MMT may adversely affect ve-hicle performance and vehicle emissions.Not all fuel dispensers are labeled to in-dicate MMT content, so you may have toconsult your gasoline retailer for moredetails. Note that Federal and Californialaws prohibit the use of MMT in refor-mulated gasoline.

• U.S. government regulations requireethanol dispensing pumps to be identi-fied by a small, square, orange and blacklabel with the common abbreviation orthe appropriate percentage for thatregion.

Gasoline specifications

INFINITI recommends using gasoline thatmeets the World-Wide Fuel Charter(WWFC) specifications where it is available.Many of the automobile manufacturers de-veloped this specification to improve emis-sion control system and vehicle performance.Ask your service station manager if the gaso-line meets the WWFC specifications.

Reformulated gasoline

Some fuel suppliers are now producing refor-mulated gasolines. These gasolines are spe-cially designed to reduce vehicle emissions.INFINITI supports efforts towards cleaner airand suggests that you use reformulatedgasoline when available.

Gasoline containing oxygenates

Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containingoxygenates such as ethanol, MTBE andmethanol with or without advertising theirpresence. INFINITI does not recommend theuse of fuels of which the oxygenate contentand the fuel compatibility for your INFINITIcannot be readily determined. If in doubt, askyour service station manager.

If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline, pleasetake the following precautions as the usageof such fuels may cause vehicle performanceproblems and/or fuel system damage.

• The fuel should be unleaded and have anoctane rating no lower than that recom-mended for unleaded gasoline.

• If an oxygenate-blend other than metha-nol blend is used, it should contain no morethan 15% oxygenate.

• If a methanol blend is used, it should con-tain no more than 5% methanol (methylalcohol, wood alcohol). It should also con-tain a suitable amount of appropriate co-solvents and corrosion inhibitors. If notproperly formulated with appropriate co-solvents and corrosion inhibitors, suchmethanol blends may cause fuel systemdamage and/or vehicle performance prob-lems. At this time, sufficient data is notavailable to ensure that all methanolblends are suitable for use in INFINITIvehicles.

If any driveability problems such as enginestalling and difficult hot-starting are experi-enced after using oxygenate-blend fuels, im-mediately change to a non-oxygenate fuel ora fuel with a low blend of MTBE.

Take care not to spill gasoline during refuel-ing. Gasoline containing oxygenates cancause paint damage.

E–15 fuel

E-15 fuel is a mixture of approximately 15%fuel ethanol and 85% unleaded gasoline.E-15 can only be used in vehicles designed torun on E-15 fuel. U.S. government regula-tions require fuel ethanol dispensing pumpsto be identified with small, square, orange


and black label with the common abbrevia-tion or the appropriate percentage for thatregion.

E–85 fuel

E-85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85%fuel ethanol and 15% unleaded gasoline.E-85 can only be used in a Flexible Fuel Ve-hicle (FFV). Do not use E-85 in your vehicle.U.S. government regulations require fuelethanol dispensing pumps to be identified bya small, square, orange and black label withthe common abbreviation or the appropriatepercentage for that region.

Fuel containing MMT

MMT, or methylcyclopentadienyl manganesetricarbonyl, is an octane boosting additive.INFINITI does not recommend the use of fuelcontaining MMT. Such fuel may adverselyaffect vehicle performance, including theemissions control system. Note that whilesome fuel pumps label MMT content, not alldo, so you may have to consult your gasolineretailer for more details.

Aftermarket fuel additives

INFINITI does not recommend the use of anyaftermarket fuel additives (for example, fuelinjector cleaner, octane booster, intake valvedeposit removers, etc.) which are sold com-mercially. Many of these additives intendedfor gum, varnish or deposit removal may con-tain active solvents or similar ingredients thatcan be harmful to the fuel system and engine.

Octane rating tips

Using unleaded gasoline with an octane rat-ing lower than recommended can cause per-sistent, heavy “spark knock.” (“Spark knock”is a metallic rapping noise.) If severe, this canlead to engine damage. If you detect a per-sistent heavy spark knock even when usinggasoline of the stated octane rating, or if youhear steady spark knock while holding asteady speed on level roads, it is recom-mended that you have an INFINITI retailercorrect the condition. Failure to correct thecondition is misuse of the vehicle, for whichINFINITI is not responsible.

Incorrect ignition timing may result in sparkknock, after-run and/or overheating, whichmay cause excessive fuel consumption or en-gine damage. If any of the above symptomsare encountered, have your vehicle checked.It is recommended that you visit an INFINITIretailer.

However, now and then you may notice lightspark knock for a short time while accelerat-ing or driving up hills. This is not a cause forconcern, because you get the greatest fuelbenefit when there is light spark knock for ashort time under heavy engine load.


ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTERRECOMMENDATIONS

Selecting the correct oil

It is essential to choose the correct grade,quality and viscosity engine oil to ensure sat-isfactory engine life and performance. Foradditional information, see "Recommendedfluids/lubricants and capacities" (P. 10-2).INFINITI recommends the use of an energyconserving oil in order to improve fueleconomy.

Select only engine oils that meet the Ameri-can Petroleum Institute (API) certification or

International Lubricant Standardization andApproval Committee (ILSAC) certificationand SAE viscosity standard. These oils havethe API certification mark on the front of thecontainer. Oils which do not have the speci-fied quality label should not be used as theycould cause engine damage.

Oil additives

INFINITI does not recommend the use of oiladditives. The use of an oil additive is notnecessary when the proper oil type is usedand maintenance intervals are followed.

Oil which may contain foreign matter or hasbeen previously used should not be used.

Oil viscosity

The engine oil viscosity or thickness changeswith temperature. Because of this, it is impor-tant to select the engine oil viscosity based onthe temperatures at which the vehicle will beoperated before the next oil change. Choos-ing an oil viscosity other than that recom-mended could cause serious engine damage.

Selecting the correct oil filter

Your new INFINITI vehicle is equipped with ahigh-quality Genuine NISSAN oil filter. Whenreplacing, use a Genuine NISSAN oil filter orits equivalent for the reason described in“Change intervals”.

Change intervals

The oil and oil filter change intervals for yourengine are based on the use of the specifiedquality oils and filters. Using engine oil andfilters that are not of the specified quality, orexceeding recommended oil and filter changeintervals could reduce engine life.

LTI2061


CAUTION

Damage to engine caused by impropermaintenance or use of incorrect oil and fil-ter quality and/or viscosity is not coveredby the INFINITI New Vehicle LimitedWarranty.

Your engine was filled with a high-qualityengine oil when it was built. You do not haveto change the oil before the first recom-mended change interval. Oil and filter changeintervals depend upon how you use yourvehicle.

Operation under the following conditionsmay require more frequent oil and filterchanges:

• repeated short distance driving at cold out-side temperatures

• driving in dusty conditions

• extensive idling

• towing a trailer

• stop and go commuting

For additional information on maintenanceschedules, see “Maintenance and schedules”(P. 9-2).

AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEMREFRIGERANT AND OILRECOMMENDATIONS

The air conditioner system in your INFINITIvehicle must be charged with the refrigerantHFO-1234yf (R-1234yf) and the oil, Genu-ine NISSAN A/C System Oil Type ND-OIL12or the exact equivalents.

CAUTION

The use of any other refrigerant or oil willcause severe damage to the air condition-ing system and will require the replacementof all air conditioner system components.

The refrigerant HFO-1234yf (R-1234yf) inyour INFINITI vehicle does not harm theearth's ozone layer. Although this refrigerantdoes not affect the earth's atmosphere, cer-tain government regulations require the re-covery and recycling of any refrigerant duringautomotive air conditioner system service. AnINFINITI retailer has the trained techniciansand equipment needed to recover and recycleyour air conditioner system refrigerant.

It is recommended that you visit an INFINITIretailer when servicing your air conditionersystem.


ENGINE

Model 2.0L 4 cylinder (KR20DDET engine model)

Type Gasoline, 4-cycle, DOHC

Cylinder arrangement 4-cylinder, inline

Bore x Stroke

when compression ratio = 8 in (mm) 3.307 x 3.547 (84.0 x 90.1)

when compression ratio = 14 in (mm) 3.307 x 3.500 (84.0 x 88.9)

Displacement

when compression ratio = 8 cu in (cm 3) 121.86 (1,997)

when compression ratio = 14 cu in (cm 3) 120.22 (1,970)

Firing order 1–3–4–2

Idle speed

No adjustment is necessary.CVT in N (Neutral) position

Ignition timing (degree B.T.D.C. at idle speed)

CO % at idle

Spark plug DILKAR7N9HG

Spark plug gap (Nominal) in (mm) 0.035 (0.9)

Camshaft operation Timing chain

This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES-002.

SPECIFICATIONS


WHEELS AND TIRES

Wheel type Offset in (mm) Size

Aluminum 1.54 (39) 19 x 7.5J

1.73 (44) 20 x 8.5J

Tire size P235/55RF19

P255/45RF20

Spare tire Not equipped

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS

Overall length in (mm) 184.8 (4,693)

Overall width in (mm) 74.9 (1,903)

Overall height in (mm) 66.1 (1,679)

Front track

19 inch wheel in (mm) 64.4 (1,635)

20 inch wheel in (mm) 64.0 (1,625)

Rear track

19 inch wheel in (mm) 64.2 (1,630)

20 inch wheel in (mm) 63.8 (1,620)

Wheelbase in (mm) 110.2 (2,800)

Gross vehicle weight rating lbs. (kg) Refer to the“F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certifica-tion label” on thecenter pillar be-tween the driver'sside front and reardoors.

Gross axle weight rating

Front lbs. (kg)

Rearlbs. (kg)


When planning to drive your INFINITI ve-hicle in another country, you should first findout if the fuel available is suitable for yourvehicle's engine.

Using fuel with an octane rating that is toolow may cause engine damage. All gasolinevehicles must be operated with unleadedgasoline. Therefore, avoid taking your vehicleto areas where appropriate fuel is notavailable.

When transferring the registration of yourvehicle to another country, state, provinceor district, it may be necessary to modify thevehicle to meet local laws and regulations.

The laws and regulations for motor vehicleemission control and safety standards varyaccording to the country, state, province ordistrict; therefore, vehicle specifications maydiffer.

When any vehicle is to be taken into anothercountry, state, province or district and reg-istered, its modifications, transportation,and registration are the responsibility of theuser. INFINITI is not responsible for any in-convenience that may result.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONNUMBER (VIN) PLATE

The VIN plate is located as shown. This num-ber is the identification for your vehicle and isused in the vehicle registration.

The VIN number is also available through thecenter display screen. For additional informa-tion, refer to the separate INFINITI InTouch™Owner's Manual.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONNUMBER (chassis number)

The vehicle identification number is locatedas shown.

LTI2050 LTI2332

WHEN TRAVELING ORREGISTERING IN ANOTHERCOUNTRY

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION


ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER

The number is stamped on the engine asshown.

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.CERTIFICATION LABEL

The Federal/Canadian Motor Vehicle SafetyStandard (F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.) certifica-tion label is affixed as shown. This label con-tains valuable vehicle information, such as:(GVWR), (GAWR), month and year of manu-facture, (VIN), etc. Review it carefully.

EMISSION CONTROLINFORMATION LABEL

The emission control information label is at-tached to the underside of the hood asshown.

LTI2328 WTI0172 WTI0188


TIRE AND LOADINGINFORMATION LABEL

The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tireand Loading Information label. The label islocated as shown.

AIR CONDITIONERSPECIFICATION LABEL

The air conditioner specification label is af-fixed to the underside of the hood as shown.

LTI0197 LTI2357


Symbol Name Reference Graphic

Caution ISO 7000 0434

Air Conditioning System(MAC)

ISO 2575 D01

MAC System Lubricant Type(PAG–POE)

Requires Registered Technician toService MAC System

Flammable Refrigerant

Air Conditioner Specification Label Symbols

1. Find the centerline of the vehicle andmeasure down 1.06 in (27 mm). Mark thelocation on the fascia.

2. Drill a 0.47 in (12 mm) hole OA in thefascia.

LTI2237

INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE


3. Hold the license plate bracket to the fas-cia and mark two locations OB .

4. Remove the license plate bracket and drilltwo 0.39 in (10 mm) holes in the locationsmarked in the previous step.

5. Hold the license plate bracket to the fas-cia and mark two locations OC .

6. Remove the license plate bracket and drilltwo 0.79in (20 mm) holes in the locationsmarked in the previous step.

7. Insert two screw grommets OD into thefascia.

8. Install the license plate bracket to the fas-cia with two screws OE .

LTI2329 LTI2340 LTI2341


WARNING

• It is extremely dangerous to ride ina cargo area inside a vehicle. In acollision, people riding in these ar-eas are more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed.

• Do not allow people to ride in anyarea of your vehicle that is notequipped with seats and seatbelts.

• Be sure everyone in your vehicle isin a seat and using a seat beltproperly.

TERMS

It is important to familiarize yourselfwith the following terms before load-ing your vehicle:

• Curb Weight (actual weight of yourvehicle) - vehicle weight including:standard and optional equipment,fluids, emergency tools, and sparetire assembly. This weight does notinclude passengers and cargo.

• GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) - curbweight plus the combined weight ofpassengers and cargo.

• GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rat-ing) - maximum total combinedweight of the unloaded vehicle, pas-sengers, luggage, hitch, trailertongue load and any other optionalequipment. This information is lo-cated on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.certification label.

• GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) -maximum weight (load) limit specifiedfor the front or rear axle. This infor-mation is located on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label.

• GCWR (Gross Combined WeightRating) - The maximum total weightrating of the vehicle, passengers,cargo, and trailer.

• Vehicle Capacity Weight, Load limit,Total load capacity - maximum totalweight limit specified of the load(passengers and cargo) for the ve-hicle. This is the maximum combinedweight of occupants and cargo thatcan be loaded into the vehicle. If thevehicle is used to tow a trailer, thetrailer tongue weight must be in-cluded as part of the cargo load. Thisinformation is located on the Tireand Loading Information label.

• Cargo capacity - permissible weightof cargo, the subtracted weight ofoccupants from the load limit.

VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION


VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY

Do not exceed the load limit of yourvehicle shown as “The combinedweight of occupants and cargo” on theTire and Loading Information label. Donot exceed the number of occupantsshown as “Seating Capacity” on theTire and Loading Information label.

To get “the combined weight of occu-pants and cargo”, add the weight of alloccupants, then add the total luggageweight. Examples are shown in thefollowing illustration.

Steps for determining correct loadlimit

1. Locate the statement “The com-bined weight of occupants and

LTI2320

Example


cargo should never exceed XXX lbs.or XXX kg” on your vehicle’splacard.

2. Determine the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers that willbe riding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers fromXXX lbs. or XXX kg.

4. The resulting figure equals theavailable amount of cargo and lug-gage load capacity. For example, ifthe XXX amount equals 1,400 lbs.and there will be five 150 lbs. pas-sengers in your vehicle, the amountof available cargo and luggageload capacity is 650 lbs. (1,400-750 (5 X 150) = 650 lbs.) or (640-340 (5 X 70) = 300 kg.)

5. Determine the combined weight ofluggage and cargo being loaded onthe vehicle. That weight may notsafely exceed the available cargoand luggage load capacity calcu-lated in step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towing atrailer, load from your trailer will betransferred to your vehicle. Consultthis manual to determine how thisreduces the available cargo andluggage load capacity of yourvehicle.

Before driving a loaded vehicle, con-firm that you do not exceed the GVWRor the GAWR for your vehicle. For ad-ditional information, see “Measure-ment of weights” (P. 10-18).

Also check tires for proper inflationpressures. For additional information,see “Tire and Loading Information la-bel” (P. 8-28).

SECURING THE LOAD

There are luggage hooks located in the cargoarea as shown. The hooks can be used tosecure cargo with ropes or other types ofstraps.

When securing items using luggage hookslocated on the side finisher do not apply aload over more than 6.5 lbs. (29 N) to a singlehook.

The luggage hooks that are located on thefloor should have loads less than 110 lbs.(490 N) to a single hook.

LTI2331

Cargo area luggage hooks


WARNING


• The child restraint top tether strap maybe damaged by contact with items in thecargo area. Secure any items in the cargoarea. Your child could be seriously injuredor killed in a collision if the top tetherstrap is damaged.

• Do not load your vehicle any heavier thanthe GVWR or the maximum front andrear GAWRs. If you do, parts of your ve-hicle can break, tire damage could occur,or it can change the way your vehiclehandles. This could result in loss of con-trol and cause personal injury.

LOADING TIPS• The GVW must not exceed GVWR or

GAWR as specified on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label.

• Do not load the front and rear axleto the GAWR. Doing so will exceedthe GVWR.

WARNING

• Properly secure all cargo withropes or straps to help prevent itfrom sliding or shifting. Do notplace cargo higher than the seat-backs. In a sudden stop or colli-sion, unsecured cargo could causepersonal injury.

• Do not load your vehicle anyheavier than the GVWR or themaximum front and rear GAWRs.If you do, parts of your vehicle canbreak, tire damage could occur, orit can change the way your vehiclehandles. This could result in loss ofcontrol and cause personal injury.

• Overloading not only can shortenthe life of your vehicle and the tire,but can also cause unsafe vehiclehandling and longer braking dis-tances. This may cause a prema-ture tire failure which could resultin a serious accident and personal

injury. Failures caused by over-loading are not covered by the ve-hicle’s warranty.

MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS

Secure loose items to prevent weightshifts that could affect the balance ofyour vehicle. When the vehicle isloaded, drive to a scale and weigh thefront and the rear wheels separatelyto determine axle loads. Individual axleloads should not exceed either of thegross axle weight ratings (GAWR). Thetotal of the axle loads should not ex-ceed the gross vehicle weight rating(GVWR). These ratings are given onthe vehicle certification label. If weightratings are exceeded, move or removeitems to bring all weights below theratings.


Tow Hitch Receiver (with Tow Package)

WARNING

Overloading or improper loading of atrailer and its cargo can adversely affectvehicle handling, braking and performanceand may lead to accidents.

CAUTION

• Do not tow a trailer or haul a heavy loadfor the first 500 miles (805 km). Yourengine, axle or other parts could bedamaged.

• For the first 500 miles (805 km) that youtow a trailer, do not drive over 50 mph(80 km/h) and do not make starts at fullthrottle. This helps the engine and otherparts of your vehicle wear in at theheavier loads.

NOTE:

Tow hitches are available as an accessory forthis vehicle. If a tow hitch is installed, theliftgate electronic control unit (ECU) needsto be replaced with an ECU programmedwith towing logic for the Motion-ActivatedLiftgate to function properly.

Your new vehicle was designed to be usedprimarily to carry passengers and cargo. Re-member that towing a trailer places addi-tional loads on your vehicle's engine, drivetrain, steering, braking and other systems.

An INFINITI Towing Guide (U.S. only) is avail-able on the website at www.InfinitiUSA-.com. This guide includes information ontrailer towing capability and the specialequipment required for proper towing.

Lifestyle Receiver (without Tow Package)

WARNING

The Lifestyle Receiver cannot be used fortowing a trailer. Only use the Lifestyle Re-ceiver for receiver mounted accessoriesthat meet the below requirements.

• The maximum allowable load is 300 lbs.(136 kg) including the weight of the in-stalled accessory carrier.

• Do not exceed allowable cargo weightcapacity of your vehicle.

Failure to use the Lifestyle Receiver as in-tended can result in serious injury or death.

LTI2339 LTI2338

TOWING A TRAILER


CAUTION

If your vehicle is equipped with the Life-style Receiver to avoid damage to your ve-hicle do not tow a trailer with your vehicle.

Do not tow a trailer with your vehicle with theLifestyle Receiver (if so equipped). The Life-style Receiver should be used for receiver-mounted accessories only. The Lifestyle Re-ceiver is designed for carrying bikes, snowboards/skis, camping gear and various otherbulky items.

MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITS

Maximum trailer loads

Never allow the total trailer load to exceedthe value specified in the following TowingLoad/Specification Chart found in this sec-tion. The total trailer load equals trailerweight plus its cargo weight.

The maximum Gross Combined Weight Rat-ing (GCWR) should not exceed the valuespecified in the following Towing Load/Specification Chart.

The GCWR equals the combined weight ofthe towing vehicle (including passengers andcargo) plus the total trailer load. Towingloads greater than these or using impropertowing equipment could adversely affect ve-hicle handling, braking and performance.

The ability of your vehicle to tow a trailer isnot only related to the maximum trailer loads,but also the places you plan to tow. Towweights appropriate for level highway drivingmay have to be reduced for low traction situ-ations (for example, on slippery boat ramps).

Temperature conditions can also affect tow-ing. For example, towing a heavy trailer inhigh outside temperatures on graded roads

can affect engine performance and causeoverheating. The engine protection mode,which helps reduce the chance of enginedamage, could activate and automaticallydecrease engine power. Vehicle speed maydecrease under high load. Plan your trip care-fully to account for trailer and vehicle load,weather and road conditions.

WARNING

Overheating can result in reduced enginepower and vehicle speed. The reducedspeed may be lower than other traffic,which could increase the chance of a colli-sion. Be especially careful when driving. Ifthe vehicle cannot maintain a safe drivingspeed, pull to the side of the road in a safearea. Allow the engine to cool and return tonormal operation. For additional informa-tion, see “If your vehicle overheats”(P. 6-7)

CAUTION

Vehicle damage resulting from impropertowing procedures is not covered byINFINITI warranties.

LTI2030


Tongue load

When using a weight carrying or a weightdistributing hitch, keep the tongue load be-tween 10 - 15% of the total trailer load or usethe trailer tongue load specified by the trailermanufacturer. The tongue load must bewithin the maximum tongue load limitsshown in the following “Towing Load/Specification” chart. If the tongue load be-comes excessive, rearrange cargo to allowfor proper tongue load.

Maximum Gross Vehicle Weight(GVW)/maximum Gross AxleWeight (GAW)

The GVW of the towing vehicle must notexceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR) shown on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.certification label. The GVW equals the com-bined weight of the unloaded vehicle, pas-sengers, luggage, hitch, trailer tongue loadand any other optional equipment. In addi-tion, front or rear GAW must not exceed theGross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) shown onthe F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label.

Towing capacities are calculated assuming abase vehicle with driver and any options re-quired to achieve the rating. Additional pas-sengers, cargo and/or optional equipment,such as the trailer hitch, will add weight to thevehicle and reduce your vehicle’s maximumtowing capacity and trailer tongue load.

The vehicle and trailer need to be weighed toconfirm the vehicle is within the GVWR,Front GAWR, Rear GAWR, Gross CombinedWeight Rating (GCWR) and Towing capacity.

All vehicle and trailer weights can be mea-sured using platform type scales commonlyfound at truck stops, highway weigh stations,building supply centers or salvage yards.

To determine the available payload capacityfor tongue/king pin load, use the followingprocedure.

1. Locate the GVWR on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label.

2. Weigh your vehicle on the scale with all ofthe passengers and cargo that are nor-mally in the vehicle when towing a trailer.

3. Subtract the actual vehicle weight fromthe GVWR. The remaining amount is theavailable maximum tongue/king pin load.

WTI0160 LTI2031


To determine the available towing capacity,use the following procedure.

1. Find the GCWR for your vehicle on the"Towing Load/Specification" chart foundin this section.

2. Subtract the actual vehicle weight fromthe GCWR. The remaining amount is theavailable maximum towing capacity.

To determine the Gross Trailer Weight, weighyour trailer on a scale with all equipment andcargo, that are normally in the trailer when itis towed. Make sure the Gross trailer weightis not more than the Gross Trailer WeightRating shown on the trailer and is not morethan the calculated available maximum tow-ing capacity.

Also weigh the front and rear axles on thescale to make sure the Front Gross AxleWeight and Rear Gross Axle Weight are notmore than Front Gross Axle Weight and RearGross Axle Weight on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label. The cargo in thetrailer and vehicle may need to be moved orremoved to meet the specified ratings.

Example:• Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW) as weighed

on a scale - including passengers, cargoand hitch - 4,650 lbs. (2,109 kg).

• Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) fromF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label -4,916 lbs. (2,230 kg).

• Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR)from “Towing Load/Specification" chart -7,320 lbs. (3,320 kg).

• Maximum Trailer towing capacity from“Towing Load/Specification" chart -3,000 lbs. (1,361 kg).

4,916 lbs. (2,230 kg) GVWR

– 4,650 lbs. (2,109 kg) GVW

= 266 lbs. (121 kg) Available fortongue weight

7,320 lbs. (3,320 kg) GCWR

– 4,650 lbs. (2,109 kg) GVW

= 2,670 lbs. (1,211 kg) Capacity availablefor towing

266 lbs. (121 kg) Available tongueweight

= 2,670 lbs. (1,211 kg) Available capacity

= 10 % tongueweight

The available towing capacity may be lessthan the maximum towing capacity due tothe passenger and cargo load in the vehicle.

Remember to keep trailer tongue weight be-tween 10 - 15% of the trailer weight or withinthe trailer tongue load specification recom-mended by the trailer manufacturer. If thetongue load becomes excessive, rearrangethe cargo to obtain the proper tongue load.Do not exceed the maximum tongue weightspecification shown in the “Towing Load/Specification” chart even if the calculatedavailable tongue weight is greater than 15%.If the calculated tongue weight is less than10%, reduce the total trailer weight to matchthe available tongue weight.

Always verify that available capacities arewithin the required ratings.


TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATION

WARNING

The towing capacities provided in thismanual are for general reference only. Thesafe towing capacity of your vehicle is af-fected by dealer and factory installed op-tions and passenger and cargo loads. Youmust weigh the vehicle and trailer as de-scribed in this manual to determine the ac-tual vehicle towing capacity. Do not exceedthe published maximum towing capacity orthe GCWR or the GVWR shown on theFMVSS/CMVSS label. Doing so can resultin an accident causing serious injury orproperty damage.

TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATION CHART

Axle type AWD 2WD/AWD

With Tow Package Without Tow Package

Maximum Towing Capacity*1 3,000 lbs. (1,361 kg) Do not tow with your vehicle

Maximum Tongue Load 300 lbs. (136 kg) Do not tow with your vehicle

Maximum Gross Combined Weight Rating 7,320 lbs. (3,320 kg) Do not tow with your vehicle

*1: The towing capacity values are calculated assuming a base vehicle with driver and any options required to achieve the rating. Additional passengers, cargo and/oroptional equipment will add weight to the vehicle and reduce your vehicle's maximum towing capacity.


TOWING SAFETY

Trailer hitch

Your vehicle may be equipped with an op-tional trailer tow package. The trailer towpackage includes a receiver-type framemounted hitch. This hitch is rated for themaximum towing capacity of this vehiclewhen the proper towing equipment is used.Choose a proper ball mount and hitch ballthat is rated for the trailer to be towed. Genu-ine INFINITI ball mounts and hitch balls areavailable from an INFINITI retailer.

If your vehicle is not equipped with the op-tional trailer tow package, check the towingcapacity of your bumper hitch or receiver-type frame mounted hitch. Choose a properhitch for your vehicle and trailer. A GenuineINFINITI trailer hitch is available from anINFINITI retailer. Make sure the trailer hitch issecurely attached to the vehicle to help avoidpersonal injury or property damage due tosway caused by crosswinds, rough road sur-faces or passing trucks.

WARNING

Trailer hitch components have specificweight ratings. Your vehicle may be ca-pable of towing a trailer heavier than theweight rating of the hitch components.Never exceed the weight rating of the hitchcomponents. Doing so can cause seriouspersonal injury or property damage.

Hitch ball

Choose a hitch ball of the proper size andweight rating for your trailer:

• The required hitch ball size is stamped onmost trailer couplers. Most hitch balls alsohave the size printed on the top of the ball.

• Choose the proper class hitch ball based onthe trailer weight.

• The diameter of the threaded shank of thehitch ball must be matched to the ballmount hole diameter. The hitch ball shankshould be no more than 1/16” smaller thanthe hole in the ball mount.

• The threaded shank of the hitch ball mustbe long enough to be properly secured tothe ball mount. There should be at least 2threads showing beyond the lock washerand nut.

Ball mount

The hitch ball is attached to the ball mountand the ball mount is inserted into the hitchreceiver. Choose a proper class ball mountbased on the trailer weight. Additionally, theball mount should be chosen to keep thetrailer tongue level with the ground.

Weight carrying hitches

A weight carrying or “dead weight” ballmount is one that is designed to carry thewhole amount of tongue weight and grossweight directly on the ball mount and on thereceiver.

Weight distribution hitch

This type of hitch is also called a “load-leveling” or “equalizing” hitch. A set of barsattach to the ball mount and to the trailer todistribute the tongue weight (hitch weight) ofyour trailer. Many vehicles can't carry the fulltongue weight of a given trailer, and needsome of the tongue weight transferredthrough the frame and pushing down on thefront wheels. This gives stability to the towvehicle.


A weight-distributing hitch system (Class IV)is recommended if you plan to tow trailerswith a maximum weight over 5,000 lbs.(2,268 kg). Check with the trailer and towingequipment manufacturers to determine ifthey recommend the use of a weight-distributing hitch system.

NOTE:

A weight-distributing hitch system may af-fect the operation of trailer surge brakes. Ifyou are considering use of a weight-distributing hitch system with a surgebrake-equipped trailer, check with the surgebrake, hitch or trailer manufacturer to de-termine if and how this can be done.

Follow the instructions provided by themanufacturer for installing and using theweight-distributing hitch system.

General set-up instructions are as follows:

1. Park unloaded vehicle on a level surface.With the ignition switch on and the doorsclosed, allow the vehicle to stand for sev-eral minutes so that it can level.

2. Measure the height of a reference pointon the front and rear bumpers at the cen-ter of the vehicle.

3. Attach the trailer to the vehicle and adjustthe hitch equalizers so that the front bum-per height is within 0 - .5 inches (0 – 13mm) of the reference height measured instep 2. The rear bumper should be nohigher than the reference height mea-sured in step 2.

WARNING

Properly adjust the weight distributinghitch so the rear of the bumper is no higherthan the measured reference height whenthe trailer is attached. If the rear bumper ishigher than the measured reference heightwhen loaded, the vehicle may handle un-predictably which could cause a loss of ve-hicle control and cause serious personal in-jury or property damage.

Sway control device

Sudden maneuvers, wind gusts, and buffet-ing caused by other vehicles can affect trailerhandling. Sway control devices may be usedto help control these affects. If you choose touse one, contact a reputable trailer hitch sup-plier to make sure the sway control device willwork with the vehicle, hitch, trailer and thetrailer's brake system. Follow the instructionsprovided by the manufacturer for installingand using the sway control device.

Class I hitch

Class I trailer hitch equipment (receiver, ballmount and hitch ball) can be used to towtrailers of a maximum weight of 2,000 lbs.(907 kg).

Class II hitch

Class II trailer hitch equipment (receiver, ballmount and hitch ball) can be used to towtrailers of a maximum weight of 3,500 lbs.(1,587 kg).

Tire pressures• When towing a trailer, inflate the

vehicle tires to the recommendedcold tire pressure indicated on theTire and Loading Information label.

• Trailer tire condition, size, load ratingand proper inflation pressure shouldbe in accordance with the trailer andtire manufacturer's specifications.

Safety chains

Always use suitable safety chains betweenyour vehicle and the trailer. The safety chainsshould be crossed and should be attached tothe hitch, not to the vehicle bumper or axle.


The safety chains can be attached to thebumper if the hitch ball is mounted to thebumper. Be sure to leave enough slack in thechains to permit turning corners.

Trailer lights

CAUTION

When splicing into the vehicle electricalsystem, a commercially available power-type module/converter must be used toprovide power for all trailer lighting. Thisunit uses the vehicle battery as a directpower source for all trailer lights while us-ing the vehicle tail light, stop light and turnsignal circuits as a signal source. Themodule/converter must draw no morethan 15 milliamps from the stop and taillamp circuits. Using a module/converterthat exceeds these power requirementsmay damage the vehicle's electrical sys-tem. See a reputable trailer retailer to ob-tain the proper equipment and to have itinstalled.

Trailer lights should comply with federaland/or local regulations. For assistance inhooking up trailer lights, contact an INFINITIretailer or reputable trailer retailer. Vehiclesequipped with the optional trailer tow pack-age are equipped with a 7-pin trailer harness

connector. If your trailer is equipped with aflat 4-pin connector, an adapter will beneeded to connect the trailer lights to thevehicle. Adapters are available at auto partsstores and hitch retailers.

Trailer brakes

Most states require a separate braking sys-tem on trailers with a loaded weight above aspecific amount, make sure the trailer meetsthe local regulations and the regulationswhere you plan to tow.

Several types of braking systems areavailable.

Surge Brakes - The surge brake actuator ismounted on the trailer tongue with a hydrau-lic line running to each trailer wheel. Surgebrakes are activated by the trailer pushingagainst the hitch ball when the tow vehicle isbraking. Hydraulic surge brakes are commonon rental trailers and some boat trailers. Inthis type of system, there is no hydraulic orelectric connection for brake operation be-tween the tow vehicle and the trailer.

Electric Trailer Brakes - Electric braking sys-tems are activated by an electronic signalsent from a trailer brake controller (specialbrake-sensing module).

Have a professional supplier of towingequipment make sure the trailer brakes areproperly installed and demonstrate properbrake function testing.

WARNING

Never connect a trailer brake system di-rectly to the vehicle brake system.

Pre-towing tips• Be certain your vehicle maintains a level

position when a loaded and/or unloadedtrailer is hitched. Do not drive the vehicle ifit has an abnormal nose-up or nose-downcondition; check for improper tongue load,overload, worn suspension or other pos-sible causes of either condition.

• Always secure items in the trailer to preventload shift while driving.

• Keep the cargo load as low as possible inthe trailer to keep the trailer center of grav-ity low.

• Load the trailer so approximately 60% ofthe trailer load is in the front half and 40%is in the back half. Also make sure the load isbalanced side to side.


• Check your hitch, trailer tire pressure, ve-hicle tire pressure, trailer light operation,and trailer wheel lug nuts every time youattach a trailer to the vehicle.

• Be certain your rearview mirrors conformto all federal, state or local regulations. Ifnot, install any mirrors required for towingbefore driving the vehicle.

• Determine the overall height of the vehicleand trailer so the required clearance isknown.

Trailer towing tips

In order to gain skill and an understanding ofthe vehicle's behavior, you should practiceturning, stopping and backing up in an areawhich is free from traffic. Steering stabilityand braking performance will be somewhatdifferent than under normal drivingconditions.

• Always secure items in the trailer to preventload shift while driving.

• Lock the trailer hitch coupler with a pin orlock to prevent the coupler from inadver-tently becoming unlatched.

• Avoid abrupt starts, acceleration or stops.

• Avoid sharp turns or lane changes.

• Always drive your vehicle at a moderatespeed.

• When backing up, hold the bottom of thesteering wheel with one hand. Move yourhand in the direction in which you want thetrailer to go. Make small corrections andback up slowly. If possible, have someoneguide you when you are backing up.

Always block the wheels on both vehicle andtrailer when parking. Parking on a slope is notrecommended; however, if you must do so:

CAUTION

If you move the shift selector to the P(Park) position before blocking the wheelsand applying the parking brake, transmis-sion damage could occur.

1. Apply and hold the brake pedal.

2. Have someone place blocks on the down-hill side of the vehicle and trailer wheels.

3. After the wheel blocks are in place, slowlyrelease the brake pedal until the blocksabsorb the vehicle load.

4. Apply the parking brake.

5. Shift the transmission into P (Park).

6. Turn off the engine.

To drive away:

1. Start the vehicle.


3. Shift the transmission into gear.

4. Release the parking brake.

5. Drive slowly until the vehicle and trailerare clear from the blocks.


7. Have someone retrieve and store theblocks.

• While going downhill, the weight of thetrailer pushing on the tow vehicle may de-crease overall stability. Therefore, to main-tain adequate control, reduce your speedand shift to a lower gear. Avoid long orrepeated use of the brakes when descend-ing a hill, as this reduces their effectivenessand could cause overheating. Shifting to alower gear instead provides “engine brak-ing” and reduces the need to brake asfrequently.

• If the engine coolant temperature rises to ahigh temperature, see “If your vehicle over-heats” (P. 6-7).

• Trailer towing requires more fuel than nor-mal circumstances.


• Avoid towing a trailer for your vehicle's first500 miles (805 km).

• For the first 500 miles (805 km) that youdo tow, do not drive over 50 mph (80km/h).

• Have your vehicle serviced more often thanat intervals specified in the recommendedmaintenance schedule in “Maintenance andschedules” (P. 9-2).

• When making a turn, your trailer wheels willbe closer to the inside of the turn than yourvehicle wheels. To compensate for this,make a larger than normal turning radiusduring the turn.

• Crosswinds and rough roads will adverselyaffect vehicle/trailer handling, possiblycausing vehicle sway. When being passedby larger vehicles, be prepared for possiblechanges in crosswinds that could affectvehicle handling.

Do the following if the trailer begins to sway:

1. Take your foot off the accelerator pedalto allow the vehicle to coast and steer asstraight ahead as the road conditions al-low. This combination will help stabilizethe vehicle

– Do not correct trailer sway by steeringor applying the brakes.

2. When the trailer sway stops, gently applythe brakes and pull to the side of the roadin a safe area.

3. Try to rearrange the trailer load so it isbalanced as described in this section.

• Be careful when passing other vehicles.Passing while towing a trailer requires con-siderably more distance than normal pass-ing. Remember, the length of the trailermust also pass the other vehicle before youcan safely change lanes.

• Downshift the transmission to a lower gearfor engine braking when driving downsteep or long hills. This will help slow thevehicle without applying the brakes.

• Avoid holding the brake pedal down toolong or too frequently. This could cause thebrakes to overheat, resulting in reducedbraking efficiency.

• Increase your following distance to allowfor greater stopping distances while tow-ing a trailer. Anticipate stops and brakegradually.

• INFINITI recommends that the cruise con-trol not be used while towing a trailer.

• Some states or provinces have specificregulations and speed limits for vehiclesthat are towing trailers. Obey the localspeed limits.

• Check your hitch, trailer wiring harnessconnections, and trailer wheel lug nuts af-ter 50 miles (80 km) of travel and at everybreak.

• When launching a boat, don't allow thewater level to go over the exhaust tail pipeor rear bumper.

• Make sure you disconnect the trailer lightsbefore backing the trailer into the water orthe trailer lights may burn out.

When towing a trailer, final drive gear oilshould be replaced and transmission oil/fluid should be changed more frequently. Foradditional information, see“ Do-it-yourself”(P. 8-2).

FLAT TOWING FOR ALL–WHEELDRIVE VEHICLE (if so equipped)

Towing your vehicle with all four wheels onthe ground is sometimes called flat towing.This method is sometimes used when towinga vehicle behind a recreational vehicle, suchas a motor home.


CAUTION

• Failure to follow these guidelines can re-sult in severe transmission damage.

• Never flat tow your All-wheel drive(AWD) vehicle.

• DO NOT tow your All-wheel drive(AWD) vehicle with any wheels on theground. Doing so may cause serious andexpensive damage to the powertrain.

• For emergency towing procedures see“Towing recommended by INFINITI”(P. 6-8).

FLAT TOWING FOR FRONTWHEEL DRIVE VEHICLE (if soequipped)

Towing your vehicle with all four wheels onthe ground is sometimes called flat towing.This method is sometimes used when towinga vehicle behind a recreational vehicle, suchas a motor home.

CAUTION

• Failure to follow these guidelines can re-sult in severe transmission damage.

• Whenever flat towing your vehicle, al-ways tow forward, never backward.

• Never tow your front wheel drive vehiclewith the front tires on the ground. Doingso may cause serious and expensive dam-age to the powertrain.

• DO NOT tow your front wheel drive con-tinuously variable transmission vehiclewith all four wheels on the ground (flattowing). Doing so WILL DAMAGE inter-nal transmission parts due to lack oftransmission lubrication.

• For emergency towing procedures see“Towing recommended by INFINITI”(P. 6-8).

Continuously Variable Transmission

To tow a vehicle equipped with a continu-ously variable transmission, an appropriatevehicle dolly MUST be placed under thetowed vehicle's drive wheels. Always followthe dolly manufacturer's recommendationswhen using their product.

NOTE:

It the battery is completely drained thetransmission will not manually shift to otherpositions.

DOT (Department of Transportation) QualityGrades: All passenger car tires must conformto federal safety requirements in addition tothese grades.

Quality grades can be found where appli-cable on the tire sidewall between treadshoulder and maximum section width. Forexample:

Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A

Treadwear

The treadwear grade is a comparative ratingbased on the wear rate of the tire whentested under controlled conditions on aspecified government test course. For ex-ample, a tire graded 150 would wear one andone-half (1 1/2) times as well on the govern-ment course as a tire graded 100. The rela-tive performance of tires depends upon theactual conditions of their use, however, andmay depart significantly from the norm dueto variations in driving habits, service prac-tices and differences in road characteristicsand climate.

UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING


Traction AA, A, B and C

The traction grades, from highest to lowest,are AA, A, B, and C. Those grades representthe tire's ability to stop on wet pavement asmeasured under controlled conditions onspecified government test surfaces of as-phalt and concrete. A tire marked C may havepoor traction performance.

WARNING

The traction grade assigned to this tire isbased on straight-ahead braking tractiontests, and does not include acceleration,cornering, hydroplaning, or peak tractioncharacteristics.

Temperature A, B and C

The temperature grades are A (the highest),B, and C, representing the tire’s resistance tothe generation of heat, and its ability to dis-sipate heat when tested under controlledconditions on a specified indoor laboratorytest wheel. Sustained high temperature cancause the material of the tire to degenerateand reduce tire life, and excessive tempera-ture can lead to sudden tire failure. The gradeC corresponds to a level of performancewhich all passenger car tires must meet underthe Federal Motor Vehicle Safety StandardNo. 109. Grades B and A represent higher

levels of performance on the laboratory testwheel than the minimum required by law.

WARNING

The temperature grade for this tire is es-tablished for a tire that is properly inflatedand not overloaded. Excessive speed,under-inflation, or excessive loading, ei-ther separately or in combination, cancause heat build-up and possible tirefailure.

Your INFINITI is covered by the followingemission warranties:

For USA

1. Emission Defects Warranty

2. Emissions Performance Warranty

Details of these warranties may be foundwith other vehicle warranties in your War-ranty Information Booklet which comes withyour INFINITI. If you did not receive a War-ranty Information Booklet, or it is lost, youmay obtain a replacement by writing to:

• INFINITI DivisionNissan North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 685003Franklin, TN 37068-5003

For Canada

Emission Control System Warranty

Details of these warranties may be foundwith other vehicle warranties in your War-ranty Information Booklet which comes withyour INFINITI. If you did not receive a War-ranty Information Booklet, or it is lost, youmay obtain a replacement by writing to:

• Nissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario, L4W 4Z5

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMWARRANTY


For USA

If you believe that your vehicle has adefect which could cause a crash orcould cause injury or death, you shouldimmediately inform the National High-way Traffic Safety Administration(NHTSA) in addition to notifyingINFINITI.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints,it may open an investigation, and if itfinds that a safety defect exists in agroup of vehicles, it may order a recalland remedy campaign. However,NHTSA cannot become involved in in-dividual problems between you, yourretailer, or INFINITI.

To contact NHTSA, you may call theVehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Ad-ministrator, NHTSA, 400 SeventhStreet, SW., Washington, D.C. 20590.You can also obtain other information

about motor vehicle safety fromhttp://www.safercar.gov.

You may notify INFINITI by contactingour Consumer Affairs Department,toll-free, at 1-800-662-6200.

For Canada

If you believe that your vehicle has adefect which could cause a crash orcould cause injury or death, you shouldimmediately inform Transport Canadain addition to notifying INFINITI.

If Transport Canada receives com-plaints, it may open an investigation,and if it finds that a safety defect ex-ists in a group of vehicles, it may re-quest that INFINITI conduct a recallcampaign. However, TransportCanada cannot become involved in in-dividual problems between you, yourretailer, or INFINITI.

You may contact Transport Canada'sDefect Investigations and Recalls Divi-sion toll free at 1-800-333-0510.

You may also report safety defectsonline at: https://wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-Sec-Sur/7/PCDB-BDPP/fc-cp.aspx?lang=eng (English speakers)or https://wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-Sec-Sur/7/PCDB-BDPP/fc-cp.aspx?lang=fra (French speakers)

Additional information concerningmotor vehicle safety may be obtainedfrom Transport Canada's Road SafetyInformation Centre at 1-800-333-0371 or online at www.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety (English speakers) orwww.tc.gc.ca/securiteroutiere(French speakers).

To notify INFINITI of any safety con-cerns please contact our Consumer In-formation Centre toll free at1-800-361-4792.

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS


WARNING

A vehicle equipped with All-Wheel Drive(AWD) should never be tested using a twowheel dynamometer (such as the dyna-mometers used by some states for emis-sions testing), or similar equipment. Makesure you inform the test facility personnelthat your vehicle is equipped with AWDbefore it is placed on a dynamometer. Us-ing the wrong test equipment may result intransmission damage or unexpected ve-hicle movement which could result in seri-ous vehicle damage or personal injury.

Due to legal requirements in some states andCanadian Provinces, your vehicle may be re-quired to be in what is called the “ready con-dition” for an Inspection/Maintenance (I/M)test of the emission control system.

The vehicle is set to the “ready condition”when it is driven through certain driving pat-terns. Usually, the ready condition can beobtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle.

If a powertrain system component is repairedor the battery is disconnected, the vehiclemay be reset to a “not ready” condition. Be-fore taking the I/M test, check the vehicle'sinspection/maintenance test readiness con-dition. Place the ignition switch in the ONposition without starting the engine. If theMalfunction Indicator Light (MIL) comes onsteady for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10seconds , the I/M test condition is “notready”. If the MIL does not blink after 20seconds, the I/M test condition is “ready”. It isrecommended that you visit an INFINITI re-tailer to set the “ready condition” or to pre-pare the vehicle for testing.

The ProPILOT Assist is equipped with anEvent Data Recording function.

The main purpose is to record, in certain crashor near crash-like situations, such as an airbag deployment or hitting a road obstacle,data that will assist in understanding how avehicle’s systems performed. The Data re-cording function is designed to record datarelated to driver operation, vehicle dynamicsand system status for a short period of time.The Data recording function in this vehicle isdesigned to record such data as:

• Driver operational status of accelerator,brake, handle etc.

• Detection status of a vehicle ahead andlane markers

• Vehicle information such as vehicle speed

• Information on the operation of the ProPI-LOT Assist

• ProPILOT Assist malfunction diagnosisinformation

• Images from multi-sensing front camera(Available only when SRS air bag or FEBwith Pedestrian Detection system isactivated)

The ProPILOT Assist does not record con-versations, sounds or images of the inside ofthe vehicle.

READINESS FOR INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST

EVENT DATA RECORDERS (EDR)


NISSAN and third parties entrusted byNISSAN may use the data recorded for thepurpose of improving NISSAN's vehiclesafety performance.

NISSAN and third parties entrusted byNISSAN will not disclose/provide the re-corded data to a third party except:

• With the consent of the vehicle owner orwith the consent of the lessee In responseto an official request by the police, a courtof law or a government office.

• For use as part of NISSAN's defense oflitigation

• For research purposes where the data isnot tied to a specific vehicle or vehicleowner

Genuine INFINITI Service Manuals for thismodel year and prior can be purchased. AGenuine INFINITI Service Manual is the bestsource of service and repair information foryour vehicle. This manual is the same oneused by the factory-trained techniciansworking at INFINITI retailers. GenuineINFINITI Owner’s Manuals can also bepurchased.

For USA

For current pricing and availability of GenuineINFINITI Service Manuals, contact:

www.infiniti-techinfo.com

For current pricing and availability of GenuineINFINITI Owner's Manuals, contact:

1-800-247-5321

For Canada

To purchase a copy of a Genuine INFINITIService Manual or Owner’s Manual, for thismodel year and prior, please contact yournearest INFINITI retailer. For the phone num-ber and location of an INFINITI retailer inyour area call the INFINITI Satisfaction Cen-ter at 1-800-361-4792 and a bilingualINFINITI representative will assist you.

OWNER'S MANUAL/SERVICEMANUAL ORDER INFORMATION


MEMO


11 Index2

2nd row bench seat adjustment . . . . . . .1-4

A

Active Engine Brake . . . . . . . . . . . .5-157Active noise cancellation

Active sound enhancement . . . . . .5-167Active Ride Control . . . . . . . . . . . .5-158Active Trace Control . . . . . . . . . . . .5-156Aiming control, headlights . . . . . . . . .2-40Air bag (See supplemental restraintsystem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-41Air bag system

Front (See supplemental front impact airbag system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-48

Air bag warning labels. . . . . . . . . . . .1-60Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . .1-61, 2-12Air bag warning light,supplemental . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-61, 2-12Air cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-16Air cleaner housing filter . . . . . . . . . .8-16Air conditioner

Air conditioner operation . . . . . . . .4-35Air conditioner specification label . .10-12Air conditioner system refrigerant andoil recommendations . . . . . . . . . . .10-7Heater and air conditioner(automatic) (if so equipped) . . . . . . .4-34

Heater and air conditioner controls . .4-35Servicing air conditioner . . . . . . . . .4-42

Alarm system (See vehicle securitysystem). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-29Anchor point locations. . . . . . . . . . . .1-27Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-43Anti-lock brake warning light. . . .2-10, 2-13Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) . . . . .5-152Antifreeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-165Armrests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5Around View® Monitor . . . . . . . . . . .4-10Autolight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-36Automatic

Automatic power window switch . . .2-64Automatic anti-glare inside mirror. . . . .3-34Automatic brake hold . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25Automatic door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) . . .2-16

B

Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-165, 8-12Charge warning light . . . . . . . . . . .2-11

Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-22INFINITI Intelligent Key . . . . . . . . .8-22Key fob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-22

Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . .5-16Belt (See drive belt) . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-15Blind Spot Intervention® (BSI) . . . . . . .5-54Blind Spot Warning (BSW) . . . . . . . . .5-45

Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-38Brake

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS). . . .5-152Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10Brake light (See stop light). . . . . . . .8-25Brake system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-152Brake warning light. . . . . . . . . . . .2-10Brake wear indicators . . . . . .2-18, 8-19Self-adjusting brakes. . . . . . . . . . .8-19

Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-153Brake fluid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-152Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-19Break-in schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-144Brightness control

Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-41Bulb check/instrument panel. . . . . . . .2-10Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-25

C

C.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . . . . .10-11Camera Aiding Sonar (parking sensor) . .4-23Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2Car phone or CB radio . . . . . . . . . . .4-43Cargo (See vehicle loadinginformation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-15Cargo area storage bin . . . . . . . . . . .2-55Cargo cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-62

Chassis control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-156Check tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-24Child restraint with top tether strap . . . .1-26Child restraints. . . . . . . . .1-20, 1-22, 1-24

LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers forCHildren) System. . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-24Precautions on childrestraints. . . . . . .1-22, 1-29, 1-34, 1-38Top tether strap anchor pointlocations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-27

Child safety rear door lock. . . . . . . . . . .3-6Cleaning exterior and interior . . . . . .7-2, 7-4Climate control seat switch . . . . . . . . .2-42Cold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . . .5-165Console box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-53Continuously Variable Transmission(CVT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18

Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10Driving with Continuously VariableTransmission (CVT) . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18

ControlsHeater and air conditioner controls . . .4-35

CoolantCapacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2Changing engine coolant . . . . . . . . . .8-5Checking engine coolant level . . . . . . .8-5Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . .2-6

Corrosion protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-7Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-75, 5-76Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-54

D

Dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . . . .10-9Dimmer switch for instrument panel . . . .2-41Distance Control Assist (DCA) system . .5-106Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4Drive belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-15Driving

Cold weather driving. . . . . . . . . . .5-165Driving with Continuously VariableTransmission (CVT) . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18Precautions when starting anddriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4, 5-10

Driving the vehicle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18Dual power moonroof . . . . . . . . . . . .2-66

E

E-call (SOS) Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-48Economy - fuel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-145Electronic parking brake . . . . . . . . . . .5-23Emergency engine shutoff. . . . . . .5-15, 6-3Emission control information label . . . .10-11Emission control system warranty . . . .10-30Engine

Before starting the engine . . . . . . . .5-16Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2Changing engine coolant . . . . . . . . . .8-5Changing engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-6Changing engine oil filter . . . . . . . . . .8-6Checking engine coolant level . . . . . . .8-5Checking engine oil level . . . . . . . . . .8-6

Engine compartment check locations . .8-3Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . .2-6Engine cooling system . . . . . . . . . . .8-4Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-6Engine oil and oil filterrecommendation . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-6Engine oil pressure warning light . . . .2-11Engine oil viscosity. . . . . . . . . . . . .10-6Engine serial number. . . . . . . . . . .10-11Engine specifications . . . . . . . . . . .10-8Starting the engine. . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16

Engine Block Heater . . . . . . . . . . . .5-166Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . .2-6Event Data recorders . . . . . . . . . . . .10-32Exhaust gas (Carbon monoxide) . . . . . . .5-4Explanation of maintenance items . . . . . .9-2Explanation of scheduled maintenanceitems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-5Extended storage switch. . . . . . . . . . .2-49

F

F.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . . . . . .10-11Flashers (See hazard warning flasherswitch) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-2Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3Floor mat positioning aid . . . . . . . . . . .7-6Fluid

Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT)fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10

11-2

Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-4Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-6Windshield-washer fluid . . . . . . . . .8-11

Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-42Forward Emergency Braking (FEB) withPedestrian Detection system . . .2-13, 5-123Front air bag system(See supplemental restraint system) . . . .1-48Front and rear sonar system. . . . . . . .5-160Front and rear sonar system switch . . . .2-45Front power seat adjustment . . . . . . . . .1-3Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2Front-door pocket . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-50Fuel

Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2Fuel economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-145Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7Fuel octane rating . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-5Fuel recommendation . . . . . . . . . . .10-3Fuel-filler door and cap . . . . . . . . . .3-28Loose fuel cap warning . . . . . . . . . .2-22

Fuel efficient driving tips . . . . . . . . . .5-144Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7Fuel-filler door. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-28Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-20Fusible links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-21

G

Garage door opener, HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver . . . . . . .2-70, 2-72, 2-73, 2-74Gas cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-28

GaugeEngine coolant temperature gauge . . . .2-6Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-7Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5Tachometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6Trip odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5

General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-52Glove box lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-52Grocery hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-56

H

Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . .6-2Head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7Head Up Display (HUD) . . . . . . . . . . .2-46Headlight aiming control. . . . . . . . . . .2-40Headlight and turn signal switch . . . . . .2-36Headlight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-36Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-24Headlights, aiming control. . . . . . . . . .2-40Heated seats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-43Heater

Heater and air conditioner (automatic)(if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-34Heater and air conditioner controls . . .4-35Heater operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-36

Heater and air conditioner (automatic) . .4-34Heater and air conditioner settings. . . . .4-41Hill start assist system . . . . . . . . . . .5-159HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver . . . . . . .2-70, 2-72, 2-73, 2-74

Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-21Hook

Luggage hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-55Horn. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-42

I

Ignition switchPush-button ignition switch . . . . . . .5-13

Immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16Important vehicle information label . . . .10-11In-cabin microfilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-16Increasing fuel economy . . . . . . . . . .5-145Indicator lights and audible reminders(See warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9, 2-10INFINITI Drive Mode Selector . . . . . . .5-28INFINITI Intelligent Key System . . . .3-2, 3-6INFINITI InTouch™ Owner's Manual . . . .4-2INFINITI Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-30, 3-4, 5-16Inside automatic anti-glare mirror . . . . .3-34Instrument brightness control . . . . . . . .2-41Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . .0-6, 2-2Instrument panel dimmer switch . . . . . .2-41Intelligent All-Wheel Drive (AWD) . . . .5-146Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)(for vehicles with ProPILOT Assist) . . . .5-87Intelligent Key system

Key operating range. . . . . . . . . . . . .3-8Key operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-9Mechanical key. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3Remote keyless entry operation . . . . .3-13

11-3

Troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . .3-16Warning signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-16

Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-68ISOFIX child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . .1-24

J

Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-5, 8-14

K

Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2Key fob battery replacement . . . . . . . .8-22Keyless entry

With Intelligent Key system(See Intelligent Key system) . . . . . . .3-13

L

LabelTire and Loading Information label . .10-12

LabelsAir conditioner specification label . . .10-12C.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . . . .10-11Emission control information label. . .10-11Engine serial number. . . . . . . . . . .10-11F.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . . . .10-11Tire and Loading Information label . .10-12Vehicle identification number (VIN) . .10-10Vehicle identification number (VIN)plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10Warning labels (for SRS) . . . . . . . . .1-60

Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) . . . . .5-40Lane Departure Warning (LDW) . . . . . .5-35LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers forCHildren) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-24LED Daytime Running Lights (DRL)system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-40License plate

Installing the license plate. . . . . . . .10-13Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-21Liftgate release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26Light

Air bag warning light. . . . . . . .1-61, 2-12Brake light (See stop light) . . . . . . . .8-25Bulb check/instrument panel . . . . . .2-10Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-25Charge warning light . . . . . . . . . . .2-11Exterior and Interior lights . . . . . . . .8-25Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-42Fog lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-24Headlight and turn signal switch . . . .2-36Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-24Interior light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-68Light bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-24Low tire pressure warning light . . . . .2-13Low windshield-washer fluid warninglight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-22Personal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-69Security indicator light. . . . . . . . . . .2-12Trunk light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-69Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9, 2-10

Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-24Map lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-69

LockChild safety rear door lock . . . . . . . . .3-6Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4Glove box lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-52Liftgate release . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26Power door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5

Loose fuel cap warning . . . . . . . . . . .2-22Low fuel warning light . . . .2-12, 2-15, 2-22Low tire pressure warning light . . . . . . .2-13Low windshield-washer fluid warninglight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-22Luggage (See vehicle loadinginformation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-15Luggage hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-55Luggage rack (see roof rack) . . . .2-56, 2-57

M

MaintenanceGeneral maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2Inside the vehicle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-3Maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . .8-2Outside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2Seat belt maintenance. . . . . . . . . . .1-19Under the hood and vehicle . . . . . . . .9-4

Maintenance requirements . . . . . . . . . .9-2Maintenance schedules . . . . . . . . .9-7, 9-8Malfunction indicator light . . . . . . . . . .2-15Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-69Memory seat . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-36, 3-38Meters and gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4

Instrument brightness control . . . . . .2-41

11-4

MirrorAutomatic anti-glare inside mirror . . .3-34Outside mirrors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-34Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-33Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-33

Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-33Moonroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-66, 7-5Moving Object Detection (MOD). . . . . .4-28

O

Octane rating (See fuel octane rating) . . .10-5Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5Oil

Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2Changing engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-6Changing engine oil filter . . . . . . . . . .8-6Checking engine oil level . . . . . . . . . .8-6Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-6Engine oil and oil filterrecommendation . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-6Engine oil viscosity. . . . . . . . . . . . .10-6

Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-34Overhead sunglasses holder. . . . . . . . .2-53Overheat

If your vehicle overheats . . . . . . . . . .6-7Owner's manual order form . . . . . . . .10-33Owner's manual/service manual orderinformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-33

P

ParkingParking/parking on hills . . . . . . . . .5-148

Parking brake . . . . . . . . . .2-11, 2-13, 2-17Personal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-69Power

Power door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-5Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-48Power rear windows . . . . . . . . . . .2-64Power steering system . . . .5-149, 5-150Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-63Rear power windows . . . . . . . . . . .2-64

Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-48Power steering. . . . . . . . . . .5-149, 5-150Precautions

Maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . .8-2On-pavement and off-road drivingprecautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-8Precautions on boosterseats . . . . . . . . .1-22, 1-29, 1-34, 1-38Precautions on childrestraints. . . . . . .1-22, 1-29, 1-34, 1-38Precautions on seat belt usage. . . . . .1-11Precautions on supplemental restraintsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-41Precautions when starting anddriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4, 5-10

Predictive Forward Collision Warning(PFCW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-133ProPILOT Assist. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-77Push starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-7

R

RadioCar phone or CB radio . . . . . . . . . .4-43

Rain sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-33Readiness for inspection maintenance (I/M)test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-32Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) . . . . . .5-118Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA). . . . . . .5-67Rear Door Alert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-23Rear power sunshade . . . . . . . . . . . .2-65Rear power windows. . . . . . . . . . . . .2-64Rear window defroster, outside mirrordefroster, and wiper deicer switch . . . . .2-35Rear window wiper and washerswitches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-34Rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-33RearView Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3Recommended Fluids. . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2Recorders

Event Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-32Refrigerant recommendation . . . . . . . .10-7Registering a vehicle in anothercountry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10Remote Engine Start . . . . . . . . .3-18, 5-17Reporting safety defects (US only) . . . .10-31Roadside assistance program. . . . . . . . .6-2Roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-56, 2-57

S

SafetyChild safety rear door lock . . . . . . . . .3-6

11-5

Child seat belts . . .1-22, 1-29, 1-34, 1-38Reporting safety defects (US only) . .10-31

SeatMemory seat . . . . . . . . . . . .3-36, 3-38

Seat adjustmentFront power seat adjustment . . . . . . .1-3Second row bench seats . . . . . . . . . .1-4

Seat beltChild safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-20Infants and small children . . . . . . . .1-20Injured person. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-14Larger children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-21Precautions on seat belt usage. . . . . .1-11Pregnant women. . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-14Seat belt extenders . . . . . . . . . . . .1-19Seat belt maintenance. . . . . . . . . . .1-19Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-11, 7-7Three-point type with retractor . . . . .1-15

Seat belt extenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-19Seat belt warning light . . . . . . . .1-14, 2-12Seatback pockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-51Seats

2nd row bench seat adjustment. . . . . .1-4Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2Armrests. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2Heated seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-43

Seats/floor mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-6Security indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12Security system

(INFINITI vehicle immobilizer system),engine start. . . . . . . . . .2-30, 3-4, 5-16

Security systemsVehicle security system . . . . . . . . . .2-29

Self-adjusting brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-19Service manual order form. . . . . . . . .10-33Servicing air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . .4-42Spark plug replacement . . . . . . . . . . .8-15Spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-15Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-8Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5Speedometer and odometer . . . . . . . . .2-4SRS warning label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-60Stability control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-154Standard maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-9Starting

Before starting the engine . . . . . . . .5-16Jump starting. . . . . . . . . . . . .6-5, 8-14Precautions when starting anddriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4, 5-10Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-7Starting the engine. . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16

Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16Steering

Power steering system . . . .5-149, 5-150Steering Assist switch(for vehicles with ProPILOT Assist) . . . .2-45Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-31Stop light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-25Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-50Storage tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-51, 2-52Sun visors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-32Sunglasses case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-53Sunglasses holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-53Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-66, 7-5Supplemental air bag warning labels. . . .1-60Supplemental air bag warninglight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-61, 2-12

Supplemental front impact air bagsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-48Supplemental restraint system

Information and warning labels . . . . .1-60Precautions on supplemental restraintsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-41

Supplemental restraint system(Supplemental air bag system). . . . . . . .1-41Switch

Autolight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-36Automatic power window switch . . . .2-64Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-42Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . .6-2Headlight aiming control . . . . . . . . .2-40Headlight and turn signal switch . . . .2-36Instrument brightness control . . . . . .2-41Power door lock switch. . . . . . . . . . .3-5Rear window wiper and washerswitches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-34Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-41

T

Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6Temperature gauge

Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . .2-6Theft


Three-way catalyst . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4Tire

Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3Tire and Loading Information label . .10-12

11-6

Tire chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-36Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-27Tire rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-36Types of tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-33Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . .10-29Wheel/tire size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-9Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-27

Tire pressureLow tire pressure warning light . . . . .2-13

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). .5-5Top tether strap child restraint . . . . . . .1-26Towing

4-wheel drive models . . . . . . . . . . .6-10All-wheel drive models . . . . . . . . . . .6-9Flat towing . . . . . . . . . . .10-28, 10-29Tow truck towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-8Towing load/specification . . . . . . .10-23Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-19

Towing a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-19Traffic Sign Recognition (TSR) . . . . . . .5-32Transceiver

HomeLink® UniversalTransceiver . . . . .2-70, 2-72, 2-73, 2-74

TransmissionContinuously Variable Transmission (CVT)fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10Driving with Continuously VariableTransmission (CVT) . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18

Travel (See registering a vehicle in anothercountry) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10Trip odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5Trunk light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-69Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-41

U

Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . .10-29USB/iPod® Charging Ports . . . . . . . . .4-42

V

Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-33Variable voltage control system . . . . . .8-14Vehicle dimensions and weights . . . . . .10-9Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-154Vehicle identification . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10Vehicle identification number (VIN) . . .10-10Vehicle identification number (VIN)(Chassis number) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10Vehicle identification number (VIN)plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10Vehicle immobilizer system . . . . . . . . .5-16Vehicle information display . . . . . . . . .2-19Vehicle loading information . . . . . . . .10-15Vehicle recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-11Vehicle security system. . . . . . . . . . . .2-29


Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-33Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-32

W

WarningAir bag warning light. . . . . . . .1-61, 2-12

Anti-lock brake warning light . .2-10, 2-13Battery charge warning light . . . . . . .2-11Brake warning light . . . . . . . . . . . .2-10Distance Control Assist (DCA) . . . . .5-106Engine oil pressure warning light . . . .2-11Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . .6-2Loose fuel cap warning . . . . . . . . . .2-22Low fuel warning light . .2-12, 2-15, 2-22Low tire pressure warning light . . . . .2-13Low windshield-washer fluid warninglight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-22Seat belt warning light. . . . . . .1-14, 2-12Supplemental air bag warninglight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-61, 2-12TPMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4Vehicle security system . . . . . . . . . .2-29Warning labels (for SRS) . . . . . . . . .1-60Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9, 2-10

Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9, 2-10Warning lights, indicator lights and audiblereminders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9Warning systems switch . . . . . . . . . . .2-45Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9, 2-10

Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . .2-9, 2-10Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9, 2-10Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9, 2-10

Washer switchRear window wiper and washerswitches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-34

Weights (See dimensions and weights) . .10-9Wheel/tire size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-9Wheels and tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-27

11-7

When traveling or registering in anothercountry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-63

Locking passengers' windows . . . . . .2-63Power rear windows . . . . . . . . . . .2-64Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-63Rear power windows . . . . . . . . . . .2-64

Windshield wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . .8-17Windshield-washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . .8-11Wiper

Rear window wiper and washerswitches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-34Wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-17

Wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . .2-32

11-8

FUEL RECOMMENDATION:

Use unleaded premium gasoline with an oc-tane rating of at least 91 AKI (Anti-KnockIndex) number (Research octane number 96).

If unleaded premium gasoline is not available,unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rat-ing of at least 87 AKI number (Research oc-tane number 91) may be temporarily used,but only under the following precautions:

• Have the fuel tank filled only partially withunleaded regular gasoline, and fill up withunleaded premium gasoline as soon aspossible.

• Avoid full throttle driving and abruptacceleration.

Use unleaded premium gasoline for maxi-mum vehicle performance.

CAUTION

• Using a fuel other than that specifiedcould adversely affect the emission con-trol system, and may also affect the war-ranty coverage.

• Under no circumstances should a leadedgasoline be used, because this will dam-age the three-way catalyst.

• Do not use a fuel containing more than15% ethanol in your vehicle. Your vehicleis not designed to run on a fuel contain-ing more than 15% ethanol. Using a fuelcontaining more than 15% ethanol in avehicle not specifically designed for afuel containing more than 15% ethanolcan adversely affect the emission controldevices and systems of the vehicle. Dam-age caused by such fuel is not covered bythe INFINITI New Vehicle LimitedWarranty.

• Do not use fuel that contains the octanebooster methylcyclopentadienyl man-ganese tricarbonyl (MMT). Using fuelcontaining MMT may adversely affectvehicle performance and vehicle emis-sions. Not all fuel dispensers are labeledto indicate MMT content, so you mayhave to consult your gasoline retailer formore details. Note that Federal andCalifornia laws prohibit the use of MMTin reformulated gasoline.

• U.S. government regulations requireethanol dispensing pumps to be identi-fied by a small, square, orange and blacklabel with the common abbreviation orthe appropriate percentage for thatregion.

For additional information, see “Recom-mended fluids/lubricants and capacities”(P. 10-2).

ENGINE OILRECOMMENDATION:

See “Recommended fluids/lubricants and ca-pacities” (P. 10-2).

COLD TIRE PRESSURE:

Refer to the Tire and Loading Informationlabel.

The label is typically located on the driver sidecenter pillar or on the driver's door. For addi-tional information, see “Wheels and tires”(P. 8-27).

RECOMMENDED NEW VEHICLEBREAK-IN PROCEDURE:

During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) ofvehicle use, follow the break-in procedurerecommendations for the future reliabilityand economy of your new vehicle. For addi-tional information, see “Break-in schedule”(P. 5-144). Failure to follow these recom-mendations may result in vehicle damage orshortened engine life.

GAS STATION INFORMATION

J55-D

Printing : October 2020Publication No.:

Printed in the U.S.A.OM21E0 0J55U1

owner's manual and maintenance information...2021 owner’s manual and maintenance information...

Documents